Sunteți pe pagina 1din 463

UDA ConstructionSuite™

Table Of Contents
Chapter 1: UDA ConstructionSuite™ Overview ..................................................................... 1

About UDA ConstructionSuite™ ........................................................................................ 1

UDA End-User License Agreement.................................................................................... 1

System Requirements for ConstructionSuite™ .................................................................. 6

Recommended System Configuration ............................................................................ 6

Minimum System Configuration ...................................................................................... 6

Integration/Compatibility Requirements .......................................................................... 6

Network Requirements ................................................................................................... 7

Download Requirements ................................................................................................ 7

Getting Help ...................................................................................................................... 7

Available UDA Help Tools .............................................................................................. 7

Technical support packages ........................................................................................... 7

The TotalCare Advantage .............................................................................................. 8

Contacting technical support .......................................................................................... 8

Appropriate Use ................................................................................................................ 8

Disclaimer ......................................................................................................................... 9

Chapter 2: Getting Started ...................................................................................................11

Installing UDA ConstructionSuite™ ..................................................................................11

Opening and Closing ConstructionSuite™ ........................................................................11

Open ConstructionSuite ................................................................................................11

Log out of ConstructionSuite .........................................................................................11

Close ConstructionSuite ................................................................................................11

Exit the program completely ..........................................................................................12

Using the Initial Configuration Wizard ...............................................................................12

iii
Printed Documentation

Use the Initial Configuration Wizard ..............................................................................12

1. Remove sample data from the ConstructionSuite system .....................................13

Understanding the ConstructionSuite™ Interface .............................................................13

Understand the ConstructionSuite Interface ..................................................................13

Introduction to the ConstructionSuite™ Tab System .........................................................16

When logging into ConstructionSuite, the interface opens directly to the Today page. ...16

Navigating the ConstructionSuite™ Interface ....................................................................18

Using the ConstructionSuite Navigation Toolbar ............................................................18

Using the ConstructionSuite tab system ........................................................................19

Documents ...................................................................................................................20

Customizing Your ConstructionSuite™ View ....................................................................23

Customize your ConstructionSuite view ........................................................................23

Select information columns for each section .................................................................24

View available columns for each section on the Today Summary tab ............................24

Searching for Information in ConstructionSuite™ ..............................................................24

Search for information ...................................................................................................25

Removing Sample Data ....................................................................................................25

Remove sample data from the ConstructionSuite system ..............................................25

Content Delivery System ..................................................................................................25

Changing Company Information .......................................................................................26

Change company information ........................................................................................26

Editing Automated Templates ...........................................................................................26

Edit automated templates .............................................................................................26

Show bookmarks in a document....................................................................................27

Chapter 3: Networking with ConstructionSuite™ ..................................................................29

iv
Table Of Contents

Working With Additional Licenses .....................................................................................29

Setting Up Your ConstructionSuite™ Network ..................................................................29

Install ConstructionSuite ...............................................................................................29

Set up the primary computer .........................................................................................29

Share the primary database ..........................................................................................30

Chapter 4: Workgroup Server ..............................................................................................31

About the Workgroup Server ............................................................................................31

The Status tab enables you to: ......................................................................................31

The Active Files tab enables you to: ..............................................................................31

Managing Licenses and Users with the Workgroup Server ...............................................31

View serial keys for computer on the network ................................................................31

View login status for a user on the network ...................................................................31

Add users on the network .............................................................................................32

Edit user information on the network .............................................................................32

Delete users on the network..........................................................................................32

Backing Up the ConstructionSuite™ Database .................................................................32

Backup the ConstructionSuite database ........................................................................32

Synchronizing with the Server Database ..........................................................................33

Synchronize with the server database ...........................................................................33

Changing Company Information .......................................................................................33

Change company information ........................................................................................33

Updating your Workgroup Server Installation ....................................................................33

Check for updates .........................................................................................................33

Managing Files with the Workgroup Server.......................................................................33

Force check-in a file from the Workgroup Server Dashboard .........................................34

v
Printed Documentation

Chapter 5: ConstructionSuite™ Today Tab ..........................................................................35

About the Today tab .........................................................................................................35

Quick Reference for the Today Summary Tab ..................................................................35

Chapter 6: UDA Items Database ..........................................................................................39

About the Items Database ................................................................................................39

Getting Started With the Items Database ..........................................................................40

Understanding the Items Database ...............................................................................40

Opening the Items Database .........................................................................................41

Selecting a Costbook in the Items Database .................................................................41

Adjusting National Average Costs in the Items Database ..............................................41

Searching for Items in the Database .............................................................................42

Filtering Items by Contact in the Items Database ..........................................................42

Assemblies in the Items Database ................................................................................43

Adding, Deleting and Editing Costbooks in the Items Database ........................................43

Modifying Costbooks in the Items Database ..................................................................43

Adding a new costbook to the Items Database ..............................................................44

Importing a Costbook in CSV Format ............................................................................44

Editing a Costbook Name in the Items Database ...........................................................45

Deleting a Costbook in the Items Database ...................................................................45

Adding, Deleting and Editing Categories and Subcategories in the Items Database ..........46

Modifying Categories and Subcategories in the Items Database ...................................46

Adding Categories or Subcategories in the Items Database ..........................................46

Renaming Categories or Subcategories in the Items Database .....................................46

Moving Categories or Subcategories Up or Down in the Items Database.......................47

Outdenting and Indenting Categories or Subcategories in the Items Database ..............47

vi
Table Of Contents

Deleting Categories and Subcategories in the Items Database......................................47

Adding, Deleting and Editing Items in the Items Database ................................................48

Modifying Items in the Items Database ..........................................................................48

Adding Items in the Items Database ..............................................................................48

Editing Items in the Items Database ..............................................................................49

Deleting Items in the Items Database ............................................................................49

Adding, Deleting and Editing Quotes in the Items Database .............................................49

Modifying Quotes in the Items Database .......................................................................49

Adding quotes to the Items Database ............................................................................50

Editing Quotes in the Items Database ...........................................................................50

Deleting Quotes from the Items Database .....................................................................51

Designating Default Quotes in the Items Database........................................................51

Understanding expired quotes in the Items Database ....................................................51

About RS Means Data Costbooks ....................................................................................52

Chapter 7: UDA Projects .....................................................................................................55

About UDA Projects .........................................................................................................55

Getting Started With UDA Projects ...................................................................................55

Creating a New Project .................................................................................................55

Viewing Project Information ..........................................................................................57

Editing Project Information ............................................................................................57

Selecting a Project ........................................................................................................58

Understanding and Using Project Types .......................................................................58

Customizing the Project Numbering System ..................................................................60

Searching for Information in ConstructionSuite™ ..........................................................61

Managing Projects on the All Projects Tab .......................................................................61

vii
Printed Documentation

Introduction to the All Projects Tab ...............................................................................61

Creating, Editing, and Deleting Projects from the All Projects Tab .................................61

Duplicating Projects from the All Projects Tab ...............................................................62

Printing from the All Projects tab ...................................................................................63

Customizing the All Projects View .................................................................................63

Exporting to Excel from the All Projects tab ...................................................................64

Using the Project Overview Tab .......................................................................................65

Introduction to the Project Overview Tab .......................................................................65

Creating a New Project Activity .....................................................................................67

Creating a New To Do from The Project Overview Tab .................................................68

Understanding the Project Log Tab ..................................................................................69

Introduction to the Projects Log Tab ..............................................................................69

Viewing History Item Details .........................................................................................69

Working with the Project Files Tab ...................................................................................70

Introduction to the Project Files Tab ..............................................................................70

Customizing the Files Tab View ....................................................................................70

Renaming Files from the Project Files Tab ....................................................................71

Cutting, Copying, and Pasting Files ..............................................................................71

Deleting Files from the Project Files Tab .......................................................................72

Restoring Deleted Files .................................................................................................72

Permanently Deleting Files ...........................................................................................72

Managing Files with Check In/Check Out ......................................................................73

Viewing File Properties from the Project Files Tab ........................................................74

Exporting Project Files ..................................................................................................74

Importing Files into ConstructionSuite™ .......................................................................75

viii
Table Of Contents

Using UDA Insurance Tracking for Projects ......................................................................76

About UDA Insurance Tracking for Projects ..................................................................76

Creating, Editing, and Deleting Certificate Types ..........................................................77

Creating Project Insurance Certificates .........................................................................78

Creating Project Bond Certificates ................................................................................78

Viewing, Editing, and Deleting Project Certificates ........................................................79

Setting an Expiration Notification for Project Certificates ...............................................79

Using Project Workflows ...................................................................................................80

About Project Workflows ...............................................................................................80

Understanding Workflow Item Classifications ................................................................80

Creating a Project Workflow ..........................................................................................81

Editing a Project Workflow ............................................................................................82

Viewing Project Workflows ............................................................................................82

Using a Project Workflow ..............................................................................................83

Creating and Using Project Associations ..........................................................................83

Understanding Project Associations ..............................................................................83

Adding Project-Related Contacts ..................................................................................83

Deleting a Project Association .......................................................................................84

Creating, Editing, and Deleting Relationship Types .......................................................84

Creating and Using Dimensions .......................................................................................85

Understanding Dimensions ...........................................................................................85

Creating and Editing Project Dimensions ......................................................................85

Printing Project Dimensions ..........................................................................................87

Chapter 8: UDA Contacts ....................................................................................................89

About UDA Contacts ........................................................................................................89

ix
Printed Documentation

Getting Started with UDA Contacts ...................................................................................89

Creating a New Contact with the Contact Quick Add Form ............................................89

Understanding and Using Contact Groups ....................................................................91

Viewing Contact Information .........................................................................................92

Editing Contact Information with the Edit Contact Form .................................................92

Searching for Information in ConstructionSuite™ ..........................................................93

Managing Contacts on the All Contacts Tab .....................................................................93

Introduction to the All Contacts Tab ..............................................................................93

Creating, Editing, and Deleting Contacts on the All Contacts Tab ..................................94

Printing from the All Contacts Tab .................................................................................95

Customizing the All Contacts View ................................................................................95

Exporting to Excel from the All Contacts tab ..................................................................96

Using the Contact Summary Tab ......................................................................................96

Introduction to the Contact Summary Tab .....................................................................96

Creating a New Activity for a Contact ............................................................................98

Creating a New To Do for a Contact ..............................................................................99

Understanding the Contact Log Tab ............................................................................... 100

Introduction to the Contact Log ................................................................................... 100

Viewing Contact Log Details for a Contact .................................................................. 100

Exporting from the Contact Log tab ............................................................................ 101

Using UDA Lead Management ....................................................................................... 101

About UDA Lead Management .................................................................................... 101

Entering Lead Information for a Contact ...................................................................... 101

Viewing All Leads in ConstructionSuite ....................................................................... 102

Printing a List of All Leads .......................................................................................... 102

x
Table Of Contents

Exporting a List of All Leads to Excel .......................................................................... 103

Using UDA Insurance Tracking for Contacts ................................................................... 103

About UDA Insurance Tracking for Contacts ............................................................... 103

Creating Contact Insurance Certificates ...................................................................... 104

Creating Contact License Certificates ......................................................................... 104

Creating Contact Bond Certificates ............................................................................. 105

Viewing, Editing, and Deleting Contact Certificates ..................................................... 105

Creating, Editing, and Deleting Insurance or Bond Types ............................................ 106

Setting an Expiration Notification for Contact Certificates ............................................ 107

Creating and Using Project Associations ........................................................................ 107

Understanding Contact Associations ........................................................................... 107

Relating Projects to a Contact ..................................................................................... 108

Deleting a Contact Association ................................................................................... 108

Creating, Editing, and Deleting Relationship Types ..................................................... 109

Importing and Synchronizing Contacts ........................................................................... 109

Importing Contacts from Microsoft Outlook .................................................................. 109

Importing Contacts from QuickBooks .......................................................................... 111

Importing Contact Information from a vCard ................................................................ 111

Synchronizing Contacts on Demand............................................................................ 112

Chapter 9: UDA Construction Calendar ............................................................................. 113

About the UDA Construction Calendar ............................................................................ 113

ConstructionSuite™ Activities ......................................................................................... 113

About ConstructionSuite Activities ............................................................................... 113

Creating, Editing, and Deleting Activities ..................................................................... 114

Creating, Editing, and Deleting Activity Types ............................................................. 115

xi
Printed Documentation

Using Activity Reminders ............................................................................................ 116

Viewing Activities ........................................................................................................ 117

Searching for Information in ConstructionSuite™ ........................................................ 117

Working with the Construction Calendar Tabs ................................................................ 118

Understanding the Calendar Month, Week, and Day Tabs........................................... 118

Using the Calendar List View Tab ............................................................................... 119

Adding, Editing, and Deleting Items from the Construction Cale ndar ........................... 119

Printing from the Construction Calendar ...................................................................... 120

Using the Mini Calendar .............................................................................................. 121

Customizing the Construction Calendar View ................................................................. 121

Filtering the Construction Calendar View .................................................................... 121

Controlling Visible Types on the Construction Calendar .............................................. 121

Showing and Hiding Project Names on the Construction Calendar .............................. 122

Synchronizing the Construction Calendar with Microsoft Outlook .................................... 122

About the SyncCenter ................................................................................................. 122

Using the Calendar Activity Sync ................................................................................ 123

Chapter 10: UDA To Do List .............................................................................................. 125

About the UDA To Do Tab .............................................................................................. 125

Get Started with the UDA To Do List ........................................................................... 125

Creating, Editing, and Deleting To Do Items ................................................................... 125

Create a new To Do List item ...................................................................................... 125

Edit a To Do List item.................................................................................................. 126

Delete a To Do List item ............................................................................................. 126

Marking To Do List Items as Complete ........................................................................... 126

Mark a To Do item as complete ................................................................................... 126

xii
Table Of Contents

Filtering the To Do List View ........................................................................................... 127

Filter the To Do List view ............................................................................................ 127

Clear filter on the To Do List ....................................................................................... 127

Printing from the To Do List Tab ..................................................................................... 127

Print from the To Do List ............................................................................................. 127

Viewing To Do List Items in ConstructionSuite ................................................................ 127

View To Do items related to a project .......................................................................... 128

View To Do items related to a contact ......................................................................... 128

View To Do items that are overdue ............................................................................. 128

View To Do items that are upcoming ........................................................................... 128

View To Do items that are incomplete ......................................................................... 128

View To Do items that have been completed ............................................................... 128

View all To Do items ................................................................................................... 129

Searching for Information in ConstructionSuite™ ............................................................ 129

Search for information ................................................................................................. 129

Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating .............................................................................. 131

About UDA Estimating .................................................................................................... 131

Getting Started with UDA Estimating .............................................................................. 131

Appropriate Use for Estimating ................................................................................... 132

Opening Estimating ..................................................................................................... 132

Creating a New Estimate with the Estimate Wizard ..................................................... 133

Selecting a Project for a Master Estimate .................................................................... 134

Creating an Estimate Template ................................................................................... 134

Importing Previous Estimates ...................................................................................... 135

Overview of the Estimate Structure ................................................................................ 136

xiii
Printed Documentation

Understanding the Estimating Structure ...................................................................... 136

Understanding the Project Totals Information Columns in Estimating .......................... 136

Understanding the Category Information Columns in Estimating ................................. 138

Navigating the Estimate .............................................................................................. 140

Customizing the Estimate View ...................................................................................... 140

Showing and Hiding Columns in Estimating ................................................................ 140

Showing and Hiding Subcategories and Items in Estimating ........................................ 142

Viewing Row and Column Headers in Estimating ........................................................ 143

Estimating for Projects ................................................................................................... 144

Selecting and Modifying Projects in Estimating ........................................................... 144

Adding and Deleting Categories, Subcategories, and Items in Estimating ................... 145

Modifying Categories, Subcategories, and Items in Estimating .................................... 145

Estimating for Projects ................................................................................................ 146

Estimating for Company Overhead and Margin ........................................................... 148

Creating and Using Dimensions in Estimating ............................................................. 149

Assigning Resources in Estimating ............................................................................. 150

Setting Category, Subcategory, and Item Information in Estimating ............................. 151

Adding Line Item Markup in Estimating ....................................................................... 152

Clearing Estimated Figures ......................................................................................... 153

Managing Change Orders in Estimating ......................................................................... 153

Creating Change Orders in Estimating ........................................................................ 153

Generating Change Order Documents in Estimating ................................................... 155

Generating Change Order Contracts and Itemized Proposals ...................................... 155

Creating a Change Orders Summary Report ............................................................... 156

Creating a Change Order Proposal Request for Vendors ............................................ 156

xiv
Table Of Contents

Setting Options in UDA Estimating ................................................................................. 157

Setting General Options in Estimating ......................................................................... 157

Defining Default Settings in Estimating........................................................................ 158

Setting Tax Options in Estimating ............................................................................... 158

Setting Display Options in Estimating .......................................................................... 159

Setting Item Options in Estimating .............................................................................. 160

UDA Estimating Integration ............................................................................................ 160

Creating a New Schedule from the Estimate ............................................................... 160

Synchronizing an Estimate with a Schedule ................................................................ 161

Exporting an Estimate ................................................................................................. 162

Using the Items Database with UDA Estimating .............................................................. 162

Inserting Items into an Estimate .................................................................................. 162

Using the Queue to Insert Items into an Estimate with the Items Database ................. 163

Using Shortcuts in the Items Database........................................................................ 164

Refreshing Prices in an Existing Estimate ................................................................... 165

CAD Integration ............................................................................................................. 165

About CAD Integration ................................................................................................ 165

Importing CAD files into a UDA Estimate ..................................................................... 166

Reporting with UDA Estimating....................................................................................... 166

Using the Reports Wizard in Estimating ...................................................................... 166

Creating a Proposal in Estimating ............................................................................... 167

Creating a Project Totals Report ................................................................................. 168

Creating an Over Budget Report ................................................................................. 169

Creating an Estimate vs. Actual Report ....................................................................... 170

Creating a Remaining Balance Report ........................................................................ 171

xv
Printed Documentation

Creating a List Notes Report ....................................................................................... 171

Creating an Allowances Report ................................................................................... 172

Creating an Options Report......................................................................................... 173

Creating a Classification Report in Estimating ............................................................. 174

Creating an Estimate Status Report ............................................................................ 175

Creating an Item Units Report ..................................................................................... 176

Creating a Request For Quote (RFQ) .......................................................................... 176

Creating a Materials List ............................................................................................. 177

Creating a Purchase order in UDA Estimating ............................................................. 178

Saving and Sending Estimates ....................................................................................... 179

Saving an Estimate ..................................................................................................... 179

Understanding Primary and Inactive Estimates ........................................................... 180

Creating Read-Only Estimates .................................................................................... 181

Printing Options ............................................................................................................. 181

Printing an Estimate .................................................................................................... 181

Sample Estimate Categories and Subcategories ............................................................ 182

UDA Estimating - Commercial Master ......................................................................... 182

UDA Estimating - CSI MasterFormat 16 Division ......................................................... 187

UDA Estimating - CSI MasterFormat 50 Division ......................................................... 195

UDA Estimating - Light Commercial Master ................................................................. 203

UDA Estimating - Remodeling Master ......................................................................... 209

UDA Estimating - Residential Master .......................................................................... 214

UDA Estimating - Electrical Master ............................................................................. 220

UDA Estimating - Landscaping Master ........................................................................ 223

UDA Estimating - Mechanical Master .......................................................................... 225

xvi
Table Of Contents

UDA Estimating - Plumbing Master ............................................................................. 227

UDA Estimating - Site Work Master ............................................................................. 229

Chapter 12: UDA QuickBooks Integration .......................................................................... 231

About UDA QuickBooks Integration ................................................................................ 231

Preparing to Export ........................................................................................................ 231

System Requirements for QuickBooks Integration ....................................................... 231

Preparing to Export to QuickBooks ............................................................................. 232

Setting QuickBooks Preferences ................................................................................. 232

How to Prevent Duplicate Accounts in QuickBooks ..................................................... 233

Selecting Chart of Accounts Type for QuickBooks Export ............................................ 233

Using a Master Estimate for QuickBooks Export ......................................................... 234

Exporting to QuickBooks ................................................................................................ 235

Using the QuickBooks Integration Setup Wizard ......................................................... 235

Creating a QuickBooks Estimate ................................................................................. 237

Creating a QuickBooks Invoice ................................................................................... 238

Creating a QuickBooks Purchase Order ...................................................................... 239

Creating a QuickBooks Credit Memo ........................................................................... 240

Importing from QuickBooks ............................................................................................ 240

Writing Checks and Paying Bills in QuickBooks ........................................................... 240

Importing QuickBooks Actuals .................................................................................... 241

Importing QuickBooks Commited Costs ...................................................................... 242

Importing QuickBooks Invoiced Amounts .................................................................... 242

Importing QuickBooks Transactions ............................................................................ 242

Chapter 13: UDA Application for Payment ......................................................................... 245

About Application for Payment ....................................................................................... 245

xvii
Printed Documentation

Creating an Application for Payment .............................................................................. 245

Create an application for payment ............................................................................... 245

Viewing Applications for Payment ................................................................................... 247

View a payment application......................................................................................... 247

Deleting Applications for Payment .................................................................................. 247

Delete a payment application ...................................................................................... 247

Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling ............................................................................. 249

About OnPlan Scheduling .............................................................................................. 249

Getting Started with UDA Scheduling ............................................................................. 249

Opening OnPlan Scheduling ....................................................................................... 249

Creating a New Schedule with the Schedule Wizard ................................................... 250

Selecting a Project for a Master Schedule ................................................................... 252

Creating and Using a Schedule Template ................................................................... 253

Importing Previous Schedules ..................................................................................... 254

Overview of the Scheduling Structure ............................................................................. 254

Understanding the Scheduling Structure ..................................................................... 254

Understanding the Schedule Information Columns ...................................................... 254

Navigating the Schedule ............................................................................................. 256

Customizing the View ..................................................................................................... 257

Showing and Hiding Columns in Scheduling................................................................ 257

Customized View Options in OnPlan Scheduling ......................................................... 257

Using Zoom to View the Schedule ............................................................................... 259

Scheduling for Projects .................................................................................................. 259

Selecting and Modifying Projects in Scheduling .......................................................... 259

Modifying Tasks in Scheduling .................................................................................... 260

xviii
Table Of Contents

Setting Schedule Dates............................................................................................... 262

Inserting Milestones in Scheduling .............................................................................. 263

Creating a Critical Path Using Predecessors ............................................................... 263

Clearing Information in Scheduling .............................................................................. 264

Setting Reminders in Scheduling ................................................................................ 265

Setting Task Information in Scheduling ....................................................................... 266

Assigning Resources in Scheduling ............................................................................ 267

Using Resource Groups in Scheduling ........................................................................ 268

Setting Options in UDA Scheduling ................................................................................ 269

Designating Working Days in Scheduling .................................................................... 269

Setting Scheduling Options ......................................................................................... 269

Setting a Color Scheme in Scheduling ........................................................................ 270

Working with Critical Path Tools ..................................................................................... 270

Creating and Using Baseline Scheduling ..................................................................... 270

Shifting the Project Start Date in Scheduling ............................................................... 271

Compressing a Schedule ............................................................................................ 271

Showing the Critical Path ............................................................................................ 271

Reporting with Scheduling .............................................................................................. 272

Creating Reports in UDA Scheduling .......................................................................... 272

Creating Scheduled Tasks Reports ............................................................................. 272

Creating a Scheduling Conflict Report ......................................................................... 273

Creating a Cash Flow Report ...................................................................................... 273

Creating Work Orders in Scheduling ........................................................................... 274

Creating Status Reports in Scheduling ........................................................................ 275

Creating Earned Value Reports ................................................................................... 276

xix
Printed Documentation

Creating Baseline Scheduling Reports ........................................................................ 277

Creating a Notes Report ............................................................................................. 277

UDA Scheduling Integration ........................................................................................... 278

Creating a New Estimate from the Schedule ............................................................... 278

Synchronizing a Schedule with an Estimate ................................................................ 278

Exporting a Schedule .................................................................................................. 279

Saving and Sending Schedules ...................................................................................... 279

Saving a Schedule ...................................................................................................... 279

Understanding Primary and Inactive Schedules .......................................................... 280

Creating Read-Only Schedules ................................................................................... 281

Exporting a Schedule to ConstructionOnline ............................................................... 281

Sending a Schedule via Email ..................................................................................... 281

Printing Schedules ......................................................................................................... 282

Printing Schedules ...................................................................................................... 282

Sample Schedule Categories and Subcategories ........................................................... 282

UDA Scheduling - Commercial Master ........................................................................ 282

UDA Scheduling - Light Commercial Master ................................................................ 287

UDA Scheduling - Remodeling Master ........................................................................ 294

UDA Scheduling - Residential Master ......................................................................... 299

Chapter 15: UDA Contracts ............................................................................................... 307

About UDA Contracts ..................................................................................................... 307

Using UDA Contracts ..................................................................................................... 307

Appropriate Use for Contracts ..................................................................................... 307

Opening Contracts ...................................................................................................... 307

Using the Document Management Wizard ................................................................... 308

xx
Table Of Contents

Revising Contracts for a Project .................................................................................. 309

Saving Contracts ........................................................................................................ 310

Creating and Using Document Templates ................................................................... 310

Importing Previous Contracts ...................................................................................... 311

Accessing California Contracts and Forms .................................................................. 312

UDA Contracts Listings .................................................................................................. 312

UDA Contracts ............................................................................................................ 312

UDA California Contracts ............................................................................................ 319

UDA Remodeling Contracts ........................................................................................ 320

Construction Management Contracts .......................................................................... 321

Architectural Contracts and Forms .............................................................................. 321

Architectural Notes ..................................................................................................... 322

Design-Build Contracts ............................................................................................... 323

Chapter 16: UDA Document Management ......................................................................... 325

About UDA Document Management. .............................................................................. 325

Using Document Management Features ......................................................................... 325

Using the UDA Document Management System .......................................................... 325

Using the Document Management Wizard ................................................................... 326

Using Standard Document Management Templates .................................................... 327

Using the Proposal Wizard in Document Management ................................................ 328

Using Password Protection in Document Management ................................................ 330

Setting Document Management Options ......................................................................... 330

Showing and Hiding the Document Wizard .................................................................. 330

Setting Letterhead Options ......................................................................................... 330

Auto-setting Activities in Document Management ........................................................ 331

xxi
Printed Documentation

Enabling and Disabling AutoSave ............................................................................... 331

Designating the Default Document Style ..................................................................... 331

Customizing Document Appearance ............................................................................... 332

Selecting a UDA Document Style ................................................................................ 332

Creating a Letterhead in Document Management ........................................................ 332

Editing Headers and Footers in Document Management ............................................. 333

Inserting a Signature in UDA Documents .................................................................... 333

Inserting Watermarks in Document Management ........................................................ 333

Selecting a Paper Size in Document Management ...................................................... 334

Changing All Text to Black in Document Management ................................................ 334

Using ConstructionNet with Document Management ...................................................... 334

Editing Contact and Project Information in Document Management ............................. 334

Creating a New Contact from Document Management ................................................ 335

Creating a New Activity from Document Management ................................................. 336

Creating a New To Do from Document Management ................................................... 336

Using Custom AutoDocs ................................................................................................ 337

Creating Custom AutoDocs ......................................................................................... 337

Customizing Contact Fields in Custom AutoDocs ........................................................ 338

Saving and Sending Documents ..................................................................................... 345

Creating and Using Document Templates ................................................................... 345

Sending a Document Via Email ................................................................................... 346

Chapter 17: UDA Financing ............................................................................................... 347

About UDA Financing ..................................................................................................... 347

Appropriate Use for Financing ........................................................................................ 347

Opening Financing ......................................................................................................... 348

xxii
Table Of Contents

Open Financing .......................................................................................................... 348

Revising Financing Forms and Spreadsheets ................................................................. 348

Learn how to use UDA Document Management. ......................................................... 348

Saving Financing Forms and Spreadsheets .................................................................... 349

Save a Financing document or spreadsheet ................................................................ 349

Save the Financing document or spreadsheet as a template ....................................... 349

Listing of Financial Forms .............................................................................................. 349

Listing of Financial Spreadsheets ................................................................................... 350

Chapter 18: UDA Specifications ......................................................................................... 351

About UDA Specifications .............................................................................................. 351

Appropriate Use for Specifications.................................................................................. 351

Opening Specifications ................................................................................................... 351

Open specifications .................................................................................................... 352

Using the Specifications Wizard ..................................................................................... 352

Revising Specifications for a Project ............................................................................... 354

Learn how to use UDA Document Management. ......................................................... 354

Saving Specifications Documents ................................................................................... 354

Save the specifications ............................................................................................... 354

Creating and Using Document Templates ....................................................................... 355

Save the document as a template ............................................................................... 355

Use a template to create a document for a project ...................................................... 355

Permanently modify a custom document template ....................................................... 355

Specifications Categories ............................................................................................... 355

Division 1 .................................................................................................................... 355

General Requirements ................................................................................................ 355

xxiii
Printed Documentation

Division 2 .................................................................................................................... 356

Site Work .................................................................................................................... 356

Division 3 .................................................................................................................... 359

Concrete ..................................................................................................................... 359

Division 4 .................................................................................................................... 359

Masonry ...................................................................................................................... 359

Division 5 .................................................................................................................... 360

Metals ......................................................................................................................... 360

Division 6 .................................................................................................................... 360

Carpentry .................................................................................................................... 360

Division 7 .................................................................................................................... 361

Thermal and Moisture Protection ................................................................................ 361

Division 8 .................................................................................................................... 361

Doors, Windows, & Glazing ......................................................................................... 361

Division 9 .................................................................................................................... 362

Finishes ...................................................................................................................... 362

Division 10 .................................................................................................................. 363

Division 11 .................................................................................................................. 363

Division 12 .................................................................................................................. 363

Division 13 .................................................................................................................. 363

Division 14 .................................................................................................................. 364

Division 15 .................................................................................................................. 364

Division 16 .................................................................................................................. 364

ConstructionSuite Additional Tools ................................................................................. 365

ConstructionSuite Additional Tools .............................................................................. 365

xxiv
Table Of Contents

Chapter 19: UDA Planning ................................................................................................. 367

About the UDA Planning Guide ...................................................................................... 367

Opening and Saving the UDA Planning Guide ................................................................ 367

Open the Planning Guide ............................................................................................ 367

Chapter 20: UDA LEED Resources .................................................................................... 369

About UDA LEED Documents......................................................................................... 369

About UDA LEED Rating Systems .................................................................................. 369

About LEED Version 3.................................................................................................... 370

About Energy Star .......................................................................................................... 371

Chapter 21: UDA Developer Tools ..................................................................................... 373

About UDA Developer Tools ........................................................................................... 373

Opening and Saving Property Development Documents ................................................. 373

Open the document .................................................................................................... 373

Save the document ..................................................................................................... 373

List of Developer Tools ................................................................................................... 374

Chapter 22: UDA Personnel Management ......................................................................... 377

About Personnel Management ....................................................................................... 377

Chapter 23: UDA Property Management ............................................................................ 381

About Property Management .......................................................................................... 381

Chapter 24: UDA Marketing Tools ..................................................................................... 383

About UDA Marketing Tools ........................................................................................... 383

Marketing Tools Brochures and Newsletters ................................................................... 383

About Marketing Tools Brochures and Newsletters ..................................................... 383

Using Brochures and Newsletters ............................................................................... 383

Recommended Image Dimensions and Resolution ...................................................... 384

xxv
Printed Documentation

List of Brochures and Newsletters ............................................................................... 385

Marketing Tools Client Letters ........................................................................................ 385

About Client Letters .................................................................................................... 386

Using Client Letters .................................................................................................... 386

List of Client Letters .................................................................................................... 386

Marketing Tools Marketing Handouts ............................................................................. 387

About Marketing Handouts .......................................................................................... 387

Using Marketing Handouts .......................................................................................... 387

Recommended Image Dimensions and Resolution ...................................................... 388

List of Marketing Handouts ......................................................................................... 389

Marketing Tools Postcards ............................................................................................. 390

About Marketing Tools Postcards ................................................................................ 390

Using Postcards .......................................................................................................... 390

Recommended Image Dimensions and Resolution ...................................................... 391

List of Postcards ......................................................................................................... 391

Marketing Tools Press Releases .................................................................................... 392

About Marketing Tools Press Releases ....................................................................... 393

Using Press Releases ................................................................................................. 393

Public Relations Tips .................................................................................................. 393

Listing of Press Releases ............................................................................................ 394

Marketing Tools Thank You Letters ................................................................................ 394

About Marketing Tools Thank You Letters ................................................................... 394

Using Thank You Letters ............................................................................................. 394

Listing of Thank You Letters ....................................................................................... 395

Marketing Tools Sample Marketing Campaigns .............................................................. 396

xxvi
Table Of Contents

About Sample Marketing Campaign ............................................................................ 396

Basic Marketing Campaign ......................................................................................... 396

Comprehensive Marketing Campaign .......................................................................... 397

Name Recognition and Generating New Clients .......................................................... 398

Chapter 25: UDA SyncCenter ............................................................................................ 401

About UDA SyncCenter .................................................................................................. 401

Opening SyncCenter ...................................................................................................... 402

Open SyncCenter ....................................................................................................... 402

Performing a Sync .......................................................................................................... 402

Define project synchronization preferences ................................................................. 402

Scheduling a Sync ......................................................................................................... 403

Schedule a sync ......................................................................................................... 404

Synchronizing Projects on Demand ................................................................................ 404

Synchronize projects on demand ................................................................................ 404

Using the Daisy Chain Technique for SyncCenter .......................................................... 404

Scenario ..................................................................................................................... 404

Chapter 26: UDA Backup ................................................................................................... 407

About UDA Backup ........................................................................................................ 407

Creating a Backup .......................................................................................................... 407

Create a Backup ......................................................................................................... 407

Backing Up Project Data ................................................................................................ 407

Backup files ................................................................................................................ 408

Restoring Data .............................................................................................................. 408

Restore files ............................................................................................................... 408

Scheduling a Backup ...................................................................................................... 408

xxvii
Printed Documentation

Schedule a backup ..................................................................................................... 409

Chapter 27: ConstructionOnline™ ..................................................................................... 411

ConstructionOnline™ Summary...................................................................................... 411

SuiteLink™ .................................................................................................................... 411

OnSite Mobile Apps........................................................................................................ 414

Chapter 28: Products and Services .................................................................................... 417

ConstructionSuite Specialized Versions ......................................................................... 417

UDA TotalCare™ - Your Success is Our Goal ................................................................ 417

ConstructionOnline™ Summary...................................................................................... 418

OnSite Mobile Apps........................................................................................................ 419

Glossary ............................................................................................................................ 423

Index ................................................................................................................................. 429

xxviii
Chapter 1: UDA ConstructionSuite™ Overview
About UDA ConstructionSuite™

Introducing the New ConstructionSuite™. UDA has combined the power of the next generation
of ConstructionSuite with feedback and requests from thousands of users to deliver the most
comprehensive project management system for construction professionals available.
Highlights include a new Estimating Platform, Resource Allocation, Change Order
Management, Items Database, two-way QuickBooks Integration, CAD Integration, automated
Application for Payment, Cloud Services, Workflow Management and everything you need to
take control of your projects.

Powerful Integration. Total Control. The ConstructionSuite system takes integration to the next
level to give you complete control over contact and project management. With
ConstructionSuite, you’ll have powerful project management tools fully integrated w ith
ConstructionNet CRM technology. Effortlessly make connections across projects, contacts,
estimates, schedules, contracts, reports, and more with the powerful integration capabilities
of UDA ConstructionSuite™.

Bring on the Breakthrough: ConstructionNet CRM. As the first CRM (Company Resource
Management) solution engineered specifically for the construction industry, UDA
ConstructionNet delivers a dual contact and project database system that untangles the
complex web of managing construction into a sleek and streamlined process. Leverage
comprehensive Contact and Project Information Management, Certificate and Lead Tracking,
Project and Contact Associations, Activities and To Dos, and advanced Calendar functions,
and put the power of cutting-edge CRM technology at your fingertips.

Stop Struggling & Start Streamlining. In a single day of managing projects, you have enough
to keep organized - where your subcontractors are supposed to be, whether your materials
will show up on time, or any number of other details. Add to that contacting your lender for
your financial needs and calling the client to address any questions, and you've already
created a complex web of information. Even if you only manage a few projects a year, you
need more organizational power than a yellow pad or off-the-shelf software can provide. Stop
struggling and start streamlining your business today with the ConstructionSuite™ system.

UDA End-User License Agreement


IMPORTANT-READ CAREFULLY

Read the terms and conditions of this End-User License Agreement before installing, copying, or
otherwise using any UDA product.

This End-User License Agreement (“EULA”) is a legal agreement between you, (“Customer” or “you”),
and UDA Technologies, Inc. (UDA). This EULA is valid and grants the end-user rights only if the
Software is genuine and was purchased from UDA or an authorized reseller. This EULA pertains to all
UDA Software and products, including electronic downloads, CD-Roms, diskettes, associated media,
printed materials, and electronic documentation. By clicking “I AGREE,” installing, copying, or
otherwise using any part of the above software or any associated media, printed materials, or any
online or electronic documentation (the "Software”), you agree to be bound by the terms of this EULA.
If you do not agree to the terms of this EULA, promptly contact UDA for instructions on return of the
unused product(s) for a refund in accordance with UDA’s return policies.

1
Printed Documentation

The term “Computer” used herein shall mean the Hardware, if the Hardware is a single computer
system, or shall mean the computer system in which the Hardware operates, if the Hardware is a
computer system component.

1. Grant of Non-Exclusive, Limited License

Provided you have paid all applicable fees, registered the Software with UDA, and otherwise complied
with this License Agreement, UDA grants you the following:

1.1 Installation and use. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this EULA, you may install and
use one copy of the Software on a single Computer. The Software may not be installed, accessed,
displayed, run, shared, or use concurrently on or from different computers, including a workstation,
terminal, or other device. If you purchase multiple computer Licenses for the Software from UDA, the
Software may be installed, accessed, displayed, run, shared, or used concurrently on as many
computers as purchased licenses, provided that each individual user accessing the Software has a
valid Software License used only by that computer.

1.2 Registration. Registration associates the use of the software with a specific device. During
registration, the software will send information about the software and the device to UDA. This
information includes the version, language and product key of the software, the Internet protocol
address of the device, and information derived from the hardware configuration of the device. By using
the software, you consent to the transmission of this information. If the device is connected to the
Internet, the software may automatically connect to UDA for registration.

1.3 Validation and Statistics. The software will from time to time validate the software, update, or
require download of new features of the software. Validation verifies that the software has be en
activated and is properly licensed. Validation also permits you to use certain features of the software or
to obtain additional benefits.

1.3.1 During a validation check, the software will send information about the software and the device
to UDA. This information includes the version, language and product key of the software, the Internet
protocol address of the device, information derived from the hardware configuration of the device, and
other project data. By using the software, you consent to the transmission of this information.

1.3.2 If, after a validation check, the software is found not to be properly licensed, the functionality of
the software may be affected. For example, you may need to reactivate the software, or you may
receive reminders to obtain a properly licensed copy of the software. Also, you may not be able to use
or continue to use some of the features of the software, or obtain certain updates or upgrades from
UDA.

1.3.3 You may only obtain updates or upgrades for the software from UDA or authorized sources.

1.4 Software Transfer. The Software may not be shared or used concurrently on different computers.
The initial licensee of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT may make a one-time permanent transfer of this
EULA and SOFTWARE PRODUCT only directly to an end user. This transfer must include all of the
SOFTWARE PRODUCT (including all component parts, the media and printed materials, any
upgrades, and this EULA). Such transfer may not be by way of consignment or any other indirect
transfer. The transferee of such one-time transfer must agree to comply with the terms of this EULA,
including the obligation not to further transfer this EULA and SOFTWARE product.

1.5 EULA Grant for Remote Desktop. You may use remote access technologies to access and use
your licensed copy of the Software, provided that only the primary user of the device hosting the
remote desktop session accesses and uses the Software with a remote access device. These remote
desktop rights do not permit you to use the Software on both the device hosting the remote desktop
session and the access device at the same time.

1.6 EULA Grant for Remote Assistance. You may permit any device to access and use your licensed
copy of the Software for the purpose of providing you with technical support and maintenance services.

1.7 EULA Grant for Documentation. The documentation that accompanies the Software is licensed for
internal, non-commercial reference purposes only.

1.8 EULA Grant for Templates. This Software includes templates. You may copy and modify the
templates available as part of the UDA Software that accompanies this EULA and distribute such

2
Chapter 1: UDA ConstructionSuite™ Overview

templates along with your modifications for use by other licensees of the Software. You may not sell,
resell, license, rent, lease, lend, or otherwise transfer for value, the templates. You may not copy or
post any templates on the Internet or broadcast it in any media. You must indemnify and defend UDA
against any claims or lawsuits, including attorneys’ fees, that arise from or result from the modifications
to templates by you.

1.9 Back-up Copy. You may make a single back-up copy of the Software. You may use one back-up
copy of the Software solely for your archival purposes and to reinstall the Software on the computer.
You may not otherwise make copies of the Software, including the printed materials that accompany
the Software. You may not loan, rent, lease, lend, or otherwise transfer the CD or back -up copy to
another user.

2. Reservation of Rights and Ownership

UDA and its suppliers reserve all rights not expressly granted to you in this EULA. This is a license
agreement and not an agreement for sale. UDA continues to own the copy of the software and all
other copies that you are authorized by this agreement to make. The Software and data files
incorporated therein are protected by copyright and other intellectual property laws and treaties. UDA
owns the title, copyright, and other intellectual property rights in the Software and UDA’s suppliers own
the title, copyright, and other intellectual property rights in data files incorporated therein. This EULA
does not grant you any rights to trademarks or service marks of UDA or any of its suppliers. Nothing in
this agreement constitutes a waiver of UDA’s or UDA’s suppliers rights under U.S. Copyright Law,
International Treaty Provisions, or any other federal or state law.

3. Limitations on Reverse Engineering, Decompilation, and Disassembly.

You may not reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble the Software or the data files incorporated
therein, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law
notwithstanding this limitation.

4. Appropriate Use

This Software is not meant to be, nor does it constitute legal or business advice . None of the contracts,
forms, and templates should be used without appropriate customization and advice from properly
licensed legal counsel familiar with the law that may apply to your circumstances. Sample estimates
and costbook data are provided for reference purposes only, and it is advised that you confirm item
costs with your vendors before calculating project estimates. UDA and its suppliers take no
responsibility for the applicability of these or any materials for the particular transaction you wi ll be
undertaking. UDA Technologies, Inc. and its suppliers will not be liable for any special, incidental, or
consequential damages or lost profits, arising in tort, negligence, contract, or otherwise, in connection
with the use in any manner of the contents of these materials.

5. Upgrades

To use Software identified as an upgrade, you must first be licensed for the Software identified by UDA
as eligible for the upgrade. After installing the upgrade, you may no longer use and you may not
transfer the original that formed the basis for your upgrade eligibility, except as part of the upgraded
Software.

6. Usage Restrictions

For TotalCare members, major product upgrades require a 12 month minimum paid TotalCare
commitment. By accepting major upgrades, you agree to extend your TotalCare subscription to meet
the above qualifications.

TotalCare payments will be billed monthly to the credit card on file. You will provide UDA Technologies
with updated credit card information for cards that will expire during the d uration of this Agreement.
Products and Services covered in this Agreement are nonrefundable. If payments are declined, late, or
otherwise behind, UDA reserves the right to suspend the use of the software until full payment is made,
this suspension of service will not in any way reduce your obligation to pay the order in full. Late fees
may apply.

3
Printed Documentation

TotalCare coverage will automatically renew and continue to be charged after this Agreement ends.
TotalCare coverage can be discontinued by contacting a UDA Customer Service Representative at the
conclusion of this Agreement.

TotalCare Services are nonrefundable. Any actions or disputes relating to this Agreement shall be
brought in the appropriate court in Lee County, Alabama.

For payment plans, UDA reserves the right to suspend the use of the software if payments are
declined, late, or otherwise behind, until the full payment is made, this suspension of service will not in
any way reduce your obligation to pay the order in full.

7. Separation of Components

The Software is licensed as a single product. Its component parts may not be separated for use on
more than one Computer.

8. Termination

Without prejudice to any other rights, UDA may terminate this EULA if you fail to comply with the terms
and conditions of this EULA. In such event, you must destroy all copies of the Software and all of its
component parts.

9. Limited Warranty

9.1 Limited Warranty Conditions. UDA grants you a Limited Warranty that the Software will materially
conform to the documentation and User Guide for ninety (90) days, following your receipt of the
Software. This is your only Warranty. UDA does not warrant that this Software will meet your
requirements. UDA AND ITS SUPPLIERS EXCLUDE AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL EXPRESS
AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES NOT STATED HEREIN, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

If an implied warranty or condition is created by your state/jurisdiction and federal or state/provincial


law prohibits disclaimer or it, you also have an implied warranty or condition, but only as to defects
discovered during the period of this limited warranty (ninety days). As to any defects discovered after
the ninety-day period, there is no warranty of any kind. Some states/jurisdictions do not allow
limitations on how long an implied warranty or condition may last, so this statement may not apply to
you.

9.2 Warranty for Supplements and Updates. Any supplements or updates to the software, including
without limitation, any (if any) service packs or hot fixes provided to you after the expiration of the
ninety-day period are not covered by any warranty or condition, express, implied, or statutory.

9.3 Limitation on Remedies; no Consequential or Other Damages. Your exclusive remedy for any
breach of this Limited Warranty is as set forth below. Except as for any refund elected by UDA, YOU
ARE NOT ENTITLED TO ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, if the Software does not meet the Manufacturer’s Limited Warranty, and, to the maximum
extent allowed by applicable law, even if any remedy fails of its essential purpose. The terms of
Section 10 (“Exclusion of Incidental, Consequential, and Certain Other Damages”) are also
incorporated into this Limited Warranty. Some states/jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or
limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to
you. This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights. You may have other rights which vary from
state/jurisdiction to state/jurisdiction.

9.4 Your Exclusive Remedy. UDA and its suppliers entire liability and your exclusive remedy for any
breach of this Limited Warranty or for any other breach of this EULA, or for any other liability relat ing to
the Software and the data files incorporated therein shall be, at UDA’s option from time to time
exercised subject to applicable law (a) return of amount paid (if any) for the Software in accordance
with UDA’s return policies, or (b) repair or replacement of the Software that does not meet this Limited
Warranty and that is returned to UDA with a copy of your invoice at the address specified by UDA. You
will receive the remedy elected by UDA without charge, except that you are responsible for any
expenses specified in UDA’s warranty remedy documentation. This Limited Warranty is void if failure
of the Software has resulted from accident, abuse, misapplication, abnormal use, or a virus. Any
replacement Software will be warranted for the remainder of the original warranty period or thirty days,

4
Chapter 1: UDA ConstructionSuite™ Overview

whichever is longer, and UDA will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide your remedy within a
commercially reasonable time of your compliance with UDA’s warranty remedy procedures.

10. Disclaimer of Warranties

UDA’s and UDA’s suppliers entire liability to you for any losses shall be limited to the amount you
originally paid for the Software if any. In no event shall UDA or its suppliers be liable for any indirect,
special, incidental, punitive, or consequential damages (including loss of profits) even if UDA or its
suppliers have been advised of the possibility of such damages. The Limited Warranty that appears
above is the only express warranty made to you and is provided in lieu of any other express w arranties
or similar obligations (if any) created by advertising, documentation, packaging, or other
communications. EXCEPT FOR THE LIMITED WARRANTY AND TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, UDA AND ITS SUPPLIERS PROVIDE THE SOFTWARE, DATA
FILES AND SUPPLORT SERVICES WITH ALL FAULTS, ANDHEREBY DISCLAIM ALL OTHER
WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY (IF ANY) IMPLIED WARRANTIES, DUTIES, OR CONDITIONS, OF
MERCHANTABILITY, OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR RELIABILITY OR
AVAILABILITY, OF ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF RESPONSE, OR RESULTS, OF
WORKMANLIKE EFFORT, OR LACK OF VIRUSES, AND LACK OF NEGLIGENCE, ALL SUPPORT
OR SERVICES, INFORMATION, SOFTWARE, AND RELATED CONTENT THROUGH THE
SOFTWARE OR OTHERWISE ARISING OUT OF USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR THE DATA FILES.
ALSO, THERE IS NO WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF TITLE, QUIET ENJOYMENT, QUIET
POSSESSION, CORRESPONDENCE TO DESCRIPTION OR NONINFRINGEMENT WITH REGARD
TO THE SOFTWARE OR THE DATA FILES.

11. Exclusion of Incidental, Consequential, and Certain Other Damages

To the maximum extent permitted by all applicable law, in no event shall UDA or its suppliers be liable
for any special, incidental, punitive, indirect, or consequential damages whatsoever (including, but not
limited to, damage for loss of profits or confidential or other information, for business interruption, for
personal injury, for loss of privacy, for failure to meet any duty or good faith or reasonable care, for
negligence, and for any other pecuniary of other loss whatsoever) arising out of or in any way related to
the use of or inability to use the Software, the provision of or failure to provide support or other
services, information, Software, and related content through th e Software, or otherwise under or in
connection with any provision of this EULA, even in the event of the fault, tort (including negligence),
misrepresentation, strict liability, breach of contract or breach of warranty, and even if UDA has been
advised of the possibility of such damages.

12. Limitation of Liability and Remedies

Notwithstanding any damages that you might incur for any reason whatsoever (including, without
limitation, all damages referenced herein and all direct or general damages in contr act or anything
else) the entire liability of UDA and its suppliers under any provision of this EULA and your exclusive
remedy hereunder (except for any remedy of repair or replacement elected by UDA with respect to any
breach of the limited warranty) shall be limited to the greater amount of the actual damages you incur
in reasonable reliance on the Software up to the amount actually paid by you for the Software or U.S.
$5.00. The foregoing limitations, exclusions, and disclaimers shall apply to the maxim um extent
permitted by applicable law, even if any remedy fails its essential purpose.

13. Entire Agreement: Severability

This EULA (including any addendum or amendment to this EULA which is included with the Software)
is the entire agreement between you and UDA relating to the Software, the data files incorporated
therein and the support services (if any) and they supersede all prior or contemporaneous oral or
written communications, proposals, and representations with respect to the Software or any other
subject matter covered by this EULA. If any provision of this EULA is held to be void, invalid,
unenforceable, or illegal, the other provisions shall continue in full force and effect.

14. Notice: Specifications Subject to Change

UNLESS OTHERWISE PROVIDED BY WRITTEN AGREEMENT WITH UDA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,


THIS PUBLICATION IS PROVIDED “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY

5
Printed Documentation

OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PUPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or
implied warranties in certain transactions, so this statement may not apply to you.

While reasonable efforts have been made to assure the accuracy of this documentation, in no event
will UDA Technologies, Inc. be liable for direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages
resulting from any defect in the publication or the associated Software. UDA Technologies, Inc.
reserves the right to change this document at any time without obligation to notify any one.

System Requirements for ConstructionSuite™

Recommended System Configuration

 Processor: Intel Core™ i5-3450 Processor E6600 (3.50 GHz) or higher


 RAM: 2 to4 gigabytes (GB)
 Operating System: Windows 8 (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows 7 (32-bit and 64-bit),
Windows Vista (32-bit and 64-bit), Windows Server 2003 Standard, Enterprise, or
Datacenter editions (SP1) or later, Windows Server 2003 Web Edition (SP1) or later,
Windows Small Business Server 2003 (SP1) or later, Windows Server 2008 (32-bit
and 64-bit) Standard, Web, or Enterprise Editions, or Mac OS X using Parallels
(requires Windows Operating System and Windows version of Microsoft Office).
 Disk Space: 5 - 20 GB of disk space
 Monitor: 1,024x768 or higher-resolution
 Drive: CD-ROM or DVD-ROM
 Internet Access: Online features require Internet access (DSL or Cable Modem
Recommended)
 Other Requirements: Microsoft Excel 2007 or later

Minimum System Configuration

 Processor: At least 2.66 GHz Intel Pentium IIII (or equivalent)


 RAM: 1 gigabyte (GB)
 Operating System: Windows 7 (32-bit and 64-bit) , Windows Vista (32-bit and 64-bit) ,
Windows XP (SP2) or later, Windows Server 2003 Standard, Enterprise, or
Datacenter editions (SP1) or later, Windows Server 2003 Web Edit ion (SP1) or later,
Windows Small Business Server 2003 (SP1) or later, Windows Server 2008 (32 -bit
and 64-bit) Standard, Web, or Enterprise Editions.
 Disk Space: 2 GB of disk space
 Monitor: 800 x 600 Resolution (small fonts recommended)
 Drive: CD-ROM or DVD-ROM
 Internet Access: Online features require Internet access with at least a 56K modem
(DSL or Cable Modem Recommended)
 Other Requirements: Microsoft Excel 2007 or later

Integration/Compatibility Requirements

 ConstructionSuite requires updated versions of Microsoft Excel 2000 or later.


 UDA QuickBooks Integration (included with Pro versions and above of
ConstructionSuite) requires QuickBooks Pro, Premier, or Contractor 2008 or later.
Advanced QuickBooks Integration requires 2008 or later.

6
Chapter 1: UDA ConstructionSuite™ Overview

 Outlook ActivitySync requires Microsoft Outlook 2007 or later.


 UDA Application for Payment requires QuickBooks Pro, Premier, or Contractor 2008
or later.
 CAD Integration requires CADEstimator, CADSoft Envisioneer 3.0 or later, Chief
Architect 10 or later, eTakeoff Pro or Premier, OnCenter, Planswift 8 or 9, Revit or
SoftPlan
 The Microsoft Project Import and Export (included with Premier versions and above of
ConstructionSuite) requires Microsoft Project 2007 or later
 Oracle Primavera Import and Export (included with Premier versions and above of
ConstructionSuite) requires Primavera SureTrak, P3 or P6 Professional versions or
higher.

Network Requirements
Licensed multi-user versions can be setup using any of the following network configurations:

 Peer-to-Peer Networking for Windows


 Dedicated Windows Server
 Wireless Network

Download Requirements

 High-speed Internet connection (DSL, cable modem, or faster). Clients with dial -up
connections will not be able to download ConstructionSuite due to the large file size.
 Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 SP1 or later.

 NOTE: Actual requirements will vary based upon your system configuration and other
applications installed.

Getting Help
Take advantage of step-by-step instructions, tips, and notes in the improved UDA Help tools. Discover
hundreds of advanced features and options that can help you better manage your company and
projects.

Available UDA Help Tools

 On the main interface, go to Help > UDA Help to access the latest UDA Help included
with your version of the software. You can search UDA Help via the search tab for
answers to your questions.
 On the main interface, go to Help > UDA User Guide to access a PDF of the
ConstructionSuite User Guide.

Technical support packages


ConstructionSuite is designed to be easy-to-learn and easy-to-use. However, UDA Technologies offers
a variety of support and training options for registered users to maximize proficiency with the
ConstructionSuite system. The following support packages are available:

 Basic Support: Included with all ConstructionSuite purchases, the Basic support package
entitles you to 30 days of phone support and one year of email, online or fax support. All
support begins from the date of purchase.

7
Printed Documentation

 TotalCare Priority Support: Available to purchase on a monthly basis or a prepaid 12 month


plan, TotalCare combines priority phone support, guaranteed upgrades, automatic updates,
personalized training, SuiteLink capability and additional TotalCare Only features. See below
for more information about UDA TotalCare.

The TotalCare Advantage


UDA TotalCare is a comprehensive package designed to enhance and protect your ConstructionSuite
investment. Available in monthly or a prepaid 12 month plan, the TotalCare membership entitles you to
support, upgrades, updates, training, and other valuable features at one low cost.

 TotalCare Includes: ConstructionSuite Updates & Upgrades, including quarterly RSMeans


Costbooks updates and a guaranteed free upgrade to the newest product upon release,
Personalized Training to help you get the most out of your ConstructionSuite investment, and
our most raved about feature, Unlimited Priority Phone Support so you can get assistance with
your how-to and technical support questions quickly. Members have direct access to UDA
Senior Product Specialists for answers by phone or email and full access to UDA web-based
resources, including remote assistance powered by Citrix technology.

 Terms of Service: Select TotalCare features require high-speed internet access. Monthly
TotalCare is automatically billed to a credit card on file. Prepaid TotalCare will bill monthly
after the first year. Major product upgrades require a 6 month minimum paid TotalCare
commitment. TotalCare must be current and in place to be eligible for major product upgrades.
TotalCare can be discontinued by contacting a UDA Customer Service Representative and
services are non-refundable.

Contacting technical support


Technical support is available Monday through Friday, 10:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. ET, excluding holidays.
TotalCare support requests have priority over Basic support requests. Please allow up to two business
days to process basic support requests made by phone or email.

For the latest technical support information, go to www.uniteddesign.com/cs_support.html.

Phone: 800-700-8321

Email: support@uda1.com

Before contacting technical support, make sure you have the following information available:

 Licensed user’s name and phone number


 Version of UDA ConstructionSuite
 Operating System
 Version of Microsoft Office
 Description of the problem
If you contact us by email please include the above information in your message, along with your
phone number or email address.

Appropriate Use

This Software is not meant to be, nor does it constitute legal or business advice . None of the
contracts, forms, and templates should be used without appropriate customization and advice
from properly licensed legal counsel familiar with the law that may apply to your
circumstances. Sample estimates and costbook data are provided for r eference purposes
only, and it is advised that you confirm item costs with your vendors before calculating project
estimates. UDA takes no responsibility for the applicability of these or any materials for the
particular transaction you will be undertaking. UDA Technologies, Inc. will not be liable for
any special, incidental, or consequential damages or lost profits, arising in tort, negligence,

8
Chapter 1: UDA ConstructionSuite™ Overview

contract, or otherwise in connection with the use in any manner of the contents of these
materials.

Disclaimer
UDA ConstructionSuite is a powerful, dynamic system with thousands of advanced features designed
for managing construction. With twenty specialized versions, you can select the system that best fits
your business needs.

This help documentation offers a comprehensive, step-by-step guide to all of the features included in
the UDA ConstructionSuite system. Not all ConstructionSuite versions include every feature described
herein. Where possible, features not included in all versions are indicated throughout the
documentation. However, you should refer to the ConstructionSuite Specialized Versions section of
this help documentation for a comprehensive list of the features included in your system.

To upgrade your ConstructionSuite system, please contact a UDA Technologies representative at


1.800.700.8321, Monday through Friday 9 a.m. - 7 p.m. Eastern time.

9
Chapter 2: Getting Started
Installing UDA ConstructionSuite™

1. Click on the download link provided to you by one of our employees via email or
through the online cart. This will open the Install Shield Wizard.
2. Click Next.
3. Read the End User License Agreement and then click “I accept the terms in the
license agreement.”
4. Click Next.
5. Choose a location on your computer to install the UDA ConstructionSuite folder.
Once you have selected a location or if you choose to continue with the default
location, click Next.
6. Click the Install button. This process may take several minutes.
7. Click Finish to exit the wizard. The application will be installed to the default Program
Files directory; typically C:/Program Files/UDA Technologies, or to the location which
you selected.

 NOTE: If you purchased a 5, 10, or 25 User Version of ConstructionSuite Network or


Enterprise, you will have an additional license key that begins with SERVE -R that is designed
to be used on a dedicated server. This key will enable you to host and manage your master
ConstructionSuite database but will not provide a full working versio n of the software. Enter
this key on your server if you do not need to have a full license of ConstructionSuite on that
device. For more information about the Workgroup Server Key, see the Networking with
ConstructionSuite section of this help documentation.

Opening and Closing ConstructionSuite™

Open ConstructionSuite

 To open ConstructionSuite , click on the desktop icon, or go to Start > Programs >
UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite > UDA ConstructionSuite.
 The first time you open ConstructionSuite, it may take several moments for the
database to initialize and load properly.

Log out of ConstructionSuite


Each license of ConstructionSuite enables you to install the program on one computer or device.
However, you can have multiple users on a single computer if your version is capable. Residential
Standard and Commercial Lite versions are not capable of having multiple users. Having multiple users
enables you to designate varying levels of user control, such as User or Administrator, and track which
users have created, accessed, or edited files, so you'll know who to contact if questions arise.

 To log a user out of ConstructionSuite , go to File > Log Out on the main interface.
 The user will be logged out and the Log In screen will appear. You may be asked to
close certain programs associated with ConstructionSuite such as OnPoint or
OnCost. Ensure that all of your work is saved in these programs before closing them.

Close ConstructionSuite

11
Printed Documentation

ConstructionSuite is designed to stay open at all times on your computer to give you fast access to the
information you need and to ensure that any reminders you have created will pop up on your screen at
the appropriate time. However, you can easily close the program from your view and let it run in the
background.

 To close the program without shutting it down , go to File > Close on the main
interface.
 The program will remain running in the background.

Exit the program completely


If you shut the program down completely, you will not receive any pop up reminders until the program
has been opened again on your computer.

 To exit the program completely, go to File > Exit on the main interface.
 The program will shut down. You may be asked to close certain programs associated
with ConstructionSuite, such as OnPoint or OnCost. Ensure that all of your work is
saved in these programs before closing them.

Using the Initial Configuration Wizard

Designed to help you set up your company information, register your product, import
contacts, and designate your QuickBooks company file (QuickBooks Integration is available
with ConstructionSuite Pro versions or higher), the Initial Configuration Wizard makes it easy
to get started using the new ConstructionSuite system.

Use the Initial Configuration Wizard


The Initial Configuration Wizard will launch automatically the first time you open UDA
ConstructionSuite.

1. Double-click the UDA ConstructionSuite icon on your desktop.


2. Click Next to begin the wizard.
3. Register your product.
Enter your License Key.

Create a Username for the primary user (Administrator).

Create a Password (optional) and verify it. You are only required to enter a Username each
time you open ConstructionSuite.

4. Click Next.
5. Enter Company Information.
Only Company Name is required, but enter as much information as possible.

Your Company Name and Address are automatically populated into documents, and the Zip
Code is used for features such as the weather forecast and adjusting costs in the Items
Database.

You can edit this information later by going to Tools > Configuration > Company
Information.

6. Click Next, or if you would like to skip ConstructionOnline registration and Data Import, click
Finish .

12
Chapter 2: Getting Started

7. Complete the ConstructionOnline Registration.


Current ConstructionOnline members can follow the 'Click Here to Login' link to input their
current username and password.

For first-time users,click 'Get Your FREE Account' and complete First Name, Last Name, Email
Address, and Password and click 'Sign Up'.

8. Click Next.
9. Import Microsoft Outlook Contacts.
The UDA Sync Center will open. See Chapter 23: UDA ContactSync for detailed steps to
perform a contact sync. Once completed, close UDA Sync Center.

10. Import Intuit QuickBooks Contacts.


Select your Prompt, Overwrite, and Write options and select Sync

11. If desired, Remove UDA ConstructionSuite Sample Data.

UDA ConstructionSuite is pre-loaded with sample data including Projects with related
Contacts, Activities, To Do items, and more to give
you an example of how the system integrates data through ConstructionSuite and
ConstructionNet.

Sample data is stored in the database and can be viewed from any of the tabs such
as Today, Project, Contacts, Calendar,
and To Do. Once you begin using the ConstructionSuite system, however, you may
want to remove the sample data.

 WARNING: Once you remove the sample data, it cannot be restored.

1. Remove sample data from the ConstructionSuite system


1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to
Start > Programs > UDA Technologies > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. On the main interface, go to Tools > Options > Remove Sample Data .
All sample data will be removed from your database.

12. Click Next to continue to the confirmation page.

13. You have now completed the Initial Configuration Wizard. Click Finish to access the
ConstructionSuite main interface.

Understanding the ConstructionSuite™ Interface


Meet your new office. When you open ConstructionSuite, you’ll find a digital work space designed for
total information management. Use the ConstructionSuite interface as your home base for the
integrated applications and components that comprise the new ConstructionSuite system.

 NOTE: Not all features are included in every version. For a complete listing of what's
included in your version, view the ConstructionSuite Specialized Versions listing in this help
documentation.

Understand the ConstructionSuite Interface

13
Printed Documentation

At the top of the ConstructionSuite Interface, you will find drop-down menus for File, View, Data,
Reports, Tools, Cloud, Trial Versions, Help, and New Features.

 File gives you options to create new items within ConstructionSuite, open files, close
the ConstructionSuite window, log out of the system, and close ConstructionSuite.
 View provides an alternative method to quickly access various tabs and documents
within the ConstructionSuite system.
 Data gives you access to importing database files, contacts, and transactions,
synchronizing information and contacts with Microsoft Outlook, Intuit Quickbooks, and
ConstructionOnline, and also options to back up or restore your ConstructionSuite
database.
 Reports gives you quick access to all of the reports that ConstructionSuite has to offer in one
place - including reports generated from estimates, schedules, leads and weather data, among
others.
 Tools gives you access to company and user configuration, which includes email and
ConstructionOnline configuration; options to set your preferences for various
functions in the ConstructionSuite system, reminders, and the ability to remove
included data.
 Activate will allow you to instantly enter in your license key to activate
ConstructionSuite. License keys are only provided to users after purchase of
ConstructionSuite.
 Trial Versions is a complete listing of all of the trial versions that are offered,
including Residential, Commercial, Green Residential and Green Commercial
versions. You can try different versions of the application and experiment with the
features of each of them. To return to your license, select "User License".
 Help provides access to all forms of UDA Help, including a PDF version of the User
Guide and Online Assistance (reserved for TotalCare members). You can also Check
for Updates, Submit Feedback, access Live Webinars, get information about
Appropriate Use and contacting UDA Technologies, and also view details of your
license.
The ConstructionSuite Navigation Bar, located below the menu row, enables you to:

 Search delivers one of the fastest and most advanced database searches available.
The progressive search begins returning results as soon as you start typing and will
search the entire database for Projects, Contacts, Activities, To Do list items, and
Files that match your search query.
 Move back and forth between My Workspaces and Shared Workspaces .
 The Server dropdown indicates which computer's database your ConstructionSuite is
logged in to if you are using a multi-user version. To learn more about sharing
databases with multiple licenses of ConstructionSuite, see Working with Additional
Licenses .
 Move backward and forward through tabs you have previously visited using the
Backward and Forward Arrows .
 Return to the main screen: Today Summary by clicking the Home icon.
 Track your progression through the system with the ConstructionSuite Tab Trail .

The ConstructionSuite Sidebar gives you ready-access to essential tools no matter which tab
you are currently working from. These tabs are located on the left-hand sidebar of your
ConstructionSuite interface.

14
Chapter 2: Getting Started

 Today will show you an overview of your Recent Projects, Activities, To-Dos,
Financial Graph, Recent Contacts and Recent Files. From here, you can also access
the Items Database, Correspondence Overview and Company Overview tabs.
 Estimating will give you options to Launch the Estimate Wizard, Open a Blank
Estimate, Open Estimate Help, as well as display Recent Estimates and all o f the
available Estimate Templates.
 Scheduling will give you options to Launch the Schedule Wizard, Open a Blank
Schedule, Open Schedule Help, as well as display Recent Schedules and all of the
available Schedule Templates.
 Contracts and Docs will give you options to Launch the Document Wizard, Open a
Blank Document, Open Document Help, as well as display Recent Contracts and all
of the available Contract Templates.
 Projects will show you the name and details for all of your ConstructionSuite
projects, as well as provide access to the Overview, Workflow, Project Log and Files
for the selected project.
 Project Files will display all projects and their files within ConstructionSuite, as well
as note which files are hosted on ConstructionOnline.
 Contacts will display all of your saved contacts within ConstructionSuite. From here,
you can also view Leads, as well as a Contact Summary and Contact Log for the
selected Contact.
 Leads will show all of your recorded leads and the details pertaining to each.
 Calendar will display a full-screen Calendar showing all of your upcoming events and
activities.
 To-Dos will display all of your recorded To-Dos within ConstructionSuite.
 Cloud Services XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
 Apps and Services will give you access to information on all of our
ConstructionSuite products, ConstructionOnline, TotalCare benefits and the entire
OnSite Mobile App family.
 ConstructionOnline SuiteLink in the lower left corner will be activated for TotalCare
members once the ConstructionOnline User Configuration has been completed.
 Weather shows the 5-day forecast for your area. You must have a ZIP code entered
in Company Information to use this feature. To learn more about company
information, see Changing Company Information .
 Recent Projects lists your recent projects within ConstructionSuite.
 Quicklinks gives you instant access to the tasks you'll perform most often in
ConstructionSuite, such as creating new Contacts, Projects, Activities, To -Dos,
Estimates, or Schedules.
 Mini Calendar shows the current month. Use the arrows on either side of the month
name to view other months. The Mini Calendar also works in conjunction with the
UDA Construction Calendar. To learn more, see Using the Mini Calendar .

 NOTE: To view all of the sidebar features, you can expose the right sidebar by clicking on
the slider signified by five vertical dots and dragging your mouse left. This will display more
sections, including Recent Projects, Quick Links and the Mini Calendar. Additionally,you can
collapse the sidebar completely by clicking on the left side of the column and dragging your
mouse all the way to the right side of the interface.The left sidebar can also be collapsed by
clicking the right side and dragging it to the left.

15
Printed Documentation

Introduction to the ConstructionSuite™ Tab System

The ConstructionSuite tab system is organized into four main sections: Summary, Items
Database, Correspondence Overview and Company Overview.

 NOTE: Not all features are included in every version. For a complete listing of what's
included in your version, view the ConstructionSuite Specialized Versions listing in this help
documentation.

When logging into ConstructionSuite, the interface opens directly to the Today page.
From this interface, you will have multiple options for accessing, sorting, and relating information, so
it's easy to customize your company and project needs. You will also find that the interface serves as a
central location for all dynamic templates; allowing you to create estim ates, schedules, contracts,
specifications and more. You can also link templates into the advanced Workflow system to help
smooth the transition between phases and keep your projects progressing effectively. For more
information about Workflows, see About Project Workflows.

 The Today tab serves as the home base for managing your construction projects. It also
allows you to use the New dropdown menu in the upper left corner to create a new project,
new contacts, new activities, new to do lists, new correspondences, new notes and files,
including new estimates, schedules, specifications, custom AutoDocs and proposals.

 Estimating includes advanced estimating features, including the UDA Items Database
with RS Means integration, Change Order Management, Resource Allocation, and
CAD Integration. From the estimating tab, you can access a comprehensive library of
project-specific estimate templates, including Commercial, CSI, Light Commercial,
Remodeling, Residential, Subcontractor, and any custom templates - depending on
your version. You can also access Estimate Help and the Estimate Wizard, which
takes you step by step through the estimate creation process - from selecting
template style and taxes to project information and color theme. You can also view
any recent estimates you have worked on from this tab.
 Scheduling is now faster than ever and includes advanced scheduling features
including multiple predecessors and multiple resource allocation, unlimited baselines
and nested groups, custom holidays and workdays, as well as improved Microsoft
Project Integration and more dynamic reporting options. From the Scheduling tab,
you can create a schedule using the Schedule Wizard, which takes you step by step
through the schedule creation process - from selecting template style and project
information to work days and holidays. Depending on your version, you can also
access templates for Residential, Remodeling, Light Commercial, Commercial, and
any custom templates from the Scheduling tab.
 Contracts & Docs includes a comprehensive library of professionally-authored
contracts and forms designed to protect your company and help limit your liability.
Depending on your version, you can access templates for Contracts, Documents,
LEED Resources, LEED Rating Systems, LEED Version 3, Developer Tools,
Personnel Management, Property Management, and various Reports.

 Contracts includes a comprehensive set of up to 205 contracts and forms that


are customizable in order to fit your project needs. Comprehensive contracts
include clauses that cover scope of work, permits, insurance, arbitration,
change orders, project allowances, sales agreements, toxic mold, hazardous
materials, termination, and more.
 Documents combines all other essential project documentation such as
Specifications , Financing , and Planning . Depending on your version, you can
access guides for Residential, Light Commercial, and Property Development

16
Chapter 2: Getting Started

Specifications, various forms and spreadsheets for Financing, and the


complete UDA Planning Guide.
 LEED Resources is included in ConstructionSuite Green Versions and will
provide you with detailed documentation about the benefits of the LEED
program. This folder also includes additional resources, including Credit
Substitution Guides, LEED Reference Documents, a Green Specifications
Guide, and much more.
 LEED Rating Systems is included in ConstructionSuite Green Versions and will
provide you with project checklists and rating system guidelines per project
type, which determine your LEED rating of either Certified, Silver , Gold, or
Platinum.
 LEED Version 3 is included in ConstructionSuite Green Versions and will
provide you with details and information on the LEED Resources, including
credit weightings, rating systems technical advancements, and regional priority
credits per state,
 Energy Star Guidelines play a significant role in Green Building Certification of
all types of buildings. ConstructionSuite Green versions include a
comprehensive listing of the latest guidelines and standards for maximizing the
efficiency and energy ratings of your residential, commercial and industrial
projects
 NAHB Green guidelines, standards, and project workflows are included in the
complete family of ConstructionSuite Green products. The National Green
Building Standard was approved by the American National Standards Institute
(ANSI) for all residential construction work including single-family homes,
apartments and condos, land development, remodeling and renovation
projects.
 Developer Tools (available in Corporate/Developer versions and above)
includes documents for Residential and Commercial developments including
Application Forms, Covenants, Association Documents, and more.
 Personnel Management (available in Corporate/Developer versions and above)
includes documents for Human Resources and Operations as well as an
Employment Manual and Safety Manual.
 Property Management (available in Corporate/Developer versions and above)
includes documents for Applications and Notices, Checklists, Forms and
Agreements, and Lease Agreements.
 Report Templates include activity reports, allowance reports, an application for
payment, a cash flow report, purchase orders and many other report
templates. You have the ability to run reports directly from these templates, or
create and save your own report template here.
 Marketing Tools can be purchased as an add-on to the ConstructionSuite
software and includes Brochures, Newsletters, Client Letters, Images,
Marketing Handouts, Postcards, Press Releases, Sample Campaigns, and
Thank You letters to help you promote and put a professional face on your
business.
 The Projects tab delivers full access to all of your project information in addition to
other features including the ability to create a new project, bring up a project overview
that includes project details, activities, a to do list, related contacts, RFIs, submittals,
a correspondence log and files related to that project. You also have the option of
viewing the project workflow, project log and any files associated with the selected
project.

17
Printed Documentation

 The Project Files tab delivers a comprehensive list of all files you have created in
ConstructionSuite - including Estimates, Schedules, and Documents - sorted by
associated project.
 The Contacts tab is a central place to review contact information for all of your stored
contacts. From here you can view, add and edit contacts, manage your leads for
specific projects, generate a contact summary report, send e-mails or text messages
and track insurance. You can directly sync your Outlook contacts into
ConstructionSuite. You also have the ability to view a Contact Summary and Contact
Log for each client.
 The Leads tab allows you to view all of your leads for specific projects and the details
and priority associated with each.
 The Calendar feature of ConstructionSuite allows you to add new activities and view
by day, week, month or in a list. You can also sort your calendar to only show you a
type of event such as a meeting, call or certificate expiration via the visible types
icon. Completed activities can be hidden in order to streamline and clean up your
calendar.
 The To Do List tab allows for the creation of a new to do item and allows you to
classify events by due date. You also have the option of filtering To Do's by status -
overdue, upcoming, incomplete or complete - or you can view all of the to do's
simultaneously to make sure you stay on schedule.
 The Apps and Services tab provides users with an inside look at the latest offerings
from UDA. This includes specialized versions of ConstructionSuite,
ConstructionOnline features, TotalCare benefits and OnSite Mobile Apps.
 The ConstructionOnline window will give you instant access to your latest
ConstructionOnline announcements, notifications, files and photos as well as the
weather in your area. This is a TotalCare Member Only feature, which must be
activated by completing the ConstructionOnline User Configuration under the Tools
tab.
 The Apps & Services tab provides access to UDA Technologies' available products
and services. This includes the various ConstructionSuite Specialized Versions ,
ConstructionOnline , TotalCare Support & Services , and the entire family of Onsite
Mobile Apps .

Navigating the ConstructionSuite™ Interface


The ConstructionSuite system is the culmination of many years of development and over a thousand
new features. To make it simple for you to navigate throughout the system and access the information
you need, we've divided it up into easy-to-use tabs and an advanced navigation toolbar.

Using the ConstructionSuite Navigation Toolbar


The ConstructionSuite Navigation Toolbar consists of six parts: Search, Workspaces and Database ID,
Backward and Forward Arrows, the Home button, and the Tab Trail.

 Search delivers one of the fastest and most advanced database searches available. The
progressive search begins returning results as soon as you start typing and will search the
entire database for Projects, Contacts, Activities, To Do list items, and Files that match your
search query.

 The Workspace Icon will allow you to easily move back and forth between 'My Workspace',
represented by a single person, to 'Our Workspace', represented by two people. The 'Our
Workspace' option displays calendars and events for all users operating on your network.

18
Chapter 2: Getting Started

 Server indicates which computer's database your ConstructionSuite is logged in to if


you are using a multi-user version. To learn more about sharing databases with
multiple licenses of ConstructionSuite, see Working with Additional Licenses .
 Move backward and forward through tabs you have previously visited using the
Backward and Forward Arrows .
 Return to the main screen: Today Summary by clicking the Home icon.
 The Tab Trail tracks your progression through the ConstructionSuite system and resets every
time you switch between first or second-level tabs. Tab names on the trail are hyperlinked,
making it easy for you to jump to a previous tab.

Using the ConstructionSuite tab system


ConstructionSuite and ConstructionNet combine to give you seamless Navigation within the
ConstructionSuite software. ConstructionNet gives you access to all of your project and contact
information as well as related features. ConstructionSuite stores all of the templates you'll need for
successful project management. Follow the guide below to locate the fe ature or component you're
looking for.

 NOTE: Not all features are included in every version. For a complete listing of what's
included in your version, view the ConstructionSuite Specialized Versions listing in this help
documentation.
Today

 Project Summary
 Items Database
 Correspondence Overview
 Company Overview

Estimating

 New Estimate Wizard


 Blank Estimate
 Commercial Estimating Master Template
 CSI Estimating Master 16 Template
 CSI Estimating Master 50 Template
 Light Commercial Master Estimating Template
 Remodeling Master Estimating Template
 Residential Master Estimating Template
 Residential Sample Estimate
 Subcontractor Templates
 Custom Estimating Templates
 QuickBooks Integration Tools (accessed from inside any UDA Estimate)

Scheduling

 New Schedule Wizard


 Blank Schedule
 Commercial Scheduling Master Template
 Light Commercial Scheduling Master Template

19
Printed Documentation

 Remodeling Scheduling Master Template


 Residential Scheduling Master Template
 Residential Sample Schedule
 Custom Scheduling Templates

Contracts

Located within the Contracts folder, you will find:

 Arbitration Rules Contracts and Forms


 Architectural Contracts, Notes and Forms
 California Contracts and Forms
 Conditions & Addenda Contracts and Forms
 Construction Management Contracts and Forms
 General Contracts
 Design-Build Contracts and Forms
 Draw Requests & Lien Forms
 FHA and VA Contracts and Forms
 Proposal Wizard
 Real Estate Contracts and Forms
 Remodeling Contracts and Forms
 Subcontractor Contracts & Forms

Documents

 Financing
 Financial Forms
 Financial Spreadsheets
 Planning Guide
 UDA Planning Guide
 Specifications
 Specifications Wizard

LEED Resources

 All Rating Systems


 Combined Heat & Power
 Commercial Interiors
 Commercial Interiors v2.0
 Core & Shell v2.0
 Credit Substitution Guides
 Existing Building v2.0
 LEED Reference Documents
 New Construction v2.0 & v2.1

20
Chapter 2: Getting Started

 New Construction v2.2


 Regional Codes & EA Credit 1
 Schools
 Green Specifications

LEED Rating Systems

 Core & Shell


 Existing Buildings - Operationsand Maintenance
 Healthcare
 Homes
 LEED Rating System Drafts
 Neighborhood Development
 New Construction
 Retail
 Schools

LEED Version 3

 Credit Weightings
 Rating Systems Technical Advancements
 Regionalization
 LEED v3 FAQs

Energy Star

 Buildings & Plants


 LEED
 New Homes
 News Room
 Partner Resources
 Products

NAHB Green

 NAHB Model Green Home Building Guidelines

Developer Tools

 Application Forms
 Commercial Association
 Commercial Covenants
 Condo, Golf, Timeshare Covenants and Forms
 Golf and Ski Covenants and Forms
 Homeowners Association

21
Printed Documentation

 Residential Covenants

Marketing Tools

 Brochures and Newsletters


 Client Letters
 Images
 Marketing Handouts
 Postcards
 Press Releases
 Sample Marketing Campaigns
 Thank You Letters

Personnel Management

 Employment Manual
 Human Resources
 Operations
 Safety Manual

Property Management

 Applications and Notices


 Checklists
 Forms and Agreements
 Lease Agreements

Projects*

 All Projects
 Project Overview
 Project Workflow
 Project Log
 Project Files
*Access Insurance Tracking, Project Workflows, Project Associations, and Project
Dimensions from the Project Overview tab.

Contacts*

 All Contacts
 Leads
 Contact Summary
 Contact Log
*Access Lead Management, Insurance Tracking, and Contact Associations from the Contact
Summary tab. Contact synchronization with Outlook and QuickBooks can also be accessed
from the icons in the UDA Contacts tab.

22
Chapter 2: Getting Started

Calendar*

 Month View
 Week View
 Day View
 List View
*Synchronization options with the Outlook Calendar can be found in the UDA SyncCenter.

To Do List

 Overdue
 Upcoming
 Incomplete
 Complete
 All

Apps & Services

 ConstructionSuite Specialized Versions


 ConstructionOnline
 TotalCare
 Onsite Mobile Apps

Customizing Your ConstructionSuite™ View


The Today Summary tab is engineered to be the central control panel from which you manage all of
your company's processes. Hosting all Recent Projects, Contacts, and Files, the Today Summary tab
also lists overdue, ongoing, and upcoming Activities and To Dos (Activities and To Dos are available in
Pro versions and above) along with a Financial Graph.

ConstructionSuite automatically opens to the Today page. To get back to this page from any screen,
select Today in the left toolbar.

Designed to meet your individual company needs, the ConstructionSuite system offers multiple options
for customizing the information you view each time you access the Today Summary tab. You can
collapse and expand sections and select which information you would like to vi ew.

Customize your ConstructionSuite view


The following sections can be viewed from the Today Summary tab: Recent Projects, Recent
Contacts, Recent Files, Financial Graph, Activities, and the To Do List. (Activities and To Do List
are included in Pro versions and above.)

 The default view will show Recent Projects, Activities, To Do List, and the Financial Graph.
To view Recent Contacts and Recent Files instead of the Financial Graph, click on the
Financial Graph Icon in the top right of the Today Summary screen.

 To collapse a section in the view, click the arrows on the right side of the section header.
The section will be minimized and moved to a location that allows the maximization of other
sections on the tab.

23
Printed Documentation

 To expand a section that has been minimized, click the arrows on the collapsed section
header. The section will be maximized again.

 To expand the sidebar, click on the left edge of the sidebar and drag it to the left. You will be
able to view more information, including more Quick Links and two months of the Mini
Calendar.

 To collapse the sidebar completely, click on the left side of the column and move your
mouse all the way to the right side of the interface.

 NOTE: You can also expand/collapse sections by clicking on the section header.
However, the titles of each section (for example, "Recent Projects") are hyperlinked
and will take you to that tab in the ConstructionSuite system. You must click in a
blank part of the section header to expand or collapse it in the view.

Select information columns for each section


For each section on the Today Summary tab (Recent Projects, Recent Contacts, Recent Files,
Activities, and the To Do List), there are default columns that provide information about each section.
For example, Recent Projects shows the Project Name and Status. You can add and remove
columns in each section to customize it for your management needs. For details about viewing columns
on the Today Summary tab, see Quick Reference for the Today Summary Tab.

 To add columns to a section, right-click on the column headers (such as Project Name for
Recent Projects) and click on a column name in the list. The new column will be added to that
section.

 To remove columns from a section, right-click on the column header (such as Project Name
for Recent Projects) and de-select a column name from the list. The column will be removed.

View available columns for each section on the Today Summary tab
 Recent Projects: The default columns are Project Name and Status. You can also view
Number, Type, Base Estimate, Estimated Value, Actual Costs, Committed Costs, Invoiced
Amount, Start Date, End Date, Duration, Client, Address, City, State, Postal Code, Country,
and Group.

 Recent Contacts: The default columns are Contact Name (file as) and Telephone Number.
You can also view First Name, Last Name, Quality, Company, Fax, Email, Address, City,
State, Postal Code, Country, Lead, Lead Quality, Lead Expires, Lead Value, Lead Referral,
Lead Source, and Group.

 Recent Files: The default columns are File Name and File Type. You can also view Project
Name, Project Number, File Size, and Date Modified.

 Activities: The default columns are Subject and Start Date. You can also view Start Time, End
Date, End Time, % Complete, Contact, Project, Project Number, and Prio rity.

 To Do List: The default columns are Subject and Due Date. You can also view Completed, %
Complete, Contact, Project, and Project Number.

 NOTE: Depending on your version, you may not be able to view all of the following
information. Consult the ConstructionSuite Specialized Versions listing in this help
documentation to see what features and components are included in your version.

Searching for Information in ConstructionSuite™


UDA ConstructionSuite delivers one of the fastest and most advanced database searches available.
The progressive search begins returning results as soon as you start typing and will search the entire
database for Projects, Contacts, Activities, To Do list items, and Files that match your searc h query.

24
Chapter 2: Getting Started

Get fast access to the information you need with the UDA ConstructionSuite Search.

Search for information


The Search box is located at the top left of the ConstructionSuite Navigation Bar, where you always
have access to it.

1. Click in the search box and start typing. The Today screen will open a Search Results
tab divided into Projects, Activities, To Do, Contacts, and Files.
2. If the search returns more results than can be shown in the consolidated window,
click the See All link at the bottom of the section.
3. To get back to your results, click the Back arrow at the top of the interface beside the
Home button and Tab Trail.

 NOTE: Activities and To Dos are a part of the full version of ConstructionNet CRM,
available in ConstructionSuite Pro and above.

Removing Sample Data


UDA ConstructionSuite is pre-loaded with a sample project with related Contacts, Activities, To Do
items, and more to give you an example of how the system integrates data through ConstructionSuite
and ConstructionNet.

Sample data is stored in the database and can be viewed from an y of the tabs such as Today, Project,
Contact, Calendar, and To Do. Once you begin using the ConstructionSuite system, however, you may
want to remove the sample data.

 WARNING: Once you remove the sample data, it cannot be restored.

Remove sample data from the ConstructionSuite system

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. On the main interface, go to Tools > Remove Sample Data . All sample data will be
removed from your database.

Content Delivery System

UDA's Content Delivery System provides you with additional content including Energy Star
Guidelines, Green Workflows, NAHB Guidelines, Marketing Tools, and Quarterly RS Means
Costbooks updates (for TotalCare users only). The Content Delivery System will prompt
you to install the additional content on a daily basis until updated or ignored.

The Content Delivery System will automatically open at launch of ConstructionSuite, with
the options to Install Selected Items, Quit, or Remind me in 30 Days.

 If you select Quit, the Content Delivery System will close, and reopen the next time
you launch ConstructionSuite
 If you select Remind me in 30 Days, the Content Delivery System will close, and
reopen in 30 days.

25
Printed Documentation

 To Install Selected Items, you must first check the box beside the data which you
would like to select. Please note, it may take some time to install additional content,
as they are large files. However, once the install is complete, select Quit, and your
data will be present within ConstructionSuite.

 NOTE: With the exception of RS Means Costbooks updates, all data delivered through the
Content Delivery System will be accessible in their prospective folders on the Contracts
tab.

Changing Company Information


Company information is stored in the ConstructionSuite system and imported into repo rts, contracts,
and more. Store your company information in the Workgroup Server to ensure consistency in all your
company correspondence.

Change company information

1. Open the Workgroup Server Dashboard on the server.


2. Click on Configuration > Company Information.
3. The Company Information Center with populate. Complete or change any company
information.
4. Click OK.

Editing Automated Templates


Whether you’re creating a new estimate or schedule or launching contracts and reports from
ConstructionSuite, you may want to permanently modify the documents so you don’t end up making the
same changes time after time. While many software systems with automatically-generated documents
don’t enable you to modify the master templates, UDA ConstructionSuite makes it easy for you to tailor
master files to fit your business needs.

 WARNING: It is very important that you do not delete automated fields or bookmarks in the
templates, as doing so will disable the program from generating the report or document. See
the instructions below to learn how to turn on bookmarks in your document.

 NOTE: Only users logged in with administrative privileges will be able to edit report
templates.

Edit automated templates

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking on the desktop icon, or by going to Start >


Programs > UDA Technologies > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click on the Contracts & Docs tab.
3. Click on Report Templates in the column on the left.
4. Right-click on the document you wish to modify.
5. Select Edit Template .
6. Make any changes to the document. Utilize UDA Custom Autodocs features to insert
fields, if desired. DO NOT delete any text that is blue (these are automated fields),
tables, or bookmarks in the document.
7. Go to File > Save. The template will be saved.

26
Chapter 2: Getting Started

8. If you wish to undo changes to a template, Right Click the template and click
Restore Template. This will undo all changes that have been made to the template.

Show bookmarks in a document

1. In an open document, click Insert.


2. On the Insert tab, select the Bookmarks icon and click Show Bookmark Markers.
3. Click OK.

27
Chapter 3: Networking with ConstructionSuite™
Working With Additional Licenses

No Server Required. With flexible networking architecture, you don't have to have a
dedicated server to benefit from a shared master database. Proprietary networking
technology makes it easy for any number of users to share information through a peer -to-
peer workgroup, dedicated Windows server, wireless network, remote desktop technology, or
virtual private network (VPN).

Multiple Users. Multiple Locations. Now with ConstructionSuite, it's easy to work in the
office or on the site. In addition to having the ability to log in to a master database, each
licensed computer comes equipped with its own database, so you can utilize the power of
ConstructionSuite on a laptop in the field. Employ UDA SyncCenter, included with all multi-
user editions, to take advantage of bidirectional synchronization between your mobile
computer and the master database before you leave the office, and keep critical project
information at your fingertips throughout the day. When you return, synchronize once again
to update project changes in the master database.

Workgroup Server. If you purchased a 5, 10 or 25 user version of ConstructionSuite, you


receive a specialized key (that begins with SVR) designed to be installed on a dedicated
server. This key will enable you to host and manage your master ConstructionSuite database
but will not provide a full working version of the software. Enter this key on your server if you
do not need a full license of ConstructionSuite on that device. On a peer-to-peer workgroup,
simply use a separate license key (not including the SVR key) to activate each installation of
ConstructionSuite. If you choose to utilize the SVR key on a dedicated server, you can
manage your central database, add and update user information, backup the database and
synchronize information from the Workgroup Server Dashboard.

Setting Up Your ConstructionSuite™ Network

Sharing a database is easy with UDA ConstructionSuite. Follow the simple steps below to get
connected and start saving time by having all of your employees work from a central shared
database.

 NOTE: For this process to work successfully, you need to have either a peer -to-peer
network or dedicated server in your office.

Install ConstructionSuite

1. Install ConstructionSuite for each computer that you have purchased a license for.
2. Enter a separate license key for each installation.

 NOTE: If you are installing on a dedicated server and you have purchased a 5, 10
or 25 user version of ConstructionSuite Network, use the key that begins with SVR to
take advantage of the Workgroup Server.

Set up the primary computer

To share a database, you must designate a computer to host the primary database, then
create a login for each user who will need to access the database.

29
Printed Documentation

1. Decide which computer you would like to designate as the primary database.
2. Open ConstructionSuite on that computer by clicking on the desktop icon or by going
to Start > Programs > UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite.
3. On the main interface, go to Tools > Configuration > User Configuration.
4. Click the [Add] button in the toolbar to open the User Information Window.
5. Enter a Username and Password. Verify the password.
6. Designate an access level: User or Administrator. An administrator can force check-
in a file if it is opened by another user. To learn more about Check In/Check Out, see
Managing Files with Check In/Check Out .
7. Enter a First and Last Name for the user.
8. Click OK.
9. Use the Add, Edit and Delete buttons on the User Configuration window toolbar to
make the appropriate changes.
10. Click OK when done.

 NOTE: The number of users that can log into a single database varies depending
on your version and number of licenses purchased. To purchase additional licenses,
contact a UDA representative at 1.800.700.8321.

Share the primary database

1. Once users have a username and password, they can log into the primary computer
when opening UDA ConstructionSuite.
2. Open ConstructionSuite on that computer by clicking the desktop icon or by going t o
Start > Programs > UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite.
3. On the login screen, enter the Username and Password for the primary database.
4. Click the Server> button on the right.
5. Use the drop-down menu to select the primary computer's name from the list.
6. Click OK.
7. The computer is now logged in to the primary database. The name of the primary
computer will appear in the top left of the interface, in the Server pane.

 NOTE: If you need to switch to another database and are currently logged into
ConstructionSuite, you can click the arrow next to the server name in the top left
corner of the Interface. Click Yes to confirm change, and then follow the instructions
above to log in to another database.

 WARNING: If a window appears indicating that programs need to be closed in order to


proceed, please make sure you save any information in the programs before closing them. If
you click the End All button on the notification window, the programs will close automatically
and unsaved information will be lost.

30
Chapter 4: Workgroup Server
About the Workgroup Server
The ConstructionSuite Workgroup Server contains the central database that connects and stores all
data created from licensed instances of ConstructionSuite on your company network. Designed to be
installed on a dedicated server on your company network, the Workgroup Server installation enables
you to easily access and control all files and information in your ConstructionSuite Network with an
easy-to-use dashboard control center.

The Status tab enables you to:

 See which serial key has been entered on each computer


 View the login status of users
 Add, edit, and delete users
 Manage user login information
 Schedule and run database backups
 Synchronize the server database with another computer
 Edit company information
 Check for updates

The Active Files tab enables you to:

 View which files are currently in use


 Force check in a file (See Managing Files with the Workgroup Server for more
information about forcing a file to check in.)

Managing Licenses and Users with the Workgroup Server


Easily manage information relating to your networked users, including seeing which licenses are
installed on which computers; viewing login status for users; and adding, editing, and deleting user
names.

View serial keys for computer on the network


Each license of ConstructionSuite has a distinct serial key that can only be used once. To view which
keys are currently being used on your network, follow the instructions below.

1. Open the Workgroup Server Dashboard on the server.


2. Click on the Status tab. The Serial Key that is currently being used for each computer
appears in the list.

View login status for a user on the network

1. Open the Workgroup Server Dashboard on the server.


2. Click on the Status tab.
3. Click the [+] sign next to the name of any computer on the network. The most recent
Login Date for each user appears in the far right column.

31
Printed Documentation

Add users on the network

1. Open the Workgroup Server Dashboard on the server.


2. Click on the Status tab.
3. Click the [+] sign next to the name of the computer to which you want to add a user.
4. Click the New User button in the toolbar at the top.
5. Type a Username and Password.
6. Verify the Password.
7. Select a level: User or Administrator . Administrators can edit report templates and
force check in files.
8. Type the First and Last Name of the User.
9. Click OK.
10. Click Yes if you want to overwrite all instances of that user on the network. This will
update all computers on the network to include the new user.

Edit user information on the network

1. Open the Workgroup Server Dashboard on the server.


2. Click on the Status tab.
3. Click the [+] sign next to the name of any computer on the network.
4. Click on a username to select it.
5. Click the Edit User button on the toolbar.
6. Edit any of the available information.
7. Click OK.
8. Click Yes if you want to overwrite all instances of that user on the network. This will
update all computers on the network to include the changes.

Delete users on the network

1. Open the Workgroup Server Dashboard on the server.


2. Click on the Status tab.
3. Click the [+] sign next to the name of any computer on the network.
4. Click on a username to select it.
5. Click the Delete User button on the toolbar.
6. Click Yes to confirm the deletion of that user.
7. Click Yes if you want to overwrite all instances of that user on the network. This will
update all computers on the network to remove the user.

Backing Up the ConstructionSuite™ Database


Since your central database is housed on the server, it’s never been easier to ensure that the work of
everyone on the network is protected. Simply run UDA ProjectBackup from the Workgroup Server
Dashboard and then transfer the backup file to another location.

Backup the ConstructionSuite database

32
Chapter 4: Workgroup Server

1. Open the Workgroup Server Dashboard on the server.


2. Click on Data > Backup > Project Backup. For more information, see the UDA
ProjectBackup section of this help documentation.

Synchronizing with the Server Database


Although the most efficient means of sharing information is through sharing a database, UDA
ProjectSync makes it easy for you to take your information in the field on a laptop or tablet PC that has
a valid license of ConstructionSuite. Simply synchronize the main database on the server with any
licensed computer, utilize your essential information in the field, and synchronize again when you
return to the office to ensure that any changes you made are updated on the server.

Synchronize with the server database

1. Open the Workgroup Server Dashboard on the server.


2. Click on Data > SyncCenter.
3. The UDA SyncCenter will open. For more information, see the UDA SyncCenter
section of this help documentation.

Changing Company Information


Company information is stored in the ConstructionSuite system and imported into reports, contracts,
and more. Store your company information in the Workgroup Server to ensure consistency in all your
company correspondence.

Change company information

1. Open the Workgroup Server Dashboard on the server.


2. Click on Configuration > Company Information.
3. The Company Information Center with populate. Complete or change any company
information.
4. Click OK.

Updating your Workgroup Server Installation


In order for ConstructionSuite to work properly, both the server and client installations should be
updated.

Check for updates

1. Open the Workgroup Server Dashboard on the server.


2. Click on Help > Check for Updates.
3. If updates are available, follow the on-screen instructions to download and install
updates.

Managing Files with the Workgroup Server


On the Workgroup Server Dashboard’s Active Files tab, you can se e which files are currently in use on
each computer. If needed, you can force check in a file so it can be opened on another computer.

Force Check In should be used with care because :

33
Printed Documentation

 Changes made in the file that are not saved will be lost with the force d check in.
 If the file is only checked in and not closed on the computer, the original user can
reactivate the check out without having to re-open the file. This will overwrite any
changes made by other users after the file was opened on the original user 's
computer.

Force check-in a file from the Workgroup Server Dashboard

1. Open the Workgroup Server Dashboard on the server.


2. Click on the Active Files tab.
3. If the list is collapsed, click the [+] sign next to the name of the computer to expand
that section.
4. Click once on the name of the file that is checked out.
5. Click the Check In button at the top of the screen.
6. Click Yes to confirm the check-in.

 WARNING: If the original user clicks Save after the forced check in, the changes he or she
made will overwrite other users' changes.

34
Chapter 5: ConstructionSuite™ Today Tab
About the Today tab

The Today tab gives you access to your ConstructionSuite Summary, Items Database ,
Correspondence Overview and Company Overview - all powerful tools designed to give you
complete access to your company's most vital information.

 The Summary tab is the central launch pad for ConstructionSuite, providing access to
Recent Projects, Activities, the To Do List and the Company Financial Graph
(Activities and To Dos are only available in Pro versions of ConstructionSuite and
above). Recent Files and Recent Contacts can also be shown by hiding the Financial
Graph. To learn more about the Today Summary tab, see Quick Reference for the
Today Summary Tab .
 The Items Database tab provides access to the UDA Items Database, a powerful cost
database system that enables you to easily enter and maintain thousands of
materials, labor, equipment, and other costs for your construction projects. To learn
more about the UDA Items Database, see About the Items Database .
 The Correspondence Overview tab (included in Commercial Catalyst version and
above) is the comprehensive list of RFI, Submittal & Corresponde nce that has been
completed within ConstructionSuite.
 The Company Overview tab offers a powerful, aggregate report. As a central reporting
tool, the Company Overview report enables you to access central information about
your project groups or developments, including total number of projects, start and end
dates, total scheduled days, estimated cost, actual cost, and an array of options for
each project (Aggregate Reporting is only available in Corporate and Network
versions).
 The Summary tab also includes Financial Graphs. Get an overall snapshot of the
estimated values and costs associated with each of your projects. The graph can be
filtered in several ways, including by project group, status and project type.

Quick Reference for the Today Summary Tab


As the central launch pad for the ConstructionSuite system, the Today Summary tab gives you instant
access to all of your company's recent and upcoming information. From projects to contacts to
scheduled items and more, the Today Summary tab makes it easy for you to get the information you
need.

Each time it is opened, the ConstructionSuite system will automatically show the Today Summary tab.
You can customize the view by collapsing and expanding sections and by selecting which information
columns you would like to view for each section via the right click menu.

Recent Projects lists all of the projects you have recently worked on. To learn more about
using Projects, see About UDA Projects .

 Create a new project by clicking the [add project] link below any existing projects or by
clicking the New dropdown menu in the top left corner of the Today Summary tab and
selecting New Project.
 Go to the Project Overview tab by clicking on a project name.

35
Printed Documentation

 If there are more Projects than can be listed in this section, click the See All link at the
bottom of the section to be taken to the appropriate tab in the ConstructionSuite
system.

Recent Contacts lists all of the contacts you have recently accessed in the ConstructionSuite
system. To learn more about using Contacts, see About UDA Contacts .

 Create a new contact by clicking the [add contact] link below any existing contacts or
by clicking the New dropdown menu in the top left corner of the Today Summary tab
and selecting New Contact.
 Go to the Contact Summary tab by clicking on a contact name.
 If there are more Contacts than can be listed in this section, click the See All link at
the bottom of the section to be taken to the appropriate tab in the ConstructionSuite
system.

Recent Files lists the files you have accessed most recently.

 Open a file by clicking on the file name.


 If there are more Files than can be listed in this section, click the See All link at the
bottom right of the section to be taken to the appropriate tab in the ConstructionSuite
system.

Activities (only available in Pro versions and above) shows a compiled list of your scheduled
items and project sub-tasks. To learn more about Activities, see About ConstructionSuite
Activities

 Add a new Activity by clicking the [add activity] link below any existing activities or by
clicking the New dropdown menu in the top left corner of the Today Summary tab and
selecting New Activity.
 Edit an Activity by clicking on the activity entry.
 Adjust the time frame for Activities listed on the Today Summary tab by clicking Tools
> Options > Activities and To Do Options on the ConstructionSuite interface.
 If there are more Activities than can be listed in this section, click the See All link at
the bottom of the section to be taken to the appropriate tab in the ConstructionSuite
system.

To Do List (only available in Pro versions and above) shows a compiled list of your overdue
and upcoming To Do List items, including those associated with specific projects or contacts.

 Add a new To Do item by clicking the [add to do] link below any existing to do's or by
clicking the New dropdown menu in the top left corner of the Today Summary tab and
selecting New To Do.
 Edit a To Do item by clicking on the entry.
 Adjust the time frame for To Do List items shown on the Today Summary tab by
clicking Tools > Options > Activities and To Do Options on the ConstructionSuite
interface.
 If there are more To Do items than can be listed in this section, click the See All link
at the bottom of the section to be taken to the appropriate tab in the
ConstructionSuite system.

36
Chapter 5: ConstructionSuite™ Today Tab

37
Chapter 6: UDA Items Database
About the Items Database
Track and Manage Costs Like Never Before. The UDA Items Database delivers a powerful, yet easy-
to-use system to store, track, and manage all of your construction costs. As a central location for all of
your construction cost information, the UDA Items Database gives you instant access to the informati on
you need. With unlimited capacity, progressive search technology, and an ultra -sleek design, the UDA
Items Database takes a giant leap forward in cost management for construction professionals.

Stocked, Loaded, and Ready to Go. Pre-loaded with tens of thousands of materials from RSMeans
MeansData™ Costbooks, the UDA Items Database gives you instant access to both national average
and adjusted local area pricing for materials, labor, and equipment. And, since it's fully customizable,
you can even create your own complete costbooks to track and manage quotes from local vendors.

With the UDA Items Database, you can:

 Select from over 20,000 items and over 38,000 quotes from RSMeans MeansData™
Costbooks for Residential or Commercial Construction. Quarterly updates to the cost
data are available for TotalCare members.*
 Adjust pre-loaded costs to your area with just a few clicks.
 Create your own construction costbooks , add quotes , and modify existing information .
 Store multiple quotes for an item, and set a default quote to use when inserting the
item into your UDA Estimate.
 Enter and track quotes from local vendors for easier bid tracking and cost
management.
 Access and manage the database easily through the ConstructionSuite™ interface.
 Build comprehensive, accurate estimates using costs stored in the database.
 Update existing estimates or templates when construction costs for labor or materials
change.
 Benefit from unlimited capacity for storing, tracking, and managing costs without
sacrificing stability or performance.

Making Integration Work for You. With advanced integration between the UDA Items Database and
UDA Estimating, you can insert items complete with Item Name, Description, Classification, Vendor
Name, and Cost into your project estimates. When prices change for your items, you can easily update
costs in the database and project estimate with just a few clicks. Plus, you can enable
ConstructionSuite to automatically open the Items Database each time you open an estimate, collapse
the database window for easier viewing, and easily update material and labor costs in a new estimate if
prices have changed in the Items Database.

What's Included in the UDA Items Database.* In all versions of ConstructionSuite, the UDA Items
Database comes pre-loaded with the RSMeans MeansData™ Costbooks for Residential Construction
and RS Means MeansData™ Costbooks for Repair and Remodeling. Commercial and Green versions
of ConstructionSuite come pre-loaded with additional RS Means costbooks, depending on the version.
The additional costbooks are listed below:

Residential Green:

 RS Means Green Building Cost Data

Commercial:

39
Printed Documentation

 RS Means Building Construction Cost Data

 RS Means Commercial Cost Data

 RS Means Light Commercial Cost Data

Commercial Green:

 RS Means Building Construction Cost Data

 RS Means Commercial Cost Data

 RS Means Light Commercial Cost Data

 RS Means Green Building Cost Data

Getting Started With the Items Database

Understanding the Items Database


To organize material, labor, equipment, subcontractor, vendor, and other costs, the UDA Items
Database is divided into four levels.

Costbook is the highest level in the Items Database and represents a large grouping of categories,
subcategories, and items. The UDA Items Database comes pre-loaded with the RSMeans
MeansData™ Costbooks for Residential and Commercial Construction, and you can also create your
own custom costbooks.

Categories and Subcategories provide the hierarchical structure within the costbook, and
mainly serve organizational functions.

Items are individual elements in the database that can be inserted into an estimate. To
have a cost associated with it, an item must have at least one quote.

Quotes contain specific information such as Name, Description, Unit,


Classification, Vendor, Issue Date, Expiration Date, Cost, and Notes. You can
have multiple quotes for each item and even multiple quotes for an item from the
same vendor, although only one is set as the default quote.

Within the Items Database, you will notice multiple panes that contain and control d ifferent
aspects of the database.

 Search : Enables you to locate an item by typing keywords. This function searches
names and descriptions of items in the database.
 Costbook: Enables you to s witch between pre-loaded costbooks and custom
cookbooks.
 Filter By: Enables you to select a contact to only view items associated with that
vendor.
 Multiplier : Enables you to adjust the pre-loaded national average costs according to
your company's location or the project location.

 Items Tab : Lists the categories and subcategories for the selected costbook. You can
add, edit, and delete custom category and subcategory names from here.
 Items Preview Pane : Contains an expandable/collapsible list of items and quotes. You
can insert, enqueue, and edit quotes from this pane.

40
Chapter 6: UDA Items Database

 Show Queue: (only visible when the Items Database is opened from an estimate) The
Queue enables you to keep an active list of items waiting to be inserted into the
estimate and allows you to enter multiple items into the estimate at a time.

Opening the Items Database


There are two ways to access the Items Database: from the ConstructionSuite interface or from an
open estimate. If you are entering quotes or otherwise making global modifications to the database,
you may find it easier to access it from the ConstructionSuite interface. However, if you wish to add
items or quotes to an estimate you are currently working on, you must access the database from an
open estimate.

Open the database from the ConstructionSuite interface

1. Go to Start > Programs > UDA Technologies > UDA ConstructionSuite >
ConstructionSuite .
2. Click on the Items Database tab located at the top of the Today screen.

Open the database from an estimate

1. Open an estimate.
2. Go to Estimating > Items Database .

Selecting a Costbook in the Items Database


ConstructionSuite comes pre-loaded with RSMeans MeansData™ Costbooks. The RSMeans
MeansData™ Costbooks include the latest prices for labor and materials for nearly 100,000 items and
14,000 assemblies for North America and Canada. However, the UDA Items Database is fully
customizable and enables you to create custom costbooks.

Select a costbook

1. Access the items database by going to Estimating > Items Database in an open
estimate.
2. If the items preview pane is not viewable, click Expand to expand the section.
3. Click on the selector button beside the panel that shows the currently selected
costbook.
4. Check the box next to the costbook you would like to use. Only one costbook can be
selected at a time.
5. Click OK. You are now associated with the selected costbook.

 NOTE: All versions of ConstructionSuite come with the Residential and Repair and
Remodeling Costbooks. Commercial versions come with the Building Construction Cost
Data and Light Commercial Costbooks. Commercial Catalyst, Developer, and Enterprise
versions of ConstructionSuite come with the Commercial Costbook, which includes
assemblies and the Green versions of ConstructionSuite come with the Green Costbooks.
Additional Costbooks can be added to any version.

Adjusting National Average Costs in the Items Database

41
Printed Documentation

The RSMeans MeansData™ Costbooks give you access to tens of thousands of items, complete with
descriptions and national average costs. You can use the Multiplier selector to adjust the costs by your
local area.

This feature adjusts pre-loaded materials, labor, and equipment costs according to your company
location. That is, if material costs in your area are 6% above the national average and labor is 4%
below the national average, costs in the RSMeans MeansData™ Costbooks will be adjusted
accordingly.

 NOTE: The local area multiplier only applies to pre-loaded costs and will not adjust custom
quotes. You must have a zip code stored for the company information in ConstructionSuite
for the multiplier to adjust your costs.

Adjust costs for your area

1. Access the Items Database by going to Estimating > Items Database in an open
estimate.
2. Click on the drop-down arrow next to Multiplier in the top right .
3. Select Company Location from the list. The costs in the database will adjust based
on your area's cost comparison to the national average.

Remove area multiplier

1. Access the Items Database by going to Estimating > Items Database in an


open estimate.
2. Click on the drop-down arrow next to Multiplier .
3. Select None from the list. The costs for your area will revert back to national
averages.

Searching for Items in the Database


With tens of thousands of items pre-loaded and the ability to add custom items and quotes, the Items
Database contains a wealth of information. To make navigating the database easier, an advanced
search function has been included.

Search for items in the database

1. Open the Items Database either from the main interface or from an open estimate.
2. Click and type in the Search box located in the top corner of the screen. The search
results will appear in the Items Preview Pane.

 NOTE: If you type multiple words such as "maple cabinet" in the search box, the search
will only return items that contain both words instead of showing all items that have either
"maple" or "cabinet".

Filtering Items by Contact in the Items Database


If you have assigned quotes to resources stored in your ConstructionSuite contact database, you will
be able to filter your costbooks by those contacts. Use this feature to view, track, or insert items for a
particular contact.

Filter items by contact

42
Chapter 6: UDA Items Database

1. Access the Items Database by going to Estimating > Items Database in an open
estimate.
2. Click on the selector button next to the Filter By panel .
3. Click Select Contact from the pop-up menu. The Select Contact form will open.
4. Choose a contact from the list and click OK. The costbook will now only show items
associated with the selected contact.

Clear contact filter for items

1. Access the Items Database by going to Estimating > Items Database in an open
estimate.
2. Click on the selector button next to the Filter By panel .
3. Select Clear. The costbook will now show all items in the preview pane.

Assemblies in the Items Database


Save time estimating by creating configured item groups with Assemblies. This
powerful feature enables you to quickly create pre-defined item groups that include all of the
materials and labor necessary, and insert them directly into an estimate. Once created,
assemblies are available for use with any project estimate.

 Assemblies can be added to any costbook, including locked ones.


 Assemblies can be copied and pasted, but not between costbooks.
 Assemblies use a separate set of folders from the items.

Creating an Assembly

1. In an open estimate, go to Estimating > Items Database.

2. Select the Assemblies tab.

3. Select a Subcategory and then select New Assembly.

4. Fill in the Name, Description, Unit, and add any desired notes.

Adding, Deleting and Editing Costbooks in the Items Database

Modifying Costbooks in the Items Database


In the UDA Items Database, you can create new costbooks, edit existing ones, or delete costbooks you
no longer need. Each costbook is made up of categories, subcategories, items, and quotes, with the
categories and subcategories shown in the bottom left side of the window and items and quotes stored
in expandable/collapsible format in the main preview pane.

In this section, you will learn how to:

 Add a new costbook to the Items Database

 Delete a Costbook in the Items Database

 Edit a Costbook Name in the Items Database

43
Printed Documentation

 NOTE: You cannot edit or delete the RSMeans MeansData™ Costbooks.

Adding a new costbook to the Items Database


As a part of the dynamic UDA Items Database, custom costbooks enable you to create and maintain
cost information separate from the pre-loaded RSMeans MeansData™ Costbooks.

Create a costbook

1. Open the Items Database either from the main interface or from an estimate.
2. Click on the selector button next to the Current Costbook field. The Select Costbook
form will open.
3. Click the [add costbook] link or click the New icon on the toolbar.
4. Type a name for the new costbook and click OK.
5. To begin building your new costbook, check the box next to the new costbook name
and click OK.
6. Add categories, subcategories, items, and quotes as desired using the Categories
and Items toolbars.

Importing a Costbook in CSV Format

The csv import looks for the following 31 columns in the order listed:

1. Category
2. Subcategory
3. Item Name
4. Description
5. Item Notes
6. Unit
7. Material Cost
8. Material Notes
9. Material Vendor
10. Material Issued
11. Material Expires
12. Labor Cost
13. Labor Notes
14. Labor Vendor
15. Labor Issued
16. Labor Expires
17. Equipment Cost
18. Equipment Notes
19. Equipment Vendor
20. Equipment Issued

44
Chapter 6: UDA Items Database

21. Equipment Expires


22. Subcontractor Cost
23. Subcontractor Notes
24. Subcontractor Vendor
25. Subcontractor Issued
26. Subcontractor Expires
27. Other Cost
28. Other Notes
29. Other Vendor
30. Other Issued
31. Other Expires

The first 6 columns (Category,Subcategory,Item Name,Description (can be blank),Item Notes


(can be blank),Unit) are required. You can have a quote for all, none or some types. Each
field for a quote is required (If you have a material quote, you must have a cost, vendor,
notes (can be blank), issued date and expiration date).

Editing a Costbook Name in the Items Database


You can change the name of a costbook in the UDA Items Database.

Edit a costbook name

1. Open the Items Database either from the main interface or from an estimate.
2. Click the selector button next to the Costbook field. The Select Costbook form will
open.
3. Click on a costbook name to highlight it.
4. Either click the Edit button in the toolbar, or right-click on the item name and select
Edit from the pop-up menu .
5. Type the new costbook name in the box and click OK.
6. Click OK again to exit the Select Costbook form.

 NOTE: You cannot rename the RSMeans MeansData™ Costbooks.

Deleting a Costbook in the Items Database


If desired, you can delete custom costbooks from your Items Da tabase.

Delete a costbook

1. Open the Items Database either from the main interface or from an estimate.
2. Click on the selector button next to the Costbook field. The Select Costbook form will
open.
3. Click on a costbook name to highlight it.
4. Either click the Delete button on the toolbar, or right-click the item and select Delete .
5. Click Yes to confirm the deletion. All categories, subcategories, items, and quotes
associated with that costbook will be deleted.

45
Printed Documentation

 NOTE: You cannot edit or delete the RSMeans MeansData™ Costbooks.

Adding, Deleting and Editing Categories and Subcategories in the Items


Database

Modifying Categories and Subcategories in the Items Database


Whether you've just created a new costbook or would like to modify an existing one, the UDA Items
Database makes it easy for you to add, delete, rename, and move cate gories and subcategories.

In this section, you will learn how to:

 Add Categories or Subcategories in the Items Database

 Delete Categories and Subcategories in the Items Database

 Rename Categories or Subcategories in the Items Database

 Move Categories or Subcategories Up or Down in the Items Database

 Outdent and Indent Categories or Subcategories in the Items Database

Adding Categories or Subcategories in the Items Database


You can create multiple categories and subcategories for your custom costbooks.

 NOTE: To add categories or subcategories, you can open the Items Database either from
the main interface or from an estimate. Categories and subcategories cannot be added to the
pre-loaded RSMeans MeansData™ Costbooks.

Add a category

1. In the Items Database expandable/collapsible costbook tree in the left panel, select
[add category].
2. The New Category form opens. Type a name for the category in the box.
3. Click OK.

Add a subcategory

1. In the Items Database expandable/collapsible costbook tree, right-click on the


category name you want to add subcategories to, select New Subcategory (You can
also add a subcategory by clicking on [+New] and selecting New Subcategory once
you have selected a category).
2. The New Subcategory form opens. Type a name for the subcategor y in the box.
3. Click OK.

Renaming Categories or Subcategories in the Items Database


You can rename any custom category or subcategory but not categories or subcategories pre -loaded in
the database.

 NOTE: To rename categories or subcategories, you can open the Items Database either
from the main interface or from an estimate.

Rename a category

46
Chapter 6: UDA Items Database

1. In the Items Database expandable/collapsible costbook tree in the left panel, click on
the category name you wish to change.
2. Select the Edit icon on the toolbar . The Rename Category form will open. (You can also
edit the category name by right-clicking the category and selecting Edit Category)
3. Type a new name for the category in the box and click OK.

Rename a subcategory

1. In the Items Database expandable/collapsible costbook tree in the left panel, click on
the subcategory name you wish to change.
2. Select the Edit icon on the toolbar . The Rename Subcategory form will open. (You can
also edit the subcategory name by right-clicking the subcategory and selecting Edit
Subcategory)
3. Type a new name for the subcategory in the box and click OK.

Moving Categories or Subcategories Up or Down in the Items Database


You can move categories and subcategories around in the costbook tree. Moving categories and
subcategories up or down will only move their physical placement.

 NOTE: To move categories or subcategories, you can open the Items Database either from
the main interface or from an estimate.

Move categories or subcategories up or down

1. In the Items Database expandable/collapsible costbook tree in the left panel, right-
click on the category or subcategory name you wish to move.
2. Select the Rearrange Categories option from the pop-up menu and choose if you
would like to move the category or subcategory up or down. The selected category or
subcategory will move up or down one place in the tree.

Outdenting and Indenting Categories or Subcategories in the Items Database


Outdenting and indenting categories or subcategories changes their position in the costbook hierarchy.

 NOTE: To outdent or indent categories or subcategories, you can open the Items
Database either from the main interface or from an estimate.

Outdent or indent categories or subcategories

1. In the Items Database expandable/collapsible costbook tree in the left panel, click on
the category or subcategory name you wish to move.
2. Select the Rearrange Categories option from the pop-up window and choose if you
would like to outdent or indent. Top-level categories can only be indented, but
subcategories can be outdented or indented, depending on their original position.

Deleting Categories and Subcategories in the Items Database


You can delete any custom category or subcategory but not categories or subcategories pre -loaded in
the database.

47
Printed Documentation

 NOTE: To delete categories or subcategories, you can open the Items Database either
from the main interface or from an estimate.

Delete a category

1. In the Items Database expandable/collapsible costbook tree in the left panel, right-
click on the category name you wish to delete, and select Delete Category. (You can
also delete a category by selecting the delete button on the toolbar after selecting the
category.)
2. Click Yes to delete the category and any corresponding subcategories, items, and
quotes.

Delete a subcategory

1. In the Items Database expandable/collapsible costbook tree in the left panel, right-
click on the subcategory name you wish to delete, and select Delete Subcategory.
(You can also delete a subcategory by selecting the delete button on the toolbar after
selecting a subcategory.)
2. Click Yes to delete the subcategory and any corresponding subcategories, items, and
quotes.

Adding, Deleting and Editing Items in the Items Database

Modifying Items in the Items Database


The UDA Items Database comes pre-loaded with thousands of items complete with material, labor, and
equipment costs. Since the database is fully customizable, you can add, edit, and delete items.

In this section, you will learn how to:

 Add Items to the Items Database

 Delete Items in the Items Database

 Edit Items in the Items Database

Adding Items in the Items Database


You can add items to any category or subcategory in the UDA Items Database, including categories
and subcategories in pre-loaded costbooks.

 NOTE: To add items, you can open the Items Database either from the main interface or
from an estimate.

Add a new item

1. In the Items Database expandable/collapsible costbook tree, right-click on the


category or subcategory name you wish to create an item for.
2. Select New Item . The New Item form opens.
3. Type a Name.
4. Enter a Description , if desired.
5. Click on the button next to the Unit field to launch the Units form. Check the box next
to the desired unit and click OK.

48
Chapter 6: UDA Items Database

6. Enter any Notes about the item.


7. Click [add quote] to enter cost information, or click OK to close the New Item form.

Editing Items in the Items Database


You can edit any custom item in the UDA Items Database, but you cannot edit items included in pre -
loaded costbooks.

 NOTE: To edit items, you can open the Items Database either from the main interface or
from an estimate.

Edit an item

1. In the Items Database preview pane, click on the name of the item you wish to edit.
2. Select the Edit icon on the toolbar . The Edit Item form will open. (You can also edit the
item by right-clicking and selecting Edit item from the pop-up menu.)
3. Modify the Item Name, Description, Unit, or Notes.
4. Click [add quote] to enter a new quote, or right-click on an existing quote to edit,
delete, or set the quote as the primary quote.
5. Click OK when done.

Deleting Items in the Items Database


You can delete any custom item in the UDA Items Database, but you cannot delete items included in
pre-loaded costbooks.

 NOTE: To delete items, you can open the Items Database either from the main interface or
from an estimate.

Delete an item

1. In the Items Database preview pane, click on the name of the item you wish to delete
and select the Delete button on the toolbar. (You can also right-click on the item and
select Delete Item from the pop-up menu.)
2. Click Yes to confirm delete. The item and any quotes linked to that item will be
removed from the database.

Adding, Deleting and Editing Quotes in the Items Database

Modifying Quotes in the Items Database


Enter, store, and track quotes for thousands of items using the UDA Items Database. With no limit on
the number of quotes you can have for each item, the Items Database enables you to take control of
your project expenses.

In this section, you will learn how to:

 Add Quotes to the Items Database

 Edit Quotes in the Items Database

 Delete Quotes from the Items Database

 Designate Default Quotes in the Items Database

49
Printed Documentation

 Understand expired quotes in the Items Database

Adding quotes to the Items Database


Quotes for materials, labor, equipment, subcontractors, and other costs are stored on the item level in
the UDA Items Database. You can add multiple quotes for each item in any costbook in the Items
Database.

 NOTE: To add quotes, you can open the Items Database either from the main interface or
from an estimate.

Add a quote to an item

1. In the Items Database preview pane, do one of the following:


If the item already has a quote, click on the item name to view quotes and click the [add
quote] link on the right to create a new quote.

If the item does not have a quote associated with it, right-click on the item name and select
New Quote from the pop-up menu.

2. On the New Quote form, enter as much information as needed. Name, Description, and Unit
cannot be changed from this window.

Classification: Use the drop-down menu to select a classification. Choose between Material,
Labor, Equipment, Subcontractor, and Other.

Vendor: Click the button next to this field to launch the Select Contact form. Choose a contact
to assign as the vendor and click OK.

Issue Date: The current day's date will be automatically filled. Click the button next to this field
to select a new date from the calendar.

Expiration Date: The default expiration date for the quote is three months from the current
date. Click the button next to this field to select a new date from the calendar.

Cost: Enter the amount of the quote.

Notes: Enter any notes about the quote such as stipulations from the vendor or supplier.

4. Click OK when done.

 NOTE: For each item, the Set as Default Quote check box will determine if this particular
quote is used as the default quote. This is a manual setting and will not automatically switch
to a most recent quote if you enter multiple quotes for the same vendor. However, if you have
stored a more recent quote from a particular vendor for an item in the estimate and choose to
Refresh Item Costs in the estimate, the cost will be updated to the most recent cost from the
default quote's vendor. For more information, see Refreshing Item Costs or Designating
Default Quotes.

Editing Quotes in the Items Database


You can edit all quote information for custom quotes except the Name and Description. For pre-loaded
quotes stored in the RSMeans MeansData™ Costbooks, you can only enter notes.

 NOTE: To edit quotes, you can open the Items Database either from the main interface or
from an estimate.

Edit a quote

50
Chapter 6: UDA Items Database

1. In the Items Database preview pane, click on an item name to view its quotes.
2. Click on the quote you wish to edit.
3. Select the Edit icon on the toolbar . The Edit Quote form will open. (You can also edit
the quote by right-clicking it and selecting Edit Quote from the pop-up menu)
4. Make desired changes and then click OK when done.

Use shortcut to edit a quote

1. In the Items Database preview pane, click on an item name to view quotes.
2. Double-click on either the date or cost. (A hyperlink should appear as you mouse
over either of these.) The Edit Quote form will now open.
3. Make desired changes and then click OK when done.

Deleting Quotes from the Items Database


You can delete any custom quote, but you cannot delete quotes included in pre-loaded costbooks.

 NOTE: To delete quotes, you can open the Items Database either from the main interface
or from an estimate.

Delete a quote

1. In the Items Database preview pane, click on an item name to view its quotes.
2. Click on the quote you wish to delete, and select the Delete button on the tool bar.
You can also delete a quote by right-clicking the quote and selecting Delete Quote
from the pop-up menu .
3. Click Yes to confirm delete.

Designating Default Quotes in the Items Database


If you have multiple quotes for an item in the database, you will need to designate a default quote for
each item classification such as Material, Labor, Equipment, Subcontractor, or Other. Designating
default quotes makes the process of entering quotes into an estimate quicker and easier.

 NOTE: To designate default quotes, you can open the Items Database either from the
main interface or from an estimate.

Designate a default quote

1. In the Items Database preview pane, click on an item name to view quotes. For each
classification, you must set a default quote.
2. Double-click on the quote you wish to designate as the default and check Set as
Default Quote at the bottom of the Edit Quote window .
3. You can also Right-click on the quote you wish to designate as the default and select
Set as Default Quote from the pop-up menu. This quote will be used whenever you
insert the item with that classification into an estimate.

 NOTE: If the Default quote is expired, it will still be used as the Default for the item. The
Default Quote designation is a manual setting that must be changed.

Understanding expired quotes in the Items Database

51
Printed Documentation

For each quote, you have the option of selecting an expiration date. Quotes that are expired can be
filtered out of the Items Database preview pane, making it easier for you to access the most up -to-date
information. The expiration date is shown in the quote summary for each item in the preview pane. You
can also change or view the expiration date by launching the Edit Quote form.

 NOTE: To change the expiration date of a quote, you can open the Items Database either
from the main interface or from an estimate.

Change the expiration date for a quote

1. In the Items Database preview pane, click on an item name to view its quotes.
2. Right-click on the quote you wish to edit and select Edit Quote. (You can also double-
click on the quote you wish to edit)
3. The Edit Quote form will open.
4. Click the button next to the Expiration Date to launch the mini-calendar.
5. Select the new expiration date.
6. Click OK on the Edit Quote form when done.

Hide expired quotes from view

1. In the Items Database preview pane, select the Tools dropdown menu in the upper-
left.
2. Select Options. This will bring up your Items Database options.
3. From this window, un-check the box labeled Show Expired Quotes to hide quotes
that are no longer valid
4. Click OK to close the Options window.

NOTE: You can also edit other options from this window, such as the default expiration
period, insertion options, showing inactive items/categories, and whether or not to always
keep the Items Database window on top of other open windows.

About RS Means Data Costbooks

Create detailed estimates from the industry's most popular costbooks. UDA
ConstructionSuite 2011 now includes RS Means Data costbooks, the most used, quoted, and
respected unit price guides available. With more than 25,000 items included in UDA
ConstructionSuite 2011, RS Means Cost Data is the professional estimator's first choice for
reliable price data for accurate budgeting and estimating.

Easily create your own customized costbook with Duplicating Costbooks. Quickly
create custom costbook information based on existing costbooks. In ConstructionSuite 2011,
you can duplicate any existing costbook within the system and then customi ze it by deleting
or inserting categories, items, or quotes.

As the industry standard in construction cost data, RS Means offers:

Builders, contractors, owners, architects, engineers, facilities managers, and other


construction professionals reliable construct cost information.

52
Chapter 6: UDA Items Database

Reliable construction cost information for residential, commercial, and industrial products.

The latest prices for labor and material for nearly 100,000 items and 14,000 assemblies
across North America and Canada.

Instant access to both national average and adjusted local area pricing for materials and
labor.

The ability to create your own complete costbooks to track and manage quotes from local
vendors.

 NOTE: Experience Quarterly RS Means Costbooks Updates when you sign up for
TotalCare Service & Support Package. For more information, visit TotalCare or call your
Customer Support Representative at 1.800.700.8321.

53
Chapter 7: UDA Projects
About UDA Projects
More Power for Your Projects. If there's one thing all construction firms have in common, it's that
each project requires an immense amount of information to be organized in order for the project to be
completed successfully. Even if you only manage a few projects a year, you're bound to need more
than an off-the-shelf software can provide.

Integrated Project Information. UDA ConstructionSuite™ gives you the power and integration you
need to take control over project management, so you don't have to struggle with keeping it all straight.
In a moment's notice, you can navigate to a current project's tab and get all the information you need in
a single glance, and you won't waste valuable time trying to juggle information.

Create connections. As a part of the cutting-edge CRM technology of ConstructionNet, UDA Projects
delivers world-class project information management that enables you to create connections across
Contacts, Estimates, Schedules, Contracts, Specifications, Activities, To Dos, Certificates, Workflows,
and Dimension Sets.

With UDA Projects, you can:

 Easily access, view, and edit project-specific information such as Related Contacts,
History, Workflows, Change Orders and more through the Projects tab.
 Develop a comprehensive record of all project files, contacts, and correspondence.
 Keep project information organized by selecting a Project for all ConstructionSuite
activities.
 Use UDA Projects with advanced Workflows to ensure each step in the process gets
completed on time.
 Easily backup and synchronize Project information using UDA ProjectBackup and UDA
ProjectSync .
 Protect projects and files by restricting access with Permissions.
 Grant employees permission to view and/or edit information for certain projects or
files.
 Add company specific information to any project using custom fields.

Getting Started With UDA Projects

Creating a New Project


To keep your information organized, the ConstructionSuite system requires that every estimate,
schedule, and document have a project association. Additionally, you can associate projects with
Activities, To Dos, Contacts, and more, giving you a centralized link between all of your essential
project information.

Create a new project with the Project Wizard

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Go to File > New > New Project , or click New Project in the Quick Links window. The
Project Wizard will open.
3. Click Next once you have read the Introduction screen.

55
Printed Documentation

4. Enter as much information as desired. Project Name and Project Type are required.
Project Name (required): Type a name for the project. (Example: Anderson Residence or Lot
1323)

Project Type (required): Click the button next to the Project Type selector box to open the
Project Type form. To learn more about Project Types, see Understanding and Using
Project Types.

Project Number (automatically generated): Customize the numbering scheme by clicking on


the button next to the selector box.

Client: Click the button next to the Client selector box to open the Select Contact form. The
client will show up as a related contact for the project. To learn more about relating contacts
and projects, see Understanding Project Associations.

Address: Enter the street address for the project. If the Client selected has an address
associated with his or her contact information, you can select the checkbox to use the Client
Address for the Project Address.

City: Enter the project city.

State: Select the project state from the drop-down menu.

ZIP: Enter the project zip code. This is useful for services such as weather tracking.

Country: Select the project country from the drop-down menu.

Project Group: Click the button next to the Project Group selector box to open the Project
Group form. Project Groups are used to organize and filter project information and are
particularly useful for property developers because projects can be grouped according to
neighborhood or development. Once grouped, users of the Corporate or Network version of
ConstructionSuite can take advantage of the Aggregate Reporting System on the Company
Overview tab.

Project Status: Click the button next to the Project Status selector box to open the Project
Status window. Project Status is used to organize and filter project information.

Lender: Click the button next to the Lender selector box to open the Select Contact form. The
lender will show up as a related contact for the project. To learn more about relating contacts
and projects, see Understanding Project Associations.

5. Click Next.
6. Enter as much information as desired in the text boxes.
For a limited scope project, type the Scope of Work information. For larger projects, type a
reference to the specifications you will attach to the proposal or contract package.

Type any Special Conditions necessary. Special conditions are typically conditions specific to
each project that you want to make sure the client is aware of. For example, to ensure the
client fully understands what to expect, you may want to describe certain services that will not
be included in the project.

For reference purposes, type the Lot Number.

If applicable, enter the Development name.

Type Directions to the job site if desired.

7. Click Next.
8. Enter or edit Dimensions . If there are no dimensions associated with the selected
Project Type, begin entering the project dimensions by clicking in the value column (if

56
Chapter 7: UDA Projects

not set, this value will be defaulted to 0) and editing the number in the form. To learn
more about using Dimensions, see Understanding Dimensions .
9. Click Finish when you have entered all information. You will be taken to the new
project's overview screen.

Viewing Project Information


Projects and all of the associated files and information can be accessed from the Projects tab in
ConstructionSuite. For individual projects, the Project Overview offers a comprehensive resource for
your project information, including Project Details, Activities, To Dos, Workflow, Related Contacts,
Correspondence Log, and Files.

 NOTE: Not all features are included in every version. Refer to the ConstructionSuite
Specialized Versions section for a complete listing of what's included in each version.
In-depth information about a project is located in the Edit Project form, which can be launched from the
Project Overview tab. From this form, you can view information such as:

 Project Info
 Project Details
 Dimensions
 Certificates (Premier versions and above)
 Associations
 General Information (Estimated Value, Schedule Duration, Change Orders, etc)
 Custom Information

Open the Edit Project form to view project details

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Projects tab.


2. On the All Projects tab, click a project name to go to the Project Overview tab.
3. Click the Edit icon on the toolbar. The Edit Project form will open.

Editing Project Information


The Edit Project form is the central location for storing details associated with each project. You can
view, add, edit, and delete project-related information from this form.

Open the Edit Project form to edit project details

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Projects tab.


2. On the All Projects tab, click a project name to go to the Project Overview tab.
3. Click the Edit icon on the toolbar. The Edit Project form will open.
4. Use the Navigation tree on the left or the tabs at the top of the window to move
between sections.
5. From here, you can access any of the following:
Info: Edit Project Name, Address, and other project information by using the text boxes, drop-
down menus, and selector buttons.

Details: Edit or add details such as Scope of Work and Special Conditions by typing in the text
boxes.

57
Printed Documentation

Dimensions: Add or Delete Dimensions by using the buttons in the toolbar. Edit Dimensio ns
by clicking on the appropriate field in the list.

Certificates: Add or Delete Insurance or Bond Certificates by using the Add and Delete
buttons at the bottom of the window. Edit Certificates by selecting an item from the list and
changing the appropriate information in the fields below.

Associations: Add or Delete Related Contacts and Projects by using the Add and Delete
buttons at the bottom of the screen. Edit relationships by selecting a name from the list and
using the selector boxes below to enter information.

General: View Estimate information, Schedule information (Pro versions and above), and
Change Orders (Premier versions and above) and view and delete Applications for Payment
(Premier versions and above).

Custom: Add and Edit additional fields such as Loan Information, Claim Number, or Custom
details. These fields can be sorted alphabetically.

6. Click OK on the Edit Project form when done.

Selecting a Project
Every ConstructionSuite estimate, schedule, or document must have a project associated with it. When
you open any of these, you will be given the opportunity to select or create a project. Selecting a
project for your file links the file to the ConstructionSuite database, which is designed to store and link
information for your company, projects, and contacts.

Select a project

1. When you open a new ConstructionSuite file, you will have an opportunity to select a
project, either from the Project Select form or from a wizard.
2. Select a project name. The project information associated with the selected project
will appear .
3. Click OK. You have now selected a project for your new ConstructionSuite file. Once
you save the file, you can access it from the Projects tab.

Understanding and Using Project Types


Project Type is more than a way to group similar projects. This powerful feature enables you to create
dynamic associations that can automatically generate Workflow and Dimension sets for your projects.

The Project Type selector comes pre-loaded with typical construction classifications, but you can also
create your own Project Type categories to fit your project needs.

Pre-loaded Project Type categories include Addition, Bath Remodel, Commercial, Exter ior, Large
Remodel with Addition, Light Commercial, Misc., Multi-family Residential, Office/Warehouse,
Production Building, Remodeling and Single-family Residential.

You can add, edit, or delete Project Type categories to define your project groupings; cre ate a
Workflow for each Project Type; and create a Dimension set for each Project Type.

Add, edit, or delete Project Types

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, go to Tools > Options > Project Type Options.
2. Click the button next to the Project Type name at the top of the screen to open the
Project Type selector.
3. Do one of the following:

58
Chapter 7: UDA Projects

To create a new Project Type, click the Add button in the toolbar. Enter a name for the new
type and click OK.

To create a new Project Type from an existing one (complete with associated Workflow and
Dimension set), click on the Type name to select it and click OK. Then, click the Copy button,
enter a new name, and click OK.

To edit a Project Type category name, click on a Project Type name to highlight it, and click
the Edit button in the toolbar. Enter a new name for the type and click OK.

To delete a Project Type, click on a Project Type name to highlight it, and click the Delete
button in the toolbar. Click Yes to confirm the delete.

4. Click OK on the Project Type selector when done.


5. Add a Workflow or Dimension set by clicking on the [add new] button on the
appropriate tab. For more information about these, see the instructions below.

Create a Workflow for a Project Type

1. If the Project Types options window is not already open, go to the ConstructionSuite
interface, click Tools > Options > Project Type Options .
2. Click the button next to the Project Type name at the top of the screen to open the
Project Type selector.
3. Use the checkbox to select a Project Type and click OK.
4. On the Workflows tab, click [add workflow]. The Edit Workflow Item window will open.
5. Enter a name for the Workflow Item in the text box.
6. Select an action type:
No Action will only list the item in the Workflow.

Launch Template will enable you to select a template from the Action window that opens.

Fire an Event will enable you to select an Internal or External Action from the window that
opens.

 NOTE: Internal Actions are those that occur inside ConstructionSuite such as
opening a project file, launching a wizard, creating a new To Do or Activity; and
External Actions are those that occur outside of ConstructionSuite such as opening
another program or launching a web site. If you choose to fire an external event, you
will need to browse to the program or enter the URL of the web site in the section that
appears under the action type selector.

7. Click OK. Repeat this process until you have finished creating the Workflow.
8. To rename an item in the Workflow, right-click on the item name and select Edit.
Select item options and click OK.
9. To remove an item from the Workflow, right-click on the item name and select Delete .
Click Yes to confirm.

 NOTE: You can also move items up and down within the Workflow, as well as
outdent and indent items in the list. These options can also be found by right-clicking
on an item name.

10. Click the Save button at the top of the window to save the Workflow to the selected
Project Type. You can now access and use the Workflow for projects associated with

59
Printed Documentation

the selected Project Type. To learn more about Workflows, see About Project
Workflows.

Create a Dimension set for a Project Type

1. If the Project Types options window is not already open, go to the ConstructionSuite
interface, click Tools > Options > Project Type Options .
2. Click the button next to the Project Type name at the top of the screen to open the
Project Type selector.
3. Use the checkbox to select a Project Type and click OK.
4. Click on the Dimensions tab.
5. Click [add dimension] . A new row will appear.
6. Type a Name for the Dimension. (Example: First Floor)
7. Enter a Value (Optional). (Example: 1200)
8. Select a Unit from the drop-down menu. (Example: Square Feet)
9. Repeat this process until you have entered all of your project dimensions. If
necessary, you can use the Delete button on the toolbar to remove a dimension. You
can also print your dimension set using the Print button on the toolbar.
10. Click the Save button at the top of the window to save the dimension set to the
selected Project Type. You can now access and use the Dimension set for projects
associated with the selected Project Type. To learn more about Dimensions, see
Understanding Dimensions

Customizing the Project Numbering System


As a part of the project identification system, every ConstructionSuite Project is assigned a name, a
number, and a type. Identifying a project by number enables you to keep up with the number of
projects in your database and also offers an easy sort feature in the All Projects tab.

The default Project Numbering Scheme contains a Mask and a Seed. The Mask is any combination of
characters and also provides automated fields such as year, month, and day. The Seed is the initial
number for the character set that follows the mask.

For example, the default numbering scheme consists of the letters PR (short for project), a two -digit
year, a two-digit month, and a four character number. A project created on September 29, 2008 would
show PR-0809-1000, with 1000 being the four digit number in the Seed succession.

You can change the numbering scheme to fit your company's project identification system.

Change the Project Numbering Scheme

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, go to the Tools > Options > Project Number
Schema . The Project Numbering Scheme window opens.
2. Create a Mask using any combination of characters. A list of Special Characters that
control automated fields such as year, month, and day, can be found at the bottom of
the window.
3. Create a Seed. Remember, this will begin the project number count.

 NOTE: You must use at least a four-digit seed. Anything less will not be accepted
by ConstructionSuite as it will be more likely to lim it your projects.

4. Preview the scheme at the bottom of the window.

60
Chapter 7: UDA Projects

5. If satisfied, click OK.

Searching for Information in ConstructionSuite™


UDA ConstructionSuite delivers one of the fastest and most advanced database searches available.
The progressive search begins returning results as soon as you start typing and will search the entire
database for Projects, Contacts, Activities, To Do list items, and Files that match your search query.

Get fast access to the information you need with the UDA ConstructionSuite Search.

Search for information

The Search box is located at the top left of the ConstructionSuite Navigation Bar, where you always
have access to it.

1. Click in the search box and start typing. The Today screen will ope n a Search Results
tab divided into Projects, Activities, To Do, Contacts, and Files.
2. If the search returns more results than can be shown in the consolidated window,
click the See All link at the bottom of the section.
3. To get back to your results, click the Back arrow at the top of the interface beside the
Home button and Tab Trail.

 NOTE: Activities and To Dos are a part of the full version of ConstructionNet CRM,
available in ConstructionSuite Pro and above.

Managing Projects on the All Projects Tab

Introduction to the All Projects Tab


The All Projects tab offers a central location from which you can manage project -level information. You
can customize the view to fit your project needs, then create, edit, and delete projects directly from the
All Projects tab.

The All Projects tab contains two sections: the toolbar and the preview pane.

Use the toolbar located above the preview pane to

 Create, edit, and delete projects


 Print a customized report from the All Projects listing
 Duplicate a project to reuse project files and associated information
 Customize the All Projects view to fit your business needs

Use the preview pane to view Project Name, Project Number, Status, Type, Group, Estimated
Value, Actual Value, Start Date, End Date, Duration, Client and more. To learn more about
customizing the view, see Customizing the All Projects View .

Creating, Editing, and Deleting Projects from the All Projects Tab
Creating, editing, and deleting projects can be done quickly from the All Projects tab.

Create a new project from the All Projects tab

61
Printed Documentation

1. Access the All Projects tab by clicking on the following tabs: Projects > All Projects .
2. Click the New button in the toolbar. The Project Wizard will open.
3. Enter as much information as desired. Project Name and Project Type are required,
and a Project Number will be automatically assigned based on the Project Numbering
System.
4. Click Next. Continue entering as much information as possible. To learn more about
the options available in the Project wizard, see Creating a New Project with the Project
Wizard .
5. Click Finish.

Edit a project from the All Projects tab

1. Access the All Projects tab by clicking on the following tabs: Projects > All Projects .
2. Click on a project name in the list to select it.
3. Click the Edit icon on the toolbar. The Edit Project window will open.
4. Use the icon tree on the left and the tabs at the top of the window to navigate the
window and edit Project Information, Dimensions, Certificates, Associations, and
more. For further information about the Edit Project form, see Editing Project
Information with the Edit Project Form .
5. Click OK when done.

Delete a project from the All Projects tab

1. Access the All Projects tab by clicking on the following tabs: Projects > All Projects .
2. Click on a project name in the list to select it.
3. Click the Delete icon in the toolbar. A window will pop-up asking you to confirm that
you would like to delete the project, click Yes. The project and all associated files will
be permanently removed from the database.

 NOTE: You can also access the New, Edit, and Delete options by right -clicking on a
project name in the All Projects window.

Duplicating Projects from the All Projects Tab


Quickly make a copy of a project to reuse the files and all related Contacts, Activities, and To Do items
for your next job with the Duplicate Projects feature. By duplicating your project and all related files and
information, you are creating a new project that is designated as "[Original Project Name] - [Copy #]"
and all of the duplicated files will have the same names as the original.

This feature enables you to reuse and repurpose information for similar jobs, saving you substantial
time. After you have duplicated a project, you can rename the project and any files to reflect the current
job.

Duplicate a project

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Projects tab.


2. On the All Projects tab, click on the name of the project you want to duplicate.
3. Click the Duplicate Project(s) icon on the Projects toolbar. (You can also find the
Duplicate Project option by right-clicking on the project name.)
4. Once the process has finished, click Exit on the Processing window.

62
Chapter 7: UDA Projects

5. Double-click on the duplicated project to go to the Overview tab.

Rename a duplicated project

1. On the All Projects tab, click the project name you wish to rename. The project will
open in the Project Overview tab.
2. In the Project Details section, click on the name of the project. The Edit Project
window will open.
3. Type a new name for the project in the Project Name field.
4. Click OK. All references to the project, with the exception of duplicated files, will
reflect the new name.

Rename duplicated files

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Project Files tab.


2. Click on a project name in the left column. The files for that project will appear on the
right.
3. Right-click on the file name you want to change and select Rename .
4. Type a new name for the file and hit the Enter key when done.
5. Repeat the process for all files that need to be renamed.

Printing from the All Projects tab


For a complete listing of your projects, you can print directly from the All Projects tab. Use this feature
in conjunction with other All Project tab options such as filters to customize your Projects report.

Print project list from the All Projects tab

1. Access the All Projects tab by clicking on the following Projects tab in the
ConstructionSuite interface
2. Customize the All Projects view and apply any filters using the icons and filter
selector on the toolbar to narrow the scope of your print out.
3. Click the Print button in the toolbar. The Print Preview window will open.
4. Use the Page Setup and other print options on the Print Preview screen to customize
your print out.
5. Click the Print button on the Print Preview screen to send the document to your
printer.

Customizing the All Projects View


ConstructionSuite gives you the flexibility to modify tab views so you can get easy access to the
information that's most important to you. Select which columns you want to view, what order you want
to view them in, and even filter projects to narrow the scope of your view.

 Important: For each of the tasks outlined below, you will need to be on the All Projects tab.

Access the All Projects tab by clicking on the following tabs: Projects > All Projects .

Select pre-defined view on the All Projects tab

63
Printed Documentation

1. In the All Projects toolbar, click the View button.


2. Select one of the following:
Standard will list Project Name, Number, Status, Type, Group, Estimated Value, Actual Value,
Start Date, End Date, Duration, Client, Address, City, State, Postal Code, a nd Country.
Depending on your version, some of these columns may not be available. Click on a column
header to sort by that column.

Group by will give you the opportunity to select a column header by which you would like to
group projects. For instance, you can group Projects by Status. To group by a column, click on
the column header and drag it to the area of the screen that says Drag a column header here
to group by that column. To ungroup, click on the header and drag it back into the preview
section.

Card will organize project information in a business card format on your screen. Right-click on
any card header to add or remove rows from the view.

4. Customize the view further, if desired.

Select columns to view on the All Projects tab

1. On the All Projects tab, right-click on any column header to reveal the complete list of
available columns.
2. Select and de-select columns by clicking on the column name.

Organize File columns on the All Projects tab

1. To rearrange the column order on the All Project tab, click and drag any column
header left or right. The Project Name column cannot be moved.

Sort information by column on the All Projects tab

1. Click on any column header to sort by that column.


2. Click on the same header a second time to reverse the order of the rows.

Filter projects on the All Projects tab

1. In the Projects header, use the Filter by drop-down menu to select a project filter.
2. Select Contact, Contact Group , Projects , or Project Status .

Clear filter on the All Projects tab

1. In the Projects toolbar, click the Filter by drop-down menu.


2. Select Show All . All projects will be listed.

Exporting to Excel from the All Projects tab

To edit and manipulate a complete listing of your projects in Microsoft Excel, you can export
directly from the All Projects tab. Use this feature in conjunction with other All Project tab
options such as filters to customize your Projects report.

Export project list to Excel from the All Projects tab

64
Chapter 7: UDA Projects

1. Access the All Projects tab by clicking on the following tabs: Projects > All Projects.
2. Click the Export to Excel button on the toolbar.
3. The export to excel will complete and open your list in Microsoft Excel.

Using the Project Overview Tab

Introduction to the Project Overview Tab


The Project Overview tab serves as the central access point for all of your project information. You can
customize the Overview screen by collapsing or expanding sections. To collapse or expand a section,
simply click on the section header.

From the Project Overview tab, you will see the following information:

Project Details will show the Project Name, Status, Type, Client, Estimated Value (if available),
Schedule information (if available), Change Order details, Application for Payment details and other
relevant information.

 To view all project details , click the [view project details] link.
 To edit project information , click on any item in the Project Details section.
 To learn more about editing project information , see Editing Project Information with
the Edit Project Form .

Project Workflow (only available in Premier versions and above) is an active guide to completing each
project. Workflow items can have actions associated with them, enabling you to launch templates, files,
programs, or web sites right from your Project Overview tab. Workflows can also be assigned to Project
Types, enabling you to reuse successful project outlines.

 Add a new Workflow item by clicking the [add workflow] link.


 To use an active Workflow item , click on the blue arrow next to the item name.
 To mark an item as complete , check the box next to the item name.
 To learn more about Project Workflows , see Understanding Project Workflows . To learn
more about using Workflows with Project Types, see Understanding and Using Project
Types .

Activities (only available in Pro versions and above) are scheduled items and tasks that appear in lists
on the Project, Contacts, and main overview screens. Unlike To Do items, Activities can have assigned
Reminders and Time of Day. Activities are also directly linked to the Construction Calendar, where you
can select a Month, Week, Day, or List view.

 Add a new Activity by clicking the [add activity] link.


 Edit an Activity by clicking on the activity entry.
 To view more information columns , right click on any column header and select the
desired column headers from the list. Available columns for the Activities section are
Subject, Start Date, Start Time, End Date, End Time, % Complete, Contact, Project,
Project Number, Priority, Created By and Assigned To.
 To hide information columns , right click on any column header and de-select the
column name.
 If there are more Activities than can be listed in this section , click the See All link at the
bottom of the section to be taken to the appropriate tab in the ConstructionSuite
system.

65
Printed Documentation

To Do List (only available in Pro versions and above) enables you to keep a list of project specific To
Do items. A compiled list appears on the Today Summary tab, but only To Dos that are associated with
the selected project appear on the Overview tab.

 Add a new To Do item by clicking the [add to do] link.


 Edit a To Do item by clicking on the entry.
 To view more information columns , right click on any column header and select a
desired column headers from the list. Available columns for the To Do List section are
Subject, Due Date, Completed, % Complete, Contact, Project, Project Number,
Created By and Assigned To.
 To hide information columns , right click on any column header and de-select the
column name.
 If there are more To Do items than can be listed in this section , click the See All link at
the bottom of the section to be taken to the appropriate tab in the ConstructionSuite
system.

Related Contacts lists contacts from your database that are directly related to the project such as the
Lender, Client, Project Manager, or Superintendent. Contacts assigned to estimates and schedules will
also appear in this section.

 Add a new Related Contact by clicking the [add contact] link.


 Clicking on a Related Contact name will take you to the Contact Summary tab.
 To view more information columns , right click on any column header and select
desired column headers from the list. Available columns for the Related Contacts
section are Contact Name, Relationship, Group, First Name, Last Name Quality,
Company, Telephone, Mobile, Fax, Pager, Website, Email, Address, City, State,
Postal Code, Country and Created By.
 To hide information columns , right click on any column header and de-select the
column name.
 If there are more Related Contacts than can be listed in this section , click the See All
link at the bottom of the section to be taken to the appropriate tab in the
ConstructionSuite system.
 For more information about using Related Contacts , see Adding Project-Related
Contacts .

Project Log contains a record of completed actions for the selected project.

 View History Item details by clicking on the entry name.


 To view more information columns , right click on any column header and select
desired column headers from the list. Available columns for the Project Log section
are Name, Project, Project Number, Contact, Created By and Date Modifed.
 To hide information columns , right click on any column header and de-select the
column name.
 If there are more items than can be listed in this section , click the See All link at the
bottom of the section to be taken to the appropriate tab in the ConstructionSuite
system.

66
Chapter 7: UDA Projects

The RFIs, Submittals and Correspondence Log can be shown instead of the Project Log
with select Commercial versions of ConstructionSuite (Contractor versions or higher) by
clicking on the notebook icon in the Project Log header.

 View Correspondence details by clicking on the entry name.


 Add revisions to a select correspondence by clicking on the + sign next to the item
name and selecting the [add revision] option that appears.
 From the Correspondence details window, you can add attachments, suggest a
response date, send the correspondence as an email or generate a document using
the icons located at the top of the details window.
 If there are more items than can be listed in this section , click the See All link at the
bottom of the section to be taken to the appropriate tab in the ConstructionSuite
system.

Files enables you to view and open the most recent project files you have accessed in the
ConstructionSuite system.

 Open a file by clicking on the file name.


 View a file's properties by right-clicking on the file name and selecting Properties .
 To view more information columns , right click on any column header and select
desired column headers from the list. Available columns for the Project Files section
are File Name, Project, Project Number, File Size, File Type, Date Modified, Created
By and Usage Time.
 To hide information columns , right click on any column header and de-select the
column name.
 If there are more files than can be listed in this section , click the See All link at the
bottom of the section to be taken to the appropriate tab in the ConstructionSuite
system.

 NOTE: You can also take advantage of the Project Overview toolbar, which enables you to
create new items on the overview screen and view the Edit Dimensions form.

Creating a New Project Activity


With the inclusion of Activities and To Dos in ConstructionSuite Pro versions and above, you'll have the
tools you need to get organized and stay on time.

Activities are items that need to occur at a specific time such as an appointment or meeting. These
items are stored in your Activities list on the Today tab and can also be accessed through the
Construction Calendar, Project, and Contact tabs.

Beyond the organizational benefits of associating an Activity with a Project, you will also have access
to advanced sorting and filtering capabilities.

Create a new activity from the Project Overview tab

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Projects tab.


2. On the All Projects tab, click a project name to go to the Project Overview tab.
3. In the Activities window, click [add activity] . The New Activity window will open.
4. Enter Activity Information .

67
Printed Documentation

Subject: Type a Subject for your Activity. The text entered in this field will appear in your
Activities list on the main interface and in the calendar.

Percent Complete: Enter a percentage, if desired.

5. Enter Activity Details .


Type: Designate the activity as a Meeting, Vacation, Telephone Call, or one of our many
predefined types. The icon for the selected type will appear in the interface and in the
calendar. You can also create new Activity Types.

Start and End Times: Designate a date and time for your activity. If the event will last all day,
check the box next to All Day Event.

Contact: Select a Contact for the activity.

Project: Select a Project for the activity.

Assign: Select a user to assign this activity to.

Priority: Choose a Priority status for the activity.

Description: Type a description, if desired.

Quick, Planning, and Start Reminders: Use the drop-down menus to set reminders. Quick
Reminders can be set for anywhere between five minutes and two hours before the start of
the activity. Planning and Start Reminders are set for a number of days in advance. You can
set multiple reminders for an activity. For more advanced reminder options, click on the
Reminders tab.

6. Click OK to save information and close the New Activity window.


7. Right-click on any header in the Activities section on the Project Overview tab to
show or hide more columns. You can also sort by any column by clicking on the
column header.

Creating a New To Do from The Project Overview Tab

To Dos are items that need to be completed but do not have to occur on a specific date or
time.

Create a new to do from the Project Overview Tab

1. In the To Do List window of the Project Overview tab click the [add to do] hyperlink.
The New To Do window will open.
2. Enter To Do information. Only the Subject field is required, but additional information
can be used to sort and filter To Dos.
Subject: Type a Subject for your To Do. The text entered in this field will appear in your To Do
list on the main interface.

Details: Type any notes for your To Do.

Due Date: Select a due date. This can be manually entered or selected from the mini -calendar
using the button beside the Due Date field. If a To Do item is not 100% complete and is p ast
its due date, it will be shown in red on the main interface.

Related Contacts: Selected a contact for the To Do.

Related Projects: Select a project for the To Do.

Percent Complete: Enter a percentage complete, if desired.

68
Chapter 7: UDA Projects

Assign: Assign the task to a specific ConstructionSuite user.

 NOTE: The Created By and Modified By fields will be automatically populated based on the user
that is currently logged in to ConstructionSuite.

3. Click OK to save information and close the New To Do window.

Understanding the Project Log Tab

Introduction to the Projects Log Tab


From the Project Log tab, you can view all of the project, contact, and file actions related to the
selected project. If you have a multi-user version of ConstructionSuite, you can also view which
member of your team performed each action.

ConstructionSuite will make an entry in the History whenever you or a member of your team
performs any of the following actions:

 Create, edit, or delete an Activity


 Create, edit, or delete a To Do
 Assign or remove a Project Association
 Assign or change a Primary file
 Delete, restore, or permanently delete a file
 Remove or assign Project Status
 Remove or assign Project Type
 Remove or assign Project Group
 Create or edit a project
 Edit or delete a Certificate
 Save, edit, or delete a project-related Note

History will also include entries for QuickBooks Transactions that are associated with the selected
project. To learn more about importing QuickBooks transactions, see Importing QuickBooks
Transactions.

Viewing History Item Details


From the Project Log pane, you can view the details of each entry associated with the selected project,
including what action occurred, when it was completed, if it i s associated with contact, and (if you have
a multi-user version) which user performed the action.

View item details in Project History

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Projects tab.


2. On the All Projects tab, double-click a project name to go to the Project Overview tab.
3. Do one of the following:
If the History entry you want to view details for is shown in the Project Log pane on the
Project Overview tab, click the entry to open the History Item window.

If the entry is not visible on the Project Overview tab, click the See All link at the bottom of the
Project Log pane to go to the Project Log tab. From this tab, double-click the entry to open
the History Items window.

69
Printed Documentation

4. Click OK when done, or click the arrow next to either the Related Cont act or Related
Project name to go to that tab.

Working with the Project Files Tab

Introduction to the Project Files Tab


The Project Files tab gives you access to all of the estimates, schedules, and documents you have
created in ConstructionSuite.

The Project Files tab is divided into three sections: the Toolbar, the Folder Tree, and the Preview
Pane. Using these, you can rename, cut, copy, paste, delete and otherwise manage all of your project
files.

 The Toolbar, located above the folder tree and preview pane, enables you to create,
edit, and delete project files. You can also view the weather and customize the Files
tab view .
 The Folder Tree , located on the left side of the screen, lists all of your project names
with a portfolio icon, as well as projects hosted on networked computers (indicated by
the Earth icon). Click on the name of a project to view its files in the preview pane. If
a project is hosted on a networked computer, you will be prompted to create a l ocal
version of the project in order to view the files.
 The preview pane , located to the right of the Folders list, shows files for the selected
project. You can customize the appearance of the preview pane by going to the View
menu in the toolbar.

 NOTE: You can also right-click on file names in the preview pane to take advantage
of features such as renaming files, exporting files and cutting, copying, and pasting
files .

Customizing the Files Tab View


ConstructionSuite gives you the flexibility to modify tab views so you have easy access to the
information that's most important to you. Select a pre-defined view and customize your view further by
using the grouping or manual organizing options.

Select a pre-defined File view on the Files tab

1. Access the Files tab by clicking on the following tabs: Projects > Files .
2. In the Projects toolbar on the Files tab, click the View button.
3. Select one of the following:
Thumbnails: Large icons displaying the thumbnail image of the file with Name, Size and
Project Name.

Tiles: Large icons that can be grouped by Name, Size, Type, and Date Modified.

Icons: Small icons that can be grouped by Name, Size, Type, and Date Modified.

List: File names are listed and can be grouped by Name, Size, Type, and Date Modified.

Details: Files listed with Name, Type, Size, Status, Date Modified, Date Created, and Check
Out Status (multi-user versions). Can be organized by any of these columns.

4. Customize the view further by grouping or manually customizing the view.

70
Chapter 7: UDA Projects

Group files in the Preview Pane

You can group all present files by Name, Size, Type, or Date Modified.

1. In the Projects toolbar on the Files tab, go to View > Group Icons By > Show In
Groups .
2. Select one of the following:
Name: Organizes files alphabetically by the first letter of the project name.

Size: Organizes files by file size (Tiny, Small, Medium, or Large).

Type: Organizes files by file type such as Estimate, Schedule, Contract, etc.

Modified: Organizes files by the date modified.

Organize columns on the Files tab

1. Access the Files tab by clicking on the following tabs: Projects > Files .
2. In the Projects toolbar on the Files tab, go to View > List or View > Details .
3. Click on any column header and drag it horizontally left or right to rearrange the
column order.

Sort information by column on the Files tab

1. Access the Files tab by clicking on the following tabs: Projects > Files .
2. In the Projects toolbar on the Files tab, go to View > Details.
3. Click on any column header to sort by that column. Clicking on the same header a
second time will reverse the order of the rows.

Renaming Files from the Project Files Tab


You can rename files from the Project Files tab. This is especially useful if you have duplicated any
projects or files.

Rename a file from the Project Files tab

1. Access the files by clicking on the Project Files tab.


2. Click on the project folder on the left side that contains the file you wish to rename.
3. Right-click the file and select Rename.
4. Type a new name for the file and hit the Enter key on your keyboard when done.

Cutting, Copying, and Pasting Files


You can easily cut, copy, and paste files on the Project Files tab. Use this when you wish to move or
repurpose files between projects.

 NOTE: Moving a file into a different project will reset any project associations in the file,
including Change Orders and Activities.

Cut and paste a file

71
Printed Documentation

1. Access files by clicking on the Project Files tab.


2. Click on the project folder on the left side that contains the file you wish to move.
3. Right-click the file and select Cut.
4. Select another project folder on the left side to paste the new file into.
5. Right-click in the Files window and select Paste.
6. Click OK to confirm the file move.

Copy and paste a file

1. Access files by clicking on the Project Files tab.


2. Click on the project folder on the left side that contains the file you wish to rename.
3. Right-click the file and select Copy.
4. Select another project folder on the left side to paste the new file into.
5. Right-click in the Files window and select Paste.

Deleting Files from the Project Files Tab


You can easily delete unneeded project files from your database. Files that are deleted will be removed
from its original project folder and placed into a deleted files directory.

Delete files from the Projects Files tab

1. Access filesby clicking on the Project Files tab.


2. Click on the project folder on the left side that contains the file you wish to delete.
3. Right-click the file and select Delete .
4. Click Yes to confirm the deletion. The file will be removed from the active project
folder and placed in the Deleted Files directory. A new tab called Deleted Files will
also appear so you can easily access deleted files to restore or permanently remove
them.

 NOTE: You can also delete a file by clicking on it once to select it and then clicking the
Delete button in the toolbar.

Restoring Deleted Files


Once a file is deleted, it is moved from its original folder and placed in the Deleted Files directory.
Deleted files can be restored at any time until they have been permanently removed from the database.

Restore deleted files

1. Select the Project Files tab On the ConstructionSuite interface and then click the
Deleted Files tab.
2. Click on the project folder on the left side that contains the file you wish to restore.
3. Right-click the file and select Restore . The file will be moved from the Deleted Files
directory and placed back in the appropriate project folder. If all files in the Deleted
Files directory have been either restored or permanently deleted , the Deleted Files tab
will no longer be visible.

Permanently Deleting Files

72
Chapter 7: UDA Projects

Once a file is deleted, it is moved from its original folder and placed in the Deleted Files directory.
Deleted files will remain in the database until they are permanently removed. Once a file has been
permanently deleted, it can no longer be accessed or restored.

Permanently delete files

1. Select the Project Files tab on the ConstructionSuite interface and then click the
Deleted Files tab.
2. Click on the project folder on the left side that contains the file you wish to
permanently delete.
3. Right-click the file and select Permanently Delete .
4. Click Yes to confirm the removal. The file will be permanently removed from the
database and cannot be recovered.

Managing Files with Check In/Check Out


The ConstructionSuite system makes it easy to share information between multiple people. Purchasing
additional licenses of ConstructionSuite Pro and above or a network version gives all of your team
members access to the same database, ensuring that everyone stays up-to-date on new projects,
changes in existing projects, and other vital information.

And, with the database system, it is now easier than ever to ensure that files are managed
appropriately between multiple people. The new Check In/Check Out feature ensures that a file can
only be opened by one person at a time, preventing data loss that could occur from simultaneous file
editing.

Check In/Check Out is automatically enabled in every version of ConstructionSuite.

Understand Check In/Check Out

By opening a file from ConstructionSuite, a valid user has Checked Out the file for editing. This means
that no one else can open the file for editing until it has been checked back in.

Files are Checked In when a user completely closes the file on his or her computer. Once the file is
closed, it can be accessed by other users.

View Users Currently Editing Files

If a file is checked out, the icon in the Files tab will change to indicate its status.

In the Tiles view and Details view, you will be able to see the name of the user who has checked out
the file for editing. To change the view, go to the View menu on the Project Files toolbar and select
Tiles or Details.

Emergency Check In

A user with administrator privileges can force check in a file from another user if the file cannot be
closed down from the source computer. This feature is designed to be a last resort and should only be
used when the file cannot be shut down from the computer on which it has been opened.

Force Check In should be used with care because:

 Changes made in the file that are not saved will be lost with the forced check in.
 If the file is only checked in and not closed on the computer, the original user can
reactivate the check out without having to re-open the file. This will overwrite any

73
Printed Documentation

changes made by other users after the file was opened on the original user's
computer.

Force check in

1. Ensure that the file cannot be closed down on the user's computer. If it can
be closed down properly, save and close the file instead of forcing the check
in. If not, proceed to step 2.
2. Log into ConstructionSuite as an administrator.
3. Click on the Project Files tab or locate the file in the files window of the Project
Overview tab.
4. Right-click the file you want to force check in and select Check In . The file will
be checked in and can be opened for editing by other users.

 WARNING: If the original user clicks Save after the forced check in, the
changes he or she made will overwrite other users' changes.

 NOTE: This can also be done directly from the Files window of the Project Overview tab.

Viewing File Properties from the Project Files Tab


You can view the properties for any estimate, schedule, or document stored in the ConstructionSuite
system. Use this feature to view information such as File Type, Owner, Location, Size, Date Created,
Date Modified, Date Accessed, Usage and supplemental estimate or schedule information (if available).

View file properties from the Project Files tab

1. Access files by clicking on the Project Files tab.


2. Click the project folder on the left side that contains the file you wish to view the
properties for.
3. Right-click the file and select Properties. The File Properties window will open.
4. Click OK when done.

 NOTE: This can also be done directly from the Files window of the Project Overview tab.

Exporting Project Files


There are two types of files that can be exported from the ConstructionSuite system: a database file or
a read-only file. Database files can only be opened through the ConstructionSuite system, but read -
only files can be used to send to subcontractors, suppliers, or clients who don't have ConstructionSuite
installed.

Export a project database file

Database files will contain the file and any associated project or contact information. These files can
only be opened through the ConstructionSuite system.

1. Access files by clicking on the Project Files tab.


2. Click the project folder on the left side that contains the file you wish to export.
3. In the Files preview pane, right-click the file and select Export to UDA Database File .
The Save As window opens.

74
Chapter 7: UDA Projects

4. Type a name for the file and select a folder in which to store it.
5. Click Save. The file will be saved in the corresponding UDA format and will contain all
related project and contact information.

Export a read-only file

Keep your clients, subcontractors, and vendors informed of essential information by creating and
sending read-only copies of your project estimates, schedules, or documents. Creating a read -only
copy of a file will enable people who do not have ConstructionSuite installed to view project files but
not make any changes to them. Once a file is in read-only format, it cannot be imported back into the
ConstructionSuite system and retain associated information such as project relations, associated
contacts, or other database-linked information.

1. Access files by clicking on the Project Files tab.


2. Click the project folder on the left side that contains the file you wish to export.
3. In the Files preview pane, right-click the file and select Export as Read-Only. The
Export File As window opens.
4. Browse to the location you would like to save the file in.
5. Click Save. Read-Only files will be exported in .pdf format.

 NOTE: This can also be done directly from the Files window of the Project Overview tab.

Importing Files into ConstructionSuite™


Importing files from previous versions of ConstructionSuite into the ConstructionSuit e5 system lets you
use your old estimates, schedules, and documents with the new and improved feature set. In addition
to importing complete projects, you can also import UDA estimates, schedules, and documents, as well
as non-UDA Word and Excel files. If you want to turn a non-UDA document into a ConstructionSuite
document, use the Custom AutoDocs Wizard.

Import an old UDA Estimate or UDA Schedule

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite, Inc .
2. On the main interface, go to Data > Import > UDA Database File Import . The File
Import window will open.
3. Select the estimate or schedule you would like to import.

4. Click Open after you have located and selected the file.
5. Click OK.
6. If you have any ConstructionSuite applications running, you will need to close them.
Be sure to save any work before closing the programs. Clicking End or End All on the
Applications window will close the programs without saving your work. Click Close on
the window when you are ready to proceed.

7. Click OK. The file will import to the designated location.


8. Click Exit when the process is finished.

Import an old UDA Document

75
Printed Documentation

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. On the main interface, go to Data > Import > UDA Database File Import . The File
Import window will open.
3. Select the document you would like to import.

4. Click Open after you have located and selected the file.
5. Click OK. The file will import to the designated location.
6. If you have any ConstructionSuite applications running, you will need to close them.
Be sure to save any work before closing the programs. Clicking End or End All on the
Applications window will close the programs without saving your work. Click Close on
the window when you are ready to proceed.
7. Click Exit when the process is finished.

 NOTE: If your UDA Document has a letterhead, when you open the imported document,
manually delete the old letterhead and insert letterhead using the new UDA Document
Management system. You may also choose remove the letterhead before importing the
document.

 IMPORTANT : Documents created in previous versions will benefit from most of the new
functionality in ConstructionSuite. However, you may not be able to use the Document Style
feature for imported documents.

Using UDA Insurance Tracking for Projects

About UDA Insurance Tracking for Projects


Limit Your Financial Liability. Every year, companies lose tens of thousands of dollars due to
improperly documented or uninsured project resources. In a high -liability industry such as construction,
you need every tool possible to protect your company from undue financial accountability. With the new
Insurance Tracking in UDA ConstructionSuite you can accomplish that and more.

Insurance, Licenses, and Bond Management. With the dynamic Insurance Tracking system, you can
rest easy knowing that your projects and everyone involved in the construction process have valid
Insurance, Licenses, and Bonds. Also, advanced integration with UDA Estimating, Scheduling,
ConstructionNet, and QuickBooks gives you real control in tracking and validating certificates.

With Insurance Tracking, you can:

 Create multiple Insurance, License , or Bond certificates for your projects and
subcontractors.
 Set a notification time frame for expiring certificates so you can request the proper
renewals in time.
 Utilize in conjunction with Resource Allocation in UDA Scheduling to verify that your
vendors and subcontractors are properly licensed and insured.
 Be warned of expired certificates before writing checks and paying bills (requires
QuickBooks Integration).

Making Integration Work for You. As a part of the integrated ConstructionSuite™ system, Insurance
Tracking not only warns you of expiring Insurance, Licenses, and Bonds, but it also works in
conjunction with QuickBooks and UDA Scheduling to notify you before scheduling or paying project
resources who are not properly insured or certified.

76
Chapter 7: UDA Projects

 NOTE: Insurance Tracking is only available in Premier versions and above.

Creating, Editing, and Deleting Certificate Types


The UDA Insurance Tracking system comes pre-loaded with Certificate, Bond, and License types.
However, you can create, edit, and delete types depending on your needs.

To access the Insurance Tracking System, you will need to first open the Edit Contact form.

Access the Insurance Tracking System

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Contacts tab.


2. On the All Contacts tab, click a contact name to go to the Contact Summary tab.
3. Click the Edit tool on the toolbar. The Edit Contact form will open.
4. In the column on the left, click Insurance, License , or Bond.

Create a new Insurance, License, or Bond Type

1. On the Insurance, License, or Bond tab of the Edit Contact form, click the Add button
at the bottom of the window. A new line appears in the list designating the new
certificate.
2. Click the selector button next to the Type field to open the Select Type window.
3. Click the Add Type button in the toolbar. The Add a New Item form will open.
4. Enter a name for the new type.
5. Click OK to return to the Select Type form.
6. Select a Type by checking a box, if desired.
7. Click OK to exit the Select Type form.

Edit an Insurance, License, or Bond Type

1. On the Insurance, License, or Bond tab of the Edit Contact form, select an existing
certificate or click the Add button at the bottom of the window if no certificates exist.
2. Once a certificate has been selected, click the button next to the Type selector to
open the Select Type window.
3. Click on a type in the list to select it.
4. Click the Edit button in the toolbar. The Rename Item form will open.
5. Enter a new name for the type in the text box.
6. Click OK to return to the Select Type form.
7. Select a Type by checking a box, if desired.
8. Click OK again to exit the Select Type form.

Delete an Insurance, License, or Bond Type

1. On the Insurance, License, or Bond tab of the Edit Contact form, select an existing
certificate or click the Add button at the bottom of the window if no certificates exist.
2. Click the button next to the Type selector to open the Select Type window.

77
Printed Documentation

3. Click on a type in the list to select it.


4. Click the Delete button in the toolbar.
5. Click Yes to confirm the deletion.
6. Click OK to exit the Select Type form.

 NOTE: Certificate types can only be deleted if they are not currently in use by any
contact.

Creating Project Insurance Certificates


Uninsured workers or expired company insurance can take a major chunk out of your end -of-the-year
profits. Ensure that you and all of your employees on the job have up-to-date insurance certificates.

Create a project insurance certificate

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Projects tab.


2. On the All Projects tab, click a project name to go to the Project Overview tab.
3. Click the [view project details] link in the Project Details section. The Edit Project form
will open.
4. In the navigation tree on the left, click Insurance .
5. Click the Add button at the bottom of the window. A new line appears in the insurance
list.
6. Ensure the correct certificate is selected, then click the button next to the Insurance
Type selector to open the Select Insurance Type window.
7. Click in the checkbox next to the type of insurance you are adding. You can also
create, edit, or delete insurance types from this window.
8. Click OK.
9. Click the Calendar buttons next to Effective Date and Expiration Date to choose the
appropriate dates.
10. Enter the Policy No ., Insured Amount, Agency Name , or Classification in the
appropriate text boxes.
11. Click the selector button next to the Primary Contact box to choose a contact from
your database. Click OK once you have made a selection.
12. Click the Add button to create another insurance certificate, or click OK on the main
window to close the Edit Project form.

Creating Project Bond Certificates


Bonds are a necessary part of the construction process that serve to protect all parties involved. By
tracking all bond certificates, you can rest easy knowing that you are protected if any unforeseen
issues arise.

Create a project bond certificate

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Projects tab.


2. On the All Projects tab, click a project name to go to the Project Overview tab.
3. Click the [view project details] link in the Project Details section. The Edit Project form
will open.
4. In the navigation tree on the left, click Bond .

78
Chapter 7: UDA Projects

5. Click the Add button at the bottom of the window. A new line appears in the bond list.
6. Click the selector button next to the Bond Type box to open the Select Bond Type
window.
7. Click in the checkbox next to the type of bond you are adding. You can also create,
edit, or delete bond types from this window.
8. Click OK.
9. Click the Calendar buttons next to Effective Date and Expiration Date to choose the
appropriate dates.
10. Enter the Bond No ., Bond Amount , Agency Name , and Classification in the appropriate
text boxes.
11. Click the selector button next to the Primary Contact box to choose a contact from
your database. Click OK once you have made a selection.
12. Click the Add button to create another bond certificate, or click OK on the main
window to close the Edit Project form.

Viewing, Editing, and Deleting Project Certificates


From the Edit Project form, you can view and make changes to all of your Insurance and Bond
certificates.

View and edit project certificates

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Projects tab.


2. On the All Projects tab, double-click a project name to go to the Project Overview tab.
3. Click the [edit project] link in the Project Details section. The Edit Project form will
open.
4. In the column on the left, click either Insurance or Bond, depending on the type of
certificate you would like to view.
5. Click on an entry to view the certificate details.
6. Make any changes, if desired.
7. Click OK on the Edit Project form when done.

Delete a project certificate

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click the Projects tab.


2. On the All Projects tab, double-click a project name to go to the Project Overview tab.
3. Click the [add project] link in the Project Details section. The Edit Project form will
open.
4. In the column on the left, click either Insurance or Bond, depending on the type of
certificate you would like to view.
5. Select the entry you would like to remove and click the Delete button at the bottom of
the window.
6. Click OK on the Edit Project form when done.

Setting an Expiration Notification for Project Certificates


Entering expiration dates for certificates links them into the dynamic Constr uctionSuite reminder
system. By default, you will be notified 30 days before the expiration of any certificate. That way, you
can pro-actively ensure that all certificates are valid throughout the entire project duration.

79
Printed Documentation

If you want to be notified earlier or later, you can change the time frame for notification.

Change the notification time frame for expiring certificates

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on Tools > Options > Certificate Options .
2. Type the number of days in advance that you would like to be notified.
3. Click OK.

Using Project Workflows

About Project Workflows


Organize Your Project Flow. Project Workflows are a dynamic resource that you can use to keep your
project progressing with ease and accuracy. Whether you build custom or specification projects,
Workflow Management gives you an avenue to set and reuse successful outlines that cover the entire
construction process from planning and pre-construction all the way through closing.

Keep Your Company Moving Forward. As one of the first integrated construction software systems to
offer a Workflow Management tool, UDA ConstructionSuite enables you to create an active outline of
the steps that need to be completed for each project and also repurpose the wo rkflow throughout the
software. Workflow items represent steps in the building process for a project and can have actions
associated with them such as automatically opening a template, file, program, or web site.

With UDA Workflow Management, you can:

 Easily create an outline of project steps from pre-construction through closing.


 Take advantage of pre-loaded Workflows or create your own.
 Link Workflows to Project Types and easily customize successful Workflows for each
project your company takes on.
 Utilize item actions to launch wizards, files, templates, web pages, or other programs.

Making Integration Work for You. Project Workflows can be created individually for each project or
associated with a Project Type. Associating a Workflow with a Projec t Type enables you to customize
and reuse the successful project outline without having to completely re -create it for similar projects.
Pre-loaded with workflows for a variety of project types, UDA ConstructionSuite makes it easy to get
started using this dynamic new feature.

 NOTE: Project Workflows are only available in Premier versions and above.

Understanding Workflow Item Classifications


There are three types of Workflow items: those with no action, those that launch templates, and those
that fire events.

An item with No Action serves only as an indicator of the next step.

An item that Launches a Template will be hyperlinked to the template of your choice. You can create
an item that opens any template stored in the ConstructionSuite system, or you can launch the
Estimate or Schedule Wizard.

An item that Fires an Event gives you the following options:

Internal Action

 Manage Dimensions : Opens the Edit Dimensions form.

80
Chapter 7: UDA Projects

 Email Client : Opens a blank email through your default email program. Your
Project must have a Client with an email address on file associated with it in
order to fire this event.
 Launch Primary Estimate : Opens the primary estimate if one is designated for
the project.
 Launch Primary Schedule : Opens the primary schedule if one is designated for
the project.
 Estimate Wizard : Launches the New Estimate Wizard.
 Schedule Wizard : Launches the New Schedule Wizard.
 New To Do: Opens the New To Do form.
 New Activity: Opens the New Activity form.
 New Contact: Opens the Contact Quick Add form.

External Action

 Launch a Program : If this option is selected, a pane will appear in which you
can select an external file. This file will be launched by the workflow item
hyperlink.
 Go to Web Site : Opens the designated web site.

Creating a Project Workflow

Creating a Workflow for a Project Type can be done easily from the ConstructionSuite main
interface.

Create a Workflow for a specific Project Type:

1. At the top of the ConstructionSuite interface, select Tools > Options > Project Type
Options. This will open the Project Type Options window.
2. From here, you can select the Project Type you would like to create a workflow for
using the selector button.
3. Once the desired Project Type has been selected, begin formulating your w orkflow
using the [add workflow] link. This will launch the Edit Workflow Item form.
4. Enter a name for the Workflow Item in the text box.
5. Select an action type:
No Action will only list the item in the Workflow.

Launch Template will enable you to select a template from the Action window to associate
with the workflow item.

Fire an Event will enable you to select an Internal or External Action from the Action window
to associate with the workflow item.

 NOTE: Internal Actions are those that occur inside ConstructionSuite such as
opening a project file, launching a wizard, or creating a new To Do or Activity.
External Actions are those that occur outside of ConstructionSuite such as opening
another program or launching a web site. If you choose to fire an ex ternal event, you
will need to browse to the program or enter the URL of the web site in the box that
appears under the action type selector.

81
Printed Documentation

6. Click OK to submit your workflow item . Repeat this process until you have finished
creating the Workflow.

Editing a Project Workflow

Project Workflows can be edited once they have been created. To edit a single project's
workflow, you can simply edit the workflow from the Project Overview tab of the project. To
edit a workflow template for a designated Project Type, you must access the Project Type
Options for the specific type by selecting Tools > Options > Project Type Options.

Editing a Workflow:

1. To rename an item in the Workflow, right-click on the item name and select Edit. You
can now enter a new name for the item. You can also change the event type and
assign an event to the item from this window.
2. To remove an item from the Workflow, right-click on the item name and select Delete .
Click Yes to confirm.
3. To change an item's position within the workflow, right click on the item and select
either Move Up or Move Down until the item is where you want it.
4. To Indent or Outdent an item within the workflow, right click on the item and select
either Indent or Outdent until the item is where you want it.

Viewing Project Workflows


Project Workflows can be viewed for an individual project or for a Project Type.

View a Workflow for an individual project

If the Workflow you wish to view is associated with an individual project, you can ac cess it from the
Project Overview tab.

1. Open ConstructionSuite and click on the Projects tab .


2. From the All Projects tab, click on a project name to go to the Project Overview tab.
The Workflow for that project will be listed in the Project Workflow section.

View a Workflow for a Project Type

If the Workflow you wish to view is associated with a particular Project Type, you can access it from
the main ConstructionSuite menu.

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, go to Tools > Options > Project Type Options .
2. Click the selector button at the top of the window to open the Project Type selector.
3. Use the checkbox to select a Project Type and click OK.
4. The associated Workflow will appear on the Workflows tab.
5. Click OK to close the Options window.

82
Chapter 7: UDA Projects

Using a Project Workflow


Once you have created a workflow, you can use it to expedite your project management tasks.

Mark items as complete

 After you have completed a task listed in your Workflow, mark it as complete by
checking the box next to the item name.
 If you check off an item that is not complete, click on the checkbox again to reactivate
it in the list.

Launch active items

Workflow items that have blue arrows on the right side have an action associated with them.

 To launch the item action, click on the blue arrow.

Creating and Using Project Associations

Understanding Project Associations


Turn your complex webs of people and projects into easily accessible information by creat ing
Associations in UDA ConstructionSuite. With just a few clicks, you can cross -reference, interrelate, and
connect information across projects and contacts, making it easy for you to access the information you
need.

Associations are relationships between projects and contacts. These relationships can be project to
project, contact to contact, and project to contact.

From the Projects tab of ConstructionSuite, you can create project-contact and project-project
associations. Project-related contacts will appear on the Project Overview tab and in the Edit Project
form under Associations. Here you can revert between Project-Contact and Project-Project
associations.

Get started with Project Associations:

 Adding Project-Related Contacts


 Deleting a Project Association
 Creating, Editing, and Deleting Relationship Types

Adding Project-Related Contacts


Project-Contact relations are an invaluable aspect of the ConstructionSuite system. By creating these
relationships, you greatly improve your access to information and tracking abilities on both ends of the
spectrum. Not only will you be able to go to a single place to access all of your contacts related to a
project, but you will also be able to pull up a contact to see which projects he or she has worked on.

In the ConstructionSuite system, there are two types of project-related contacts: those that you assign
though ConstructionNet such as the Lender, Client, Project Manager, or Superintendent, and those that
you assign using UDA Resource Allocation in Estimating and Scheduling.

For information about UDA Resource Allocation, see Assigning Resources in Estimating and/or
Assigning Resources in Scheduling.

Create a new project-related contact from the Project Overview tab

83
Printed Documentation

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click the Projects tab.


2. On the All Projects tab, click a project name to go to the Project Overview tab.
3. In the Related Contacts window, click [add contact] . The Select Contact Relation
window will open.
4. Select a contact from the Contacts window. Use the tabs at the top of the Select
Project window to navigate to your project.
Grouped sorts contacts by groups. Expand the folder tree to view contacts in each group.

Recent shows the most recent contacts you have accessed. Select the contact from the list
and click OK.

Alphabetical sorts contacts alphabetically. Click on a letter to show the list of contacts
beginning with that letter. Only letters that have contacts listed are active. Select the contact
from the list and click OK.

Search searches the entire contact database. Locate a contact by typing any part of the
contact's name in the search box. Select the contact from the list and click OK.

6. Once you have clicked on a contact's name, the Contact Information an d Related
Projects appear.
7. Click the selector button next to the box in the Relationship Type pane to open the
Relationships window.
8. Use the checkbox to select the type of relationship. You can also create, edit, and
delete relationship types using the buttons in the toolbar.
9. Click OK once you have made your selection.
10. Click OK again to close the Select Contact Relation form.

Deleting a Project Association


If you wish to remove a project or contact association, you can delete the relationship from the Edit
Project form.

Delete a relationship

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Projects tab.


2. On the All Projects tab, click a project name to go to the Project Overview tab.
3. Click the [view project details] link in the Project Details section. The Edit Project form
will open.
4. In the column on the left, click Related Contacts or Related Projects. A list of
associations will appear on the right.
5. Click on the entry you would like to remove from the project.
6. Click the Delete button at the bottom of the window. Select Yes to confirm. The
relationship will be removed.
7. Click OK when done.

 NOTE: You can also delete a Related Contact by clicking in a blank area of the entry in the
Related Contacts section of the Project Overview screen, right-clicking, and selecting Delete.

Creating, Editing, and Deleting Relationship Types


ConstructionSuite will come with a pre-defined list of relationship types. However, you can add new
relationship types, edit current types, and delete any types you do not plan to use.

84
Chapter 7: UDA Projects

Create, edit, or delete a relationship type

1. Access the All Contacts tab by clicking the Contacts tab.


2. On the All Contacts tab, click a contact name to go to the Contact Summary tab.
3. In the Related Projects window, click [add project] . The Select Project Relation
window will open.
4. Click the selector button next to the Relationship Type field to open th e Relationships
window.
5. Do one of the following:
To create a new relationship type: click the Add button in the toolbar, type a name, and click
OK.

To edit a current relationship type: click the relationship name you would like to edit, click
the Edit button in the toolbar, type a new name, and click OK.

To delete a relationship type: click the relationship name you would like to delete, click the
Delete button in the toolbar, and click Yes to confirm. Only types not in use can be deleted.

6. Click OK to close the Relationships window.


7. Click OK to close the Select Project Relation window.

Creating and Using Dimensions

Understanding Dimensions
Dimensions are an invaluable aspect of the ConstructionSuite system, and offer sea mless integration
with UDA Estimates, Proposals, and Project Types. By defining your project dimensions, you can
quickly calculate estimates, easily integrate dimensions into proposals, and associate dimensions with
Project Types.

Learn more about Dimensions:

 Creating and Using Project Dimensions


 Creating and Using Dimensions in Estimating
 Creating a Proposal in Estimating
 Understanding and Using Project Types

Creating and Editing Project Dimensions


Create a set of Dimensions for each project or Project Type. If needed, you can edit the unit types or
create new ones for your Dimension set.

Create dimensions from the Project Overview tab

1. Open ConstructionSuite and click on the Projects tab .


2. From the All Projects tab, click on a project name to go to the Project Overview tab.
3. Click the Dimensions button in the toolbar. The Takeoffs/Dimensions window will
open.
4. Click [add dimension] to create a new dimension.
5. Type a Name and Value , and select a Unit.

85
Printed Documentation

If you would like to enter a Waste Percentage or Total Value column, right-click on the
column header and select Waste or Total. The Waste Percentage or Total column will appear.
Enter a number in the column.

6. Repeat this process until you have created all dimensions for your project.
7. Click OK to close the Dimensions window.

 NOTE: Just like in Excel, you can use formulas in the Edit Dimensions window. Each
dimension has an ID letter in the far left column that you can use to create formulas in the
Value cell of the Edit Dimensions window. For example, if Dimension A is value d at 1200
square feet, and Dimension B is valued at 1000 square feet, you could add a new dimension
and type the formula A + B in the Value cell. After you finish editing the new dimension, 2200
will appear in for the value.

Edit or delete dimensions from the Project Overview tab

1. Open ConstructionSuite and click on the Projects tab .


2. From the All Projects tab, click on a project name to go to the Project Overview tab.
3. Click the Dimensions button in the toolbar. The Takeoffs/Dimensions window will
open.
4. To rename an item in the list, click once on the item name and type the new name.
To remove an item from the list, right-click on the item name and select Delete. Click Yes to
confirm.

5. Repeat this process until you have made all desired changes to your p roject
dimensions.
6. Click OK to close the Dimensions window.

 NOTE: You can also move items up and down within the list. These options can
also be found by right-clicking on an item name.

Create new units for Dimensions

1. Open ConstructionSuite and click on the Projects tab .


2. From the All Projects tab,click on a project name to go to the Project Overview tab.
3. Click the Dimensions button in the toolbar. The Takeoffs/Dimensions window will
open.
4. Click the Edit Units button at the bottom of the form. The Units window will open.
5. Click [add unit] or click the Add button in the toolbar. The new Item window will open.
6. Type desired information and click OK.
7. Repeat this process if you wish to create a new unit, or click OK to return to the
Takeoffs/Dimensions form.

Edit units for Dimensions

1. Open ConstructionSuite and click on the Projects tab .


2. From the All Projects tab, click on a project name to go to the Project Overview tab.

86
Chapter 7: UDA Projects

3. Click the Dimensions button in the toolbar. The Takeoffs/Dimensions window will
open.
4. Click the Edit Units button at the bottom of the form. The Units window will open.
5. Click on a unit name and then click the Edit button in the toolbar. The Rename Item
window opens.
6. Type a new name for the unit and click OK.
7. Repeat this process until you have finished editing units.
8. Click OK to return to the Takeoffs/Dimensions form.

Printing Project Dimensions

For a paper-based copy of your project dimensions, you can print from the
Takeoffs/Dimensions form.

Print Dimensions

1. Open ConstructionSuite and click on the Projects tab .


2. From the All Projects tab, click on a project name to go to the Project Overview tab.
3. Click the Dimensions button in the toolbar. The Takeoffs/Dimensions window will
open.
4. Click the Print button in the toolbar. The Print Preview window will open.
5. Use the Page Setup and print options on the Print Preview screen to customize your
print out.
6. Click the Print button on the Print Preview screen to send the document to your
printer.

87
Chapter 8: UDA Contacts
About UDA Contacts
People are everywhere. Keep them organized with UDA Contacts. Managing contacts throughout
your company can be a daunting task, even for the smallest firm. With the sheer num ber of people it
requires to complete a project successfully - from your own employees to clients, subcontractors,
lenders, suppliers, vendors, and more, you need a system that enables you to take control of contact
management.

As a part of the leading-edge CRM technology of ConstructionNet, UDA Contacts delivers dynamic
contact management for construction professionals. More than just an application to store contact
information, UDA Contacts offers advanced integration with numerous components in the
ConstructionSuite™ system, including Projects, Activities, To Dos, Estimates, Schedules, Contracts,
Specifications, Insurance Tracking, Lead Management, and the Items Database.*

With UDA Contacts, you can:

 Assign contacts throughout UDA Estimates and Schedules with UDA Resource
Allocation to ensure timely completion of projects.
 Automatically email or send text message reminders to project resources to keep your
suppliers and vendors on time with their assigned tasks.
 Use the Document Management Wizard to import contact information into
ConstructionSuite documents and avoid time-consuming entry tasks.
 Track Certificates such as Insurance, Licenses, and Bonds to protect your company
from undue financial liability.
 Enter and manage leads to boost sales and profits for your company.
 Take advantage of powerful features such as Contact Groups and Project
Associations to keep your contacts organized.

Synchronize and Maximize. You can also synchronize UDA Contacts with essential office programs
such as Microsoft Outlook and QuickBooks, which maximizes your time by eliminating tedious double
entry tasks.

 Use the UDA ContactSync to import and export contacts between ConstructionSuite,
QuickBooks, and Microsoft Outlook.
 Easily assign vendors to your QuickBooks Purchase Orders during the QuickBooks
Integration process.

 NOTE: Not all features are included in every ConstructionSuite version. Refer to the
ConstructionSuite Specialized Versions section for a complete listing of the components
included in each version.

Getting Started with UDA Contacts

Creating a New Contact with the Contact Quick Add Form

The Contact Quick Add form makes it easy for you to set up a new contact in the
ConstructionSuite system. Once you have basic information entered, you can go to the Edit
Contact form to enter comprehensive information such as personal details, multiple
addresses, licenses and bonds, and project associations.

89
Printed Documentation

Create a new contact with the Contact Quick Add form

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies > UDA ConstructionSuite, Inc.
2. Go to File > New > New Contact, or click New Contact in the Quick Links window. The
Contact Quick Add form will open.
3. Enter as much information as desired. ConstructionSuite requires that you have a
Display Name for the new contact, which is pulled from the First , Last, and/or
Company name fields.
Name & Email

First: Type the contact's first name.

MI: Type the contact's middle initial.

Last: Type the contact's last name.

Company: Type the contact's company name.

Display Name: Use the drop-down menu to select how you would like the contact to
be stored in the system. Options include:

 First Name Last Name


 Last Name, First Name
 Company
 (Company) Last Name, First Name
 (Company) First Name Last Name
Work Email: Enter the contact's work email address.

Home Email: Enter the contact's home email address.

Contact Group: Select the contact's group that he/she belongs to.

Phone Numbers

Work Phone: Enter the contact's work phone number.

Home Phone: Enter the contact's home phone number.

Mobile Phone: Enter the contact's mobile phone number.

Provider: Provide the contact's mobile phone provider to ensure reminder text
messages are delivered.

Address

Primary Address: Type the contact's street address and suite or apartment number.
You can use the Enter key on your keyboard to include multiple lines.

City: Type the contact's city name.

State: Use the drop-down menu to select a state.

ZIP: Type the contact's postal code.

Country: Use the drop-down menu to select a country.

90
Chapter 8: UDA Contacts

4. Click the More button at the bottom of the screen to access the Edit Contact form, if
desired. This will allow you to enter additional contact information.
5. Click Save & New to save the information and create another new contact, or click
Save & Close to save the information and close the form.

Understanding and Using Contact Groups


Contact Groups are more than just a way to organize similar contacts. This powerful feature enables
you to create dynamic associations that you can use with estimates, schedules, and reports.

The Contact Group selector comes pre-loaded with typical construction contact groups, but you can
add, edit, or delete groups to fit your management needs.

Assign a contact to a group

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Contacts tab.


2. On the All Contacts tab, click a contact name to go to the Contact Summary tab.
3. Click the [edit contact] link in the Contact Details section. The Edit Contact form will
open.
4. On the Information screen, click the selector button next to Contact Group to open the
Select Contact Groups form.
5. Check the box next to the group you wish to add the contact to.
6. Click OK to close the Select Contact Groups form.
7. Click OK again to exit the Edit Contact form.

 NOTE: If you wish to add a contact to a group when you are first creating that contact, click
the More button on the Contact Quick Add form to access the Edit Contact form.

Add, edit, or delete Contact Groups

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Contacts tab.


2. On the All Contacts tab, double-click a contact name to go to the Contact Summary
tab.
3. Click the [view contact details] link in the Contact Details section. The Edit Contact
form will open.
4. On the Info tab, click the selector button next to Contact Group to open the Select
Contact Groups form.
5. Do one of the following:
To create a new Contact Group, click the Add button in the toolbar. Enter a name for the
new group and click OK.

To edit a Contact Group name, click on a Contact Group name to highlight it and click the
Edit button in the toolbar. Enter a new name for the group and click OK.

To delete a Contact Group, click on a Contact Group name to highlight it and click the Delete
button in the toolbar. Click Yes to confirm the delete.

 NOTE: You can only delete custom Contact Groups.

6. Click OK on the Select Contact Group form when done.

91
Printed Documentation

Viewing Contact Information


Contacts and all their associated information can be accessed from the Contacts tab in the
ConstructionSuite system. For individual contacts, the Contact Summary offers a comprehensive
overview of your contact information, including Contact Details, Activities, To Dos, Related Projects,
Certificates, and History.

In-depth information about each contact is located in the Edit Contact form, which can be opened from
the Contact Summary tab. From this form, you can view information such as:

 Contact Details
 Lead Management (Premier Versions and above)
 Addresses
 Certificates (Premier Versions and above)
 Associations

Open the Edit Contact form to view contact details

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Contacts tab.


2. On the All Contacts tab, click a contact name to go to the Contact Summary tab.
3. Click the [view contact details] link in the toolbar. The Edit Contact form will open.

Editing Contact Information with the Edit Contact Form


The Edit Contact form is the central location for storing details associated with ea ch contact. You can
view, add, edit, and delete contact-related information from this form.

Open the Edit Contact form to edit contact details

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Contacts tab.


2. On the All Contacts tab, double-click a contact name to go to the Contact Summary
tab.
3. Click the [view contact details] link in the Contact Details section. The Edit Contact
form will open.
4. Use the Navigator tree on the left or tabs at the bottom of the screen to move
between sections.
5. Do any of the following:
Information: Edit or add Name, Company, Contact Group and other contact information by
using the text boxes, drop-down menus, and selector buttons.

Details: Edit or add details such as Gender, Marital Status, Birthday, Anniversary, Spouse,
Children, Pets, and more by using the selector buttons or typing in the text boxes.

Lead: Edit or add lead details such as Probability, Value, Quality, Referred by, Lead Source,
Expiration, Callback, Forecast Date, and Close Date. Lead Tracking is only available in
Premier versions and above.

Addresses: Edit or add address and contact information. Use the navigator tree on the left or
the Address Type Selector to move between the Business, Home, Billing, and Shipping
address screens.

Certificates: Add or Delete Insurance, License, and Bond Certificates using the Add and
Delete buttons at the bottom of the screen. Edit Certificates by selecting an item from the list

92
Chapter 8: UDA Contacts

and changing the appropriate information in the fields below. Insurance Tracking is available in
Premier versions and above.

Associations: Add or Delete Related Contacts and Projects by using the Add and Delete
buttons at the bottom of the screen. Edit relationships by selecting a name from the list and
using the selector boxes below to enter information.

Custom: Add or Edit Custom Fields by using the Add Custom Field or Edit Custom Fields
buttons at the bottom of the screen.

6. Click OK on the Edit Contact form when done.

Searching for Information in ConstructionSuite™


UDA ConstructionSuite delivers one of the fastest and most advanced database searches available.
The progressive search begins returning results as soon as you start typing and will search the entire
database for Projects, Contacts, Activities, To Do list items, and Files that match your search query.

Get fast access to the information you need with the UDA ConstructionSuite Search.

Search for information

The Search box is located at the top left of the ConstructionSuite Navigation Bar, where you always
have access to it.

1. Click in the search box and start typing. The Today screen will open a Search Results
tab divided into Projects, Activities, To Do, Contacts, and Files.
2. If the search returns more results than can be shown in the consolidated window,
click the See All link at the bottom of the section.
3. To get back to your results, click the Back arrow at the top of the interface beside the
Home button and Tab Trail.

 NOTE: Activities and To Dos are a part of the full version of ConstructionNet CRM,
available in ConstructionSuite Pro and above.

Managing Contacts on the All Contacts Tab

Introduction to the All Contacts Tab


The All Contacts tab offers a central location from which you can view and access info rmation related
to contacts stored in your database. You can customize the view to fit your business needs, then
create, edit, and delete contacts directly on the All Contacts tab.

The All Contacts tab contains two sections: the toolbar and the preview pane.

Use the toolbar located above the preview pane to:

 Create, edit, and delete contacts


 Print a customized report from the All Contacts list
 Customize the All Contacts view
 Generate a Contact Summary Report
 Send an email or text message to a contact

93
Printed Documentation

 Import or Export Contacts

Use the preview pane to view Contact Name, First Name, Last Name, Company, Group,
Contact Information, Website, Lead Management Attributes, Created By and Relationship.
You can customize the view to add or remove columns from the All Contacts tab.

 NOTE: Lead Management is included in Premier versions and above.

Creating, Editing, and Deleting Contacts on the All Contacts Tab


Creating, editing, and deleting contacts can be done quickly on the All Contacts tab.

Create a new contact from the All Contacts tab

1. Access the All Contacts tab by clicking on the Contacts tab.


2. Click the New button in the toolbar. The Contact Quick Add form will open.
3. Enter as much information as desired. ConstructionSuite requires that you have a
Display Name for the new contact, which is pulled from the First , Last, and/or
Company name fields.
4. If desired, you can use the Edit Contact form to finish entering your contact
information. Click the More button at the bottom of the form to access the Edit
Contact form. To learn more about the options available in the Contact Quick Add
form, see Creating a New Contact with the Contact Quick Add Form .
5. Click Save & New to save the information and create another new contact, or click
Save & Close to save the information and close the Contact Quick Add form.

Edit a contact from the All Contacts tab

1. Access the All Contacts tab by clicking on the Contacts tab.


2. Click on a contact name to access the Contact Summary tab.
3. Click the Edit button in the toolbar or select the [view contact details] link in the
Contact Details window. The Edit Contact form will open.
4. Use the icon tree on the left and the tabs at the bottom of the screen to navigate the
form and edit Contact Information, Lead Details, Addresses, Certificates, and
Associations. For more information about the Edit Contact form, see Editing Contact
Information with the Edit Contact Form .
5. Click OK when done.

Delete a contact from the All Contacts tab

1. Access the All Contacts tab by clicking on the Contacts tab.


2. Click on a contact name in the list to access the Contact Summary tab.
3. Select the Delete icon from the toolbar.
4. Click Yes to confirm the deletion. The contact and all associated information will be
permanently removed from the database.

 NOTE: You can also access the New, Edit, and Delete options by right -clicking on a
contact name in the All Contacts window.

94
Chapter 8: UDA Contacts

Printing from the All Contacts Tab


You can print directly from the All Contacts tab for a complete listing of your contacts. Use this feature
in conjunction with other All Contact tab options such as views and filters to customize your Contacts
report.

Print contact list from the All Contacts tab

1. Access the All Contacts tab by clicking on the Contacts tab.


2. Customize the All Contacts view and apply any filters to narrow the scope of your
print out.
3. Click the Print button in the toolbar. The Print Preview window will open.
4. Use the Page Setup and print options on the Print Preview screen to customize you r
print out.
5. Click the Print button on the Print Preview screen to send the document to your
printer.

Customizing the All Contacts View


ConstructionSuite gives you the flexibility to modify tab views so you can get easy access to the
information that's most important to you. Select which columns you want to view, what order you want
to view them in, and even filter contacts to narrow the scope of your view.

 Important: For each of the tasks outlined below, you will need to be on the All Contacts
tab. Access the All Contacts tab by clicking on the Contacts tab.

Select pre-defined view on the All Contacts tab

1. In the All Contacts toolbar, click the View button.


2. Select one of the following
Standard will list Contact Display Name, First Name, Last Name, Company, Group,
Telephone, Mobile, Email, Address, City, State, Postal Code, Country, Pager, Fax, Website,
Quality, Lead Status, Lead Stage, Lead Quality, Lead Opened, Lead Expiration, Lead Value,
Lead Referral, Lead Source, Lead Probability, Lead Forecast, Lead Callback, Lead Closed,
Created By, and Relationship. Depending on your version, some of these columns may not be
available. Click on a column header to sort by that column.

Group by will give you the opportunity to select a column header by which you would like to
group contacts. For instance, you can group Contacts by City. To group by a column, click on
the column header and drag it to the area of the screen that says Drag a column header here
to group by that column. To ungroup, click on the header and drag it back into the preview
section.

Card will organize contacts into a business card format on your screen. Right-click on any
card header to add or remove columns from the view.

3. Customize the view further, if desired.

Select columns to view on the All Contacts tab

1. On the All Contacts tab, right-click on any column header to reveal the complete list
of available columns.
2. Select and de-select columns by clicking on the column name.

95
Printed Documentation

Organize File columns on the All Contacts tab

1. To rearrange the column order on the All Contacts tab, click on any header name
(except Contact File As name).
2. While holding down the button on your mouse, drag the header left or right.

Sort information by column on the All Contacts tab

1. Click on any column header to sort by that column.


2. Click on the same header a second time to reverse the row order.

Filter contacts on the All Contacts tab

1. In the Contacts header, use the Filter by drop-down menu to select a contact filter.
2. Select Lead Stage, Lead Status, Contact Groups, Project Groups or simply select a
specific Project to filter by . Default Contact Groups include Clients, Leads,
Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Vendors, so you can easily create, access, and print
a report of contacts by group.

Clear filter on the All Contacts tab

1. In the Contacts toolbar, click the Filter by drop-down menu.


2. Select Show All . All contacts will be listed.

Exporting to Excel from the All Contacts tab

To edit and manipulate your contact information from within Microsoft Excel, you can export
directly from the Contact Summary tab. Use this feature in conjunction with other Contact
Summary tab options.

Export contact information to Excel from the All Contacts tab

1. Access All Contacts by clicking on the Contacts tab.


2. Click on the Export to Excel button on the toolbar.
3. The export to excel will complete and open your list in Microsoft Excel.

Using the Contact Summary Tab

Introduction to the Contact Summary Tab


The Contact Summary tab serves as the central access point for all of your contact -related information.
You can customize the Summary view by collapsing or expanding sections. To collapse or expand a
section, simply click on the section header.

From the Contact Summary tab, you will see the following information:

Contact Details will show the Contact Name, Group, Company Name, Address, and any present
Contact Information by default.

 To view all contact details , click any entry or the [view contact details] link in the
Contact Details window. The Edit Contact form will appear.

96
Chapter 8: UDA Contacts

 To edit contact information , simply enter the updated information in the Edit Contact
form.
 To learn more about editing contact information , see Editing Contact Information with
the Edit Contact Form .

Related Projects lists projects from your database that are directly related to the selected contact.
Projects to which the contact is assigned as a resource will also appear in this section.

 Add a new Related Project by clicking the [add project] link.


 Clicking on a Related Project name will take you to the Project Overview tab.
 To view more information columns , right click on the section header and select a
column name from the list. Available columns for the Related Projects section are
Project Name, Status, Type, Number, Estimated Value, Actual Costs, Start Date, End
Date, Duration, Client, Relationship, Address, City, State, Postal Code, Country,
Group, Base Estimate, Committed Costs and Invoiced Amount.
 To hide information columns , right click on the section header and de-select the
column name.
 If there are more Related Projects than can be listed in this section , click the See All link
at the bottom of the section to be taken to the appropriate tab in the
ConstructionSuite system.
 For more information about using Related Projects , see Understanding Contact
Associations .

Activities (only available in Pro versions and above) are scheduled items and tasks that appear in lists
on the Project, Contacts, and main overview screens. Unlike To Do items, Activities can have assigned
Reminders and Time of Day. Activities are also directly linked to the Construction Calendar, where you
can select a Month, Week, Day, or List view.

 Add a new Activity by clicking the [add activity] link.


 Edit an Activity by clicking on the activity entry.
 To view more information columns , right click on the section header and select a
column name from the list. Available columns for the Activities section are Subject,
Start Date, Start Time, End Date, End Time, % Complete, Contact, Project, Project
Number, and Priority.
 To hide information columns , right click on the section header and de-select the
column name.
 If there are more Activities than can be listed in this section , click the See All link at the
bottom of the section to be taken to the appropriate tab in the ConstructionSuite
system.

To Do List (only available in Pro versions and above) enables you to keep a list of contact -specific To
Do items. A compiled list appears on the Today Summary and To Do tabs on the main interface, but
only To Dos that are associated with the selected contact appear on the Contact Summary tab.

 Add a new To Do item by clicking the [add to do] link.


 Edit a To Do item by clicking on the entry.

97
Printed Documentation

 To view more information columns , right click on the section header and select a
column name from the list. Available columns for the To Do List section are Subject,
Due Date, Completed, % Complete, Contact, Project, and Project Number.
 To hide information columns , right click on the section header and de-select the
column name.
 If there are more To Do items than can be listed in this section , click the See All link at
the bottom of the section to be taken to the appropriate tab in the ConstructionSuite
system.

Certificates (only available in Premier versions and above) include Insurance, Licenses, and Bonds.
Creating certificates for a contact ensures that all of your resources have the appropriate coverage and
certifications.

 Add a new Certificate by clicking the [add certificate] link.


 Edit a Certificate by clicking on the entry in the Certificates section.
 To view more information columns , right click on the section header and select a
column name from the list. Available columns for the Certificates section are
Expiration Date, Amount, Agency, and Number.
 To hide information columns , right click on the section header and de-select the
column name.
 If there are more Certificates than can be listed in this section , click the See All link at
the bottom of the section to be taken to the Edit Contact form.
 For more information about UDA Insurance Tracking , see About UDA Insurance
Tracking for Contacts .

Contact Log contains a record of completed actions for the selected contact.

 View Contact Log item details from the Contact Log pane by clicking on the entry
name.
 To view more information columns , right click on the section header and select a
column name from the list. Available columns for the Contact History section are
Name, Created By, Date Modified, Project, Project Type, Contact and Project
Number.
 To hide information columns , right click on the section header and de-select the
column name.
 If there are more files than can be listed in this section , click the See All link at the
bottom of the section to be taken to the appropriate tab in the ConstructionSuite
system.

Creating a New Activity for a Contact


With the inclusion of Activities and To Dos in ConstructionSuite Pro versions and above, you'll have the
tools you need to get organized and stay on time.

Activities are items that need to occur at a specific time such as an appointment or meeting. A
compiled list appears on the Today Summary tab on the main interface, but only Activities that are
associated with the selected contact appear on the Contact Summary tab.

These items are stored in your Activities list on the Today tab and can also be accessed on the
Calendar tab.

98
Chapter 8: UDA Contacts

Beyond the organizational benefits of associating an Activity with a Contact, you will also have access
to advanced sorting and filtering capabilities.

Create a new activity from the Contact Summary tab

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Contacts tab.


2. On the All Contacts tab, click a contact name to go to the Contact Summary tab.
3. In the Activities window, click [add activity] . The New Activity window will open.
4. Enter Activity Information .
Subject: Type a Subject for your Activity. The text entered in this field will appear in your
Activities list on the main interface and in the calendar.

Percent Complete: Enter a percentage, if desired.

5. Enter Activity Details .


Type: Designate the activity as a Meeting, Review, Telephone Call, or any other default
activity. The icon for the selected type will appear in the interface and in the calendar. You can
also create new Activity Types.

Start and End Times: Designate a date and time for your activity. If the event will last all day,
check the box next to All Day Event.

Contact: Select a Contact for the activity.

Project: Select a Project for the activity.

Assign: Assign responsibility to a user for the activity.

Priority: Choose a Priority status for the activity.

Description: Type a description, if desired.

Quick, Planning, and Start Reminders: Use the drop-down menus to set reminders. Quick
Reminders can be set for anywhere between five minutes and two hours before the start of
the activity. Planning and Start Reminders are set for a number of days in advance. You can
set multiple reminders for an activity. For more advanced reminder options, click on the
Reminders tab.

6. Click OK to save information and close the New Activity window.


7. Right-click on the headers in the Activity section on the Contact Summary tab to
show or hide more columns. You can also sort by any column by clicking on the
column header.

Creating a New To Do for a Contact


To Dos are items that need to be completed by a particular date but do not have to occur at a specific
time. All To Do items can be viewed on the Today tab, and you can view contact-related To Dos on
the Contact Summary tab.

Create a new To Do for a contact

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Contacts tab.


2. On the All Contacts tab, click a contact name to go to the Contact Summary tab.
3. In the To Do List window, click [add to do] . The New To Do window will open.
4. Enter To Do information.

99
Printed Documentation

Subject: Type a Subject for your To Do. The text entered in this field will appear in your To Do
list on the interface.

Details: Type any notes for your To Do.

Due Date: Select a due date from the calendar. If a To Do item is not 100% complete and is
past its due date, it will be shown in red on the interface.

Related Contacts: Selected a contact for the To Do.

Related Projects: Select a project for the To Do.

% Complete: Enter a percentage complete, if desired.

Assign: Assign responsibility to a user for the To Do.

5. Click OK to save your information and close the New To Do window.


6. Right-click on the headers in the To Do List section on the Contact Summary tab to
show or hide more columns. You can also sort by any column by clicking on the
column header.

Understanding the Contact Log Tab

Introduction to the Contact Log


From the Contact Log you can view all of the project, contact, and file actions related to the selected
contact. If you have a multi-user version of ConstructionSuite, you can also view which member of your
team performed each action.

ConstructionSuite will make an entry in the History whenever you or a member of your team performs
any of the following actions:

 Create, edit, or delete a Quote


 Create, edit, or delete an Activity
 Create, edit, or delete a To Do
 Create a Contact
 Assign a contact to a Contact Group
 Create, edit, or delete a Certificate
 Assign or remove a Contact Relationship

Contact Log will also include entries for QuickBooks Transactions that are associated with the
selected contact. To learn more about importing QuickBooks transactions, see Importing QuickBooks
Transactions.

Viewing Contact Log Details for a Contact


From the Contacts Log pane, you can view the details of each entry associated with the selected
contact, including what action occurred, when it was completed, if it is associated with a project, and (if
you have a multi-user version) which user performed the action.

View item details in Contact Log

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Contacts tab.


2. On the All Contacts tab, click a contact name to go to the Contact Summary tab.

100
Chapter 8: UDA Contacts

3. Do one of the following:


If the log entry you want to view details for is shown in the Contact Log pane on the Contact
Summary tab, click the entry to open the Contact Log Item Details window.

If the entry is not visible on the Contact Log pane, click the See All link at the bottom of the
Contact Log pane to go to the Contact Log tab. From this tab, click the entry to open the
History Item window.

4. Click Close when done, or click the arrow next to either the Related Contact o r
Related Project name to go to that tab.

Exporting from the Contact Log tab

To edit and manipulate your contact log information from within Microsoft Excel, Google, or
Outlook, you can export directly from the Contact Log tab. Use this feature in conjun ction with
other Contact Log tab options.

Export contact information from the Contact Log tab

1. Access the Contact Log tab by clicking on the Contacts tab, Click the contact you
wish to see, and then select the Contact Log tab at the top of the screen.
2. Click on the Export to Excel button on the toolbar or select Google CSV or Outlook
CSV from the export drop-down menu.
3. The export will complete and open your list in the specified format.

Using UDA Lead Management

About UDA Lead Management


Keeping your lead information organized can result in more sales and higher profits for your company.
With UDA Lead Management, you can rate the viability of each lead, track referral sources, mark
expected dates, and document all correspondence.

Lead information can be accessed both through the Edit Contact form and from the All Contacts tab,
where you can compile and print a listing of all of your company's leads.

Get Started with UDA Lead Management:

 Enter Lead Information for a Contact


 View All Leads in ConstructionSuite
 Print a List of All Leads

 NOTE: UDA Lead Management is available in ConstructionSuite Premier versions and


above.

Entering Lead Information for a Contact

UDA Lead Management (available in Premier versions and above) enables you to enter,
store, and view lead information such as Lead Probability, Lead Quality, Lead Source, and
more.

 NOTE: If you are creating a new contact and would like to add lead details at the same
time you are entering new contact information, click the More button at the bottom of the

101
Printed Documentation

Contact Quick Add form. The Edit Contact form will open. Click Lead in the navigator column
on the left.

Enter lead information for a contact

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Contacts tab.


2. On the All Contacts tab, click a contact name to go to the Contact Summary tab.
3. Click the Edit tool in the toolbar. The Edit Contact form will open.
4. In the navigation tree on the left, click Lead . This will take you to the Lead tab.
5. Select a Lead Status by using the drop-down menu.
6. Select an Open Date by clicking on the Calendar button.
7. Enter in a Lead Value.
8. Select a Lead Probability by using the drop-down menu.
9. Select a Lead Stage by using the selector button beside the Lead Stage field.
10. Use the Lead Quality drop-down menu to select a rating (1 - 5 Stars).
11. Click the selector button next to the Referred by text box to choose a contact from
your database.
12. Type a Lead Source .
13. Click the Calendar button next to Forecast Date to set a date by which you expect to
have the lead solidified.
14. Click the Calendar button next to Expiration to set an expiration date for the lead.
15. Click the Calendar button next to Callback Date to set a date to contact your prospect.
16. Click the Close Date button when the lead has either been turned into a client or is no
longer a viable prospect. The Close Date field will be automatically filled if the Lead
becomes a Client.
17. Enter any correspondence or notes about the lead in the Details box.
18. Click OK to close the Edit Contact form.

Viewing All Leads in ConstructionSuite


Keep an accurate list of all of your current leads. Using the advanced Filter options on the All Projects
tab, you can assemble a list of leads that includes Lead Quality, Lead Expiration, Lead Probability,
Lead Status, Lead Value, Lead Stage, among others.

View all leads in ConstructionSuite

1. Access your leads by clicking on the Leads tab.


2. Click on Filter by in the toolbar and select Contact Groups > Lead. Only contacts
designated as leads will be listed in the preview pane.
3. View lead details by double-clicking on the entry in the list and then clicking the [edit
contact] link in the Contact Details section of the Contact Summary tab. In the Edit
Project form, click Lead in the navigation tree on the left.
4. You can also Click on Filter by in the tool bar and select Lead Stage or Lead
Status.

Printing a List of All Leads

102
Chapter 8: UDA Contacts

For quick reference when you're away from the office, you can print a report of all your
prospective clients.

Print a listing of all of your leads from the All Contacts tab.

1. Access your leads by clicking on the Leads tab.


2. Click on Filter by in the toolbar and select Contact Groups > Lead.
3. Only contacts designated as leads will be listed in the preview pane.
4. Click the Print icon in the toolbar. The Print Preview screen will appear.
5. Use the Page Setup and print options on the Print Preview screen to customize your
print out.
6. Click the Print button on the Print Preview screen to send the document to your
printer.

Exporting a List of All Leads to Excel

To edit and manipulate your lead information from within Microsoft Exc el, you can export
directly from the Leads tab. Use this feature in conjunction with other Leads tab options.

Export lead information to Excel from the Leads tab

1. Access Leads by clicking on the Leads tab.


2. Click on the Export to Excel button on the toolbar or select Google CSV or Outlook
CSV from the export drop-down menu.
3. The export will complete and open your list in the specified format.

Using UDA Insurance Tracking for Contacts

About UDA Insurance Tracking for Contacts


Accidents and unforeseen circumstances can occur at any time, and you need to protect yourself from
undue financial liability. By tracking certificates such as insurance, licenses, and bonds for all of your
project resources, you are building in an extra layer of security for you and your company.

UDA Insurance Tracking gives you the ability to enter certificates for your company, projects, and
subcontractors, ensuring that your company is always protected.

For each certificate, you can enter a Type, Issued Date, Expiration Date, Policy Number, Amount,
Agency, Classification, and Primary Contact - putting the information you need at your fingertips.

Also, by storing an expiration date, you will be notified of any certificates that are about to expire. This
way you can be sure that the protection spans the entire length of your project.

 NOTE: UDA Insurance Tracking also works in conjunction with UDA Resource Allocation in
Estimating and Scheduling. For more information, see Assigning Resources in Estimating
and/or Assigning Resources in Scheduling .

Get started with UDA Insurance Tracking for Contacts:

 Creating Contact Insurance Certificates


 Creating Contact License Certificates
 Creating Contact Bond Certificates

103
Printed Documentation

 Viewing, Editing, and Deleting Contact Certificates


 Setting an Expiration Notification for Contact Certificates

 NOTE: UDA Insurance Tracking is available in Premier versions and above.

Creating Contact Insurance Certificates


In the event of an accident, uninsured workers can take a major deduction out of your end-of-the-year
profits. Ensure that your company is protected from these and other unforeseen circumstances by
ensuring that your projects and resources have up-to-date certificates.

Create a contact insurance certificate

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Contacts tab.


2. On the All Contacts tab, click a contact name to go to the Contact Summary tab.
3. Click the Edit tool on the toolbar . The Edit Contact form will open.
4. In the column on the left, click Insurance.
5. Click the Add button at the bottom of the window. A new line appears in the insurance
list.
6. Click the selector button next to the Insurance Type field to open the Select Insurance
Type window.
7. Click in the checkbox next to the type of insurance you are adding. You can also
create, edit, or delete insurance types from this window using the toolbar at the top of
the window.
8. Click OK.
9. Click the Calendar button next to Issued Date and Expiration Date to set dates.
10. Enter the Policy No ., Insured Amount, Agency Name , and Classification in the
appropriate text boxes.
11. Click the selector button next to the Primary Contact field to choose a contact from
your database. Click OK once you have made a selection.
12. Click the Add button to create another insurance certificate, or click OK at the bottom
of the window to close the Edit Contact form.

Creating Contact License Certificates


Tracking valid licenses for your subcontractors and employee is essential to limiting your liability.

Create a contact license certificate

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Contacts tab.


2. On the All Contacts tab, click a contact name to go to the Contact Summary tab.
3. Click the Edit tool in the toolbar. The Edit Contact form will open.
4. In the column on the left, click License .
5. Click the Add button at the bottom of the window. A new line appears in the license
list.
6. Click the selector button next to the License Type field to open the Select License
Type window.

104
Chapter 8: UDA Contacts

7. Click in the checkbox next to the type of license you are adding. You can also create,
edit, or delete license types from this window using the toolbar at the top of the
window.
8. Click OK.
9. Click the Calendar button next to Effective Date and Expiration Date to select dates.
10. Enter the License Number , License Amount, Agency name, and Classification in the
appropriate text boxes.
11. Click the selector button next to the Primary Contact field to choose a contact from
your database. Click OK once you have made a selection.
12. Click the Add button to create another license certificate, or click OK at the bottom of
the window to close the Edit Contact form.

Creating Contact Bond Certificates


Bonds are a necessary part of the construction process and serve to protect all parties involved. By
tracking bond certificates for your subcontractors, you can rest easy knowing that you are protected if
any unforeseen issues arise.

Create a project bond certificate

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Contacts tab.


2. On the All Contacts tab, click a contact name to go to the Contact Summary tab.
3. Click the Edit tool in the toolbar. The Edit Contact form will open.
4. In the column on the left, click Bond.
5. Click the Add button at the bottom of the window. A new line appears in the bond list.
6. Click the selector button next to the Bond Type field to open the Select Bond Type
window.
7. Click in the checkbox next to the type of bond you are adding. You can also create,
edit, or delete bond types from this window using the toolbar at the top of the window.
8. Click OK.
9. Click the Calendar button next to Effective Date and Expiration Date to set dates.
10. Enter the Bond Number, Bond Amount , Agency name, and Classification in the
appropriate text boxes.
11. Click the selector button next to the Primary Contact field to choose a contact from
your database. Click OK once you have made a selection.
12. Click the Add button to create another bond certificate, or click OK at the bottom of
the window to close the Edit Contact form.

Viewing, Editing, and Deleting Contact Certificates


You can view all of your contacts' certificates from the Contact Summary tab. However, if you would
like to view a certificate's details, make any changes, or delete a certificate, you will need to perform
these tasks in the Edit Contact form.

Certificates for a contact are listed in the Certificates section of the Contact Summary tab. If there are
more certificates than can be viewed on the tab, click the See All link at the bottom of the window. You
will be taken to the Edit Contact form.

View and edit contact certificates

105
Printed Documentation

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Contacts tab.


2. On the All Contacts tab, click a contact name to go to the Contact Summary tab.
3. Click the E dit tool in the toolbar. The Edit Contact form will open.
4. In the column on the left, click either Insurance , License , or Bond, depending on the
type of certificate you would like to view.
5. Click on an entry to view the certificate details.
6. Make any changes, if desired.
7. Click OK on the Edit Contact form when done.

Delete a contact certificate

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Contacts tab.


2. Click a contact name to go to the Contact Summary tab.
3. Click the Edit tool in the toolbar. The Edit Contact form will open.
4. In the column on the left, click either Insurance , License , or Bond, depending on the
type of certificate you would like to view.
5. Select the entry you would like to remove and click the Delete button below the
certificate information.
6. Click OK on the Edit Contact form when done.

Creating, Editing, and Deleting Insurance or Bond Types


The UDA Insurance Tracking system comes pre-loaded with Certificate and Bond types. However, you
can create, edit, and delete types depending on your company and project needs.

To access the Insurance Tracking System, you will need to first open the Edit Project form.

Access the Insurance Tracking System

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Projects tab.


2. On the All Projects tab, double-click a project name to go to the Project Overview tab.
3. Click the [edit project] link in the Project Details section. The Edit Project form will
open.
4. In the column on the left, click Insurance or Bond.

Create a new Insurance or Bond Type

1. On the Insurance or Bond tab of the Edit Project form, click the Add button at the
bottom of the window. A new line appears in the list.
2. Click the button next to the Type selector to open the Select Type window.
3. Click the Add button in the toolbar. The Add a New Item form will open.
4. Enter a name for the new type.
5. Click OK to return to the Select Insurance Type form.
6. Select a Type by checking a box, if desired.
7. Click OK to exit the Select Insurance Type form.

Edit an Insurance or Bond Type

106
Chapter 8: UDA Contacts

1. On the Insurance or Bond tab of the Edit Project form, click the Add button at the
bottom of the window. A new line appears in the list.
2. Click the button next to the Type selector to open the Select Insurance Type window.
3. Click on a type in the list to select it.
4. Click the Edit button in the toolbar. The Rename Item form will open.
5. Enter a new name for the type in the text box.
6. Click OK to return to the Select Insurance Type form.
7. Select a Type by checking a box, if desired.
8. Click OK again to exit the Select Insurance Type form.

Delete an Insurance or Bond Type

1. On the Insurance or Bond tab of the Edit Project form, click the Add button at the
bottom of the window. A new line appears in the list.
2. Click the button next to the Type selector to open the Select Insurance Type window.
3. Click on a type in the list to select it.
4. Click the Delete button in the toolbar.
5. Click OK to exit the Select Insurance Type form.

Setting an Expiration Notification for Contact Certificates


Entering expiration dates for certificates links them into the dynamic ConstructionSuite reminder
system. By default, you will be notified 30 days before the expiration of any certificate. That way, you
can act pro-actively to ensure that all certificates are valid throughout the entire project duration.

If you want to be notified earlier or later, you can change the time frame for notification.

Change the notification time frame for expiring certificates

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, go to Tools > Options > Certificate Options .


2. Type the number of days in advance that you would like to be notified.
3. Click OK.

Creating and Using Project Associations

Understanding Contact Associations


Turn your complex webs of people and projects into easily accessible information by creating
Associations within UDA ConstructionSuite. With just a few clicks, you can cross -reference, interrelate,
and connect information across projects and contacts, making it easy for you to access the information
you need.

Associations are relationships between projects and contacts. These relationships can be project to
project, contact to contact, and project to contact.

From the Contacts tab of ConstructionSuite, you can create project-contact and contact-contact
associations. Contact-related projects will appear on the Contact Summary tab and in the Edit Contact
form under Associations. Relationships defined between contacts will only show in the Edit Contact
form.

Get Started with Contact Associations

107
Printed Documentation

 Relating Projects to a Contact


 Deleting a Contact Relation
 Creating, Editing, and Deleting Relationship Types

Relating Projects to a Contact


Project-Contact relations are an invaluable aspect of the ConstructionSuite system. By creating these
relationships, you greatly improve your access to information and tracking abilities on both ends of the
spectrum. Not only will you be able to access all of the projects related to a contact from a single place,
but you will also be able to see which contacts are associated with each project.

In the ConstructionSuite system, there are two ways to relate projects and contacts: through the
Project or Contact Relation form and through UDA Resource Allocation in Estimating and Scheduling.

For information about UDA Resource Allocation, see Assigning Resources in Estimating and/or
Assigning Resources in Scheduling.

Create a new project-related contact from the Contacts tab

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Contacts tab.


2. On the All Contacts tab, click a contact name to go to the Contact Summary tab.
3. In the Related Projects window, click [add project] . The Select Project Relation
window will open.
4. Choose a project from the Select Project window. Use the tabs at the top of the
Select Project window to navigate to your project.
Grouped sorts projects by groups. Expand the folder tree to view contacts in each group.
Select the project from the list.

Recent shows the most recent projects you have accessed. Select the project from the list.

Alphabetical sorts projects alphabetically. Click on a letter to show the list of projects
beginning with that letter. Only letters that have projects listed are active. Select the project
from the list.

Search searches the entire project database. Locate a project by typing any part of the
project's name in the search box. Select the project from the list.

5. Once you have clicked on a project's name, the Project Information and Current
Related Contacts for that project appear.
6. Click the selector button next to the Relationship Type field to open the Relationships
window.
7. Use the checkbox to select the type of relationship. You can also create, edit, and
delete relationship types using the buttons in the toolbar.
8. Click OK once you have made your selection.
9. Click OK again to close the Select Project Relation form.

Deleting a Contact Association


If you wish to remove a project or contact association, you can delete the relationship from the Edit
Contact form.

Delete a relationship

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on the Contacts tab.

108
Chapter 8: UDA Contacts

2. On the All Contacts tab, click a contact name to go to the Contact Summary tab.
3. Click the Edit tool on the toolbar. The Edit Contact form will open.
4. In the column on the left, click Related Contacts or Related Projects. A list of
associations will appear on the right.
5. Click on the entry you would like to remove from the existing relationships.
6. Click the Delete button at the bottom of the window.
7. Click Yes to confirm the deletion. The relationship will be removed.
8. Click OK when done.

 NOTE: You can also delete a Related Project by right-clicking in a blank area of the entry
in the Related Projects section of the Contact Summary screen and selecting Delete .

Creating, Editing, and Deleting Relationship Types


ConstructionSuite comes loaded with a pre-defined list of relationship types. However, you can add
new relationship types, edit current types, and delete any types you do not plan to use.

Create, edit, or delete a relationship type

1. Access the All Projects tab by clicking the Projects tab.


2. On the All Projects tab, click a project name to go to the Project Overview tab.
3. In the Related Contacts window, click [add contact] . The Select Contact Relation
window will open.
4. Click the button next to the Relationship Type selector box to open the Relationships
window.
5. Do one of the following:
To create a new relationship type: click the Add button in the toolbar, type a name, and click
OK.

To edit a current relationship type: click a relationship name, click the Edit button in the
toolbar, type a new name, and click OK.

To delete a relationship type: click a relationship name, click the Delete button in the
toolbar, and click Yes to confirm. Only types not in use can be deleted.

6. Click OK to close the Relationships window.


7. Click OK to close the Select Contact Relation window.

Importing and Synchronizing Contacts

Importing Contacts from Microsoft Outlook


UDA ConstructionSuite offers numerous options for importing and synchronizing contacts. If your
company has contacts stored in Outlook, you can easily add those contacts to your ConstructionSuite
database. Then, when you add or make changes to a contact, you can take advantage of UDA
ContactSync to update the information in both programs.

Import contacts from Microsoft Outlook

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies > UDA ConstructionSuite .

109
Printed Documentation

2. On the main interface, go to Data > Import > Outlook Contacts . The UDA Sync Center
will open with different Sync Options.
3. Select what direction you want to sync the data with Outlook.
 You can Send and Receive Information with Outlook, which will merge the
Outlook and ConstructionSuite information together.
 You can Send Information to Outlook Only, which will send your
ConstructionSuite information to Outlook.
 You can Receive Information from Outlook Only, which will import your
Outlook contacts into ConstructionSuite.
4. If you choose to both Send and Recieve information, select which information has
priority. Here you can opt to overwrite all data in UDA or Outlook, or just keep both
up-to-date.
 You can select Most Recently edited has priority, which will sync the
contacts, leaving the most recently edited information.
 You can select UDA ConstructionSuite has priority, which will give your
ConstructionSuite contacts precedence and overwrite conflicting contact
information in Outlook.
 You can select Outlook has Priority, which will give your Outlook contacts
precedence and overwrite conflicting contact information in
ConstructionSuite.
5. Select if you would like to Sync all Contacts or if you would like to Sync only
selected contacts.
6. Select how you want to update Contact Group Settings in UDA. This will dictate the
way your contact organization in Outlook transfers to your contact organization within
UDA.
 You can select Do not sync Contact Groups.
 You can select to Sync Categories as Contact Groups.
 You can select to Sync Folders as Contact Groups.
7. If you would like to Omit Personal Items or sync Personal Items Only, check the
perspective boxes.

 NOTE: Personal Items in Outlook are considered any item or contact that is designated as
Private in Outlook. To mark a contact as private, look for a Padlock icon on the toolbar from
within a contact in Outlook.

8. Click Next.
9. If you have selected to Sync all Contacts, you will come to the confirmation screen,
which outlines the sync you are about to perform. You also have the ability to name
the current sync and set up a scheduled sync to occur on a daily or weekly basis.
10. If you have selected to Sync only selected contacts, you will come to a contact
select screen, where you are able to view all of your Outlook and ConstructionSuite
contacts. Select the individual contacts you would like synced by clicking the
checkbox beside their name. You can also check the Select All box to automatically
check all boxes.
11. Click Next.
12. You will come to the confirmation screen, which outlines the sync you are a bout to
perform. You also have the ability to name the current sync and set up a scheduled

110
Chapter 8: UDA Contacts

sync to occur on a daily or weekly basis. For more information on scheduled syncs,
see Synchronizing Contacts on Demand .
13. Click the Sync Now button at the bottom of the form. The progress bar indicates the
import status.
14. Once the import is complete, click Exit. Select Close to close the Sync Center.

Importing Contacts from QuickBooks


UDA ConstructionSuite offers numerous options for importing and synchronizing contact s. If your
company has contacts stored in QuickBooks, you can easily add those contacts to your
ConstructionSuite database. Then, when you add or make changes to a contact, you can take
advantage of UDA ContactSync to update the information in both programs.

Import contacts from QuickBooks

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. On the main interface, go to Data > SyncCenter. The UDA Sync Center will open,
choose a QuickBooks Contact Sync.
3. Select your prompt options.
 Prompt me to approve changes will stop the sync to ask your permission to
accept changes during the sync.
 Inform me only when sync is complete will not ask permission to make any
changes and will run the entire sync uninterrupted..
4. Select which information has priority. Here you can opt to overwrite all conflicting
data in UDA or QuickBooks, or just keep both up-to-date.
 You can select Most Recently edited has priority, which will sync the
contacts, leaving the most recently edited information.
 You can select UDA ConstructionSuite has priority, which will give your
ConstructionSuite contacts precedence and overwrite conflicting contact
information in Outlook.
 You can select Quickbooks has Priority, which will give your QuickBooks
contacts precedence and overwrite conflicting contact information in
ConstructionSuite.
5. Select your Write Options and how contacts should be transferred between
QuickBooks and ConstructionSuite.
 Multidirectional Sync of Contacts will transfer contacts both from
ConstructionSuite to QuickBooks and from QuickBooks to ConstructionSuite.
Your overwrite options will determine how these contacts are handled .
 Import contacts into your database only brings contacts from QuickBooks
into ConstructionSuite.
 Export contacts from your database only sends contacts from
ConstructionSuite to QuickBooks.

6. Click the Sync button at the bottom of the form. The progress bar indicates the import
status.
7. Once the sync is complete, click Exit. Select Close to close the Sync Center.

Importing Contact Information from a vCard

111
Printed Documentation

The vCard is a web-standard method of storing contact information. If you use a contact management
program that does not offer a direct import or synchronization with UDA ConstructionSuite, you can
most likely export your contacts as vCards and then import each vCard into the ConstructionSuite
system.

For more information on how to export contacts from other programs into the vCard format , consult the
help menu of that program.

Import contact information from a vCard

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. On the main interface, go to Data > Import > vCard Import . The Open vCard File
window will open.
3. Browse to the location on your computer where the vCard is stored.
4. Click Open. The contact and any associated information will be imported.

 NOTE: If the contact is already listed in your database, you will have the option to rename
the contact, create a new contact, overwrite the contact in your database with the new one,
or cancel the import.

Synchronizing Contacts on Demand


While you can schedule daily or weekly contact synchronizations with UDA ContactSync to keep your
contact list current, you can also synchronize contacts on demand.

Synchronize contacts on demand

1. On the main interface, open the SyncCenter by going to Data > SyncCenter . The Sync
Center window will open.
2. Select the type of contact sync you would like to execute. This can involve Outlook,
Quickbooks, or ConstructionOnline if you currently have an account linked to your
software. For more information on how to link a ConstructionOnline account, see
Configuring Suitelink .
3. Once you have selected the source/destination of your contact sync, you will be
taken to the Sync Options form. For more information on the Syncing Options, see
Contact Syncing . When you have selected your option preferences, click Next.
4. Once you have confirmed your preferences and set an automatic sync (if desired),
click Sync Now to perform the synchronization. A window will appear when the
synchronization is complete.
5. Click Exit to close the window. Click Close to close the Sync Center.

 NOTE: Once begun, this operation cannot be cancelled.

112
Chapter 9: UDA Construction Calendar
About the UDA Construction Calendar
Always Know What's Next. ConstructionSuite™ automatically merges your project schedules and
business activities in the new Construction Calendar to give you ultimate control over your company's
upcoming events. With four dynamic views - Month, Week, Day, and List - and numerous options for
customizing each, the Construction Calendar offers one of the most flexible tools available for
managing construction schedules.

Construction Calendar. Advanced Control. Designed for multi-project management, the Construction
Calendar pulls from the powerful ConstructionSuite™ database to unite project schedules with your
business activities to give you a central access point for all of your company's events. Once inside the
Construction Calendar, you can customize the view through defining a time frame, filtering information
by a variety of options, and rearranging columns to meet your management needs. Then, you can also
capitalize on the advanced Reminder system to ensure that you and your employees, vendors, and
subcontractors always know what's coming up. Lead reminders are automatically set up for callback
dates so you will never miss a follow up call.

With the Construction Calendar, you can:

 Merge project subtasks and business activities for a comprehensive record of all
upcoming events.
 Easily manage multiple project schedules.
 Utilize advanced reminders to keep your projects running smoothly.
 Get the information you need how you need it with multiple filter and view options.
 Customize the view and print your company's schedules in Monthly, Weekly, Daily, or
List formats.
 Control the Construction Calendar view with the dynamic Mini Calendar docked in the
ConstructionSuite interface.
 Take your ConstructionSuite calendar to the job site with ConstructionOnline or on a
smart phone through Microsoft Outlook with UDA Activity Sync .

Making Integration Work for You. Integration reigns in the new UDA Construction Calendar. With the
ability to merge data from numerous aspects of the ConstructionSuite system, you have the power to
access and manage all the information you need to keep your projects and company moving forward.
In addition to working in conjunction with UDA Scheduling and Activities created through the
ConstructionNet CRM, the Construction Calendar also offers dynamic integration with the Reporting,
Contact, and Document Management systems in UDA ConstructionSuite. Also, with bi -directional
synchronization between the Construction Calendar and Microsoft Outlook, you can be sure that
everyone in your company has access to your company's upcoming event s, whether they're in the
office or on the go with the use of a smart phone.

 NOTE: Only Project Subtasks from schedules marked as Primary will appear in the
Construction Calendar. To learn more about Primary Schedules, see Understanding Primary
and Inactive Schedules .

ConstructionSuite™ Activities

About ConstructionSuite Activities

113
Printed Documentation

ConstructionSuite Activities (available in Pro versions and above) offer a dynamic method to create
appointments that work in conjunction with Projects, Contacts, and the Construction Calendar. With this
advanced system, you can easily jump to a project or contact overview to see what Activities need to
be completed, making it easy for you to keep everything on track.

You can also synchronize ConstructionSuite Activities with the Outlook Calendar and then take
them with you in the field via a smart phone that is compatible with Microsoft Outlook.

Creating, Editing, and Deleting Activities


You can add, edit, and delete Activities throughout the ConstructionSuite system.

Create a new Activity

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click the [add activity] link in any of the Activities sections within the Today Summary,
Project Overview, or Contact Summary, or simply click the New Activity button on the
Construction Calendar toolbar. The New Activity window will open.
3. Enter Activity Information .
Subject: Type a Subject for your Activity. The text entered in this field will appear in your
Activities list on the main interface and in the calendar.

Percent Complete: Enter a percentage, if desired.

4. Enter Activity Details .


Type: Designate the activity as a Meeting, Review, Staff Meeting, Telephone Call, or custom
activity type. The icon for the selected type will appear in the interface and in the calendar.
You can also create, edit, and delete new Activity Types.

Start and End Times: Designate a date and time for your activity. If the event will last all day,
check the box next to All Day Event.

Contact: Select a Contact for the activity.

Project: Select a Project for the activity.

Assign: Assign responsibility to a ConstructionSuite user for the activity.

Priority: Choose a Priority status for the activity.

Description: Type a description, if desired.

Quick, Planning, and Start Reminders: Use the drop-down menus to set reminders. Quick
Reminders can be set for anywhere between five minutes and two hours before the start of
the activity. Planning and Start Reminders are set for a number of days in advance. You can
set multiple reminders for an activity. For more advanced reminder options, click on the
Reminders tab.

5. Click OK to save information and close the New Activity window.


6. Right-click on the headers in the Activities section on the Project Overv iew, Today
Summary, or Contact Summary tabs to show or hide more columns. You can also
sort by any column by clicking on the column header.

Edit an Activity

114
Chapter 9: UDA Construction Calendar

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Locate the Activity you wish to edit. Activities can be located on the Construction
Calendar, or on either the Today Summary, Project Overview, or Contact Summary
tabs.
3. Click once on the Activity entry. The Edit Activity form will open.
4. Make the desired changes and click OK to close the form.

 NOTE: Only activities that have been manually created can be edited, not activities that
come directly from a schedule or other source within UDA.

Delete an Activity

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Locate the Activity you wish to delete. Activities can be located on the Construction
Calendar, or on either the Today Summary, Project Overview, or Contact Summary
tabs.
3. Right-click on the Activity entry and select Delete .
4. Click Yes to confirm the deletion. The Activity will be removed from the database.

 NOTE: Activities generated from an OnPlan Schedule can not be deleted.

Creating, Editing, and Deleting Activity Types


The default Activity Types in ConstructionSuite are Meeting, Review, Staff Meeting, and Telephone
Call. You can add, edit, and delete Activity Types easily from the Activity Types form.

To edit Activity Types, you will first need to open the New Activity window.

Open the New Activity window

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click the [add activity] link in any of the Activities sections on either the Today
Summary, Project Overview, or Contact Summary, or click the New Activity button on
the Construction Calendar toolbar.

Create a new Activity Type

1. Open the New Activity window.


2. In the Activity Details section, click the selector button next to Type .
3. Click the Add button in the toolbar. The New Activity Type form will open.
4. Use the drop-down menu to select an icon for the new Activity type.
5. Enter a name for the new Activity type in the text box.
6. Click OK to return to the main Activity Types form.
7. Click OK again to exit the Activity Types form.

Edit an Activity Type

115
Printed Documentation

1. Open the New Activity window.


2. In the Activity Details section, click the selector button next to Type .
3. Click on a type in the list to select it.
4. Click the Edit button in the toolbar. The Edit Activity Type form will open.
5. Use the drop-down menu to select an icon for the Activity type, if desired .
6. Enter a new name for the Activity type in the text box, if desired.
7. Click OK to return to the main Activity Types form.
8. Click OK again to exit the Activity Types form.

Delete an Activity Type

1. Open the New Activity window.


2. In the Activity Details section, click the selector button next to Type .
3. Click on a type in the list to select it.
4. Click the Delete button in the toolbar.
5. Click Yes to confirm the deletion.
6. Click OK to exit the Activity Types form.

Using Activity Reminders


Reminders play an invaluable role in giving you the control you need for project and company
management. With ConstructionSuite Activities, you have multiple options for setting reminders to
ensure that you can choose the best method of keeping yourself ahead of the curve.

Through the Activities form, you can set numerous reminders, giving you the opportunity to be
reminded far in advance and close to the start of an Activity. You can set Reminders through drop -
down menus on the main tab of the Activity form, or you can take advantage of advanced options on
the Reminders tab of the Activity form.

Set advanced Reminders for Activities

1. Open the Activities window.


If you want to create a new Activity, click [add activity] link in any of the Activities sections on
either the Today Summary, Project Overview, or Contact Summary tab, or click the New
button on the Construction Calendar toolbar. The New Activity window will open.

If you want to add Reminders to Activities you have already created, click on the entry name in
the Activities section of the Today Summary, Project Overview, or Contact Summary tab, or
double-click the entry on the Construction Calendar. The Edit Activity form will open.

2. Click the Reminders tab.

3. Click the [add new] link under the type of reminder you would like to create.

Planning Reminders are used to remind you of planning activities such as scheduling tasks
or ordering materials. You can choose either a specific day or a set number of days before the
activity you would like to be reminded. You can also set a time of day for this option.

Starting Reminders are used to remind you of starting activities such as The beginning of a
job or the beginning or a subtask. You can choose either a specific day or a set number of
days before the activity you would like to be reminded. You can also set a time of day for this
option.

116
Chapter 9: UDA Construction Calendar

Custom Reminders are be used for any other task you would like to be reminded of. You can
choose either a specific day or a set number of days before the acti vity you would like to be
reminded. You can also set a time of day for this option.

5. Type a Reminder Message.

6. Designate if you would like to Show Popup Message and/or Send Email to Client, email or
text users when the reminder goes into effect.

7. Click OK. The Reminder(s) will appear at the selected time.

 NOTE: ConstructionSuite must be running for Reminders to appear at the designated


times.

Viewing Activities
There are multiple places to view Activities in the ConstructionSuite system.

 View Upcoming , Ongoing , and Overdue Activities on the Today Summary tab.
 View Project-Related Activities on the Project Overview tab.
 View Contact-Related Activities on the Contact Summary tab.
 View All Activities through the Construction Calendar in the Month View, Week View,
Day View, and List View.

 NOTE: You can change the date range for shown Activities through the Tools > Options
> Activities and To Do Options menu.

You can also synchronize ConstructionSuite Activities with the Microsoft Outlook Calendar
using UDA Activity Sync. To learn more about this feature, see About UDA Activity Sync .

Searching for Information in ConstructionSuite™


UDA ConstructionSuite delivers one of the fastest and most advanced database searches available.
The progressive search begins returning results as soon as you start typing and will search the entire
database for Projects, Contacts, Activities, To Do list items, and Files that match your search query.

Get fast access to the information you need with the UDA ConstructionSuite Search.

Search for information

The Search box is located at the top left of the ConstructionSuite Navigation Bar, where you always
have access to it.

1. Click in the search box and start typing. The Today screen will open a Search Results
tab divided into Projects, Activities, To Do, Contacts, and Files.
2. If the search returns more results than can be shown in the consolidated window,
click the See All link at the bottom of the section.
3. To get back to your results, click the Back arrow at the top of the interface beside the
Home button and Tab Trail.

 NOTE: Activities and To Dos are a part of the full version of ConstructionNet CRM,
available in ConstructionSuite Pro and above.

117
Printed Documentation

Working with the Construction Calendar Tabs

Understanding the Calendar Month, Week, and Day Tabs


The UDA Construction Calender offers four different views for you to utilize in managing all of your
project and company Activities. The Month View, Week View, and Day View offer similar features. For
more information about the List View, see Using the Calendar List View Tab.

Access the Calendar by clicking on the Calendar tab. Then, choose the view that best fits your needs,
and follow the instructions below to navigate and utilize these dynamic calendar options.

Month View

Use the Month tab to get an overview of all Activities and Project Subtasks scheduled for the past and
upcoming year, for a total of two years' information. The Month tab will automatically default to the
current month's view.

 To view other months , use the scroll bar on the right side of the calendar.
 To view a particular day from the Month tab, click on the day in the mini-calendar
located at the bottom of the right sidebar.
 To view all items for a specific date if there are more than can be seen on the
calendar, click the pale yellow button at the bottom of the day's activities to jump to
the Day View.
 To print the Month View , click the Print button in the toolbar. You can print in a
Calendar view or a Detailed List view.
 You can also Add, Edit, and Delete entries from this tab.

Week View

Access the Week tab for a listing of all Activities and Project Subtasks for the current week. This tab
stores information for six months prior to and following the current week, for a total of one year's worth
of weekly listings.

 To view other weeks , use the scroll bar on the right side of the calendar.
 To jump to a particular date from the Week tab, click on the day in the mini-calendar
located at the bottom of the right sidebar.
 To view all items for a specific date if there are more than can be seen on the
calendar, click the pale yellow button at the bottom of the day's activities to jump to
the Day View.
 To print the Week View , click the Print button in the toolbar. You can print in a
Calendar view or a Detailed List view.
 You can also Add, Edit, and Delete entries from this tab.

Day View

Use the Day tab for a list of all items scheduled only for the current date. Project Subtasks will appear
as all day tasks. The default time interval for the Day tab is 30 minutes.

 To view other days , either click the desired date on the Mini Calendar in the right
sidebar, or go to the Month or Week tab to select another day.

118
Chapter 9: UDA Construction Calendar

 To change the time interval , right-click on the time column and select the 5 , 6 , 10 , 15 ,
30 , or 60 minute interval.
 To print the Day View , click the Print button in the toolbar. You can print in a Calendar
view or a Detailed List view.
 You can also Add, Edit, and Delete entries from this tab.

Using the Calendar List View Tab


The Construction Calendar List View delivers advanced functionality designed to give you a
comprehensive listing of all current Activities and scheduled Project Subtasks for your compa ny.

With essential information organized in a detailed chart, the List View enables you to manage multiple
project schedules and Activities with ease. In addition to the customization options in the other
Construction Calendar tabs, you can define a time frame, sort information by a variety of options, and
rearrange columns in the List View to meet your management needs.

 NOTE: To access the List View, click on the Calendar > List View .

Define a time frame for the List View

1. Click on the Start and End calendar menus in the toolbar.


2. Select a date from the calendar that appear. The list will only show Activities and
Project Subtasks scheduled for the selected time frame.

 NOTE: The maximum time frame is three months.

Sort information on the List View

Available information columns include: Subject, % Complete, Contact, Project, Project Number,
Priority, Start, Start Time, End, End Time, Created By and Assigned To.

1. Click on any column header to sort in ascending order by that column.


2. To sort in descending order, click on the header again.

Rearrange information columns on the List View

1. Click on any column header (with the exception of Subject).


2. While holding down the mouse, drag the header left or right.

 NOTE: Remember, you can also add, edit, or delete entries ; filter the view ; show or hide
Activity Types ; and Print the List View .

Adding, Editing, and Deleting Items from the Construction Calendar

In addition to viewing a combined set of Activities and Project Subtasks, you can also add,
edit, and delete entries from the Construction Calendar.

Add Activities on the Construction Calendar

1. Access the Construction Calendar by clicking on the Calendar tab.


2. Click on either the Month View , Week View , Day View, or List View tab.

119
Printed Documentation

3. Click on the New Activity button in the toolbar. The New Activity form will open.
4. Enter Activity Information , Activity Details , and set any Reminders . Click on the
Reminders tab for advanced options.
5. Click OK. The Activity will appear in the calendar.

 NOTE: You can add new custom activities, but you cannot add Project Subtasks
from the Construction Calendar. Open up the UDA Schedule for your project to add
subtasks.

Edit items on the Construction Calendar

1. Access the Construction Calendar by clicking on the Calendar tab .


2. Click on either the Month View , Week View , Day View, or List View tab.
3. Double-click an entry to open the form for the Activity or Project Subtask.
4. Enter or edit information by typing in the boxes or clicking the selector buttons.
5. Click OK to close the form.

 NOTE: You can edit created activities, but you cannot edit Project Subtasks from
the Construction Calendar. To edit a Project Subtask from the calendar, you must
open the project schedule, edit the subtask information, and re-save the schedule.
Then, the Project Subtask will be edited in the Construction Calendar.

Delete Items from the Construction Calendar

1. Access the Construction Calendar by clicking on the Calendar tab.


2. Click on either the Month View , Week View , Day View, or List View tab.
3. Right-click on any ConstructionSuite Activity and select Delete Activity. The entry will
be removed from the calendar.

 NOTE: You can delete created activities, but you cannot delete Project Subtasks
from the Construction Calendar. To remove a Project Subtask from the calendar, you
must open the project schedule, delete the subtask, and re-save the schedule. Then,
the Project Subtask will be removed from the Construction Calendar.

Printing from the Construction Calendar


The Construction Calendar offers multiple options for you to customize and print from any of the
calendar tabs.

Print from the Construction Calendar

1. Access the Calendar view you would like to print by clicking on the Calendar > Month
View , Week View , Day View, or List View .
2. Use the Filter and Visible Types options to show or hide items on the calendar.
3. Click the Print button in the toolbar.
4. Select the Date Range for your print out using the pop-up Calendar buttons to select
Start and End dates.
5. Click OK.

120
Chapter 9: UDA Construction Calendar

6. Use the Page Setup and other print options on the Print Preview screen to customize
your print out.
7. Click the Print button on the Print Preview screen to send the document to your
printer.

Using the Mini Calendar

Located on the right sidebar of the ConstructionSuite interface, the mini calendar gives you a
quick link into the UDA Construction Calendar.

 Click and drag across multiple days on the mini calendar to create a customized view.
 Click on a single date on the mini calendar to go to the Day View.

Customizing the Construction Calendar View

Filtering the Construction Calendar View


The Construction Calendar is designed to manage all of your scheduled Activities and Project
Subtasks. To view only specific items on the calendar, you can use the Filter by function on the Month
View, Week View, Day View, or List View tab.

Filters are also useful to develop and print custom reports for you and your company.

Filter the Construction Calendar view

1. Access the Construction Calendar by clicking on the Calendar tab.


2. Click on either the Month View , Week View , Day View, or List View tab.
3. In the Calendar toolbar, click the Filter by drop-down menu.
4. Select a Contact , Contact Group , Project, or Project Group to filter by. Only items with
the selected association will show on the calendar.

Clear filter on the Construction Calendar

1. Click on either the Month View , Week View , Day View, or List View tab.
2. In the Calendar toolbar, click the Filter by drop-down menu.
3. Select Show All . All Activities and Project Subtasks will show on the calendar.

Controlling Visible Types on the Construction Calendar


Activities scheduled through ConstructionSuite can be associated with a type, giving you extra options
for viewing and organizing Activity entries.

The following Activity Types are visible on the calendar:

 Meeting
 Telephone Call
 Review
 Staff Meeting
 Certificate Expiration
 Scheduled Subtask

121
Printed Documentation

 Milestone
 RFI
 Lead
 Custom Types

Show or hide Activity Types

By default, all Activity Types are shown on the Construction Calen dar.

1. Click the Visible Types button in the toolbar. A menu appears. Activities Types with
checkmarks next to them are currently shown on the calendar.
2. Double-click an Activity Type name or click the check box beside the activity to de -
select it. All Activities of that type will be hidden from the view.
3. Open the Visible Types menu again and double-click on an inactive Activity Type or
click the check box beside the activity to reinstate it on the calendar.

Showing and Hiding Project Names on the Construction Calendar


Since the Construction Calendar combines all Activities and Project Subtasks stored in the
ConstructionSuite database, the project name is shown by default for each entry.

Hide project names

If you have filtered the view for a specific project or simply do not want to view project names on the
calendar, you can easily remove them from the view.

1. Click on the Tools > Options > Calendar Project Names on the main ConstructionSuite
interface.
2. Project names will be hidden from all items on the calendar.

Show project names

If you have hidden project names on the calendar, you can easily show them again.

1. Click on the Tools > Options > Calendar Project Names on the main ConstructionSuite
interface.
2. Project names will be shown again for all items on the calendar.

Synchronizing the Construction Calendar with Microsoft Outlook

About the SyncCenter


Another Dynamic Integration tool from UDA. SyncCenter synchronizes the UDA Construction
Calendar with Microsoft Outlook, making it easy for you to view Activities and scheduled Project
Subtasks outside the ConstructionSuite system.

In the office. In the field. It’s all there with the UDA SyncCenter. Use this feature in conjunction with
a smart phone to access all of your essential scheduling information in the field. Any changes you
make to Activities can then be synchronized back into the Construction Calendar when you return to
the office.

122
Chapter 9: UDA Construction Calendar

 NOTE: The Construction Calendar and Outlook Activity Sync are only available in Pro
versions and above.

Understanding what occurs during the synchronization

The SyncCenter is a dynamic process that imports, exports, and modifies information between the UDA
Construction Calendar and Microsoft Outlook. Please read the following for specific information about
the synchronization process.

The SyncCenter will import the following from Outlook:

 Calendar Appointments that are scheduled on or after the date of synchronization


 Calendar Appointments that occur within the month preceding the date of
synchronization

The SyncCenter will NOT import the following from Outlook:

 Any Calendar Appointments with the words “Birthday” or “Anniversary” in the subject
 Any Calendar Appointments that start or end more than a month before the date of
synchronization.

The SyncCenter will export the following from ConstructionSuite:

 Activities that are scheduled on or after the date of synchronization


 Activities that occur within the month preceding the date of synchronization
 Project Subtasks from Primary Schedules that are scheduled on or after the date of
synchronization
 Project Subtasks from Primary Schedules that occur within the month preceding the
date of synchronization

The SyncCenter will NOT export the following from ConstructionSuite:

 Activities or Project Subtasks with the words “Birthday” or “Anniversary” in the subject
 Activities or Project Subtasks that start or end more than a month before the date of
synchronization
 Project Subtasks that are not associated with a Primary Schedule.

The SyncCenter will also modify entries in both calendars depending on the date of
modification .
For example, if you synchronized the calendars and made a change to a ConstructionSuite
Activity through the Outlook Calendar and then performed another synchronization, that
modification will be reflected in the UDA Construction Calendar.

Using the Calendar Activity Sync

123
Printed Documentation

IMPORTANT : Project Subtasks are locked in the Construction Calendar, and changes cannot
be made to them through the ConstructionSuite interface. If you make changes to a Project
Subtask in Outlook and then synchronize with the Construction Calendar, those changes will
not be recorded in ConstructionSuite. To make changes to Project Subtasks in
ConstructionSuite, open the schedule for that project and make any necessary changes.

Synchronize the Construction Calendar with Microsoft Outlook

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Go to Data > SyncCenter > Microsoft Outlook Activity Sync . This will open the Sync
Options window.
3. Select your Sync Options and click Next.
4. Confirm your selected Sync Options then choose a Sync Name and select Save
Sync if you wish to save the Sync Settings for future use. You can also create a
Scheduled Sync to automatically occur on a Daily or Weekly basis.
5. Once you are satisfied with the proposed actions, click Sync Now . The process will
complete and you will be able to access all synchronized information in the UDA
Construction Calendar and Microsoft Outlook.

124
Chapter 10: UDA To Do List
About the UDA To Do Tab
Between keeping your company organized and completing your projects on time, there's a lot to do and
a lot to keep track of. The ConstructionSuite™ system is designed to give you as many options as
possible to help you and your company stay on track. The To Dos tab within ConstructionSuite contains
a complete listing of all the items on your UDA To Do List. Use the To Do List to track items that need
to be completed either for your company or your projects.

Like ConstructionSuite Activities, To Do items can be associated with Contacts or Projects and can
also have a specific date assigned. However, To Do items will not have the option to be assigned
Reminders or a specific time of day and will not appear on the UDA Construction Calendar.

Instead, To Do List items are managed through the comprehensive To Do List that enables you to
manage all Overdue, Upcoming, Incomplete, and Complete items in your list.

 The Overdue tab lists Items that are past their due date and not marked as complete.
 The Upcoming tab lists items that have a due date in the future.
 The Incomplete tab lists overdue and upcoming items that have not been marked as
complete.
 The Complete tab lists all items marked as complete.
 The All tab lists all items.

 NOTE: Lead Reminders are automatically set for callback dates so you will never miss a
follow up call.

Get Started with the UDA To Do List


Getting started with the UDA To Do List is easy. Simply create To Do items from any of the following
tabs - Today Summary, Project Overview, or Contact Summary - and then take advantage of these To
Do List features:

 Create, Edit, and Delete To Do Items


 Mark Items as Complete
 Filter the To Do List View
 Print a To Do List
 Access Project-Specific To Do Items
 Access Contact-Specific To Do Items
 View To Do Items throughout the ConstructionSuite system.

Creating, Editing, and Deleting To Do Items

To Do List items can be created, edited, and deleted from any of the To Do List sections in
ConstructionSuite. These sections can be found on the ConstructionNet Today Summary tab,
the Project Overview tab, and the Contact Summary tab.

Create a new To Do List item

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .

125
Printed Documentation

2. Click the [add to do] link in any of the To Do List sections on either the Today
Summary, Project Overview, or Contact Summary tab, or click the [add to do] button
on any of the To Do List tabs such as Overdue, Upcoming, Incomplete, Complete, or
All. The New To Do form will open.
3. Enter To Do information.
Subject (Required): Type a Subject for your To Do. The text entered in this field will appear in
your To Do list on the interface.

Details: Type any notes for your To Do.

Due Date: Select a due date from the calendar. If a To Do item is not 100% complete and is
past its due date, it will be shown in red on the interface.

Related Contacts: Select a contact for the To Do.

Related Projects: Select a project for the To Do.

% Complete: Enter a percentage complete, if desired.

Assign: Assign responsibility to a User for the To Do.

4. Click OK to save your information and close the New To Do window.

Edit a To Do List item

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Locate the To Do item you wish to edit. To Do items can be located on the To Dos,
Today Summary, Project Overview, or Contact Summary tabs.
3. Click on the To Do item to open the Edit To Do form.
4. Make the desired changes and click OK to close the form.

Delete a To Do List item

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Locate the To Do item you wish to delete. To Do items can be located on the To Dos,
Today Summary, Project Overview, or Contact Summary tabs.
3. Right-click on the To Do item and select Delete .
4. Click Yes to confirm the deletion. The To Do item will be removed from t he database.

Marking To Do List Items as Complete


Once you have completed a task from your To Do List, you should mark it as complete to keep the list
as organized as possible.

Mark a To Do item as complete

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Locate the To Do item you wish to edit. To Do items can be located on the To Dos,
Today Summary, Project Overview, or Contact Summary tabs.

126
Chapter 10: UDA To Do List

3. Click in the checkbox next to the item. The item will be marked as complete.
4. To view the completed item, go to To Dos > Complete , or To Dos > All.

Filtering the To Do List View


The To Dos tabs organize your To Do items by status - Overdue, Upcoming, Incomplete, Complete,
and All. But advanced filter options give you the power to narrow the scope of the listing even more, so
you can view only the information you need.

Filters are also useful to develop and print custom reports for you and your company.

Filter the To Do List view

1. Access the To Do List by clicking on the To Dos tab.


2. Click on either the Overdue , Upcoming , Incomplete , Complete , or All tab.
3. In the To Dos toolbar, click the Filter by drop-down menu.
4. Select a Contact, Contact Group , Project or Project Group to filter by. Only items with
the selected association will show in the list.

Clear filter on the To Do List

1. Click on the To Dos tab.


2. In the To Dos toolbar, click the Filter by drop-down menu.
3. Select Show All . All To Do List items will show on their corresponding tabs.

Printing from the To Do List Tab


The To Do List offers multiple options for you to customize and print information from any of the To Do
List tabs.

Print from the To Do List

1. Access the To Do List by clicking on the To Dos tab.


2. Select the classification tab you would like to print.
3. Use the Filter By and View options to customize your To Do List view further.
4. Click the Print button in the toolbar. The Print Preview window will open.
5. Use the Page Setup and other print options on the Print Preview screen to customize
your print out.
6. Click the Print button on the Print Preview screen to send the document to your
printer.

Viewing To Do List Items in ConstructionSuite

As an integral part of the ConstructionNet CRM system, To Do List items can be associated
with project or contacts, or stand on their own.

Below you'll find the multiple ways to access To Do List items. Adding, editing, or deleting
items can be done from any of these locations.

127
Printed Documentation

 NOTE: You can customize which To Do List items are shown on the Today Summary tab
by clicking Tools > Options > Activities and To Do Options on the main ConstructionSuite
interface.

View To Do items related to a project

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click on Projects .
3. On the All Projects tab, click a project name to go to the Project Overview tab.
4. To Do items related to the selected project appear in the To Do List section.

View To Do items related to a contact

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click on Contacts .
3. On the All Contacts tab, click a contact name to go to the Contact Summary tab.
4. To Do items related to the selected contact appear in the To Do List section.

View To Do items that are overdue

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click on To Dos > Overdue.
3. To Do items that are past their due date and not marked as complete will appear on
this tab.

View To Do items that are upcoming

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click on To Dos > Upcoming .
3. To Do items that have a due date set in the future will appear on this tab .

View To Do items that are incomplete

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click on To Dos > Incomplete .
3. To Do items, both Overdue and Upcoming that have not been marked as complete
will appear on this tab.

View To Do items that have been completed

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click on To Dos > Complete .

128
Chapter 10: UDA To Do List

3. To Do items that have been marked as completed will appear on this tab.

View all To Do items

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click on To Dos > All.
3. All To Do items will appear on this tab.

Searching for Information in ConstructionSuite™


UDA ConstructionSuite delivers one of the fastest and most advanced database searches available.
The progressive search begins returning results as soon as you start typing and will search the entire
database for Projects, Contacts, Activities, To Do list items, and Files that match your search query.

Get fast access to the information you need with the UDA ConstructionSuite Search.

Search for information


The Search box is located at the top left of the ConstructionSuite Navigation Bar, where you always
have access to it.

1. Click in the search box and start typing. The Today screen will open a Search Results
tab divided into Projects, Activities, To Do, Contacts, and Files.
2. If the search returns more results than can be shown in the consolidated window,
click the See All link at the bottom of the section.
3. To get back to your results, click the Back arrow at the top of the interface beside the
Home button and Tab Trail.

 NOTE: Activities and To Dos are a part of the full version of ConstructionNet CRM,
available in ConstructionSuite Pro and above.

129
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
About UDA Estimating
Accurate Cost Control. With UDA Estimating, advanced job costing tools such as classification-based
line item markup, industry -standard overhead and margin calculation, and automated dimensions are
just the beginning of the most comprehensive construction estimating system on the market.

Reduce Risks. Increase Profits. With multi-project estimate reporting and integration with the Items
Database, CAD programs, QuickBooks, UDA Scheduling, and the revolutionary ConstructionNet CRM
system, UDA Estimating delivers an unrivaled combination of strength and power designed to increase
your accuracy and significantly increase profits.

With UDA Estimating, you can:

 Create an estimate in minutes using the Estimate Wizard.


 Easily create estimate templates for each of your project types.
 Generate construction bids quickly with Lump Sum estimating, or use the Detailed method
for more accurate job costing.
 Create comprehensive estimates using the UDA Items Database, and easily update estimates
when costs change.
 Assign uniform markup for materials, labor, subcontractors, and equipment with new
classification-based line item markup.
 Ensure maximum profitability for each of your projects with industry-standard overhead and
margin calculations.
 Track and analyze actual vs. estimated costs.
 Create customized Reports and Proposals.
 Track your contacts' insurance, licenses and bonds with Certificate Reporting.
 Populate quantities using the Takeoff/Dimensions feature.
 Never again let project changes affect your bottom line with the new Change Order
Management system (Premier versions and above).
 Take control of your vendors and other resources with new Resource Allocation (Pro
versions and above).
 Utilize advanced synchronization between estimates and schedules for a complete look at
progress and profitability.
 Take advantage of the most advanced QuickBooks Integration available (Pro versions and
above).

Making Integration Work for You. Advanced integration from UDA Estimating eliminates double-entry
tasks that can cost you valuable time and money. Create complete estimates from multiple CAD
programs, launch schedules from estimate, synchronize estimates and schedules, utilize bi -directional
QuickBooks Integration to create invoices, purchase orders, and more and connect all your
ConstructionSuite files through the revolutionary ConstructionNet CRM system.

Getting Started with UDA Estimating

131
Printed Documentation

Appropriate Use for Estimating


This Software is not meant to be, nor does it constitute legal or business advice. None of the contracts,
forms, and templates should be used without appropriate customization and advice from properly
licensed legal counsel familiar with the law that may apply to your circumstances. Sampl e estimates
and costbook data are provided for reference purposes only, and it is advised that you confirm item
costs with your vendors before calculating project estimates. UDA takes no responsibility for the
applicability of these or any materials for the particular transaction you will be undertaking. UDA
Technologies, Inc. will not be liable for any special, incidental, or consequential damages or lost profits,
arising in tort, negligence, contract, or otherwise, in connection with the use in any manne r of the
contents of these materials.

IMPORTANT : Sample project estimates are provided for reference purposes only and should
be modified to reflect your local costs and specific project criteria.

 NOTE: In UDA Estimating, there are hundreds of features designed to speed the process
of generating bids and performing job costing functions. Any changes that you make to the
system, whether through un-protecting a locked Excel sheet or through other means could
result in calculation errors. However, a number of safeguards have been added to the system
to give you the tools you need to ensure accurate estimating such as:

 Pop-up messages – Do not ignore any messages that appear on the screen. While
many messages are tips to help guide you through the system, others may indicate
that an error has occurred. Please contact UDA Technologies if you receive any error
messages while working with the system.

 Reports – Before you submit a bid to a customer or sign a contract, run a Project
Totals Report from the Reports menu in UDA Estimating and compare the estimate
totals to ensure accuracy.

If you have any questions about UDA Estimating or any of the ConstructionSuite
components, contact a UDA representative at 1.800.700.8321.

Opening Estimating
UDA Estimating delivers hundreds of advanced features designed to give you total cost control. Access
the pre-loaded and custom estimating templates from the ConstructionSuite user interface.

Open Estimating

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click the Estimating tab.
3. Click the estimating folder that best fits your project type. Options will vary according
to your version.
4. Open an estimate by double-clicking one of the following file types:
Master Estimates will have a predefined framework of categories, subcategories, and items
that you can customize to fit your project needs.

Blank Estimates enable you to build your own framework of categories, subcategories, and
items.

Sample Estimates provide a fully developed estimate from a sample project that you can also
customize to fit your project needs.

132
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

Creating a New Estimate with the Estimate Wizard


The Estimate Wizard provides numerous options for you to develop and customize a new estimate.
Use the wizard to select or create a project for the estimate, create the framework of categories,
subcategories, and items, define taxes and set the estimate color scheme.

Create a new estimate

1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, go to the Estimating tab and click on the Launch
Estimate Wizard icon . The Estimate Wizard will launch.

2. Select a framework on which you would like to base your estimate.


To launch a new blank estimate, choose the Create a New Blank Estimate option. The next
screen will enable you to enter project information.

To use a framework from an existing template, choose the Select a Predefined Estimate
option. The next screen will provide a list of available estimating templates.

3. Select a Project for the Estimate. If there is a Lender assigned to the project
selected, the Lender category will automatically populate.

To use an existing project , click the project selector button and choose a project from
the list. For more information, see Selecting a Project .

To create a new project , click the New button. The Project Quick Add form will open.
You can enter Project Information, Project Details, and Contact Information. Click the
More button to access the complete Edit Project form. For more information, see
Creating a New Project.

To edit an existing project , click the project selector button and choose a project from
the list. Click the Edit button at the bottom of the window. The Edit Project form will
open. You can edit Project Information, Lender Information, Additional Information,
and Project Dimensions. For more information, see Editing a Project .

4. Designate Sales Tax


UDA Estimating enables you to designate subcategories and items in the estimate as
Not Taxed, taxed on Materials , taxed on Services , or Tax Included . Enter percentages
for local, county, and state taxes for materials and services.

5. Click Finish. The new estimate will open. You are now ready to begin using your
project estimate.

6. Building an Estimate Framework (If you selected Create a New Blank Estimate)

The Blank Estimate comes by default with one category and one subcategory.

You can add additional categories by clicking the [add category] link on the estimate.

Additionally, you can create new subcategories by clicking the [add subcategory] link
on the estimate.

Next, create items for each subcategory by clicking on a category or subcategory to


navigate to the category page. From here, click the [add item] link and selecting
whether to insert an item manually or from an existing database entry. To rename
existing items, simply click on the item name and edit the text.

133
Printed Documentation

Continue using the Add Category, Add Subcategory, and Add Item buttons until you
are satisfied with the estimate framework. You can change this framework and add or
delete categories, subcategories, and items at any time. For more information, see
Modifying Categories, Subcategories, and Items .

 NOTE: You can save an Estimate as a template at any time by selecting File > File >
Save as Template and selecting a destination to save to.

Selecting a Project for a Master Estimate


ConstructionSuite organizes data by project. You should create a project for each job your company
works on, so all of your files can be organized appropriately. For example, if you are building a project
for the Smiths, your contracts, estimate, specifications, schedule, and other project data and
correspondence will be linked to the Smith Residence in the ConstructionSuite database.

For more information on using UDA Projects, see Using UDA Projects.

Select a project for a master estimate

1. Open ConstructionSuite.
2. Click on the Estimating folder and select the type of estimate you would like to open.
3. Double-click on the Master estimate. The Project Select form will open.
4. To select a project for the estimate, do one of the following:

To use an existing project , select the appropriate tab and click on the project name.
For more information, see Selecting a Project.

To create a new project , click New Project at the top of the window . The Project Quick
Add form will open. You can enter Project Information, Project Details, and Contact
Information. Click the More button on this window to access the complete Edit Project
form. For more information, see Creating a New Project .

5. Click OK. You have selected a project for the estimate.

Creating an Estimate Template


Once you have created a complete estimate, you may want to save the estimate as a template. A
template is a document with predefined settings and content that can easily be used to create similar
documents. You can save time by creating estimate templates for different project types and using your
template whenever you begin a new project.

Save an estimate as a template

1. Open the estimate you want to save as a template.


2. Go to File > File > Save As Template. The Save As Template window will open.
3. Select a folder under the Template grouping in which to save your template. If you
would like the template to be available in the drop-down menu of the New Estimate
Wizard, you should save the template in a folder located under the Estimating
heading.
4. Type a descriptive name for the template in the Filename text box at the bottom of the
screen.

134
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

5. Click OK.
6. If the file was previously saved as a project estimate, you will need to select if you
want to remove Costs, Quantities , Actuals , or Resources before saving the template.
Click OK once you have made your selections.
7. The template will appear in the section you specified on the Estimating tab. The
master estimate still exists in its original location.

 NOTE: You may notice that project information does not have to be removed before saving
a template. ConstructionSuite is designed to automatically remove project designations upon
saving a template. When you use the template, you will be prompted to select a project.

Use a template to create an estimate for a project

1. Go to the location in the Estimating tab where your template is saved.


2. Double-click the template file to use it for your new project estimate.
3. Select a project name from the window that appears.
4. Choose a folder destination to which you would like to save your estimate. The
default location will be the folder for the Project you selected in the Project Select
form.
5. Edit the estimate as needed for the new project. Changes will only be made to the
project estimate and will not affect the template.
6. Save the file again once you have made all changes.

Permanently modify a custom estimate template

1. Go to the location where your template is saved.


2. Right-click the template you want to modify and select Edit Template . The estimate
will open.
3. Edit the estimate template as needed. Any changes you make will affect the template.
This means every new estimate created from the custom template will reflect these
changes, but estimates previously created from the template will not be affected.
4. Go to File > Save.

Importing Previous Estimates


Upgrade users from ConstructionSuite™ 2007 or later can import their previous estimate files into the
latest version of ConstructionSuite. This allows upgrade users to retain and reuse older estimates, yet
benefit from the advanced features of the new UDA OnCost Estimating.

Import a Previous UDA Estimate

1. Close all other applications. The update will take a few minutes to complete.
2. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs >
UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
3. From the main interface, select Data > Import > UDA Database File Import
4. Select the estimate from the appropriate location on your computer.
5. Click Open.
6. The new estimate will import into ConstructionSuite. Open the estimate and UDA
Estimating will update to the current format.

135
Printed Documentation

7. Wait until the update process is complete. When prompted, save the new estimate in
the appropriate project folder.

 NOTE: At this time, the UDA Summary Estimating toolset from previous versions of
ConstructionSuite is not enabled in the ConstructionSuite system. Estimates created in the
Summary Estimate format will not import during the Project Import process.

Overview of the Estimate Structure

Understanding the Estimating Structure

UDA Estimating provides three estimating levels:

Categories: each category has its own sheet and is viewed on the Project Totals sheet (Example:
Framing).

Subcategories: viewed on the Project Totals sheet and category sheets (Example: Wall
Framing Materials).

Items: viewed only on the category sheets (Example: 2"x 10"x 12's).

When you open an estimate, you are opening a spreadsheet workbook with several layers, including a
Project Totals sheet, several category sheets, and a Company Overhead and Margin sheet.

Project Totals is the top sheet of every UDA Estimate. Containing categories and subcategories, the
Project Totals sheet gives you instant access to a comprehensive summary of your estimate.

Categories each have a sheet in the workbook that displays all the subcategories and items within
that category. To edit estimates, click the category or subcategory name to jump to the category sheet.
You can insert categories and create category sheets by clicking the [add category] link in between
any two categories on the Project Totals sheet.

Company Overhead and Margin is the last sheet in every UDA Estimate. Use this to calculate your
overhead and profit margin. To access this sheet from the Project Totals page, click on the Company
Overhead and Margin category name at the bottom of the sheet. If your estimate does not have this
sheet, you can insert a Company Overhead and Margin sheet by selecting an existing category and
going to Insert > Insert Overhead and Margin Sheet.

 IMPORTANT : Estimate values can be edited only on category sheets. Estimate values
cannot be edited on the Project Totals sheet.

Understanding the Project Totals Information Columns in Estimating


The Project Totals sheet acts as comprehensive overview of your estimate information. With 25
default information columns and 3 additional custom column options, the Project Totals sheet gives you
direct access to any information you need.

Project Totals Columns

To show or hide columns, go to the View menu and click on Show/Hide Columns to access the
complete listing of available column headers. You may also wish to choose an option from the
Predefined Views menu. For more information on customizing the view, see Showing and Hiding
Columns in Estimating.

 Notes allows you to enter notes for a category or subcategory. Click in this column to
add notes.

136
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

 Name shows the name of the category or subcategory. You can add, delete , and
rename categories and subcategories.
 Description enables you to enter custom text describing the category or subcategory.
 Type enables you to designate a subcategory as Estimate, Allowance, Option, or
Change Order (available in Premier versions and above). Go to a Category page and
click in this column to make a selection. For more information, see Estimating for
Projects .
 Method shows your estimating method; either Detailed, Lump Sum, or Inactive. Go to
a Category sheet and change the estimating method by using the drop-down menu
for the subcategory you wish to change. For more information about Method, see
Estimating for Projects .
 Classification shows if the subcategories are defined as Material, Labor,
Subcontractor, Equipment, Other, or N/A. For more information, see Estimating for
Projects .
 Status shows whether subcategories are designated as Estimated, Firm, or Bid. For
more information, see Estimating for Projects .
 Resource enables you to assign a contact from your contact database to
subcategories. For more information, see Assigning Resources in Estimating .
 Contact Group lists the name of the group association, if any, for the selected
resource.
 % of Total calculates the percent of the total estimate for categories and
subcategories.
 Estimate shows the estimated value for subcategories before any tax or markup. You
can change your estimated value by clicking on the name of the subcategory you
wish to edit.
 Unit shows the specified unit that interacts with the designated quantity selecte d for
each line item.
 Sales Tax shows the sales tax value, if designated, for subcategories. For more
information, see Setting Sales Tax Options in Estimating .
 Tax Type determines how the set tax rates are handled by CostructionSuite. This
includes Not Taxed, Materials, Services, or Tax Included.
 Total Cost is the Estimate value plus Sales Tax.
 Line Item Markup shows the percent markup for each line item cost.
 Dollar Markup shows the dollar value of designated markup for each subcategory. For
more information, see Adding Line Item Markup in Estimating .
 Dimensions enable you to select a dimension from the existing dimensions specified
in the estimate.
 Total Price is the sum of the Estimate value plus Sales Tax and Line Item Markup.
 Actual Cost shows the actual cost for a subcategory. Go to a Category sheet and
enter the actual cost to calculate the Variance .
 Cost Variance shows the difference in the estimated cost and actual cost, allowing
you to analyze the accuracy of your estimates.
 Start Date shows the start date of the subtask. Synchronization between the estimate
and a schedule is required to view this information.
 End Date shows the end date of the subtask. Synchronization between the estimate
and a schedule is required to view this information.

137
Printed Documentation

 Duration shows the total duration for each subtask. Synchronization between the
estimate and a schedule is required to view this information.
 % Complete show the percentage that is complete for each subtask. Synchronization
between the estimate and a schedule is required to view this information.
 Committed Costs shows the costs your company has already expended or is
obligated to pay for each subtask. Integration with QuickBooks is required in order to
take advantage of this feature.
 Invoiced Amount shows the total of all invoices issued for each subtask. Integration
with QuickBooks is required in order to take advantage of this feature.
 Custom Columns enable you to incorporate additional information into the estimate .

Understanding the Category Information Columns in Estimating

Each category sheet has 29 columns of information to offer you maximum control over your
subcategories and items.

Category Sheet columns

To show or hide columns, go to the View menu and click on either Show/Hide Columns, or
choose the Predefined Views option. For more information on customizing the view, see
Showing and Hiding Columns in Estimating .

 Name shows the name of the subcategory or item. You can add, delete and rename
subcategories and items.
 Description enables you to enter custom text describing subcategories or items.
Click in this column to add custom text.
 Notes allows you to enter notes for subcategories and items. Click in this column to
add notes.
 Type enables you to designate a subcategory as Estimate, Allowance, Op tion or
Change Order (available in Premier versions and above). Click in this column and
use the drop-down menu to make a selection. To learn more about types, see
Estimating for Projects .
 Method shows your estimating method, either Detailed, Lump Sum or I nactive. You
can change your estimating method by clicking in the column for the subcategory you
want to work with. For more information about methods, see Estimating for Projects .
 Classification shows if the subcategories or items are defined as Material, Labor,
Subcontractor, Equipment, Other, or N/A. Line Item Markup and Reports use
Classifications to give you maximum control over your estimated figures. Choose a
Classification by clicking in the column and using the drop-down menu. For more
information, see Estimating for Projects .
 Status shows whether subcategories or items are designated as Estimated, Firm, or
Bid. To set a status, click in the column for a subcategory or item and use the drop -
down menu. For more information, see Estimating for Projects.
 Resources enables you to assign a contact from your contact database to
subcategories. For more information, see Assigning Resources in Estimating .
 Contact Group lists the name of the group association, if any, for the selected
resource.
 Dimension enables you to select from a list of custom -defined project dimensions to
facilitate faster estimating.

138
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

 Quantity shows the quantity for a subcategory or item. Click and type in this column
to enter a quantity.
 Cost shows the cost for a subcategory or item. Click and type in this column to enter
a cost.
 Unit shows the unit you have designated for the subcategory or item. Click in this
column to launch the unit selector.
 Estimate shows the estimated value for subcategories and items that is calculated
from the Quantity and Cost columns. It is the amount of the subcategory or item
before tax or markup. Enter an estimate value in the Detailed method using Quantity
and Cost columns, or simply enter a value in the Cost column if you are using the
Lump Sum method.
 Tax Type enables you to designate tax for a subcategory or item as Not Taxed, taxed
on Materials, taxed on Services, or Tax Included. To designate sales tax
percentages, go to Estimating > Set Sales Tax. For more information, see Setting
Sales Tax Options in Estimating .
 Sales Tax shows the total amount of tax that is being applied to each subcategory or
item.
 Total Cost is the Estimate value plus Sales Tax.
 Line Item Markup shows the markup value for each subcategory or item. Add a
markup individually for each subcategory or item, or designate markup by
Classification. For more information, see Adding Line Item Markup in Estimating .
 Dollar Markup shows the actual dollar value for the applied markup for each
subcategory or item. Add a markup individually for each subcategory or item, or
designate markup by Classification. For more information, see Adding Line Item
Markup in Estimating
 Total Price is the sum of the Estimate value plus Sales Tax and Line Item Markup.
 Actual Cost enables you to either enter actual costs manually or import actual costs
from QuickBooks (in select versions). Click and type in this column to record the
actual cost for a subcategory or item, or go to QuickBooks Integration > Import
QuickBooks Actuals.
 Cost Variance is the difference between Total Cost and Actual cost.
 Committed Costs shows the value of all of your QuickBooks purchase orders
associated with each subcategory or item.
 Invoiced Amounts shows the value of all existing invoices within QuickBooks
associated with each subcategory or item.
 Quickbooks Actuals shows the value of all existing QuickBooks Actuals associated
with each subcategory or item.
 Start Date shows the start date of the subtask. Synchronization between the estimate
and a schedule is required to view this information.
 End Date shows the end date of the subtask. Synchronization between the estimate
and a schedule is required to view this information.
 Duration shows the total duration for each subtask. If durations are entered in the
estimate, they will be transferred into a schedule generated from the estimate. For
more information, see Creating a New Schedule from the Estimate .
 % Complete show the percentage that is complete for each subtask. Synchronization
between the estimate and a schedule is required to view this information.
 Custom Columns enable you to incorporate additional information into the estimate.

139
Printed Documentation

Navigating the Estimate


UDA Estimating offers multiple ways to navigate the estimate workbook.

 Scroll through the sheets in order using the Prev and Next buttons on the top toolbar.
 Jump to a specific sheet by using the Go To dropdown menu on the toolbar. This is
located just above the column headers on the left side of each spreadsheet and is
bordered by the navigation arrows.
 Navigate to the first or last sheet in the estimate by using the Skip Forward or Skip
Back buttons on the top toolbar.
 Use the tabs at the bottom of the estimate to move between sheets.

Customizing the Estimate View

Showing and Hiding Columns in Estimating


UDA Estimating delivers advanced features that are designed to give you full control over your project
estimates. Select from a comprehensive list of available columns to put the features you need at your
fingertips.

Show or hide columns in the estimate information

Depending on your project needs, you may want to show or hide columns in your estimate.

1. To control which columns are in view, open an estimate and go to View > Show/Hide
Columns. The column names are divided into sections. This window can also be
accessed by right-clicking a column header and selecting Show/Hide columns.
2. Use the checkboxes to select which columns will be shown in the estimate. If you
would like all columns in a section to show, check the box next to the section header.
3. Adjust the Column Width by typing a number (in pixels) in the appropriate space.
4. Click OK.

 NOTE: Available columns differ between the Project Totals, Category, and Company
Overhead and Margin sheets.

Show or hide columns with predefined views

Predefined Views contains select groupings of columns you can utilize for quick
customization of the estimate view.

1. In an open estimate, go to View > Predefined Views. You can also access the
predefined views from the lower-right hand corner of an estimate or from the upper-
right hand corner of the Show/Hide Columns window.
2. Choose a predefined set from the list. Descriptions are shown below.

 NOTE: While column choice differs between the Project Totals and Category sheets, you
can only have one Predefined View selected for your estimate. That is, if you select
Organizational as your Predefined View on the Project Totals sheet, you cannot chan ge the
view set on the Category page to Financial without affecting the Project Totals sheet view.

140
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

View descriptions of available columns on the Project Totals sheet.


Predefined Standard Organizational Financial Advanced
Estimating
Views
Project
Totals Sheet
Notes    
Name    
Description    
Type    
Method    
Classification    
Status    
Resources    
Contact    
Group
Estimate    
Sales Tax    
Total Cost    
Line Item    
Markup
Total Price    
Actual Cost    
Cost    
Variance
QuickBooks    
Actuals
% of Total    
Start Date    
End Date    
Duration    
Percent    
Complete
Custom    
Columns

View descriptions of available columns on category sheets.


Predefined Standard Organizational Financial Advanced
Estimating

141
Printed Documentation

Views
Category
Sheet
Notes l   
Name    
Description    
Type    
Method    
Classification    
Status    
Resources    
Contact    
Group
Estimate    
Tax Type    
Sales Tax    
Cost    
Unit    
Total Cost    
Line Item    
Markup
Dimensions    
Quantity    
Total Price    
Actual Cost    
Cost    
Variance
QuickBooks    
Actuals
Start Date    
End Date    
Duration    
Percent    
Complete
Custom    
Columns

Showing and Hiding Subcategories and Items in Estimating

142
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

You can customize your estimate view by showing and hiding categories, subcategories, items, and
subtotals in your estimate.

 NOTE: The Project Totals sheet contains categories and subcategories. Category sheets
contain subcategories and items. To show and hide the various aspects of your estimate,
ensure that you are on the correct sheet in the estimate.

Show or hide categories

On the Project Totals sheet, go to View > Toggle Headers.

To show categories again, go to View > Toggle Headers.

Show or hide subtotals

On the Project Totals sheet, go to View > Toggle Subtotals.

To show subtotals again, go to View > Toggle Subtotals.

Show or hide all subcategories

On the Project Totals sheet, go to View > Toggle Itemized.

To show subcategories again, go to View > Toggle Itemized.

Show or hide select subcategories

On the Project Totals sheet, right-click the category name that you want to hide subcategories
for and select Hide Subcategories.

To show subcategories, right-click the category name with hidden subcategories and select
Show Subcategories.

Show or hide unused sections

On the Project Totals sheet, go to View > Hide Unused Sections.

To show all sections, go to View > Hide Unused Sections.

Show or hide select items

On a Category sheet, right-click the subcategory name that you want to hide items for and
select Hide Items.

To show items, right-click the subcategory name with hidden items and select Show Items.

 NOTE: Subcategories and Items can also be shown or hidden using the Collapse button
beside each Category or Subcategory name.

Viewing Row and Column Headers in Estimating


You can show or hide the standard row and column headers as in Microsoft Excel. Column headers are
listed as A, B, C...., and row headers are listed as 1, 2, 3,... .

To show row and column headers, go to View > Toggle Row & Column Headers.

143
Printed Documentation

To hide row and column headers, go to View > Toggle Row & Column Headers.

Estimating for Projects

Selecting and Modifying Projects in Estimating


To keep your data organized, UDA Estimating separates estimates and other crucial information by
project. Selecting a project for an estimate links your estimate to the project database, which contains
client, contact, lender, and other information specific to each project.

For more information on using UDA Projects, see Using UDA Projects.

Select a project for an estimate

1. When you open a new estimate, the Project Select window will appear.
2. To select a project for the estimate, do one of the following:

To use an existing project , select the appropriate tab and click on the project name.
For more information, see Selecting a Project.

To create a new project , click New Project at the top of the window . The Project Quick
Add form will open. You can enter Project Information, Project Details, and Contact
Information. Click the More button on this window to access the complete Edit Project
form. For more information, see Creating a New Project.
3. Click OK. You have selected a project for the estimate.

Modifying the project selection

After you have selected a project for the estimate, you may decide that you want to designate a
different project instead.

1. If the Project Information dialog box is not already open, go to Tools > Select Project .
2. To select a project for the estimate, do one of the following:

To use an existing project , select the appropriate tab and click on the project name.
For more information, see Selecting a Project .

To create a new project , click New Project at the top of the window . The Project Quick
Add form will open. You can enter Project Information, Project Details, and Contact
Information. Click the More button on this window to access the complete Edit Project
form. For more information, see Creating a New Project.
3. Click OK. You have selected a different project for the estimate.
4. You will be prompted to save the estimate with the new project associatio n. Click OK
and save the estimate.

Edit project information

While you are working on your estimate, you may need to update your project information to reflect
changes in your project such as project details, related contacts and projects, and insurance and bond
certificates.

144
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

1. In an open estimate, go to Tools > Edit Project . The Edit Project window will open.
2. Use the Navigation Tree on the left to access the sections you wish to edit.
3. Click OK when you've made the necessary changes.

Adding and Deleting Categories, Subcategories, and Items in Estimating


Whether you start with a blank, master, or sample estimate, UDA Estimating makes it easy to
customize an estimate for your business needs. Add and delete categories, subcategories, and items in
your estimate. For more options in customizing the estimate framework, see Modifying Categories,
Subcategories, and Items.

Insert a new category

1. On the Project Totals sheet, click the [add category] link in the section of the estimate
where you would like to add the new category.
2. Type the name of the new category.

Insert a new subcategory

1. On either the Project Totals page or a Category sheet, click the [add subcategory] link
in the section of the estimate where you would like to add the new subcategory.
2. Type the name of the new subcategory.
3. If you are on the Category page, you can select Optional Settings such as Type,
Method, Classification , and Tax Type . If you choose the Lump Sum method, you can
also enter Quantity and Cost.

Insert a new item

1. On a Category sheet, click the [add item] link in the section of the estimate where you
would like to add the new item.
2. Select Insert Items from Database or Insert Item Manually.
If you choose Insert Items Manually, type the name of the new item and assign a
Classification, Tax Type, Quantity, and Cost, if desired.

If you choose Insert Items from the Database, select your items from the Items Database
window. For more information about the Items Database, see Using the Items Database.

Delete a category, subcategory, or item

1. Right-click the category, subcategory, or item.


2. Select Delete Category/Sheet for Categories or Delete Row for Subcategories and Items .
3. Click Yes to confirm the deletion.

 NOTE: If you delete a category or subcategory, all subordinate elements


(subcategories and/or items) will also be deleted. For example, if you delete a
category, the category sheet as well as all corresponding subcategories and items
will also be deleted.

Modifying Categories, Subcategories, and Items in Estimating

145
Printed Documentation

In addition to adding and deleting elements of your estimate framework, you can also rename, move,
outdent, and indent categories, subcategories, and items.

Rename categories, subcategories, or items

1. Right-click the category, subcategory, or item name.


2. Select Rename . The Rename window will open.
3. Type in the cell to edit the name and click OK.

Move a category, subcategory, or item

1. Right-click the category, subcategory, or item name.


2. Select the Move Up or Move Down option to move the category, subcategory, or item
until it reaches the desired location.

Indent a category or subcategory

Indenting elements of your estimate changes their position in the f ramework of categories,
subcategories, and items. If you choose to indent a category, it will go down one level in the hierarchy
and become a subcategory. Likewise, if you indent a subcategory, it will become an item.

1. Right click the category or subcategory.


2. Select Indent.
3. Click OK to confirm.

Outdent a subcategory or item

Outdenting elements of your estimate changes their position in the framework of categories,
subcategories, and items. If you choose to outdent a subcategory, it will go up one level in the
hierarchy and become a category. Likewise, if you outdent an item, it will become a subcategory.

1. Right click the subcategory or item.


2. Select Outdent.
3. Click OK to confirm.

Estimating for Projects


UDA Estimating delivers advanced features designed to give you the most dynamic project estimating
available. Now with the ability to designate types, classifications, resources, dimensions, and more,
UDA Estimating gives you total cost control.

 IMPORTANT : All cost-related information is entered on the subcategory or item level.

Estimate for a project

1. Go to the category page you wish to estimate for.


From the Project Totals page, click on any category or subcategory name to go to the
corresponding category page.

2. Select a Type by clicking in the cell and using the drop-down menu.

146
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

Estimate is the default setting. All costs entered for subcategories marked as Estimate will be
calculated in the estimate totals.

Allowance costs are calculated in the estimate totals. When you run a Proposal or Allowances
report from the estimate, all subcategories marked as Allowance will be listed separately.

Option enables you to present costs for additional options to your customers without affecting
the estimate totals. Subcategories designated as Option will be listed in the Proposal and
numerous UDA Estimating reports. Any subcategory marked as an option will not be
calculated in the total cost of the project. If you would like to include the subcategory's
costs in the totals, change the type to Estimate, Allowance, or accepted Change Order
(available in Premier versions and above).

Change Order (available in Premier versions and above) launches the Change Order Wizard,
allowing you to create a new change order or add the subcategory to an existing change order.
Change Orders have three designations: Pending, Accepted, and Rejected. Only accepted
change orders will be calculated in the estimate totals. For more information about change
orders, see Creating and Using Change Orders.

3. Select a Method by clicking in the cell and using the drop-down menu.
Lump Sum enables you to enter estimate information on the subcategory level.

Detailed enables you to enter estimate information on the item level.

Inactive excludes subcategory costs and information from the estimate without permanently
deleting the subcategory.

4. Select a Classification by clicking in the cell and using the drop-down menu.
Classifications are Material, Labor, Subcontractor, Equipment, Other, and N/A. You can
assign line item markup percentages to each classification by going to Tools > Options and
clicking on the Markup tab. You can also run a report based on classifications.

5. Select a Status by clicking in the cell and using the drop-down menu.
Status options include Estimated, Firm, and Bid. If you choose to assign a status for each
subcategory or item, you can generate a Status report for each designation.
6. Enter Quantities and Costs.
To manually enter costs for subcategories and items in your estimate, click in the cell and
type the appropriate number.

To use quantities from dimensions you have defined in your project, click in the Dimension
cell for the subcategory or item and select a dimension from the drop -down menu. For more
information, see Using Dimensions in Estimating.

To use costs for items stored in the database, click the [add item] link and select Insert
Items from Database. You will be given the opportunity to enter a quantity and class after
selecting your item. For more information, see Using the Items Database.

7. Select a Unit by clicking in the cell and making a selection from the unit menu.
Units are fully customizable and can be used to generate the Item Units Report. To save time,
you can designate the same unit for each item in a subcategory by selecting the Uniform
units for each item option on the Tools > Options > Settings form and then selecting the
unit for the first item in a subcategory.
8. Select a Tax Type by clicking in the cell and using the drop-down menu.
Tax Type options include Not Taxed, tax on Materials, tax on Services, or Tax Included. To
assign percentages for taxes, go to Tools > Options and click on the Taxes tab. You can
speed the process of assigning sales tax in your estimate by activating the Uniform Sales Tax
option by going to Tools > Options > Settings.
9. Enter Line Item Markup by clicking in the cell and making a selection in the window that
appears.

147
Printed Documentation

If you are using Classifications and have a markup percentage associated with each
classification, you may not need to enter a percentage in this column. You can assign
percentages to each classification by going to Tools > Options and clicking on the Markup
tab.

 NOTE: In UDA Estimating, there are hundreds of features designed to speed the process
of generating bids and performing job costing functions. Any changes that you make to the
system, whether through un-protecting a locked sheet or through other means could result in
calculation errors. However, a number of safeguards have been added to the system to give
you the tools you need to ensure accurate estimating such as:

 Pop-up messages – Do not ignore any messages that appear on the screen. While
many messages are tips to help guide you through the system, others may indicate
that an error has occurred. Please contact UDA Technologies if you receive any error
messages while working with the system.

 Reports – Before you submit a bid to a customer or sign a contract, run a Project
Totals Report from the Reports menu in UDA Estimating and compare the estimate
totals to ensure accuracy.

If you have any questions about UDA Estimating or any of the ConstructionSuite
components, contact a UDA representative at 1.800.700.8321.

Estimating for Company Overhead and Margin


Company Overhead and Margin provides industry-standard options to calculate your company costs
and profits.

Estimate for overhead and margin

1. In an open estimate, click on the Company Overhead & Margin category name (located
in the Go To menu in the toolbar or at the bottom of the Project Totals sheet) to go to
that sheet in the estimate.
2. For each applicable subcategory, select an estimating method.
Use the Lump Sum estimating method if you want to estimate using a fixed dollar amount
for overhead and margin.

Use the Detailed estimating method if you want to calculate overhead and margin based on a
percentage.

3. Enter costs for overhead and margin.


If you are using the lump sum method, enter a dollar amount in the Total Price column.

If you are using the detailed method, enter a percentage in the Percent column and select
either Percent Margin or Percent of Costs from the Unit drop-down menu.

 NOTE: Percent Margin is the industry-recommended method that will provide you
with a true margin on the grand total. This unit will calculate your percentage on the
cost of the entire project, including figures entered on the Company Overhead and
Margin sheet. For example, if your project costs $100,000, a 10% overhead using the
Percent Margin unit would produce $11,111.11 for your overhead. This number is
derived by dividing the costs by (1 minus the percentage). Percent of Costs only
provides a percentage on the subtotal of the project. Using the example above, a
10% overhead on a $100,000 project using the Percent of Costs unit would only

148
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

provide $10,000 for overhead expenses. This number is derived by multiplying the
subtotal cost by the percentage.

Insert Company Overhead and Margin sheet

If you deleted your Company Overhead and Margin sheet, you can easily insert a new one.

1. Go to Insert > Insert Overhead and Margin Sheet .


2. A Company Overhead and Margin sheet will be inserted into your estimating
workbook. The sheet will include these subcategories: Company Overhead , Company
Margin , Contingency, Other 1 and Other 2 .

 NOTE: The Company Overhead and Margin sheet contains five subcategories with two
items each. These subcategories and items can be renamed, but no additional subcategories
or items can be created.

Creating and Using Dimensions in Estimating

The Dimensions feature in UDA Estimating enables you to quickly calculate estimates based
on your custom project dimensions.

Create Dimensions in estimating

1. In an open estimate, go to Estimating > Edit Dimensions .


2. Click the New button in the toolbar to create a new dimension.
3. Type a Name and Value , and select a Unit.
If you would like to enter a Waste Percentage, right-click on the column header and select
Waste. The Waste Percentage column will appear. Enter a number in the Waste Percentage
column. If you would like to show the Total Value including the waste percentage, right-click a
column header and select Total.

4. Repeat this process until you have created all dimensions for your project.
5. Click OK.

 NOTE: Just like in Excel, you can use formulas in the Edit Dimensions window. Each
dimension has an ID letter in the far left column that you can use to create formulas in the
Value cell of the Edit Dimensions window. For example, if Dimension A is valued at 1200
square feet, and Dimension B is valued at 1000 square feet, you could add a new dimension
and type the formula A + B in the Value cell. After you finish editing the new dimension, 2200
will appear in for the value.

Use Dimensions in an estimate

1. In an open estimate, go to a category page by clicking on a category or subcategory


name on the Project Totals sheet.
2. If the Dimensions column is not showing, go to View > Show/Hide Columns , select
Dimension under the Costs & Markup heading and click OK to close the form.
3. Click in the Dimension cell for any subcategory or item.
4. Select a dimension from the drop-down menu.

149
Printed Documentation

5. Click OK. The dimension value will be entered in the Quantity cell, and the unit type
will be entered as the Unit for the subcategory or item.

Create new units for Dimensions

1. In an open estimate, go to Estimating > Edit Dimensions .


2. Click the Edit Units button at the bottom of the form. The Units window will open.
3. Click [add unit] or click the New button in the toolbar. The new Item window will open.
4. Type desired information and click OK.
5. Repeat this process if you wish to create a new unit, or click OK to return to the Edit
Dimensions form.

Edit units for Dimensions

1. In an open estimate, go to Estimating > Edit Dimensions .


2. Click the Edit Units button at the bottom of the form. The Units window will open.
3. Click on a unit name and then click the Edit button in the toolbar. The Rename Item
window opens.
4. Type a new name for the unit and click OK.
5. Repeat this process until you have finished editing units.
6. Click OK to return to the Edit Dimensions form.

Assigning Resources in Estimating

Track and manage resources with ease using UDA Resource Allocation . Beyond providing a
direct link between the contact database and UDA Estimates and Schedules, UDA Resource
Allocation enables you to avoid conflicts, automatically send reminders, and generate
reports. Maximize your estimating and scheduling efficiency with UDA Resource Allocation -
available in Pro versions and above of ConstructionSuite.

Assign a resource in estimating

1. On the Project Totals sheet, click on a category or subcategory name to go to a


category sheet in the estimate.
2. If the Resource column is not showing, go to View > Show/Hide Columns , select
Resource under the Resource Allocation heading and click OK to close the form.
3. Click in the Resource column for a subcategory or item. The Select Contact form
appears.
4. Select a contact by one of the following methods:
Grouped sorts contacts by groups. Expand the folder tree to view contacts in each group.

Recent shows the most recent contacts you have accessed.

Alphabetical sorts contacts alphabetically. Click on a letter to show the list of contacts
beginning with that letter. Only letters that have contacts listed are active.

Search searches the entire contact database. Locate a contact by typing any part of the
contact's name in the search box.

150
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

4. Click on the desired contact's name. The Contact Details appear for the selected
contact.

5. Once you are satisfied with your choice of contact, click OK.

 NOTE: When an assigned resource has a group association in the main contact database,
the group name will appear in the Contact Group column of your estimate. For example, if you
assign John Smith to the Plumbing Labor subcategory in the estimate, and yo u have
assigned John Smith to the Plumbers group, John Smith will appear in the Resource column,
and Plumbers will appear in the Contact Group column for that subcategory.

Assign a resource to multiple items

Save time by assigning a resource to all items within a subcategory. If you assign a resource to the first
item in a subcategory, you will be asked if you would like to apply to all items in the subcategory.
Select yes to quickly assign a resource to all items within a subcategory.

Remove a resource for an item

1. On the Project Totals sheet, click on a category or subcategory name to go to a


category sheet in the estimate.
2. Click in the Resource cell for the contact you would like to clear.
3. In the Contact Select window, de-select the contact that is assigned to the item.
4. Click OK to confirm the deletion.

 NOTE: If you would like to clear the resource for all items in the subcategory, select the
Resource cell for the first item in the subcategory and when prompted, select yes to apply
to all items within the subcategory.

Add contacts from UDA Estimating

1. On the Project Totals sheet, click on a category or subcategory name to go to a


category sheet in the estimate.
2. Click in the resource cell for any item.
3. Click the New Contact button at the top of the Select Contact form to launch the
Contact Quick Add form.
4. Click Save & New to save the information and create another new contact, or click
Save & Close to save the information and close the form.

Setting Category, Subcategory, and Item Information in Estimating


Category, Subcategory, and Item Information allows you to associate information with a specific
category, subcategory, or item. Options include Category/Subcategory/Item Information, General
Notes, Bid Notes, Field Notes, Images, and Schedule Information.

1. Right-click on the category, subcategory, or item name.


2. Select Information .
3. Select the appropriate tab:
Information provides an overview of selections and designations you have made for the
category, subcategory, or item. Use the drop-down menus to make desired changes.

151
Printed Documentation

General Notes allows you to enter notes specific to each category, subcategory, or item. If
desired, enter your initials and click the Time Stamp button to mark the date and time the note
was entered.

Bid Notes allows you to enter notes about the bid process (Example: bids from multiple
subcontractors or suppliers). If desired, enter your initials and click the Time Stamp button to
mark the date and time the note was entered.

Field Notes allows you to enter notes documenting your on-site progress. If desired, enter
your initials and click the Time Stamp button to mark the date and time the note was entered.

Images allows you to associate up to 5 images with a category, subcategory, or item. For
example, you could include a photograph of your progress or an example of materials to be
used for the task. Click Browse to select images.

 IMPORTANT : Images are linked, not embedded. To allow other users to view
the images, store the images in a shared network folder that the user can
access. When you send an estimate as an email attachment, the recipient will
not be able to view images.
Schedule Information (available on the Category and Subcategory levels in Pro versions and
above) displays key information and dates for the Category or Subcategory. These fields can
not be edited from the Estimate - they must be acquired from the schedule via a schedule
sync. For more information, see Synchronizing an Estimate with a Schedule.

4. Click OK.

Adding Line Item Markup in Estimating

UDA Estimating now gives you more options than ever for adding marku p in your estimate.
Beyond calculating markup for individual subcategories and items in your estimate, you can
also define markup percentages by classification and have UDA Estimating automatically
assign markup amounts based on whether the subcategory or item is designated as Material,
Labor, Subcontractor, Equipment, or Other.

Define percentages for estimate Classifications

1. In an open estimate, go to Estimating > Set Classification Markups .


2. Set the Classification Markups for each individual classificatio n, as desired
3. Click OK.

Use Classifications for markup in the estimate

1. After you have defined percentages for each classification, go to a category page by
clicking on a category or subcategory name on the Project Totals sheet.
2. If the Classification column is not showing, go to View > Show/Hide Columns , select
Classification under the Organization heading and click OK to close the form.
3. On the category page, use the drop-down menu to select a classification for a
subcategory or item. The related markup will be added to the cost of the subcategory
or item.

 NOTE: Line Item Markup is shown as a part of the Total Price and is not added into the
base Estimate value or the Total Cost.

152
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

Individually add markup to subcategories or items

1. In the estimate, go to a category page by clicking on a category or subcategory name


on the Project Totals sheet.
2. Click in the Line Item Markup cell for the subcategory or item you wish to mark up.
The Individual Line Item Markup window appears.
3. Choose whether you would like to use a Percentage Markup or a Fixed Amount
Markup and enter the desired number.
4. Click OK.

 NOTE: Clicking on the Advanced button on the Line Item Markup form will take you to the
Set Line Item Markups by classification form.

Clearing Estimated Figures


When adapting an estimate from a previous project for a new project, you may want to clear estimating
information. UDA Estimating enables you to clear quantities, costs, durations, and dates in your project
estimate.

Clear costs in an estimate

1. In an open estimate, go to Edit > Clear All > Clear Costs .


2. Click OK if you are sure. This will clear all Costs in the estimate.

Clear quantities in an estimate

1. In an open estimate, go to Edit > Clear All > Quantities .


2. Click OK if you are sure. This will clear all Quantities in the estimate.

Clear scheduled durations and dates in an estimate

1. In an open estimate, go to Edit > Clear All > Scheduled Durations or Scheduled
Dates .
2. Click OK if you are sure. This will clear all Scheduled Durations or
Scheduled Dates in the estimate.

Managing Change Orders in Estimating

Creating Change Orders in Estimating

Properly documenting change orders is one of the key factors in keeping your project costs
on target. In ConstructionSuite, you can enter, track, and manage project change orders
quickly and easily. Document all project changes and ensure that everybody is on the same
page with the powerful Change Order Management features available in Premier versions
and higher of UDA ConstructionSuite.

Create a change order

1. In an open estimate, go to a category page and click in the Type column for the
subcategory you wish to designate as a change order.

153
Printed Documentation

2. Select Change Order from the drop-down menu. The Change Order Wizard will open.
3. Choose whether you want to Create a new change order or Add selection to existing
change order .
Change orders are organized by an automatically-assigned number and user-defined name.
Any selections added to a particular change order will be grouped toge ther for Status,
Contracts, and Reports. For example, if you add 3 selections to Change Order 1, the Status
(Pending, Accepted, Rejected) will remain consistent throughout the estimate, even if the
selections exist in separate subcategories. When you launch change order contracts or
reports, all selections for Change Order 1 will remain grouped.

4. Click Next.

5. Type a Name and Description.

6. Click Next.

7. Select a Status from the drop-down menu.

Pending and Rejected change orders will not be calculated in the cost of the estimate.
Accepted change orders will be added into the cost of the estimate. Select a location for
the change order.

8. Click Next.

9. Assign the change order to an existing category/subcategory location or create a new


subcategory for your change order.

10. If you selected to use an existing category/subcategory combination for your change order,
you will be prompted to choose one of the following options on the next page of the wizard:

Create another subcategory with the same name. In this instance, if you needed to create a
change order for the Tile Flooring Materials subcategory, this option would create another Tile
Flooring Materials subcategory designated as a Change Order. You would only need to enter
the additional cost of the change order for the new Tile Flooring Materials subcategory. For
example, if your client wants to add an additional $1000.00 in tile materials, you would only
need to enter $1000.00 in the new subcategory because the original cost still exists in the
original subcategory.

Convert the selected subcategory into a change order. In this instance, the Tile Flooring
Materials subcategory would be designated as the change order and not be separated into two
subcategories. You would need to add the cost of the change order to the o riginal estimated
cost of the subcategory. For example, if the Tile Flooring Materials cost $3500.00 before the
change order and the customer wanted to add an additional $1000.00, you would need to
change the total cost to $4500.00 for the category.

 NOTE: If you change a subcategory marked as Option to a Change Order , it is


recommended that you choose Convert the selected subcategory into a change order .
Options are not calculated in the estimated cost of the project. By changing the status
of the subcategory from Option to Change Order, the cost entered for the
subcategory will be reflected in the change order.

Click Finish. The change order will be shaded in the estimate. Enter the appropriate
amount for the change order and make any other selections such as Classification,
Resource, Tax Type, Markup, etc.

Editing an Existing Change Order

154
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

You will only be able to edit the name, number, and description of the change order.

1. In the Estimating Tab, select to Edit Change Orders.


2. Edit the number, name and/or the description.
3. Set the status of the change order to Pending, Accepted, or Rejected.
4. Select Modify and click OK.

 IMPORTANT : When a Change Order has been accepted or rejected by your customer,
remember to change the Status in the estimate. This ensures that accepted change orders
are calculated in the total cost of your estimate and can be properly recorded if you a re using
QuickBooks Integration (available in Pro versions and above).

Generating Change Order Documents in Estimating

Quickly and efficiently communicate project changes with your clients and vendors. Using the
new change order reporting features, you can automatically generate itemized listings,
overview reports, and contracts to successfully manage and track any changes in the project.

Explore the Change Order Management System:

Change Order Contracts and Itemized Proposals

Change Orders Summary Report

Change Order Proposal Requests for Vendors

Generating Change Order Contracts and Itemized Proposals


Solidify project changes in detail with the Change Order Contract and Itemized Proposal.

Generate a change order contract and itemized proposal

1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Customer Reports > Change Order Documents .
2. Select a change order from the drop-down menu. The change order description and a
list of what's included appears.
3. Select whether you would like to generate an Itemized Proposal or a Change Order
Contract.
4. If you are generating an Itemized Proposal, select which columns to display. If you
are generating a Contract, select either Fixed Fee or Cost Plus and whether or not
you want to display the Change Order in a Table.
5. Click OK. The document will open in UDA OnPoint .
6. Go to File > Save to save the document.
7. Review each section of the documents for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.

UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the blue to black button on the Document Management toolbar.
8. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.

155
Printed Documentation

 NOTE: You are also able to edit the Itemized Proposal, Fixed Fee and Cost Plus templates from
the Change Order Documents window by clicking the corresponding Edit Template links.

Creating a Change Orders Summary Report


The Change Order Summary Report lists all of the subcategories and items in your estimate that are
marked as change orders, giving you a comprehensive overview of project changes.

Create a Change Order Summary report

1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Customer Reports > Change Order Summary.
2. Select which information you would like to include and view in the report.
Include in Total Cost enables you to designate whether you would like to include Estimated
Costs, Sales Tax and Line Item Markup in the costs of your report.

Display allows you to select whether you would like to view Estimated Cost,, Sales Tax, Line
Item Markup and Status.

Options enables you to select whether you would like to include Change Orders with No
Estimated Value, Line Item Notes and Table Borders, as well as choose your
Category/Subcategory Colors and Filter Change Orders by Status.

 NOTE: You are also able to edit the Change Order Summary template from this window by clicking
the Edit Template link.

3. Enter any custom notes.


4. Click OK. The report will open in UDA OnPoint.
5. Go to File > Save to save the document. Select the location for your save; the default
destination will be in the current project's folder.
6. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.

UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
7. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.

Creating a Change Order Proposal Request for Vendors


Request a proposal from your vendors to cover changes made throughout the project.

Create a change order proposal request for vendors.

1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Vendor Reports > Proposal Request for Change
Order.
2. Select a change order from the drop-down menu. The change order description and a
list of what's included appears.
3. Select whether you would like to generate an Itemized Proposal or a Change Order
Contract.
4. If you are generating an Itemized Proposal, select which columns to display. If you
are generating a Contract, select either Fixed Fee or Cost Plus and whether or not
you want to Include Items.

156
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

5. Click OK.
6. The Document Management Wizard will open. Select your Contact and Project with
the selector buttons if they are not already present. New Contacts or Pro jects can be
created using the corresponding New buttons.
7. Select whether you would like to insert a Letterhead as well as any additional
documents you would like to create. These include Transmittal, Envelope, Fax and
Memo. You can view a complete listing of OnPoint options by clicking the Options...
link.
8. Click OK when finished. The document will open in UDA OnPoint .
9. Go to File > Save to save the document and choose a location for your save. The
default save destination is the current project's folder.
10. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.

UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text t o black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
11. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.

Setting Options in UDA Estimating

Setting General Options in Estimating


Easily define major estimating preferences such default settings for Actual Costs, Line Item Markup,
and Item Units with ease. These options can be accessed by going to Tools > Options > Setting.

Actual Costs

Select how you want UDA Estimating to handle actual expenses.

1. In an open estimate, go to Tools > Options and select the Settings tab.
2. Choose one of the following options:
Import Actual Costs from QuickBooks will enable users who have QuickBooks Integration
to easily pull actual costs from QuickBooks.

If you would like QuickBooks actuals to import automatically when the estimate is opened,
select Automatically Import Actuals from QuickBooks.

 NOTE: You can also enable Variance and indicate if you would like UDA
Estimating to calculate the variance against Total Cost.

Line Item Markups

Enable line item markup and define percentages for the various classifications.

1. In an open estimate, go to Estimating > Set Classification Markups.


2. Select the desired Percent Markup for each classification.
3. Click OK.
For more information about Line Item Markup, see Adding Line Item Markup in Estimating.

157
Printed Documentation

Item Units

For each item, you can designate an Item Unit that is useful in generating reports from the estima te.
Customize your available Item Units from an open estimate.

1. In an open estimate, click in the Unit column for any item. This will open the Units
form. If the column is not visible, go to View > Show/Hide Columns and select the
Unit column under the Costs and Markup section.
2. To create new units, click the Add button, type a name for the new unit, and click OK.
To edit current units, select a unit in the list, click the Edit button, enter a new name for the unit,
and click OK.

3. Click OK to return to the estimate .

Defining Default Settings in Estimating


Streamline the process of customizing your estimate by defining default options for new subcategories
and items.

1. In an open estimate, go to Tools > Options and select the Subcategory Defaults tab.
2. Use the drop-down menus to select the default settings.
Type - choose between Estimate, Allowance, or Option.

Method - choose between Detailed, Lump Sum, or Inactive.

Classification - choose between Material, Labor, Subcontractor, Equipment, Other, and N/A.

Status - choose between Estimated, Firm, or Bid.

Item Unit - select an existing unit from the list.

Tax Type - choose between Not Taxed, tax on Materials, tax on Services, and Tax Included.

 NOTE: If you would like to change the defaults for future estimates and not just the
one currently open, select the Edit Default Settings checkbox.

4. Click OK.

Setting Tax Options in Estimating


With the powerful options in UDA OnCost™ Estimating, you can quickly define and assign sales tax for
your projects. Enter Local, County, and State tax rates for both materials and services. Once your tax
rates are defined, take advantage of easy tax type designations and time-saving item options.

Define sales tax rates

1. In an open estimate, go to Tools > Options and select the Taxes tab.
2. Select your Country Tax Setting and Tax Calculation Method.
 Tax Then Markup will apply your sales tax to estimated values first, and then
calculate the Line Item Markup based on the price including tax.
 Markup Then Tax will apply your Line Item Markup to the un-taxed
estimated value, and then add sales tax based on the marked-up cost.

158
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

 Tax and Markup Separate will apply both Line Item Markup and sales tax to
the original estimated value, and then add each to the original value in order
to calculate the Total Price.
3. Enter percentages for Local, County, and State taxes for materials and services.
4. Click OK.

Set default tax type for new subcategories and items

1. In an open estimate, click Tools > Options and select the Subcategory Defaults tab.
2. Choose the default Tax Type by using the drop-down menu.
3. Click OK.

 NOTE: If you would like to change the defaults for future estimates and not just the one
currently open, select the Edit Default Settings checkbox.

Utilize uniform sales tax

Setting a uniform sales tax will automatically designate the same sales tax rat e for all items in a
subcategory. If you change the sales tax for the first item in the subcategory, the sales tax for all other
items in the subcategory will be updated.

1. In an open estimate, go to Tools > Options and select the Settings tab.
2. Select the Uniform Sales Tax for each item in subcategory checkbox.
3. Click OK.

Setting Display Options in Estimating


You can customize the look and feel of the estimate to fit your corporate identity.

Enable or disable [add] links

1. In an open estimate, go to Tools > Options and select the Settings tab.
2. Select whether you would like to see Add Links in your estimate.
3. Click OK.

Choose toolbars

 The File toolbar contains open, save, print, import, export and schedule opti ons.
 The Edit toolbar contains access to information for a selected item, project
information, positioning options, deleting rows and clear data options.
 The View toolbar allows you to view notes, images and schedule info associated with
the estimate, show/hide columns, select a predefined view, toggle headers and toggle
category, subcategory and item display settings.
 The Insert toolbar contains tools to insert categories, subcategories and items, insert
an Overhead and Margin sheet, insert a blank sheet and insert notes.

159
Printed Documentation

 The Tools tab allows you to open the ConstructionSuite™ interface, select project,
edit project information, create a new schedule, sync with an existing schedule and
access estimate options.
 The Estimating toolbar includes icons to access the Items Database; integrate with
Microsoft Project (available in Pro versions and above); launch the Windows
calculator; set options; add and delete categories, subcategories, and items; and
select predefined views.
 The Reports toolbar gives you access to the Reports Wizard, the Proposal Wizard,
and drop-down menus for Project Management Reports, Vendor Reports, and
Customer Reports.
 The Quickbooks Integration toolbar includes tools to launch the QuickBooks Initial
Setup wizard, create a QuickBooks estimate, invoice, purchase order or credit memo,
import from QuickBooks, export from Quickbooks and create an Application for
Payment.
 The Help toolbar provides access to the UDA Help manual and UDA Web Help.

Setting Item Options in Estimating


Customize your estimate by setting the item options that best fit your project needs.

Set item options

1. In an open estimate, go to Tools > Options and select the Settings tab.
2. Select the options as desired.
Uniform units for each item in a subcategory will automatically designate the same unit
type for all items in a subcategory, such as Per Sq. Ft. or Per Sq. Yard. if you change the item
type for the first item in the subcategory.

Uniform classification for each item in a subcategory will automatically designate the same
classification for all items in a subcategory if you change the classification for the first item in
the subcategory.

Uniform sales tax for each item in a subcategory will automatically designate the same
sales tax rate for all items in a subcategory if you change the sales tax for the first item in the
subcategory.

Uniform dimensions for each item in a subcategory will automatically designate the same
dimensions for all items in a subcategory if you change the sales tax for the fi rst item in the
subcategory.

Hide items when in Lump Sum estimating method will automatically hide items when you
choose the Lump Sum estimating method for a subcategory.

3. Click OK.

UDA Estimating Integration

Creating a New Schedule from the Estimate

160
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

Take advantage of advanced integration between UDA Estimating and UDA Scheduling to create a
schedule from your project estimate. When you create a schedule from an estimate, your estimate
framework of categories and subcategories import directly into a schedule as groups and tasks.
Estimating details, including estimated value, tax, markup, actual, variance, notes, images, and
resources will be imported into the schedule.

Create a new schedule based on the estimate

1. In an open estimate, go to Tools > Create New Schedule .


2. Select Add this Estimate framework to a new Schedule .
3. Select whether you would like to include subcategories with no estimated value or
Options and non-accepted Change Orders . If you include Options and non-accepted
Change Orders, designate if they should be deactivated.
4. Select if you would like to Prorate Company Overhead and Margin and if you would
like to Include items in the Schedule.
5. Click OK. UDA Estimating will generate a new schedule based on your estimating
categories and subcategories. The new schedule will open.
6. Use UDA Scheduling to create a comprehensive schedule for the project. For more
information, see UDA Scheduling . As you develop your new schedule, take advantage
of integration capabilities and synchronize the estimate with the schedule if desired.
For more information, see Sync with Schedule .

Open a blank schedule from the estimate

1. In an open estimate, go to Tools > Create New Schedule .


2. Select Open the New Schedule Wizard .
3. Click OK. The Schedule Wizard will open.
4. Use UDA Scheduling to create a comprehensive schedule for the project. For more
information, see UDA Scheduling . As you develop your new schedule, take advantage
of integration capabilities and synchronize the estimate with the schedule if desired.
For more information, see Sync with Schedule .

Synchronizing an Estimate with a Schedule


UDA Estimating allows you to share project data by synchronizing a UDA Estimate with a UDA
Schedule for the same project. If the Total Estimated dollar amount is greater than zero for an inactive
task, Scheduling will automatically activate that task.

After synchronizing an estimate and schedule:

 From Estimating , you can view Scheduled Start Date, End Date, Duration, Percent
Complete, Task Notes and Field Notes.
 From Scheduling , you can view Estimating Totals, Classification, General Notes,
Field Notes and Bid Notes.

Sync the estimate with the project schedule

161
Printed Documentation

1. In an open estimate, go to Tools > Sync with Existing Schedule .


2. Click Browse to locate and open the schedule you want to synchronize with your
estimate.
3. Check the box if you would like to Send cost information to the schedule, Send
schedule information to the estimate or if you would like to Sync resources
between the estimate and the schedule.
4. Select your overwrite options between Estimate has priority, Schedule has
priority, and Do not overwrite existing resources.
5. Click OK.
6. UDA Estimating will update categories and subcategories with the available
Scheduling information.

View the synchronized information

1. Click the Notes column for the category or subcategory that you want to view
Scheduling information for.
2. In the dialog box, click the Schedule Information tab to view information from the
project schedule.

 NOTE: You can also go to View > Show/Hide Columns and select to view Schedule
information columns in the estimate.

Exporting an Estimate
You can export your Estimating Project Totals page into Microsoft Project. The categories will be
converted to tasks and the subcategories will be converted to subtasks. If you enter durations in the
estimate, these will be imported into Microsoft Project with the default start date as the current day’s
date. If you first synchronize the estimate with a UDA Schedule, then start dates, end dates, and
durations will be imported into Microsoft Project.

Export an estimate to eTakeoff

1. In an open estimate, go to File > Export to eTakeoff


2. Choose a filename and a destination to which your file will be saved.
3. The file will be saved to the specified location and will be capable of being opened as
an eTakeoff file.

Export an estimate as Read-Only

1. In an open estimate, go to File > Export as Read-Only


2. Choose a filename and a destination to which your file will be saved.
3. The file will be saved to the specified location and can be opened or sent as a Read -
Only file.

Using the Items Database with UDA Estimating

Inserting Items into an Estimate


The UDA Items Database can store thousands of quotes that you can use for quickly assembling
comprehensive, accurate estimates.

162
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

In brief review, UDA Estimates are divided into a three-part hierarchy of Categories, Subcategories,
and Items. The Project Totals sheet in an estimate shows only Categories and Subcategories. Items
are located on the Category sheets, which can be accessed by clicking on a Category or Subcategory
name on the Project Totals sheet. Items can only be inserted into Subcategories that are using the
Detailed method.

 NOTE: The Items Database must be opened from the Estimate to insert items. You cannot
insert items into an estimate from the Items Database tab located in the interface.

Insert an item into the estimate using the default quote

1. In an open estimate, go to a Category sheet and click on a Subcategory that is in the


Detailed method.
2. If the Items Database is not already open, go to Estimating > Items Database .
3. Locate the desired item and click on the item name to select it.
4. Click the Insert into Estimate button at the bottom of the screen. The Send Quote into
Estimate window will open.
5. Enter a quantity for the item and select the class.
6. Click OK. The item will be added to the estimate using the default quote for that class.
Information that will be inserted in the estimate (if available) are Item Name,
Description, Classification, Vendor, and Cost.

Insert an item into the estimate using a secondary quote

1. In an open estimate, go to a Category sheet and click on a Subcategory that is in the


Detailed method.
2. If the Items Database is not already open, go to Estimating > Items Database .
3. Locate the desired item and click on the item name to select it. The item will expand
to show all quotes.
4. Select the Insert into Estimate arrow beside the cost on the quote you would like to
insert. The Send Quantity to Estimate window will open.
5. Enter a quantity for the item. Class is already associated with the q uote, so you will
not need to select it.
6. Click OK. The item will be added to the estimate. Information that will be inserted in
the estimate (if available) are Item Name, Description, Classification, Vendor, and
Cost.

Using the Queue to Insert Items into an Estimate with the Items Database
The UDA Items Database provides a queue for lining up multiple items before adding them to an
estimate.

This method is best used when you will be adding numerous items to the same subcategory because it
enables you to place multiple items in a holding sequence in the database before inserting them into
your estimate, lessening the need to switch back and forth between the database and est imate.

Use the queue to insert items

1. In an open estimate, go to a Category sheet and click on a Subcategory that is in the


Detailed method.
2. If the Items Database is not already open, go to Estimating > Items Database .

163
Printed Documentation

3. Click the Show Queue button at the bottom of the screen. The Queue pane will open.
4. Locate the desired item and click on the item name to select it.
5. Click the Add to Queue button at the bottom of the window.
6. Insert a quantity and click OK. The item will be placed in the Queue.
7. Repeat this process until you have all the necessary items in the Queue.
8. When ready to insert items into the estimate, click the Insert into Estimate button at
the bottom of the screen.

Exit queue mode

1. If the Items Database is not already open, go to Estimating > Items Database .
2. Click the Hide Queue button at the bottom of the screen. The Queue pane will close.

Using Shortcuts in the Items Database


UDA ConstructionSuite is designed to provide multiple ways to pe rform each task, so you can choose
which method is most convenient for you. Typically, options will be located in top menus, toolbar
buttons, and right-click menus, and occasionally there are hyperlinked options as well.

Use a shortcut to insert an item into the estimate using the default quote

1. In an open estimate, go to a Category sheet and click on a Subcategory that is in the


Detailed method.
2. If the Items Database is not already open, go to Estimating > Items Database .
3. Locate the desired item.
4. In the item's class column (Material, Labor, Equipment, or Other), click on the arrow
next to the cost. The Send Quantity to Estimate window will open.
5. Enter a quantity for the item. Class is already associated with the quote, so you will
not need to select it.
6. Click OK. The item will be added to the estimate using the default quote. Information
that will be inserted in the estimate (if available) are Item Name, Description,
Classification, Vendor, and Cost.

Use shortcut to enqueue an item for the estimate using the default quote

1. In an open estimate, go to a Category sheet and click on a Subcategory that is in the


Detailed method.
2. If the Items Database is not already open, go to Estimating > Items Database .
3. Click the Show QUeue button at the bottom of the screen. The Queue pane will open.
4. Locate the desired item.
5. In the item's class column (Material, Labor, Equipment, or Other), click on the arrow
next to the cost. The Insert into Queue window will open.
6. Enter a quantity for the item. Class is already associated with the quote, so you will
not need to select it.
7. Click OK. The item with its associated default quote will be placed in the Queue.
8. Repeat this process until you have all the necessary items in the Queue.

164
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

9. When ready to insert items into the estimate, click the Insert into Estimate button at
the bottom of the screen.

Refreshing Prices in an Existing Estimate


Once you insert items into an estimate from the database, the costs are still linked to the database.
That way, if you get a new quote from a vendor or receive an update to your pre -loaded costbook, you
can easily refresh costs for future estimates.

 NOTE: Changes made in the database will not affect current estimates unless you
manually go through this process. In most instances, you should not refresh costs in an
estimate after you have signed a contract with a client. Refraining from refreshing estimates
for projects currently underway will ensure that your estimate matches the original bid.
Typically, you will want to refresh item costs only if you're using a current estimate or
estimate template for a new project.

 IMPORTANT : The refresh function for items is linked to the source of the quote, such as
the database (e.g. RSMeans MeansData™ Costbooks) or vendor (e.g. Greg Smith). The
most recent quote for the source and classification (e.g. Material or Labor) will re place any
old costs in an estimate. For instance, if you used the original quote for the 2 -drawer maple
cabinets from the RSMeans MeansData™ Costbooks and then received an update to the
costbook that included an adjusted price for the 2-drawer maple cabinets, the new cost would
be reflected in the estimate after refreshing item costs. However, if you enter a new quote for
the 2-drawer maple cabinets from the vendor Greg Smith, the cost would not be updated
because the source of the quote changed.

Refresh prices in an existing estimate

1. Open an estimate or estimate template.


2. Go to Estimating > Refresh All Item Costs .

CAD Integration

About CAD Integration


UDA ConstructionSuite offers advanced integration between UDA Estimating and multiple CAD
programs. Available in Premier versions of ConstructionSuite and above, this new integration will
dramatically reduce the time you spend doing take-offs from plans and enable you to quickly and easily
create a comprehensive estimate in UDA Estimating.

All you have to do to take advantage of this time-saving feature is create a file in any compatible CAD
program and then import it into a blank UDA Estimate for a detailed breakdown of quantities, units , and
costs.

The following CAD programs are compatible for import to ConstructionSuite™:

 CADEstimator

 CADsoft Envisioneer

 Chief Architect

 eTakeoff

 OnCenter

 Planswift 8

165
Printed Documentation

 Planswift 9

 Revit

 Softplan

Importing CAD files into a UDA Estimate

Once the file is created and saved within the CAD program, it can be used to create a UDA
Estimate, complete with categories, subcategories, and items with associated quantities,
units, and costs, depending on the program.

Import the CAD file

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click the Estimating tab.
3. Click the Blank estimating folder.
4. Open a blank estimate by double-clicking on the Blank Estimate icon.
5. Select a project from the Project Select form, or create a new project for your
estimate.
6. Go to File > CAD Import and select your software type .
7. Locate the file you created within the CAD software.
8. Click Open to import the file. A message will appear indicating that you should close
all other programs. Ensure that all of your work is saved in the open programs, and
click OK on this message to continue.
9. The information will be imported into your UDA Estimate.

11. A message will appear once the import has completed. Click OK.
12. Save the estimate by going to File > Save As .

Reporting with UDA Estimating

Using the Reports Wizard in Estimating


UDA Estimating offers a comprehensive set of reports and documents that can be automatically
generated from your project estimate. These reports are available through the Report Wizard, making it
easy for you to locate and compile the reports you need.

 NOTE: The Report Wizard can be accessed from anywhere in UDA ConstructionSuite by
going to Reports .

Estimating reports are divided into three categories: Project Management


Reports, Vendor Reports, and Customer Reports.

Project Management Reports

 Project Totals Report


 Over Budget Report

166
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

 Estimate vs. Actual Report


 Remaining Balance Report
 Notes Report
 Allowances Report
 Options Report
 Classification Report
 Estimate Status Report
 Item Units Report

Report for Vendors

 Request for Quote


 Materials List
 Purchase Order
 Proposal Request for Change Order

Report for Customers

 Change Order Documents


 Change Orders Summary Report
 Project Totals Report
 Allowances Report
 Options Report

Creating a Proposal in Estimating


Create a professional construction proposal for a customer directly from your UDA Estimate. Use the
Proposal Wizard to import contact and project information, specify a scope of work and any special
conditions, and automatically insert estimate information. Allowances and Options marked in the
estimate will automatically be listed in the proposal.

Create a proposal

1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Proposal Wizard .


2. After you have read the introduction and selected a template, click Next .
3. Select Contact and Project Information by using the selector buttons and choosing
from the lists that appear.
4. Select desired additional options at the bottom of the wizard.
Letterhead Graphic will automatically insert a letterhead on your proposal.

Transmittal, Fax, Envelope, and/or Memo will launch the selected documents after
completing the wizard.

5. Click Next.
6. Select your Layout Option.
7. Click Next.
8. Check to include the Scope of Work and any Special Conditions for your project.

167
Printed Documentation

For a limited scope project, type the Scope of Work. For other projects, type a reference to
the specifications you will attach to the end of the proposal.

Type any Special Conditions. Special conditions are typically conditions specific to each
project that you want to make sure the client is aware of. For example, to ensure the client
fully understands what to expect, you may want to describe certain services that will not be
included in the project.

7. Click Next.
8. Check to include Base Price information. The total base price is calculated from your
estimate. If the price includes lot and property costs, select Base Price includes
Lot/Property Costs at the bottom of the window.

Check to include Markup in Allowances.

9. Click Next.
10. Use the checkboxes to select which Dimensions you would like to list in your
proposal.
11. Click Next.

Select if you would like to include a project totals report in the proposal.

Select options for the report if desired.

12. Click Next.


13. Select any reference lists you would like to create.
14. Click Finish. The proposal will open in UDA OnPoint.
15. Go to File > Save to save the document. Choose a destination to which you would like
to save the file and select OK.
16. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.

UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
17. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.

 NOTE: You can also create a proposal directly from ConstructionSuite by going to File >
New > New File > New Proposal in the interface, or by expanding the Quick Links section and
clicking on the New Proposal link.

Creating a Project Totals Report

Create a Project Totals report to give to subcontractors, suppliers, cus tomers, banks, and
more. Now with more filtering options, the Project Totals report gives you the power to
generate a custom report based on your estimate.

Create a Project Totals Report

1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Report Wizard, and se lect Project Management
Report and click Next.

168
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

2. Select Project Totals Report and click Finish.


3. You can also create a Project Totals Report by going to Reports > Project Management >
Create Project Totals Report .
4. The Project Totals Report Options will open.
5. If desired, select to Filter Report by Category/Sheet and designate which categories
you want to include in your report. Select all categories by checking the box next to
Select All at the top of the form that opens.
6. If desired, select Include Company Overhead and Margin and choose whether to
include it as a separate line item in the report or prorate it throughout the items in the
report.

6. Finalize the report by selecting your preferences.


Include in Total Cost: Select whether you would like to include Estimate Costs, Sales Tax,
and Line Item Markup in the report.

Notes: Select if you would like to include Line Item Notes.

Options: Select if you would like to include Items, Items with no estimated value, and/or
items marked as Option.

6. Type any Custom Notes .


7. Click OK. The report will open in UDA OnPoint Documents.
8. Go to File > Save to save the document. Select a destination to save to and click OK.
9. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.

UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
10. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.

 NOTE: You can also create a Project Totals Report directly from ConstructionSuite by
going to Reports > Estimating > Project Management or Customer Reports > Project
Totals Report in the interface.

Creating an Over Budget Report


The Over Budget Report shows the variance between the estimated versus actual costs for any over
budget items so you can track and trend your company's accuracy in estimating.

 NOTE: You can import actuals from QuickBooks (available in Pro versions and above).

Create an Over Budget Report

1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Report Wizard, and s elect Project Management
Report and click Next.
2. Select Over Budget Report and click Next.
3. You can also create an Over Budget Report by going to Reports > Project Management >
Create Over Budget Report .
4. Finalize the report by selecting your preferences.

169
Printed Documentation

Options: Select whether you would like to include Items with no Estimated Value, Items
Marked as Option, Line Item Notes and Table Borders in the report.

Display: Select whether you would like to display Estimated Cost, Resources, Sales Tax,
Line Item Markup and Quantity and Unit Cost columns.

Color: select if you would like to change Category Color or Subcategory Color.

5. Type any Custom Notes.


6. Click OK. The report will open in UDA OnPoint Documents .
7. Go to File > Save to save the document. Select a destination to save to and click OK.
8. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.

UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
9. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.

 NOTE: You can also create an Over Budget Report directly from ConstructionSuite by
going to Reports > Estimating > Project Management > Over Budget Report in the interface.

Creating an Estimate vs. Actual Report


The Estimate vs. Actual Report shows the variance between the estimated versus actual costs for
any items within your estimate so you can track and trend your company's accuracy in estimating.

 NOTE: You can import actuals from QuickBooks (available in Pro versions and above).

Create an Estimate vs. Actual Report

1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Report Wizard, and s elect Project Management
Report and click Next.
2. Select Estimate vs. Actual Report and click Next.
3. You can also create an Estimate vs. Actual Report by going to Reports > Project
Management > Estimate vs. Actual Report .
4. Finalize the report by selecting your preferences.
Options: Select whether you would like to include Items with no Estimated Value, Items
with Zero Actuals, Items Marked as Option, Line Item Notes and/or Table Borders in the
report.

Display: Select whether you would like to display Estimated Cost, Sales Tax, Line Item
Markup and Resources columns.

Color: select if you would like to change Category Color or Subcategory Color.

5. Type any Custom Notes.


6. Click OK. The report will open in UDA OnPoint Documents .
7. Go to File > Save to save the document. Select a destination to save to and click OK.
8. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.

170
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
9. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.

 NOTE: You can also create an Estimate vs. Actual Report directly from Constructio nSuite
by going to Reports > Estimating > Project Management > Over Budget Report in the
interface.

Creating a Remaining Balance Report


The Remaining Balance Report shows your estimated costs compared to your actual costs for each
item, displaying the remaining balance in a table format.

 NOTE: You can import actuals from QuickBooks (available in Pro versions and above).

Create a Remaining Balance Report

1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Report Wizard, and s elect Project Management
Report and click Next.
2. Select Remaining Balance Report and click Next.
3. You can also create a Remaining Balance Report by going to Reports > Project Management
> Remaining Balance Report .
4. Finalize the report by selecting your preferences.
Options: Select whether you would like to include Items with no Estimated Value, Items
Marked as Option, Line Item Notes and/or Table Borders in the report.

Display: Select whether you would like to display Estimated Cost, Sales Tax, and
Resources columns.

Color: select if you would like to change Category Color or Subcategory Color.

5. Type any Custom Notes.


6. Click OK. The report will open in UDA OnPoint Documents .
7. Go to File > Save to save the document. Select a destination to save to and click OK.
8. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.

UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
9. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.

& NOTE: You can also create a Remaining Balance Report directly from ConstructionSuite by
going to Reports > Estimating > Project Management > Over Budget Report in the interface. .

Creating a List Notes Report


The List Notes Report compiles notes entered for categories, subcategories, and items. You can add
notes by clicking in the Notes column beside any category, subcategory, or item in the estimate. Notes

171
Printed Documentation

reports can be used either internally for your company or to provide subcontractors or suppliers with
instructions or information.

Create a List Notes Report

1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Report Wizard, and s elect Project Management
Report and click Next. (You can also run this report from an estimate by clicking on
Reports > Project Management > List Notes.)
2. Select Notes Report and click Finish.
3. You can also create a Notes Report by going to Reports > Project Management > List
Notes .
4. Use the drop-down menu to select whether you would like to compile notes for All
Categories or for a specific category.
5. Select which types of notes ( General Notes , Bid Notes , and Field Notes ) you want to
include in the report.
6. Finalize the report by selecting your Options preference, selecting if you would like to
include Items with no estimated value .

8. Click OK. The report will open in UDA OnPoint Documents.


9. Go to File > Save to save the document. Choose a destination to which you would like
to save your file and click OK.
10. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.

UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
11. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.

 NOTE: You can also create a List Notes Report directly from ConstructionSuite by going to
Reports > Estimating > Project Management > List Notes in the interface.

Creating an Allowances Report


Compile a report detailing all of your project allowances. Any subcategories designated as Allowance in
the estimate will automatically be included.

Create an Allowances Report

1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Report Wizard, and s elect Project Management
Report and click Next.
2. Select Allowances Report and click Finish.
3. You can also create an Allowances Report by going to Reports > Project Management >
Allowances Report .
4. Finalize the report by selecting your preferences.
Include in Total Cost: Select whether you would like to include Estimate Costs, Sales Tax,
and Line Item Markup in the report.

Display: Select which information you want to include in the report: Estimated Cost, Quantity
and Unit Cost, Sales Tax, Line Item Markup, Units and/or Resources.

172
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

Options: Select if you would like to include Items with no estimated value, Line Item Notes
or Table Borders.

Color: Select your Category and Subcategory colors.

5. Type any Custom Notes .


6. Click OK. The report will open in UDA OnPoint Documents.
7. Go to File > Save to save the document. Select a destination for your save and click
OK.
8. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.

UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
9. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.

 NOTE: You can also create an Allowances Report directly from ConstructionSuite by going
to Reports > Estimating > Project Management or Customer Reports > Allowances Report in
the interface.

Creating an Options Report


Compile a report detailing all of your optional additions in the estimate. Any subcategories designated
as Option will automatically be included.

Create an Options Report

1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Report Wizard, and s elect Project Management
Report and click Next.
2. Select Options Report and click Finish .
3. You can also create an Options Report by going to Reports > Project Management > Create
Options Report .
4. Finalize the report by selecting your preferences.
Include in Total Cost: Select whether you would like to include Estimated Costs, Sales Tax,
and Line Item Markup in the report.

Display: Select which information you want to include in the report: Estimated Cost, Quantity
and Unit Cost, Sales Tax, Line Item Markup, Units and/or Resources.

Options: Select if you would like to include Items with no estimated value, Line Item Notes
and/or Table borders.

 NOTE: Include items marked as Option is set by default.


Color: Select your category and subcategory colors.

5. Type any Custom Notes .


6. Click OK. The report will open in UDA OnPoint Documents.
7. Go to File > Save to save the document. Select a destination for your save and click
OK.

173
Printed Documentation

8. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.

UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
9. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.

 NOTE: You can also create an Options Report directly from ConstructionSuite by going to
Reports > Estimating > Project Management or Customer Reports > Options Report in the
interface.

Creating a Classification Report in Estimating


Create a report containing all subcategories or items marked as a particular Classification in your
estimate to compare costs across Materials, Labor, Subcontractors, Equipment, and more.

Create a Classification Report

1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Report Wizard, and s elect Project Management
Report and click Next.
2. Select Classification Report, and click Finish.
3. You can also create a Classification Report by going to Reports > Project Management >
Classification Report .
4. The Classification Report options will open.
5. Select a Classification from the drop-down menu, and check the box if you would like
to Include Company Overhead and Margin.
6. Finalize the report by selecting your preferences.
Include in Total Cost: Select whether you would like to include Estimate Costs, Sales Tax,
and Line Item Markup in the report. You can also select whether or not to Include Company
Overhead and Margin and how you would like to have it calculated.

Display: Select which information you want to include in the report. Choose between
Quantity, Unit, Cost, Estimated Cost, Sales Tax, Line Item Markup, Classification and/or
Resources.

Options: Select if you would like to include Items with no estimated value, Items marked as
Option, Line Item Notes and/or Table Borders.

Color: Select your category and subcategory colors.

7. Type any Custom Notes .


8. Click OK. The report will open in UDA OnPoint Documents.
9. Go to File > Save to save the document. Select a destination for your save and click
OK.
10. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.

UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.

174
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
11. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.

 NOTE: You can also create a Classification Report directly from ConstructionSuite by
going to Reports > Estimating > Project Management > Classification Report in the interface.

Creating an Estimate Status Report


Create a report containing all subcategories or items designated as either Estimated, Firm, or Bid.

Create a Status Report

1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Report Wizard, and s elect Project Management
Report and click Next.
2. Select Estimate Status Report, and select Finish.
3. You can also create a Status Report by going to Reports > Project Management > Estimate
Status Report .
4. The Status Report Options will open.
5. Select a Status from the drop-down menu.
6. Finalize the report by selecting your preferences.
Include in Total Cost: Select whether you would like to include Estimate Costs, Sales Tax,
and Line Item Markup in the report. You can also select options for either including Estimated
Costs or to Prorate Company Overhead and Margin.

Display: Select which information you want to include in the report: Quantity, Unit Cost, Unit,
Estimated Cost, Sales Tax, Line Item Markup, and/or Resources.

Options: Select if you would like to include Items with no estimated value, Items marked as
Option, Line Item Notes and/or Table Borders .

Color: Select your category and subcategory colors.

7. Type any Custom Notes .


8. Click OK. The report will open in UDA OnPoint Documents.
9. Go to File > Save to save the document. Select the destination for the save and select
OK.
10. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.

UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
11. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information. \

 NOTE: You can also create an Estimate Status Report directly from ConstructionSuite by
going to Reports > Estimating > Project Management > Estimate Status Report in the
interface.

175
Printed Documentation

Creating an Item Units Report


The Item Units Report enables you to compile a list of items with a specific unit type.

Create an Item Units Report

1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Report Wizard, and s elect Project Management
Report and click Next.
2. Select Item Units Report, and select Finish.
3. You can also create a Items Units Report by going to Reports > Project Management >
Items Units Report .
4. The Items Unit Report Options will open.
5. Select a Unit Type from the drop-down menu and check the box if you would like to
Prorate Company Overhead and Margin.
6. Finalize the report by selecting your preferences.
Include in Total Cost: Select whether you would like to include Estimate Costs, Sales Tax,
and Line Item Markup in the report. This can only be selected if you have not chosen to
Prorate Company Overhead and Margin.

Display: Select which information you want to include in the report: Description, Quantity,
Unit Cost, Sales Tax, Line Item Markup, Estimate, Unit and/or Resources.

Options: Select if you would like to include Items with no estimated value, Items marked as
option, Line item notes and Table Borders

Color: Select the Category and Subcategory Color.

7. Type any Custom Notes .


8. Click OK. The report will open in UDA OnPoint Documents.
9. Go to File > Save to save the document. Select a destination to save to and click OK.
10. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.

UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
11. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.

 NOTE: You can also create an Items Unit Report directly from ConstructionSuite by going
to Reports > Estimating > Project Management > Items Unit Report in the interface.

Creating a Request For Quote (RFQ)


Requesting prices from vendors is easy in UDA Estimating. Once your vendors respond with pricing for
materials or services, you can enter that information in the Items Database and easily insert it into all
of your project estimates.

Create a RFQ

176
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Report Wizard. Select Vendor Reports and click
Next.
2. Select Request for Quote and click Finish.
3. You can also create a RFQ by going to Reports > Vendor Reports > Request for Quote.
4. The Request for Quote Options will open. Choose filters for your report
Filter Report by Category/Sheet enables you to designate which categories you want to
include in your report. Select all categories by checking the box next to Select All at the top of
the form that opens.

Filter Report by Classification enables you to use designated classifications (Material,


Labor, Subcontractor, Equipment, and Other) to limit the scope of the report. Use the drop-
down menu to select a classification.

5. Finalize the report by selecting your preferences.


Display: Select which information you want to include in the report: Description, Quantity,
Unit Cost, Unit, Extended Cost, Total Cost and Sales Tax.

Options: Select if you would like to include Items with no estimated value, Items with zero
quantity, Items marked as Option, Line Item Notes and/or Table Borders.

Color: Select your Category and Subcategory colors.

7. Type any Custom Notes .


8. Request a Quote for the following Vendors will create a separate, customized
report for each vendor selected. Use the Add and Clear buttons to add and remove
contacts from the list. The Only include items for selected vendor(s) option will
customize each report further, and only include items in each report assigned to the
specific vendor.
9. Click OK. The report will open in UDA OnPoint Documents.
10. Go to File > Save to save the document.
11. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.

UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Document Management toolbar.
12. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.

 NOTE: You can also create a Request for Quote directly from ConstructionSuite by going
to Reports > Estimating > Vendor Reports > Request for Quote in the interface.

Creating a Materials List


Create a dynamic Materials List that can be filtered by Resource, Category, or Classification.

Create a Materials List

1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Report Wizard . Select Vendor Reports and click
Next.
2. Select Materials List and click Finish.
3. You can also create a Materials List by going to Reports > Vendors > Materials List.

177
Printed Documentation

4. The Materials List Options will open.


5. Choose filters for your report
Filter Report by Category/Sheet enables you to designate which categories you want to
include in your report. Select all categories by checking the box next to Select All at the top of
the form that opens.

Filter Report by Resource enables you to specify which vendors you would like to include in
the report. Use the drop-down menu to select all or a single resource. If you select all
resources, you must choose to either create a single report that includes all resources or a
separate report for each resource.

Filter Report by Classification enables you to use designated classifications (Material,


Labor, Subcontractor, Equipment, and Other) to limit the scope of the report. Use the drop -
down menu to select a classification.

6. Finalize the report by selecting your preferences.


Include in Total Cost: Select whether you would like to include Estimate Costs, Sales Tax,
and Line Item Markup in the report.

Display: Select which information you want to include in the report: Quantity and Unit Cost,
Description, Sales Tax, Line Item Markup, and/or Resources.

Options: Select if you would like to include Items with no Estimated Value, Items Marked
as Option, Line Item Notes and/or Table Borders.

Color: Select your category and subcategory colors.

8. Type any Custom Notes .


9. Click OK. The report will open in UDA OnPoint Documents.
10. Go to File > Save to save the document. Select a destination for your save and select
OK.
11. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.

UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
12. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.

 NOTE: You can also create a Materials List directly from ConstructionSuite by going to
Reports > Estimating > Vendor Reports > Materials List in the interface.

Creating a Purchase order in UDA Estimating


Create a dynamic Purchase Order that can be filtered by Resource, Category, or Classification.

Create a Purchase Order

1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Report Wizard, select Vendor Reports and click
Next.
2. Select Purchase Order and click Finish.
3. You can also create a Purchase Order by going to Reports > Vendor Reports >
Purchase Order.

178
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

4. Choose filters for your report


Filter Report by Category/Sheet enables you to designate which categories you want to
include in your report. Select all categories by checking the box next to Select All at the top of
the form that opens.

Filter Report by Resource enables you to specify which vendors you would like to include in
the report. Use the drop-down menu to select all or a single resource. If you select all
resources, you must choose to either create a single report that includes all resources or a
separate report for each resource.

Filter Report by Classification enables you to use designated classifications (Material,


Labor, Subcontractor, Equipment, and Other) to limit the scope of the report. Use the drop -
down menu to select a classification.

6. Finalize the report by selecting your preferences.


Include in Total Cost: Select whether you would like to include Estimate Costs, Sales Tax,
and Line Item Markup in the report.

Display: Select which information you want to include in the report: Quantity and Unit Cost,
Description, Extended Cost, Sales Tax, Line Item Markup, and/or Resources.

Options: Select if you would like to include Items with no estimated value, Items marked as
Option, Line Item Notes and/or Table Borders.

Color: Select your category and subcategory colors.

8. Type any Custom Notes .


9. Click OK. The report will open in UDA OnPoint Documents.
10. Go to File > Save to save the document. Select a destination for your save and click
OK.
11. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.

UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
12. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.

 NOTE: You can also create a Purchase Order directly from ConstructionSuite by going to
Reports > Estimating > Vendor Reports > Purchase Order in the interface.

Saving and Sending Estimates

Saving an Estimate

UDA Estimates offer sophisticated integration with multiple aspects of the ConstructionSuite
system. As you create and modify your estimate, you should save it periodically to ensure
that all changes are recorded in the database.

Save the estimate for a project

1. In an open estimate, go to File > Save As . The Save Document window will open.

179
Printed Documentation

2. The default save location will be the folder for the Project you selected in the Project
Select form.

 WARNING: Do not change this location unless you want to associate the file with a
new project. Saving a file in a different project folder will strip the file of all project -
related information such as Change Orders and Application for Payment and
associate the file with the new project. Also, if you select a folder under the Templates
grouping, your estimate will be saved as a template and will lose all project -specific
information as well.
3. Change the File Name, if desired.

4. If this will be the Primary estimate for the project, check the box next to Primary File .
See the next section for more information about Primary and Inactive estimates.
5. Click OK. A copy of the estimate for the current project will be saved, and the master
estimate template will still be available in ConstructionSuite for future projects.

Save an estimate as a template

1. Open the estimate you want to save as a template.


2. Go to File > File > Save As Template. The Save As Template window will open.
3. Using the Folder tree on the left side of the window, select a folder under the
Template grouping in which to save your template.
4. Type a descriptive name for the template in the Filename text box at the bottom of the
screen.
5. Click OK.
6. If the file was previously saved as a project estimate, you will need to select if you
want to remove Costs, Quantities , Resources , or QuickBooks Information before
saving the template. Click Remove and Continue once you have made your selections.

7. The template will appear in the section you specified on the Contracts and Docs tab.
The master estimate still exists in its original location.

To learn more about estimating templates, see Creating and Using an Estimate Template .

 NOTE: ConstructionSuite is designed to automatically remove project designations upon


saving a template. When you use the template, you will be prompted to select a project.

Saving an estimate to ConstructionOnline™

1. In an open estimate, go to File > Save to ConstructionOnline.


2. The estimate will be uploaded to the Project file on ConstructionOnline.

 NOTE: An active SuiteLink connection is necessary for the Save to ConstructionOnline


feature to work (Available with an active TotalCare membership).

Understanding Primary and Inactive Estimates


If desired, you can create multiple estimates for a single project, but you must designate one of the
estimates as the Primary estimate. Information from your Primary estimate - such as estimated value,
change orders*, and applications for payment* - will be displayed in the ConstructionSuite interface. All
other estimates will be marked as Inactive. Inactive estimates have full functionality, but you will not be
able to view any change order or application for payment information from an Inactive estimate.

180
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

*Change Order Management and Application for Payment are available in Premier versions of
ConstructionSuite and above.

 NOTE: There are two ways to designate a Primary estimate: when you save the file, or
when you right-click on the file in the interface.

Set primary estimate status through the Save function

 The first time you save an estimate for a project, you will see a Primary File checkbox
on the Save Document dialog box.
 If this box is checked, the estimate will be marked as the primary.
 For all other estimates saved to this project, the Primary File option should not be
selected unless you want to change your Primary estimate designation.

Change estimate status through the ConstructionSuite interface

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs >
UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click on the Project Files tab and select a project from the navigation tree on the left.
3. All files for the selected project will be listed. Primary files will have a checkmark on
the icon. This is easiest to see in the Detailed view, as there is also a column that
designates Primary files.
4. To make an Inactive estimate the Primary estimate for the project, right-click on the
file and choose Set as Primary.
5. Click Yes to confirm your new Primary estimate. All information in the interface for
this project will reference the new Primary estimate.

Creating Read-Only Estimates


With UDA Estimating, you can create read-only copies of your estimate to send to clients,
subcontractors, or suppliers, allowing you to provide essential project information to people who do not
have ConstructionSuite installed. As long as recipients have Microsoft Excel installed on their
computers, they will be able to view the estimate electronically but not make any changes.

Create a read-only file

1. In an open estimate, go to File > Export As Read-Only.


2. Name the file and select the location to where the read-only file should be saved.
3. Click Save. You will be prompted when the read-only copy has been created.
4. Click OK. The read-only copy will open.

Printing Options

Printing an Estimate
In addition to the reports offered in UDA Estimating, you can also print your estimate to give to clients,
subcontractors, and lenders. Depending on your project needs, you can select between the following
options:

Print entire estimate

1. In an open estimate, go to File > Print > Print

181
Printed Documentation

2. Select the Printer you would like to print to and select OK.

Print selected sheets

1. In an open estimate, go to File > Print > Print Selected Sheets .


2. In the dialog box, select the sheets you want to print.
3. Click OK to generate the print preview.
4. Select the Print button from the preview to send the document to your printer.

Headers and Footers

Headers and footers can be added to your estimate as desired by following these
steps:

1. In an open estimate, go to File > Print > Headers and Footers.


2. Select the tab for either Header or Footer, as well as whether you would like to insert
it on the right or left.
3. Use the Page Number, Date and Time buttons along with the Additional Fields
dropdown menu to insert auto-populating header and footer fields.
4. Click OK when finished.
5. Click Print Preview to view the header and footer before printing.

Page Setup

The Page Setup options can be accessed from an open estimate by going to File > Print >
Page Setup. From the Page Setup window you can choose your paper size and source,
change the orientation, edit your page margins and select your printer. When finished editing
preferences, select OK.

Sample Estimate Categories and Subcategories

UDA Estimating - Commercial Master

Planning
Architectural Services
Engineering Services
Permits
Construction Financing
Consulting

Property Costs
Acquisition Costs
Other

182
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

Site Work
Site Clearing
Excavation
Excavation Support and Protection
Backfilling
Erosion and Sedimentation Control

Foundation
Footings
Foundation and Substructure
Slab Foundation

Structural Systems
Steel Structure & Erection
Steel Materials
Applied Fireproofing

Concrete
Floor Slabs, Stair & Elevator Core

Interior Framing
Framing Labor
Wall Framing Materials
Ceiling Framing Materials

Exterior Doors
Exterior Doors
Overhead Doors and Installation
Exterior Doors-Misc

Glass and Glazing


Glass Curtainwall Systems
Windows

Electrical Systems
Electrical Labor

183
Printed Documentation

Electrical Fixtures
Electrical Misc
Underground Utilities

Plumbing Systems
Plumbing Labor
Plumbing Fixtures
Natural Gas
Water Service
Water & Sewer Line
Sewer Service

HVAC Systems
HVAC System
Environmental Control

Membrane Roofing
Roofing Labor
Roofing Materials

Insulation and Gypsum Wallboard


Thermal Protection – Insulation
Gypsum Wallboard
Acoustical Tile Ceiling

Exterior Veneer
Brick Labor
Brick Materials
Brick Cleaning
Stucco / EIFS
Stone Veneers
Exterior Veneer-Misc

Cabinetry and Casework


Lobby Reception
Restrooms

184
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

Interior Doors and Trim


Interior Doors
Interior Trim Labor
Interior Trim Materials
Interior Columns

Conveying Systems
Elevators

Stairs
Metal Stairs and Handrails

Floorcovering
Vinyl Flooring
Carpet

Tile, Marble, Slate


Tile Flooring Labor
Tile Flooring Materials

Interior Finishes
Paints and Coatings
Wallcoverings

Door Hardware
Door Hardware Labor
Door Hardware Materials

Restroom Hardware
Restroom Hardware Labor
Restroom Hardware Materials
Mirrors
Restroom Specialties

Equipment and Appliances


Appliance Labor
Appliances

185
Printed Documentation

Site Improvements
Final Grading
Concrete Pads and Walks
Concrete Drives/Walks Materials
Stormwater System Labor
Stormwater System Materials
Curb and Gutters
Concrete Curb/Gutter Materials
Asphalt Drives Labor
Fountains
Site Improvements-Misc

Landscaping
Landscaping
Irrigation

Exterior Areas & Finishes


Exterior Columns
Exterior Steps
Exterior Hand Rails
Concrete Unit Paving
Exterior Areas and Finishes-Misc

Special Construction
Mail Center
Detection and Alarm
Smoke Alarms
Fire Suppression
Data Networking

Construction Clean Up
Clean Up – Daily
Clean Up – Final

Project Insurance
Builder’s Risk Insurance

186
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

Project Liability Insurance


Workman’s Compensation
Performance Bond
Project Insurance-Misc

Temporary Facilities
Temporary Phone
Temporary VPN
Temporary Utilities
Sanitary Facilities
Project Identification
Temporary Facilities
Temporary Security
Temporary Barriers and Enclosures

Miscellaneous
Rental Equipment
Miscellaneous

Supervision
Supervision
Punchlist Allowance

Company Overhead & Margin


Company Overhead
Company Margin
Contingency

UDA Estimating - CSI MasterFormat 16 Division

Div. 1 – General Requirements


01000 – Purpose
01002 – Instructions
01500 – Temporary Facilities and Controls

187
Printed Documentation

01510 - Temporary Utilities


01511 – Temporary Electricity
01514 - Temporary Heating, Cooling, and Ventilation
01515 - Temporary Lighting
01517 - Temporary Telephone
01518 - Temporary Water
01520 - Construction Facilities
01523 - Sanitary Facilities
01530 - Temporary Construction
01540 - Construction Aids
01542 - Construction Scaffolding and Platforms
01550 - Vehicular Access and Parking
01560 - Temporary Barriers and Enclosures
01570 - Temporary Controls
01580 - Project Identification
01600 - Product Requirements (Scope of Work)
01630 - Product Substitution Procedures
01640 - Owner Furnished Products
01700 - Execution Requirements
01712 - Local Conditions
01740 - Cleaning
01760 - Protecting Installed Construction
01903 - Hazardous Materials Abatement
01904 - Hazardous Materials Removal and Disposal

Div. 2 – Site Work


02000 – Site Work
02200 – Site Preparation
02220 – Site Demolition
02230 – Site Clearing
02240 – Dewatering
02250 – Shoring and Underpinning
02260 – Excavation Support and Protection
02300 – Earthwork
02316 – Backfilling
02317 – Select Borrow
02320 – Excavation and Fill

188
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

02362 – Termite Control


02370 – Erosion and Sedimentation Control
02500 – Utility Services
02540 – Septic Tank
02621 – Foundation Draining Piping
02625 – Retaining Wall Drainage Piping
02740 – Flexible Pavement -Asphalt Pavement
02750 – Rigid Pavement – Concrete Driveway Entrance
02751 – Concrete Pads and Walks
02765 – Pavement Marking
02770 – Curb and Gutters
02775 – Sidewalks
02780 – Clay Unit Pavers
02781 – Asphalt Pavers
02782 – Brick Pavers
02783 – Interlocking Concrete Unit Paving
02784 – Stone Unit Pavers
02790 – Athletic Surfacing
02795 – Porous Paving
02800 – Site Amenities
02812 – Drip Irrigation
02813 – Lawn Sprinkling and Irrigation
02815 – Fountains
02820 – Fences and Gates
02821 – Chain Link Fences
02822 – Ornamental Metal Fences and Gates
02823 – PVC Fences and Gates
02824 – Wire Fences and Gates
02825 – Wood Fences and Gates
02830 – Retaining Walls
02850 – Bridges/Footbridges
02870 – Sculpture/Ornamental
02900 – Landscaping
02917 – Soil Preparation
02919 – Topsoil
02923 – Seeding and Soil Supplements
02924 – Sodding

189
Printed Documentation

02930 – Exterior Plants


02932 – Plants and Bulbs
02935 – Plant Maintenance
02936 – Fertilizer

Div. 3 – Concrete
03000 – General
03050 – Concrete Specifications
03100 – Concrete Formwork, Reinforcement and Materials
03210 – Reinforcing Steel
03220 – Welded Wire Mesh
03230 – Anchor Bolts
03300 – Footings
03301 – Slab Foundations
03302 – Poured Concrete Basement Walls
03303 – Expansion Joints
03350 – Concrete Finishing
03400 – Precast Concrete
03500 – Cementitious Decks and Underlayments
03540 – Cementitious Underlayment
03600 – Grouts

Div. 4 – Masonry
04000 – General
04060 – Mortar and Masonry Grout
04080 – Masonry Anchorage and Reinforcement
04090 – Masonry Accessories
04211 – Brick
04220 – Concrete Masonry Units (CMU)
04400 – Exterior Stone Detailing
04810 – Crawlspace/Basement Foundations
04813 – Masonry Veneer
04850 – Stone Veneers
04880 – Masonry Fireplace
04881 – Masonry Chimney
04931 – Brick Cleaning

190
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

Div. 5 – Metals
05000 – General
05100 – Structural Metals
05210 – Steel Joists
05300 – Metal Decking
05310 – Steel Decking
05400 – Cold-Formed Metal Framing
05500 – Architectural Metal Fabrication
05520 – Metal Stairs and Hand Rails
05521 – Pipe Handrails
05700 – Ornamental Metal
05715 – Fabricated Spiral Stairs

Div. 6 – Carpentry
06000 – General
06100 – Rough Carpentry
06110 – Wood Framing
06130 – Heavy Timber Construction
06160 – Sheathing
06162 – Wood Sub-Floors
06180 – Structural Laminated Beams
06200 – Finish Carpentry
06220 – Millwork - Interior Trim
06400 – Custom of Pre-fabricated Woodwork
06410 – Interior Cabinetry
06411 – Cabinet Hardware
06415 – Countertops
06420 – Interior Wood Paneling
06430 – Stairs
06600 – Plastic Fabrications

Div. 7 – Thermal and Moisture


07000 – General
07100 – Waterproofing & Dampproofing
07200 – Thermal Protection – Insulation
07240 – EIFS (Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems)
03050 – Stucco System

191
Printed Documentation

07460 – Siding Exterior


07300 – Shingles, Roof Tiles and Roof Coverings
07130 – Felt
07311 – Composite/Asphalt Shingles
07313 – Metal Shingles
07317 – Slate Shingles
07318 – Cedar Shake Shingles
07320 – Tile Roofing
07321 – Clay Roof Tiles
07322 – Concrete Roof Tiles
07323 – Metal Roof Tiles
07410 – Metal Roofing
07500 – Membrane Roofing
07600 – Flashing and Sheet Metal
07630 – Termite Shield
07714 – Gutters and Downspouts
07720 – Roof Accessories
07920 – Caulking and Sealants

Div. 8 – Doors and Windows


08000 – General
08100 – Doors
08101 – Exterior Doors
08180 – Metal Screen and Storm Doors
08400 – Sliding Glass Doors
08210 – Interior Doors
08310 – Attic Access Door
08360 – Garage Door / Overhead Door
08722 – Thresholds
08710 – Door Hardware
08500 – Windows
08582 – Screens
08750 – Window Hardware
08600 – Skylights
08830 – Mirrors
08850 – Glass Block
08800 – Other Glazing

192
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

Div. 9 – Finishes
09000 – General
09250 – Gypsum Wallboard
09300 – Tile, Marble, Slate
09500 – Ceiling Finishes
09510 – Acoustical Ceiling
09513 – Acoustical Tile Ceiling
09600 – Floor Finishes
09640 – Wood Flooring
09650 – Vinyl Flooring
09680 – Carpet
09700 – Wall Finishes
09720 – Wallpaper and Wallcoverings
09740 – Interior Paneling
09900 – Paints and Coatings
09911 – Exterior Walls
09912 – Interior Walls
09930 – Interior Wood
09970 – Galvanized Metal
09971 – Steel and Iron
09980 – Masonry, Concrete, or Stucco

Div. 10 – Specialties
10000 – General
10300 – Prefabricated Fireplace
10300 – Prefabricated Chimney
10550 – Postal Specialties
10810 – Toilet Accessories
10820 – Bathroom Accessories
10822 – Tub and Shower Accessories
10830 – Laundry Accessories
10900 – Closet Specialties

Div. 11 – Equipment
11000 – General
11451 – Appliances

193
Printed Documentation

11453 – Attic Access Stairs

Div. 12 – Furnishings
12000 – General
12490 – Window Treatments
12491 – Blinds
12492 – Curtain and Drapes
12493 – Interior Shutters
12494 – Shades

Div. 13 – Special Const.


13000 – General
13120 – Pre-Engineered Metal Building
13150 – In-Ground Concrete Swimming Pools
13850 – Detection and Alarm
13854 – Smoke Alarms
13900 – Fire Suppression

Div. 14 – Conveying Systems


14000 – General
14200 – Elevators
14420 – Wheelchair Lifts
14560 – Laundry Chute

Div. 15 – Mechanical
15000 – General
15100 – Plumbing
15410 – Plumbing Fixtures
15530 – Gas Furnace
15700 – Heating, Venting and Air Conditioning
15720 – Air-Conditioning
15740 – Electric Heat Pump Systems
15770 – Floor Heating
15810 – Ducts and Diffusers
15900 – HVAC Instruments and Controls

Div. 16 – Electrical

194
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

16000 – General
16100 – Electrical
16120 – Conductors and Cables
16130 – Raceway and Boxes
16140 – Wiring Devices
16440 – Panelboards
16500 – Light Fixtures

Company Overhead & Margin


Company Overhead
Company Margin
Contingency

UDA Estimating - CSI MasterFormat 50 Division

00 00 00 - Procurement Req.
00 00 00 - Procurement Requirements
00 00 10 - Instructions
00 26 00 - Procurement Substitution Procedures
00 31 19 - Existing Condition Information

01 00 00 - General Requirements
01 00 00 - General Requirements
01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls
01 51 00 - Temporary Utilities
01 51 13 - Temporary Electricity
01 51 23 - Temporary Heating, Cooling and Ventilation
01 51 26 - Temporary Lighting
01 51 33 - Temporary Telecommunications
01 51 36 - Temporary Water
01 52 00 - Construction Facilities
01 52 19 - Sanitary Facilities

195
Printed Documentation

01 53 00 - Temporary Construction
01 54 00 - Construction Aids
01 54 23 - Temporary Scaffolding and Platforms
01 55 00 - Vehicular Access and Parking
01 56 00 - Temporary Barriers and Enclosures
01 57 00 - Temporary Controls
01 58 00 - Project Identification
01 60 00 - Product Requirements (Scope of Work)
01 64 00 - Owner Furnished Products
01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements
01 74 00 - Cleaning and Waste Management
01 76 00 - Protecting Installed Construction

02 00 00 - Ext. Conditions
02 00 00 - Existing Conditions
02 41 00 - Demolition
02 80 00 - Facility Remediation
02 81 00 - Transportation and Disposal of Hazardous Materials

03 00 00 - Concrete
03 00 00 - Concrete
03 05 00 - Common Work Results for Concrete
03 11 00 - Concrete Forming
03 21 00 - Reinforcing Steel
03 22 00 - Welded Wire Fabric Reinforcing
03 30 01 - Slab Foundations
03 31 00 - Structural Concrete
03 30 02 - Poured Concrete Basement Walls
03 15 13 - Concrete Accessories
03 35 00 - Concrete Finishing
03 40 00 - Precast Concrete
03 50 00 - Cast Decks and Underlayment
03 54 00 - Cast Underlayment
03 60 00 - Grouting

04 00 00 - Masonry

196
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

04 00 00 - Masonry
04 01 20.52 - Unit Masonry Cleaning
04 05 13 - Masonry Mortaring
04 05 19 - Masonry Anchorage and Reinforcing
04 05 23 - Masonry Accessories
04 20 00 - Crawlspace/Basement Foundations
04 21 13 - Brick Masonry
04 21 13.13 - Brick Veneer Masonry
04 22 00 - Concrete Units Masonry
04 23 00 - Glass Unit Masonry
04 40 00 - Stone Assemblies
04 57 00 - Masonry Fireplace
04 51 00 - Flue Liner Masonry

05 00 00 - Metals
05 00 00 - Metals
05 05 23 - Metal Fastenings
05 10 00 - Structural Metal Framing
05 21 00 - Steel Joist Framing
05 30 00 - Metal Decking
05 31 00 - Steel Decking
05 40 00 - Cold-Formed Metal Framing
05 50 00 - Metal Fabrications
05 52 00 - Metal Railings
05 52 13 - Pipe and Tube Railings
05 70 00 - Decorative Metal
05 71 13 - Fabricated Metal Spiral Stairs

06 00 00 - Wood, Plastics, Comp


06 00 00 - Wood, Plastics and Composites
06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry
06 11 00 - Wood Framing
06 13 23 - Heavy Timber Construction
06 16 00 - Sheathing
06 16 23 - Subflooring
06 18 13 - Glued-Laminated Beams

197
Printed Documentation

06 20 00 - Finish Carpentry
06 22 00 - Millwork
06 40 00 - Architectural Woodwork
06 41 00 - Architectural Wood Casework
06 42 00 - Wood Paneling
06 43 00 - Wood Stairs and Railings
06 60 00 - Plastic Fabrications

07 00 00 - Thermal Protection
07 00 00 - Thermal and Moisture Protection
07 10 00 - Damp Proofing and Waterproofing
07 13 13 - Felt
07 20 00 - Thermal Protection
07 24 00 - Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems
07 30 00 - Steep Slope Roofing
07 31 13 - Asphalt Shingles
07 31 16 - Metal Shingles
07 31 26 - Slate Shingles
07 31 29.16 - Wood Shingles
07 32 00 - Tile Roofing
07 32 13 - Clay Roof Tiles
07 32 16 - Concrete Roof Tiles
07 31 19 - Metal Roof Tiles
07 40 00 - Roofing and Siding Panels
07 46 00 - Siding
07 50 00 - Membrane Roofing
07 60 00 - Flashing and Sheet Metal
07 71 23 - Manufactured Gutters and Downspouts
07 72 00 - Roof Accessories
07 92 00 - Joint Sealants

08 00 00 - Openings
08 00 00 - Openings
08 11 00 - Metal Doors and Frames
08 11 00 - Exterior Doors
08 11 63 - Metal Screen and Storm Doors and Frames

198
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

08 14 00 - Interior Doors
08 31 00 - Attic Access Door
08 32 00 - Sliding Glass Doors
08 36 00 - Panel Doors
08 50 00 - Windows
08 71 00 - Door Hardware
08 71 00 - Door Hardware - Thresholds
08 51 66 - Metal Window Screens
08 60 00 - Roof Windows and Skylights
08 75 00 - Window Hardware
08 80 00 - Glazing
08 83 00 - Mirrors

09 00 00 - Finishes
09 00 00 - Finishes
09 24 23 - Portland Cement Stucco
09 29 00 - Gypsum Wallboard
09 30 00 - Tiling
09 50 00 - Ceilings
09 51 00 - Acoustical Ceilings
09 51 23 - Acoustical Tile Ceilings
09 60 00 - Flooring
09 64 00 - Wood Flooring
09 65 00 - Resilient Flooring
09 68 00 - Carpeting
09 70 00 - Wall Finishes
09 72 23 - Wallpapering
09 74 00 - Interior Paneling
09 90 00 - Painting and Coatings
09 91 13 - Exterior Painting
09 91 23 - Interior Painting
09 93 00 - Interior Wood
09 97 13 - Galvanized Metal
09 97 13 - Steel and Iron
09 97 23 - Concrete and Masonry Coatings

199
Printed Documentation

10 00 00 - Specialties
10 00 00 - Specialties
10 30 00 - Fireplaces and Stoves
10 30 13 - Manufactured Fireplace Chimneys
10 28 13 - Toilet Accessories
10 28 16 - Bath Accessories
10 28 19 - Tub and Shower Doors
10 28 23 - Laundry Associates
10 55 00 - Postal Specialties
10 57 00 Wardrobe and Closet Specialties

11 00 00 - Equipment
11 00 00 - Equipment
11 31 00 - Residential Appliances
11 33 00 - Retractable Stairs

12 00 00 - Furnishings
12 00 00 - Furnishings
12 20 00 - Window Treatments
12 21 00 - Window Blinds
12 22 00 - Curtain and Drapes
12 23 00 - Interior Shutters
12 24 00 - Window Shades
12 30 00 - Casework
12 36 00 - Countertops
12 93 00 - Site Furnishings

13 00 00 - Special Const.
13 00 00 - Special Construction
13 11 00 - Swimming Pools
13 12 00 - Fountains
13 34 00 - Fabricated Engineering Structures

14 00 00 - Conveying Equipment
14 00 00 - Conveying Equipment
14 20 00 - Elevators

200
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

14 42 00 - Wheelchair Lifts
14 91 33 - Laundry and Linen Chutes

21 00 00 - Fire Suppression
21 00 00 - Fire Suppression
21 10 00 - Water-Based Fire-Suppression Systems

22 00 00 - Plumbing
22 00 00 - Plumbing
22 40 00 - Plumbing Fixtures

23 00 00 - HVAC
23 00 00 - Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning
23 70 00 - Air Conditioning Unit
23 70 01 - Electric Heat Pump Systems
23 31 00 - HVAC Ducts and Casings
23 54 16 - Fuel-Fired Furnace
23 09 00 - Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
23 83 00 - Radiant Heating Units

26 00 00 - Electrical
26 00 00 - Electrical
26 05 00 - Common Work Results for Electrical
26 05 19 - Conductors and Cables
26 05 33 - Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems
26 24 00 - Switchboards and Panel Boards
26 27 26 - Wiring Devices
26 50 00 - Lighting

28 00 00 - Safety and Security


28 00 00 - Electronic Safety and Security
28 30 00 - Detection and Alarm
28 31 46 - Smoke Detection Sensors

31 00 00 - Earthwork
31 10 00 - Site Clearing

201
Printed Documentation

31 20 00 - Earth Moving
31 23 19 - Dewatering
31 23 23 - Select Borrow
31 23 23.13 - Backfill
31 23 33 - Trenching and Backfilling
31 25 00 - Erosion and Sedimentation Controls
31 31 16 - Termite Control
31 40 00 - Shoring and Underpinning
31 50 00 - Excavation Support and Protection

32 00 00 - Ext Improvement
32 01 90 - Operation and Maintenance of Planting
32 01 90.13 - Fertilizing
32 10 00 - Bases, Ballasts and Paving
32 12 16 - Asphalt Paving
32 12 43 - Porous Flexible Paving
32 13 13 - Concrete Paving
32 13 13.10 - Concrete Pads and Walks
32 14 00 - Unit Paving
32 14 13.13 - Interlocking Precast Concrete Until Paving
32 14 16 - Brick Unit Paving
32 14 23 - Asphalt Unit Paving
32 14 40 - Stone Paving
32 16 00 - Curbs and Gutters
32 17 23 - Pavement Markings
32 18 00 - Athletic and Recreational Surfacing
32 30 00 - Site Improvements
32 31 00 - Fences and Gates
32 31 13 - Chain Link Fences and Gates
32 31 19 - Decorative Metal Fences and Gates
32 31 23 - Plastic Fences and Gates
32 31 26 - Wire Fences and Gates
32 31 29 - Wood Fences and Gates
32 32 00 - Retaining Walls
32 34 00 - Fabricated Bridges
32 84 13 - Drip Irrigation

202
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

32 84 23 - Underground Sprinklers
32 90 00 - Planting
32 91 13 - Soil Preparation
32 19 19.13 - Topsoil Placement and Grading
32 92 19 - Seeding
32 92 23 - Sodding
32 92 00 - Plants
32 93 23 - Plants and Bulbs

33 00 00 - Utilities
33 00 00 - Utilities
33 36 00 - Utility Septic Tanks
33 46 13.13 - Foundation Drainage Piping
33 46 33 - Retaining Wall Drainage

Company Overhead and Margin


Company Overhead
Company Margin
Contingency

UDA Estimating - Light Commercial Master

Planning
Design Services
Permits
Lot Costs
Construction Financing

Demolition
Demolition Labor
Demolition Removal
Hazardous Material Abatement

Foundation

203
Printed Documentation

Site Work
Footers Labor
Footers Materials
Foundation Labor
Foundation Materials
Concrete Slab Labor
Concrete Slab Materials
Foundation-Misc

Framing
Framing Labor
Floor System Materials
Wall Framing Materials
Ceiling Framing Materials
Roof Framing Materials
Roof Decking Materials
Fascia & Soffit Materials
Framing-Trusses

Metal Building Structure


Erection Labor
Pre-Engineered Structure
Metal Building-Misc

Ext. Windows & Doors


Windows
Exterior Doors
Overhead Doors & Installation
Windows & Exterior Doors-Misc

Electrical Systems
Electrical Labor
Electrical Fixtures
Electrical Misc
Underground Utilities

Plumbing Systems

204
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

Plumbing Labor
Water Heaters
Plumbing Fixtures
Natural or Propane Gas
Water Service
Water & Sewer Line
Sewer Service
Septic Tanks

HVAC System
HVAC System

Fireplaces & Trim


Prefabricated Units
Masonry Fireplace Labor
Masonry Fireplace Materials
Trim Surround
Mantle
Chimney Detail
Fireplace-Misc

Roofing
Roofing Labor
Roofing Materials

Insulation & Drywall


Insulation
Drywall Labor
Drywall Materials

Exterior Veneer
Brick Labor
Brick Materials
Brick Cleaning
Siding Labor
Siding Materials
Stucco / EIFS

205
Printed Documentation

Stone
Exterior Veneer-Misc

Cabinetry & Countertops


Cabinetry
Countertops

Interior Trim & Stairs


Interior Doors
Interior Trim Labor
Interior Trim Materials
Interior Columns
Stair System Labor
Stair System Materials

Floorcovering
Hardwood Flooring Labor
Hardwood Flooring Materials
Vinyl Flooring Labor
Vinyl Flooring Materials
Carpet Labor
Carpet Materials

Tile & Ceramics


Tile Flooring Labor
Tile Flooring Materials
Tub/Shower Tile Labor
Tub/Shower Tile Materials

Interior Finishes
Paint Labor
Paint Materials
Wallcoverings
Interior Paneling

Door & Closet Hardware


Door Hardware Labor

206
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

Door Hardware Materials


Closet Shelving

Bath Hardware
Bath Hardware Labor
Bath Hardware Materials
Mirrors
Shower Doors
Bath Specialties

Appliances
Appliance Labor
Appliances

Site Improvements
Final Grading
Concrete Drives/Walks Labor
Concrete Drives/Walks Materials
Stormwater System Labor
Stormwater System Materials
Concrete Curb/Gutter Labor
Concrete Curb/Gutter Materials
Asphalt Drives Labor
Asphalt Drives Materials
Landscaping Labor
Landscaping Materials
Irrigation System
Retaining Walls
Site Improvements-Misc

Exterior Areas & Finishes


Deck Labor
Deck Materials
Concrete Patio Labor
Concrete Patio Materials
Porch Labor
Porch Materials

207
Printed Documentation

Exterior Columns
Exterior Steps
Exterior Hand Rails
Shutters
Mailbox
Exterior Areas & Finishes-Misc

Specialty Options
Central Vacuum
Security System
Intercom System
Stereo System Prewire
Computer Network
Specialty Options-Misc

Construction Clean Up
Clean Up – Daily
Clean Up – Final

Project Insurance
Builder’s Risk Insurance
Project Liability Insurance
Workman’s Compensation
Performance Bond
Project Insurance-Misc

Jobsite Facilities
Project Phone
Construction Utilities
Portable Restrooms
Signage
Portable Jobsite Office

Miscellaneous
Rental Equipment
Miscellaneous

208
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

Supervision
Supervision
Punchlist Allowance

Company Overhead & Margin


Company Overhead
Company Margin
Contingency

UDA Estimating - Remodeling Master

Planning
Design Services
Permits
Lot Costs
Construction Financing

Demolition
Demolition Labor
Demolition Removal
Hazardous Material Abatement

Foundation
Site Work
Footers Labor
Footers Materials
Foundation Labor
Foundation Materials
Concrete Slab Labor
Concrete Slab Materials
Foundation-Misc

Framing
Framing Labor

209
Printed Documentation

Floor System Materials


Wall Framing Materials
Ceiling Framing Materials
Roof Framing Materials
Roof Decking Materials
Fascia & Soffit Materials
Framing-Trusses

Ext. Windows & Doors


Windows
Exterior Doors
Overhead Doors & Installation
Windows & Exterior Doors-Misc

Electrical Systems
Electrical Labor
Electrical Fixtures
Electrical Misc
Underground Utilities

Plumbing Systems
Plumbing Labor
Water Heaters
Plumbing Fixtures
Natural or Propane Gas
Water Service
Water & Sewer Line
Sewer Service
Septic Tanks

HVAC System
HVAC System

Fireplaces & Trim


Prefabricated Units
Masonry Fireplace Labor
Masonry Fireplace Materials

210
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

Trim Surround
Mantle
Chimney Detail
Fireplace-Misc

Roofing
Roofing Labor
Roofing Materials

Insulation & Drywall


Insulation
Drywall Labor
Drywall Materials

Exterior Veneer
Brick Labor
Brick Materials
Brick Cleaning
Siding Labor
Siding Materials
Stucco / EIFS
Stone
Exterior Veneer-Misc

Cabinetry & Countertops


Cabinetry
Countertops

Interior Trim & Stairs


Interior Doors
Interior Trim Labor
Interior Trim Materials
Interior Columns
Stair System Labor
Stair System Materials

Floorcovering

211
Printed Documentation

Hardwood Flooring Labor


Hardwood Flooring Materials
Vinyl Flooring Labor
Vinyl Flooring Materials
Carpet Labor
Carpet Materials

Tile & Ceramics


Tile Flooring Labor
Tile Flooring Materials
Tub/Shower Tile Labor
Tub/Shower Tile Materials

Interior Finishes
Paint Labor
Paint Materials
Wallcoverings
Interior Paneling

Door & Closet Hardware


Door Hardware Labor
Door Hardware Materials
Closet Shelving

Bath Hardware
Bath Hardware Labor
Bath Hardware Materials
Mirrors
Shower Doors
Bath Specialties

Appliances
Appliance Labor
Appliances

Site Improvements
Final Grading

212
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

Concrete Drives/Walks Labor


Concrete Drives/Walks Materials
Stormwater System Labor
Stormwater System Materials
Concrete Curb/Gutter Labor
Concrete Curb/Gutter Materials
Asphalt Drives Labor
Asphalt Drives Materials
Landscaping Labor
Landscaping Materials
Irrigation System
Retaining Walls
Site Improvements-Misc

Exterior Areas & Finishes


Deck Labor
Deck Materials
Concrete Patio Labor
Concrete Patio Materials
Porch Labor
Porch Materials
Exterior Columns
Exterior Steps
Exterior Hand Rails
Shutters
Mailbox
Exterior Areas & Finishes-Misc

Specialty Options
Central Vacuum
Security System
Intercom System
Stereo System Prewire
Computer Network
Specialty Options-Misc

Construction Clean Up

213
Printed Documentation

Clean Up – Daily
Clean Up – Final

Project Insurance
Builder’s Risk Insurance
Project Liability Insurance
Workman’s Compensation
Performance Bond
Project Insurance-Misc

Jobsite Facilities
Project Phone
Construction Utilities
Portable Restrooms
Signage
Portable Jobsite Office

Miscellaneous
Rental Equipment
Miscellaneous

Supervision
Supervision
Punchlist Allowance

Company Overhead & Margin


Company Overhead
Company Margin
Contingency

UDA Estimating - Residential Master

Planning
Design Services

214
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

Permits
Lot Costs
Construction Financing

Foundation
Site Work
Footers Labor
Footers Materials
Foundation Labor
Foundation Materials
Concrete Slab Labor
Concrete Slab Materials
Foundation-Misc

Framing
Framing Labor
Floor System Materials
Wall Framing Materials
Ceiling Framing Materials
Roof Framing Materials
Roof Decking Materials
Fascia & Soffit Materials
Framing-Trusses

Ext. Windows & Doors


Windows
Exterior Doors
Overhead Doors & Installation
Windows & Exterior Doors-Misc

Electrical Systems
Electrical Labor
Electrical Fixtures
Electrical Misc
Underground Utilities

Plumbing Systems

215
Printed Documentation

Plumbing Labor
Water Heaters
Plumbing Fixtures
Natural or Propane Gas
Water Service
Water & Sewer Line
Sewer Service
Septic Tanks

HVAC System
HVAC System

Fireplaces & Trim


Prefabricated Units
Masonry Fireplace Labor
Masonry Fireplace Materials
Trim Surround
Mantle
Chimney Detail
Fireplace-Misc

Roofing
Roofing Labor
Roofing Materials

Insulation & Drywall


Insulation
Drywall Labor
Drywall Materials

Exterior Veneer
Brick Labor
Brick Materials
Brick Cleaning
Siding Labor
Siding Materials
Stucco / EIFS

216
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

Stone
Exterior Veneer-Misc

Cabinetry & Countertops


Cabinetry
Countertops

Interior Trim & Stairs


Interior Doors
Interior Trim Labor
Interior Trim Materials
Interior Columns
Stair System Labor
Stair System Materials

Floorcovering
Hardwood Flooring Labor
Hardwood Flooring Materials
Vinyl Flooring Labor
Vinyl Flooring Materials
Carpet Labor
Carpet Materials

Tile & Ceramics


Tile Flooring Labor
Tile Flooring Materials
Tub/Shower Tile Labor
Tub/Shower Tile Materials

Interior Finishes
Paint Labor
Paint Materials
Wallcoverings
Interior Paneling

Door & Closet Hardware


Door Hardware Labor

217
Printed Documentation

Door Hardware Materials


Closet Shelving

Bath Hardware
Bath Hardware Labor
Bath Hardware Materials
Mirrors
Shower Doors
Bath Specialties

Appliances
Appliance Labor
Appliances

Site Improvements
Final Grading
Concrete Drives/Walks Labor
Concrete Drives/Walks Materials
Stormwater System Labor
Stormwater System Materials
Concrete Curb/Gutter Labor
Concrete Curb/Gutter Materials
Asphalt Drives Labor
Asphalt Drives Materials
Landscaping Labor
Landscaping Materials
Irrigation System
Retaining Walls
Site Improvements-Misc

Exterior Areas & Finishes


Deck Labor
Deck Materials
Concrete Patio Labor
Concrete Patio Materials
Porch Labor
Porch Materials

218
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

Exterior Columns
Exterior Steps
Exterior Hand Rails
Shutters
Mailbox
Exterior Areas & Finishes-Misc

Specialty Options
Central Vacuum
Security System
Intercom System
Stereo System Prewire
Computer Network
Specialty Options-Misc

Construction Clean Up
Clean Up – Daily
Clean Up – Final

Project Insurance
Builder’s Risk Insurance
Project Liability Insurance
Workman’s Compensation
Performance Bond
Project Insurance-Misc

Jobsite Facilities
Project Phone
Construction Utilities
Portable Restrooms
Signage
Portable Jobsite Office

Miscellaneous
Rental Equipment
Miscellaneous

219
Printed Documentation

Supervision
Supervision
Punchlist Allowance

Company Overhead & Margin


Company Overhead
Company Margin
Contingency

UDA Estimating - Electrical Master


Demolition
Electrical Demolition
Grounding
Wiring Removal
Electrical Power
Lighting
Transmission & Distribution
Low-Voltage Distribution
Communications
Sound & Video

Basic Elec Materials & Methods


Grounding and Bonding
Hangers & Supports
Restoration & Repair

Conductors & Cables


Armored Cable

Cable Trays
Cable Tray Ladder Type
Cable Tray Solid Bottom
Cable Tray Trough
Cable Tray, Covers and Dividers

220
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

Conduit and Tubing


Conduit
Conduit Fittings for Rigid Galvanized Steel
Conduit Nipples
Conduit in Concrete Slab
Conduit in Trench
Cutting and Drilling
Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing
Flexible Metallic Conduit

Multi-Outlet Assemblies
Trench Duct
Underfloor Duct
Wiring Duct

Wireway & Aux Gutters


Wireway

Boxes
Outlet Boxes
Plastic Outlet Boxes
Pull Boxes

Wiring Devices
Low Voltage Switching
Wiring Devices

Electrical Power
Electrical Utility Services
Generator Assemblies
Motors and Generators
Power Filters & Conditioners
Power Measurement & Control
Static Power Converters
Transformers

221
Printed Documentation

Transmission & Distribution


Medium-Voltage Switching & Protection
Transmission & Distribution Accessories
Unit Substations

Low-Voltage Distribution
Circuit Breakers
Enclosed Bus Assemblies
Enclosed Controllers
Enclosed Switches & Circuit Breakers
Low-Voltage Components/Accessories
Safety Switches
Switchboards, Panels & Control Centers
Time Switches
Transfer Switches

Lighting
Emergency Lighting
Exterior Luminaires
Interior Luminaires
Lamps
Lighting Accessories
Special Purpose Lighting

Communications
Communications Circuits
Communication and Data Process Equipment
Telephone and Intercom Equipment

Sound and Video


Closed Circuit Television System
Sound Reinforcement
Sound and Video Circuits

Company Overhead and Margin

222
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

Company Overhead
Company Margin
Contingency

UDA Estimating - Landscaping Master


Plants
Shade Trees
Evergreen Trees
Ornamental Trees
Shrubs
Groundcover/Vines
Grasses
Miscellaneous
Installation

Topsoil
Topsoil Sod
Topsoil Beds
Topsoil Islands
Topsoil Planters
Installation

Mulch
Mulch
Installation

Irrigation Systems
Irrigation System
Installation

Hardscape
Concrete Drives/Walks Labor
Concrete Drives/Walks Materials
Retaining Walls

223
Printed Documentation

Site Improvements
Final Grading
Stormwater System Labor
Stormwater System Materials

Construction Cleanup
Cleanup - Daily
Cleanup - Final

Project Insurance
Builder's Risk Insurance
Project Liability Insurance
Workman's Compensation
Performance Bond
Project Insurance - Misc.

Jobsite Facilities
Project Phone
Construction Utilities
Portable Restrooms
Signage
Portable Jobsite Office

Miscellaneous
Rental Equipment
Miscellaneous

Supervision
Supervision
Punchlist Allowance

Company Overhead and Margin


Company Overhead
Company Margin
Contingency

224
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

UDA Estimating - Mechanical Master


Demolition
HVAC Demolition

Hangers and Supports


Pipe Hangers and Supports

Sound, Vibration, Seismic Control


Vibration Absorbers

Mechanical Identification
Piping System Identification Labels

Mechanical Insulation
Duct Installation
Equipment Insulation
Piping Insulation

Pipe Insulation Jacketing


Aluminum Pipe Insulation Protective Jacketing
PVC Pipe Insulation Protective Jacketing
Stainless Steel Pipe Insulation Protective Jacketing

Building Services Piping


Domestic Water Piping
Fuel Piping
Heating and Cooling Piping
Metal Pipe and Fittings
Piping Specialties
Plastic Pipe and Fittings
Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping
Valves

225
Printed Documentation

Process Piping
Industrial Process Piping
Process Air/Gas Piping

Heat Generation Equipment


Breechings, Chimneys and Stacks
Feedwater Equipment
Fuel-Fired Heaters
Furnaces
Heating Boilers and Accessories

Refrigeration Equipment
Packaged Cooling Towers
Packaged Water Chillers
Refrigeration Compressors

HVAC Equipment
Air Handling Units
Curbs/Pads/Stands Prefab
Energy Recovery Equipment
Floor-Heating and Snow-Melting Equipment
Heat Exchangers
Heat Pumps
Humidity Control Equipment
Terminal Heating and Cooling Units
Unitary Air Conditioning Equipment

Air Distribution
Air Cleaning Devices
Air Outlets and Inlets
Air Terminal Units
Duct Accessories
Ducts
Fans

HVAC Instrumentation & Controls

226
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

Air Filter

Testing, Adjusting, Balancing


HVAC Test, Adjust, Balance

Company Overhead and Margin


Company Overhead
Company Margin
Contingency

UDA Estimating - Plumbing Master


Plumbing Fixtures
Carriers/Supports
Faucets/Fittings
Toilet Seats
Washer/Dryer Accessories

Commercial Industrial Fixtures


Handwasher-Dryer Module
Hot Water Dispensers
Hydrants
Urinals
Wash Fountains
Water Chillers Remote

Drinking Fountains
Drinking Fountains

Electric Water Cooler


Water Cooler

Emergency Fixtures
Industrial Safety Fixtures

227
Printed Documentation

Institutional Fixtures
Prison/Institution Fixtures

Res, Comm, Indus Fixtures


Baths
Bidet
Laundry Sinks
Lavatories
Showers
Sinks
Toilets
Water Closets

Plumbing Pumps
Pumps Sewage Ejector
Pumps, Grinder System
Pumps, Pedestal Pump
Pumps, Pressure Booster System
Pumps, Submersible

Portable Water Storage Tanks


Water Heater Storage Tanks

Domestic Water Cond Equipment


Water Softener

Domestic Water Filtration Equip


Water Filters

Domestic Water Heaters


Temperature Maintenance Cable
Water Heater Packaged Systems
Water Heaters

Pool and Fountain Equipment


Fountains/Aerators

228
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating

Company Overhead and Margin


Company Overhead
Company Margin
Contingency

UDA Estimating - Site Work Master


Basic Site Materials & Methods
Aggregate
Cement and Concrete
Soils
Utility Materials

Site Remediation
Site Remediation

Site Preparation
Dewatering
Excavation Support and Protection
Shoring and Underpinning
Site Clearing
Site Demolition
Subsurface Investigation

Earthwork
Dredging
Equipment
Erosion and Sedimentation Control
Excavation and Fill
Grading
Shore Protect/Mooring Structures
Soil Stabilization
Soil Treatment

229
Printed Documentation

Tunneling, Boring and Jacking


Boring or Jacking Conduits
Microtunneling

Foundation Load Bearing Element


Bored Piles
Driven Piles

Utility Services
Electric/Communication Structures
Piped Energy Distribution
Sanitary Sewage
Septic Tank System
Water Distribution
Wells

Drainage and Containment


Culverts/Manufactured Construction
Flexible Pavement Surfacing Recovery
Flexible/Bituminous Pavement Recycling
Ponds and Reservoirs
Site Maintenance
Storm Drainage
Structure Moving
Subdrainage

Company Overhead and Margin


Company Overhead
Company Margin
Contingency

230
Chapter 12: UDA QuickBooks Integration
About UDA QuickBooks Integration
Take the next step. With UDA Estimating and UDA QuickBooks Integration (available in Pro
versions and above of ConstructionSuite™), estimating and accounting are integrated into a time -
saving, accurate project management system. Create a customized, detailed estimate for your
construction project, and then integrate estimating and accounting data in just a few minutes.

 Import your customized estimating accounts and costs directly into QuickBooks with
the most powerful, dynamic, and flexible QuickBooks integration tools available.
 Import estimating information to track, manage, and cos t all projects using a
customized chart of accounts in QuickBooks.
 Customize QuickBooks integration options like account type , item type , account
numbering, account structures, and tax classifications .
 Create invoices and purchases orders from UDA Estimating and utilize advanced
QuickBooks reporting.
 Import information from the UDA project database into QuickBooks customer job
information, bill to address, and contact information fields.

Powerful. Dynamic. Easy-to-use. Enjoy a customized and flexible chart of accounts, imported and
exported costs, and dynamic integration with ConstructionSuite components with the most powerful
QuickBooks Integration available for construction professionals.

 Designate account tax classifications including cost of goods sold, expense, fixed
asset accounts, liability accounts, and income accounts
 Implement a customized account numbering system that works with UDA Estimating
and QuickBooks
 Import QuickBooks Actual costs back into your UDA Estimate to track and analyze
project costs.
 Record all of your QuickBooks Transactions in ConstructionSuite for a comprehensive
record of your accounting tasks.
 With your integrated UDA Estimating and QuickBooks, you can automatically
generate an Application for Payment that can be printed on AIA G702 and G703 forms
(available in Premier versions and above of ConstructionSuite).
 Ensure that vendors have valid Insurance, License, or Bond Certificates before paying
bills in QuickBooks .

Preparing to Export

System Requirements for QuickBooks Integration


UDA QuickBooks Integration is only available with the Pro version of ConstructionSuite or higher. For
information, go to www.constructionsuite.com or call 1.800.700.8321.

To use all of the advanced features of UDA QuickBooks Integration, you will need QuickBooks Pro,
Premier, Contractor, or Enterprise 2007 or later.

For more information on how to use QuickBooks, consult the QuickBooks Help included with
QuickBooks.

231
Printed Documentation

 NOTE: If you are using Microsoft Windows Vista, you will need to ensure that the User
Account Control function on your computer is enabled. Go to Start > Control Panel > User
Accounts > User Accounts > Turn User Account Control on or off and then check the box next
to Use User Account Control (UAC) to help protect your computer .

 IMPORTANT : Back up your QuickBooks company before beginning the QuickBooks


Integration Initial Setup wizard.

Preparing to Export to QuickBooks


UDA Estimating with QuickBooks Integration is a powerful tool that requires planning and care for best
use. Before you begin exporting UDA Estimates to QuickBooks, you will need to:

 Set QuickBooks preferences to allow UDA QuickBooks Integration;


 Understand How to Prevent Duplicate Accounts in QuickBooks ;
 Choose the Chart of Accounts Type that you will use for every QuickBooks export;
 Decide if you will be Using Account Numbering; if so, determine the numbering
system;
 Decide if you will be Using a Master Estimate ; if so, create the estimate; and
 Turn on Insurance Tracking to be warned of expiring insurance for resources
(available in Premier versions and above).

Setting QuickBooks Preferences


You must have certain preferences set in QuickBooks to use the QuickBooks export.

Allowing UDA to export to QuickBooks

During your first export, QuickBooks will open an Application Certificate and ask you “Do you want to
allow this application to access this company file?” Click Yes, Always. This will allow ConstructionSuite
to access QuickBooks as needed.

 NOTE: Choose Yes, Always , to save time. If you click Yes, This Time , QuickBooks will
interrupt the export repeatedly to request your permission every time UDA Estimating needs
to communicate with QuickBooks.

What if I already answered “No” to the QuickBooks Application Certificate for UDA Estimati ng?

1. In QuickBooks, go to Edit > Preferences .


2. In the left column, choose the Integrated Applications option. You may need to scroll
down to see this option.
3. Choose the Company Preferences tab.
4. Select ConstructionSuite under “Applications that have previously requested access
to this company file.”
5. Click Properties , select Allow this application to log in automatically.
6. Click OK.

 NOTE: You may have to first deselect Prompt before allowing access .

Using Purchase Orders

232
Chapter 12: UDA QuickBooks Integration

If you have not already done so, you will need to tell QuickBooks you want to use purchase orders.

1. In QuickBooks, go to Edit > Preferences .


2. In the left column, choose the Items & Inventory option. You may need to scroll down
to see this option.
3. Choose the Company Preferences tab.
4. Select Inventory and purchase orders are active .
5. Click OK.

Using Class Tracking

In QuickBooks, you can create classes that you assign to transactions. Using class tracking can help
you better analyze your cash flow in QuickBooks. If you are creating a single Cost of Goods Sold
account in QuickBooks and exporting all of your UDA items to that account, you will likely want to use
class tracking.

To enable class tracking:

1. In QuickBooks, go to Edit > Preferences .


2. In the left column, choose the Accounting icon. You may need to scroll down to see
this option.
3. Choose the Company Preferences tab.
4. Select Use class tracking for transactions .
5. Click OK.

How to Prevent Duplicate Accounts in QuickBooks


Duplicate accounts occur when you have the same account under two or more different names in
QuickBooks. If this occurs, you will not be able to properly manage the account. To avoid creating
duplicate accounts, do not rename, renumber, or change the abbreviation or spelling of Categories,
Subcategories, or Items in UDA Estimating after your first QuickBooks export. The recommended way
to prevent duplicate accounts is to use a master estimate. For more information, see Using a Master
Estimate.

Selecting Chart of Accounts Type for QuickBooks Export


Choose the chart of accounts type that best fits your company. You must use the same Chart of
Accounts type for every QuickBooks export.

The chart of accounts is a complete list of a business’s accounts and their balances. You use it to track
how much money your company has, how much money it owes, how much money is coming in, and
how much is going out (descriptions provided by QuickBooks Help).

List of Available Expense Accounts

 Expense Accounts track money leaving your company.


 Cost of Goods Sold Accounts track the cost of goods and materials held in inventory
and then sold.
 Other Current Asset Accounts track assets that are likely to be converted to cash or
used within one year, such as security deposits. (for WIP Accounting)
 Fixed Asset Accounts track depreciable assets your company owns that are not likely
to be converted into cash within one year, such as equipment. (for WIP Accounting)

233
Printed Documentation

 Other Asset Accounts track any asset that is neither a fixed asset nor a current asset,
such as long-term notes receivable. (For WIP Accounting)
 Other Expense Accounts track money spent on something other than normal business
operations, such as corporate taxes.

List of Available Income Accounts

 Income Accounts track the main source of money coming into your company.
 Other Current Liability Accounts track liabilities that are scheduled to be paid within
one year, such as sales tax or payroll taxes. (For WIP Accounting)
 Long Term Liability Accounts track liabilities such as loans or mortgages scheduled to
be paid over periods longer than one year. (For WIP Accounting)
 Other Income Accounts track money received for something other than normal
business operations, such as interest income.

 NOTE: For more information about account types, consult the Help included with
QuickBooks.

Using a Master Estimate for QuickBooks Export


The best way to prevent errors and avoid duplicate accounts in QuickBooks is to use a master estimate
for all of your projects. Adapt one of the UDA master estimates for your company or create your own
estimate. Using a master estimate saves time and simplifies acco unting by ensuring that your accounts
are always named the same and, if you use account numbering, that they are numbered the same.

 IMPORTANT : When using a master estimate, you always use a copy of the master and
have a backup of the master. A good way to do this is to save your master estimate as a
template. For more information, see Creating an Estimate Template .

 NOTE: When creating a master estimate, it is best to include every category and
subcategory that you may ever want to use for a project. Although you can add categories,
subcategories, and items later, it is safer to delete un-needed information than to add new
information.

Scenario

Brad knows he will be managing several projects at a time and wants to reduce the possibility of error
and duplicate accounts in QuickBooks. He decides to create a master estimate that he can use for all
of his projects. Brad analyzes the seven projects he has estimated for so far, and compares them to
the UDA master estimate. Brad creates a comprehensive master estimate for his company. He saves
his master estimate as a template, then backs up the master estimate using UDA ProjectBackup.

When his company begins a new project, Brad opens his master estimate. Brad renames the file “Miller
Residence” before he begins estimating. He reviews the list of categories and subcategories and
notices that the Miller Residence does not include Fireplaces & Trims.

Brad may choose to leave the Fireplaces & Trims category in the Miller Residence estimate. In this
case, he would not enter any information for unneeded categories and subcategories.

Or, Brad may choose to delete the Fireplaces & Trim category and subcategories from the Miller
project estimate. “5000 Mechanical Systems” is now followed by “7000 Roofing”. The deletion will not
affect account numbering or create duplicate accounts in QuickBooks. And, since Brad is using a copy
of the master estimate, “6000 Fireplaces & Trim” is still listed in the master estimate and can be used
for future projects.

234
Chapter 12: UDA QuickBooks Integration

Exporting to QuickBooks

Using the QuickBooks Integration Setup Wizard


UDA QuickBooks Integration now offers even more dynamic options designed to give you ultimate
control. But before you begin creating QuickBooks Estimates, Invoices, and Purchase Orders, you
must define your preferences using the QuickBooks Integration Setup Wizard.

Make sure you have read all about QuickBooks Integration so you understand the risk of creating
duplicate accounts in QuickBooks and how to best manage your QuickBooks exports.

UDA QuickBooks Specialists can assist with any questions regarding QuickBooks Integration.
However, if you have questions about which accounting methods and practices will best fit your
business, you should discuss your options with a bookkeeper or accountant.

 IMPORTANT : If you are a previous user of UDA QuickBooks Integration, your settings will
automatically be selected in the wizard. If you make any changes to the settings, your
accounts may not align properly.

Define QuickBooks Integration preferences

1. In an open estimate, go to QuickBooks Integration > QuickBooks Initial Setup .


2. On the welcome screen, choose your accounting type.
Cost of Goods Sold: Expenses and Income will be automatically recorded in QuickBooks at
the time they are entered.

Construction Work in Progress: Expenses and Income are placed in holding accounts until
the job is complete. You will have to make manual journal entries in QuickBooks to move
expenses and income from these accounts.

Custom: Expenses and Income will be handled according to the selections you make
throughout the wizard. If you are a previous user of QuickBooks Integration, you should use
this option to ensure proper alignment with former integration preferences.

 NOTE: Selecting either Cost of Goods Sold or Construction Work in Progress will
pre-select corresponding options throughout the wizard. If you select Cost of Goods
Sold or Construction Work in Progress and then change any settings on following
pages, your accounting method selection will automatically change to Custom .

3. Click Next.
4. Set preferences for your Outgoing Accounts . (Chart of Accounts Detail screen)
Use a Parent Account: Select this option if you want to have all of your UDA accounts
separated from other accounts in QuickBooks. The default Account Name is UDA Costs. You
can change the parent account name by typing in the text box.

Create a single account: All information will reference a single account in your Chart of
Accounts.

Create an account for each Category in the UDA Estimate: Only categories in the estimate
will become accounts in your QuickBooks Chart of Accounts.

Create an account for each Category and Subcategory in the UDA Estimate : All
categories and subcategories in the estimate will become accounts in your QuickBooks Chart
of Accounts.

 NOTE: If you want UDA Estimate information to integrate with existing accounts in
QuickBooks, ensure that the categories and/or subcategories in the estimate are

235
Printed Documentation

named the same as your existing accounts and use a Parent Account only if you
were previously using one.

5. Select an Account Type for outgoing expenses by using the drop-down menu under
Account Type. If you chose Cost of Goods Sold or Construction Work in Progress on the
first screen, this option has been pre-selected for you. To learn more about account types, see
Selecting Chart of Accounts Type for QuickBooks.
6. Select if you would like to use Class Tracking . This option enables you to use
estimate classifications such as Material, Labor, Subcontractor, Equipment, and
Other for use in QuickBooks Class Tracking.
7. Click Next.
8. Set preferences for your Items . ( Item Details screen)
Select Use Items if you would like to create QuickBooks Estimates, Invoices, and Purchase
Orders. Selecting Items will create a QuickBooks Item for each UDA category, su bcategory,
and (if desired) item in the estimate. Each Item will be associated with its corresponding UDA
Account in QuickBooks.

 NOTE: Costs are automatically included with items when you export. If you
included tax in your UDA Estimate, the cost of an item will include tax when imported
into QuickBooks.
Use a Parent Item: Select this option if you want to keep your estimate hierarchy in
QuickBooks. The default Account Name is UDA Items. You can change the parent item name
by typing in the text box.

Create an item for each Category and Subcategory in the UDA Estimate: Only categories
and subcategories in the estimate will become items in QuickBooks.

Create an item for each Category, Subcategory, and Item in the UDA Estimate: All
categories, subcategories, and items in the estimate will become items in QuickBooks.

 NOTE: It is highly recommended that you use items when exporting to QuickBooks.
If you plan to use QuickBooks Items to create purchase orders and invoices, write
checks, pay bills, etc., ensure that you select to Create an item for each Category,
Subcategory, and Item in the UDA Estimate . Otherwise, utilize only Categories and
Subcategories from your UDA Estimate as QuickBooks Items.

9. Choose an Item type ( Service , Non-inventory part , or Other Charge ) in the drop down
menu. If you chose Expense/Cost of Goods Sold or Construction Work in Progress on
the first screen, this option has been pre-selected for you.
Service: Use this for services you either charge or purchase, such as specialized labor or
consulting fees.

Non-inventory Part: Use this for goods you buy but do not track, such as office supplies or
materials you buy for a specific job that you charge back to your customer.

Other Charge: Use this for miscellaneous labor, materials, or part changes, such as delivery
charges or setup fees.

10. Select Items are used for invoicing (recommended) if you would like to use income
accounts. The next screen will enable you to set up the accounts.
11. Click Next.
12. If you checked Items are used for invoicing, you will need to set your preferences for
Incoming Revenue Accounts. If you chose Cost of Goods Sold or Construction Work
in Progress on the first screen, this option has been pre-selected for you.

236
Chapter 12: UDA QuickBooks Integration

Type an Account Name under Revenue Account Name. The default name is UDA
Construction Payment.

Select an Account Type for incoming revenue by using the drop-down menu under Revenue
Account Type. To learn more about account types, see Selecting Chart of Accounts Type
for QuickBooks.

13. Click Next.


14. UDA recommends backing up your QuickBooks company file before exporting data.
To complete the QuickBooks Integration Setup Wizard, you must check the box next
to I have backed up my QuickBooks company file .
15. Review your selections on the Review Setup screen.
If you are satisfied with your selections, Click Finish.

To make any changes, click the < Back button.

You have now set your preferences for exporting information into QuickBooks. To begin
using QuickBooks Integration features, go to the QuickBooks Integration menu in an estimate
and create QuickBooks Estimates, Purchase Orders, Invoices, and Credit Memos.

Creating a QuickBooks Estimate


Create a QuickBooks Estimate directly from your UDA Estimate to save time and eliminate mistakes
that can occur due to double-entering information. With a matching estimate in QuickBooks, you can
launch invoices, purchase orders, and run reports that correlate with your customized estimate
information.

 NOTE: Accepted Change Orders in your UDA Estimate will be separated into sub jobs of
the main Customer Job in QuickBooks.

 IMPORTANT : QuickBooks exports are irreversible. Backing up QuickBooks before


exporting from UDA Estimating protects your accounts from possible errors.

Create a QuickBooks Estimate from a UDA Estimate

1. Open the QuickBooks company file that you would like to integrate with UDA
ConstructionSuite.
2. In an open UDA Estimate, go to QuickBooks Integration > Create QuickBooks
Estimate .
3. Choose to create estimate from the Project Totals or Entire Workbook . (If you only
chose to export Categories and Subcategories as items in QuickBooks, you will only
have the Project Totals option.)
4. Select a Customer Job for the estimate.
If you have Accepted Change Orders in your UDA Estimate, they will appear as sub jobs of the
main Customer Job.

Select All Customer Jobs, or choose a Customer:Job from the list in the drop-down menu.

4. Designate Markup options for the estimate.


Selecting Company Overhead and Margin Category will include the Company Overhead and
Margin entered in UDA Estimating. You can have your Company Overhead and Margin
Prorated into each line item or designated as a Separate line items in the QuickBooks
estimate.

237
Printed Documentation

If you have used Line Item Markup in your UDA Estimate, you can choose to include it in your
QuickBooks Estimate. .

5. Click OK.
6. The estimate will automatically open in QuickBooks. Use the Previous and Next
buttons to view imported estimates.

 NOTE: You can export ConstructionSuite items to QuickBooks by going to QuickBooks >
Export to QuickBooks > Export Items to QuickBooks.

Creating a QuickBooks Invoice


You can create a QuickBooks Invoice directly from your UDA Estimate. With QuickBooks invoices, you
can keep track of how much a customer owes you, receive payments, and print invoices for customers.

 NOTE: Accepted Change Orders in your UDA Estimate will be separated into sub jobs of
the main Customer:Job in QuickBooks.

IMPORTANT : QuickBooks exports are irreversible. Backing up QuickBooks before exporting


from UDA Estimating protects your accounts from possible errors.

Create a QuickBooks Invoice from a UDA Estimate

1. Open the QuickBooks company file that you would like to integrate with UDA
ConstructionSuite.
2. In an open UDA Estimate, go to QuickBooks Integration > Create QuickBooks Invoice .
3. Select what you will be invoicing for.
If you choose to Invoice for Work Completed, use the selection button to select a single
Category or a Category/Subcategory combination for your invoice. Only categories and
subcategories with estimated values entered in the estimate can be selected.

If you choose to Invoice for Retainage, you must have retained revenue in previous invoices.
Use this option at the end of your project after all other invoices have been created.

3. Designate a Customer:Job for the invoice.


If you have accepted Change Orders in your UDA Estimate, they will appear as sub jobs of the
main Customer:Job.

Select All Customer:Jobs, or choose a Customer:Job from the list in the drop-down menu.

4. Set Progress Invoicing options.


Select Create Invoice for 100% if you will be invoicing for the entire amount.

Select Create an invoice for a percentage of the work completed and enter a percentage in
the text box if you would like to invoice for a portion of the total amount.

5. Designate Markup and Retainage options for the estimate.


Selecting Company Overhead and Margin Category will include the Company Overhead and
Margin entered in UDA Estimating. You can have your Company Overhead and Margin appear
Prorated into each line item or (if you are invoicing for the entire project) designated as a
Separate line items in the QuickBooks Invoice.

You can also choose to include Line Item Markups that have been designated in your UDA
Estimate.

238
Chapter 12: UDA QuickBooks Integration

If desired, select Retainage and enter a percentage to be withheld from the total invoice
amount. Retainages are typically used to ensure proper completion of the project.

6. Click OK. The invoice will open in QuickBooks. Use the Previous and Next buttons to
view other imported invoices in QuickBooks.

Creating a QuickBooks Purchase Order


You can create a QuickBooks purchase order directly from your UDA Estimate. With QuickBooks
purchase orders, you can order goods or services, keep track of what you have ordered and received,
and create bills.

 IMPORTANT : QuickBooks exports are irreversible. Backing up QuickBooks before


exporting from UDA Estimating protects your accounts from possible errors.

Enable Purchase Order in QuickBooks

Depending on your version of QuickBooks, you may need to tell Quic kBooks that you want to use
purchase orders.

1. In QuickBooks, go to Edit > Preferences .


2. Choose Items & Inventory in the navigation tree.

3. Click the Company Preferences tab.


4. Select Inventory and purchase orders are active and click OK.

Create Purchase Order from a UDA Estimate

1. Open the QuickBooks company file that you would like to integrate with UDA
ConstructionSuite.
2. In an open UDA Estimate, go to QuickBooks Integration > Create QuickBooks
Purchase Order .
3. Choose how you would like to filter the purchase order. Use the filtering options
individually or in any combination.
Filter by Category enables you narrow your purchase order by choosing a
Category/Subcategory combination from your UDA Estimate.

Filter by Resource enables you to narrow your purchase order by selecting an assigned
resource from your UDA Estimate.

Filter by Classification enables you to narrow your purchase order by selecting one of
classifications from your UDA Estimate (Material, Labor, Subcontractor, Equipment, or Other).

 NOTE: You can use the filtering options individually or in any combination. For
example, you may want to create a purchase order simply by Category, or narrow the
scope of the purchase order even more by choosing only Materials in the selected
Category.

3. Select a QuickBooks Vendor (required). You can create a new QuickBooks Vendor by
choosing <Create New Vendor> from the drop down menu. See the note below for
more information about creating a new vendor.
4. Click OK. The purchase order will open in QuickBooks. Use the Previous and Next
buttons in QuickBooks to view imported purchase orders.

239
Printed Documentation

 NOTE: To create a new Vendor, select the <Create New Vendor> option from the drop -
down menu. The Create QuickBooks Vendor form will open. If you have a contact selected in
the Resource section of the Create Purchase Order form, the Vendor information wi ll be pre-
filled for you. Otherwise, type the Vendor name as you would like it to appear in your
QuickBooks Vendor list. If you have a vendor who is also a customer, you will need to modify
their name slightly (i.e. Joe F. Smith). Then type the Vendor’s correct name in the other
fields.
Vendor (required): Joe F. Smith
Company Name: Lumber Supply, Inc.
Mr./Ms./...: Mr.
First Name: Joe
M. I.: F.
Last Name: Smith
You can edit Vendor Information later in QuickBooks. Only the vendor name is required to
create a new vendor. For more information about using vendors, consult the Help included
with QuickBooks.

Creating a QuickBooks Credit Memo


You can create a QuickBooks Credit Memo directly from your UDA Estimate. With QuickBooks Credit
Memos, stay on top of your finances and any credits you issue back to your clients.

IMPORTANT : QuickBooks exports are irreversible. Backing up QuickBooks before exporting


from UDA Estimating protects your accounts from possible errors.

Create a QuickBooks Invoice from a UDA Estimate

1. Open the QuickBooks company file that you would like to integrate with UDA
ConstructionSuite.
2. In an open UDA Estimate, go to QuickBooks Integration > Create QuickBooks Credit
Memo .
3. Select your level of detail.
Project Totals will generate credit memos at the Category/Subcategory level.

Entire Workbook will generate credit memos at the item level.

3. Designate a Customer:Job for the Credit Memo.


4. Click OK. The Credit Memo will open in QuickBooks. Use the Previous and Next
buttons to view other imported Credit Memos in QuickBooks.

Importing from QuickBooks

Writing Checks and Paying Bills in QuickBooks


Bi-directional integration with QuickBooks makes it easy to import QuickBooks Actuals into your UDA
Estimates. Now you can better manage costs and quickly determine your profitability status throughout
the project duration.

In order to import actual costs back into your UDA Estimate from checks written and bills paid in
QuickBooks, ensure that you are following the guidelines below.

Guidelines for Writing Checks and Paying Bills in QuickBooks

240
Chapter 12: UDA QuickBooks Integration

1. On either the Checks or Bills screen in QuickBooks, ensure that you are using the
Items tab to create your bill or check. (When you first open the Check or Bill screen in
QuickBooks, the Expense tab will be active.)
2. Use items in QuickBooks that correspond to items in the UDA Estimate (i.e. items
that were generated through creating the QuickBooks Estimate and Items List from
your UDA Estimate).
3. Select the correct Customer:Job from the drop-down menu in the QuickBooks items
list for that check or bill.

Importing QuickBooks Actuals

With the new UDA QuickBooks Integration, you can import actual cos ts from QuickBooks into
your UDA Estimate with just a few clicks.

Prepare to Import QuickBooks Actuals into a UDA Estimate

Ensure that your estimate is set up to receive QuickBooks Actuals.

1. In an open estimate, go to Tools > Options and click on the Settings tab.
2. Select Import Actuals from QuickBooks .
3. Click OK. The Actuals column in the estimate will now be identified as the QB Actual
column. If the Actuals column is not showing in your UDA Estimate, go to Tools >
Show/Hide Columns and select Actual Cost under the Total, Actual, and Variance
heading.

 NOTE: Actuals can either be entered manually or imported from QuickBooks. You cannot
use both options in the same estimate. Actuals imported from QuickBooks will only show
when the Import Actuals from QuickBooks option is active.

Import Actuals from QuickBooks

 NOTE: You must have written checks or paid bills in QuickBooks that correspond to the
information in your UDA Estimate. For this to work properly, you must select a Customer:Job
and use items that match your UDA Estimate.

1. In an open UDA Estimate, go to QuickBooks Integration > Import from QuickBooks


> Import QuickBooks Actuals .
2. Choose your import preferences
Checks: Select if you want to import amounts from All Checks, Only Printed Checks or
Only Unprinted Checks.

Bills: Select if you want to Include Bills. If so, choose between All Bills, Only Paid Bills or
Only Unpaid Bills.

Credit Cards: Select if you want to Include Credit Card Charges.

Paychecks: Select if you want to Include Paychecks.

3. Check the box next to Generate a Custom Transaction Report in QuickBooks if you
would like to view actuals in a QuickBooks report.
4. Click OK. Designated actuals will be imported into your UDA Estimate and will appear
in the QB Actual column.

241
Printed Documentation

Importing QuickBooks Commited Costs

With the new UDA QuickBooks Integration, you can import purchase orders from QuickBooks
into your UDA Estimate with just a few clicks.

Import Committed Costs from QuickBooks

1. In an open UDA Estimate, go to QuickBooks Integration > Import from QuickBooks


> Import QuickBooks Committed Costs .
2. Choose whether you would like to import All Purchase Orders, Open Purchase
Orders or Closed Purchase Order and whether you would like to Include Partial
Quantities.

3. Click OK. Designated committed costs will be imported into your UDA Estimate and
will appear in the Committed Costs column.

Importing QuickBooks Invoiced Amounts

With the new UDA QuickBooks Integration, you can import invoices from QuickBooks into
your UDA Estimate with just a few clicks.

Import Committed Costs from QuickBooks

1. In an open UDA Estimate, go to QuickBooks Integration > Import from QuickBooks


> Import QuickBooks Invoiced Amounts .
2. Choose whether you would like to import All Invoices, Paid Invoices or Unpaid
Invoices.

3. Click OK. Designated invoices will be imported into your UDA Estim ate and will
appear in the Invoiced Amount column.

Importing QuickBooks Transactions


With ConstructionSuite, you can keep all of your information in one place, making it easy for you to see
a complete picture of your project. QuickBooks transactions, including estimates, invoices, purchase
orders, bills, and payments can be automatically recorded to your ConstructionSuite History.

Prepare to import QuickBooks transactions into the Project History

1. Ensure that you have created transactions in QuickBooks.


2. In an estimate, go to Tools > Options > Settings.
3. On the Settings tab, check the box next to Automatically Import Actuals from
QuickBooks . All QuickBooks transactions will automatically import into the History
log.

 NOTE: To import QuickBooks Transactions manually from an estimate, go to


QuickBooks Integration > Import from Quickbooks > Import Quickbooks
Transactions.

 NOTE: The correct QuickBooks company file must be open for both the manual
and automatic transaction import.

242
Chapter 12: UDA QuickBooks Integration

View imported QuickBooks transactions

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs >
UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click either the Projects or Contacts tab, depending on the association you prefer.
3. Click on the project or contact for which you would like to view QuickBooks
Transactions.

4. On the overview screen, click on the Project Log or Contact Log section header to
view a complete list of tasks that have been completed for your project or contact,
including any QuickBooks estimates, invoices, purchase orders, bills, and payments
that have been created.

243
Chapter 13: UDA Application for Payment
About Application for Payment
Spend Your Time Working, Not Waiting. The UDA Application for Payment system enables you to
effortlessly generate industry-standard payment applications ready to be printed on AIA G702 and
G703 forms. Quickly turn amounts invoiced through UDA QuickBooks Integration into comprehensive
applications for your financial institution.

With UDA Application for Payment, you can:

 Generate applications from multiple QuickBooks invoices.


 Keep a running total from previous project applications
 Track retainages on work completed and materials stored.
 Print your automatically-generated applications on AIA G702 and G703 forms.
Making Integration Work for You. Integration between UDA Estimating, QuickBooks, and the new
Application for Payment system means you don't have to waste your time on error-prone double entry
tasks. Enter your project costs once in UDA Estimating, launch in voices from your estimate into
QuickBooks, and then generate AIA G702 and G703 application for payment forms automatically. And,
since all of your project information is stored dynamically in the ConstructionSuite ™ database, you
won't have to manually track previous applications.

 NOTE: Application for Payment is included in Premier versions and above of


ConstructionSuite.

Creating an Application for Payment


Use the Application for Payment Wizard to quickly generate industry-standard payment applications
that can be printed on AIA G702 and G703 forms.

 IMPORTANT : To use UDA Application for Payment, you must have created an estimate
and invoices in QuickBooks that correspond to your UDA Estimate.

 WARNING: It is highly recommended that you only send one estimate per project over to
QuickBooks. If you have more than one estimate for a Customer:Job, QuickBooks will count
that as two estimates, and the Schedule of Values produced during the Application for
Payment process will reflect the combined amount of both estimates.

Create an application for payment

1. Open the QuickBooks company file that you would like to integrate with UDA
ConstructionSuite.
2. In an open UDA Estimate, go to QuickBooks Integration > Application for Payment >
Application for Payment . The Application for Payment Wizard will open.
3. Enter Application Information.
The Application Number is automatically generated based on the number of applications you
have created for this project estimate.

Use the Period To drop-down menu to select the ending date for your application.

245
Printed Documentation

3. Enter Project Information .


Any information already associated with the project is automatically imported into the wizard. If
the Architect field is empty, use the button to the right of the box to select a contact name.

Use the calendar button to select the Contract Date.

4. Click Next.
5. Select Invoices for the Application .
All invoices for the selected Customer:Job are listed. Invoices that have not been used in
previous applications are active and can be selected for the current application.

Use the checkboxes in the Include column to select which invoices you would like to include in
the current application.

6. Click Next.
7. Select Change Orders for the Application .
All change orders for the selected Customer:Job that have corresponding estimates in
QuickBooks are listed. Change orders that have not been used in previous applications are
active and can be selected for the current application.

Use the checkboxes in the Include column to select which change orders you would like to
include in the current application.

 NOTE: Change orders will show up on both the application form and continuation
sheet as a part of the total contract price. However, you will still need to create
invoices for your change orders from the UDA Estimate into QuickBooks in order to
make draws.

8. Click Next.
9. Designate values for Materials Presently Stored .
Enter a dollar value in the Materials Stored column for any items stored on-site.

If a retainage is required, enter the percentage in the % Retainage on Materials column for
each item stored. The Retainage on Materials will be calculated for you.

10. Click Next.


11. Choose Printing Options .
If you do not have AIA G702 and G703 forms, select Print on blank paper. This will print all
information and formatting associated with the payment application.

If you have AIA G702 and G703 forms to use in your printer, select Print on AIA forms. Only
the data for the application will be printed.

Once you have selected your printing options, click Next.

12. Click Next.


13. Review Application and Continuation Sheet .
Click Print Preview to view your application before printing.

Click Print to print the documents.

14. Accept or Reject the Application .


If you Accept the application, it will be recorded in your project database.

246
Chapter 13: UDA Application for Payment

If you Reject the application, all information will be discarded, and you can restart the
application.

15. Click Finish. The wizard will close and a message will appear indicating that the
application has been recorded.
16. Click OK to close the window.

Viewing Applications for Payment


Once you have created an application for payment, you can view it at anytime.

View a payment application

1. In an open estimate, go to QuickBooks Integration > Application for Payment > View
Applications for Payment .
2. Select the application you would like to view and click View . The Application will open
in the Print Preview window. If desired, you can print the Application sheet from here
by clicking Print .
3. To view the Continuation Sheet, click Close in the Print Preview window. The
Continuation sheet opens in the Print Preview window.
4. Use the Next and Previous buttons in the Print Preview window to scroll through the
continuation sheet. If desired, you can print the Continuation sheet by clicking Print.
5. When ready, click Close to close the payment application preview.

Deleting Applications for Payment


Once you have created an application for payment, you can delete it at anytime.

Delete a payment application

1. In an open estimate, go to QuickBooks Integration > Application for Payment > View
Applications for Payment .
2. Select the application you would like to view and click Delete . The payment
application will be deleted. Any invoices included in the application will be available
for use in future applications.
3. Click OK to confirm the deletion.

NOTE: Applications can only be deleted in the reverse order that they were created.

247
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
About OnPlan Scheduling
Always Know What's Next. Whether you're managing two or two hundred projects at a time, accurate
scheduling is critical to your success. Double-booked resources, inaccurate information, mishandling of
materials, and more can cause significant delays in your projects that result in massive profit loss.
ConstructionSuite™ Pro versions and above deliver advanced yet intuitive Scheduling tools to give you
ultimate control over your projects.

The (Critical) Path to Project Success. Track and manage the progress of your schedules with
advanced Critical Path tools. Using multiple predecessors maximizes schedule effic iency by setting the
subtask order so each task may begin as soon as possible and progress in the ideal order. With a fully
defined and viewable critical path, you can easily account for changes that occur and compare original
and actual scheduled dates.

With UDA Scheduling, you can:

 Create comprehensive schedules for each of your projects.


 Shave weeks off of project durations by using predecessor relationships to map the
critical path of tasks.
 Customize work week and account for holidays with custom work days and holidays.
 Designate a Schedule Baseline to track project progress and scheduling accuracy.
 Set and automatically email Reminders to your resources to keep projects running on
time.
 Assign vendors, subcontractors, and equipment to subtasks in your schedule and
avoid double-booking resources with advanced Resource Allocation .
 Ensure that project resources will have active and valid Insurance and Bonds (Premier
versions and above).
 View all project schedules in the Construction Calendar for definitive multi-project
control.
 Take schedule information in the field on a handheld device with advanced
synchronization between the Construction Calendar and Microsoft Outlook or Save
the Schedule to ConstructionOnline and view within one of our OnSite Mobile Apps
while on the go.
 Generate advanced, multi-project reports from your schedule.
Making Integration Work for You. Integration is a key factor in saving you time and money. With
OnPlan Scheduling, you can create estimates from schedules, synchronize information between
estimates and schedules, import and export schedules to and from MS Project, manage multiple
project schedules through the Construction Calendar, and connect all your files through the dynamic
database system. Add in multi-project reporting capabilities that merge information throughout the
ConstructionSuite system, and you have a completely integrated solution that maximizes your
efficiency.

Getting Started with UDA Scheduling

Opening OnPlan Scheduling

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .

249
Printed Documentation

2. Click the Scheduling tab.


3. OnPlan Scheduling will open .
4. In the top left, you'll see three launch buttons:

Launch Schedule Wizard will open the Schedule Wizard, walking you step by step
through creating a new Schedule.

Open Blank Schedule will open a blank schedule, which enables you to build your
own framework of tasks and subtasks.

Open Schedule Help will take you to the Scheduling section of the UDA Help Guide.
5. In the top right, you'll see Recent Schedules, which will be your most recently
modified schedules. Single click the schedule name to launch the schedule.
6. In the bottom section, you'll the Scheduling Templates that are available. Click the
scheduling folder that best fits your project type. Available options will vary according
to your version.
7. Open a schedule by double-clicking one of the following file types:

Master Schedules will have a predefined framework of tasks and subtasks that you
can customize to fit your project needs.

Blank Schedules enable you to build your own framework of tasks and subtasks.

Sample Schedules provide a fully developed schedule from a sample project that you
can also customize to fit your project needs.

Creating a New Schedule with the Schedule Wizard


The Schedule Wizard provides numerous options for you to develop and customize a new schedule.
Use the wizard to select or create a project for the schedule, create the framework of tasks and
subtasks, define the work week, and set the schedule color scheme.

Create a new schedule

1. From the ConstructionSuite interface, click File > New > New File > New Schedule.
The Schedule Wizard will open.

2. To get started, choose between the three following options.

To use a framework from an existing template, choose the Select a Predefined Schedule
option. The next screen will provide a drop-down list of available schedule templates. .

To open a blank schedule, choose Open a Blank Schedule. The next screen will enable you to
select a project

To create your own schedule framework, choose the Create a new Schedule Framework
option. The next screen will enable you to create tasks and subtasks for your schedule.

If you selected to Select a Predefined Schedule:

1. You will be prompted to select a template.


Master Schedules will have a predefined framework of tasks and subtasks that you
can customize to fit your project needs.

Sample Schedules provide a fully developed schedule from a sample project that you
can also customize to fit your project needs.

250
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

2. Click Next.

3. You will be prompted to select your Project Information.


Select a project for the schedule. Selecting a project links the schedule to your
central database and ensures proper file management.

To use an existing project , click the button next to the Name field to select the project
name. For more information, see Selecting a Project.

To create a new project , click New . The Project Quick Add form will open. You can
enter Project Information, Project Details, and Contact Information. Click the More
button to access the complete Edit Project form. For more information, see Creating
a New Project.

To edit an existing project , select a project from the pop-up menu and click Edit . The
Edit Project form will open. You can edit Project Information, Lender Information,
Additional Information, and Project Dimensions. For more information, see Editing a
Project.

4. Click Next.

5. Designate Working Days


Working days are active days in the schedule. Days marked as non-working days will
not be used in charting tasks in the schedule.

Use the checkboxes to designate Work Days .

To designate Holidays , check the box next to the appropriate holidays. Selected days
will not be used in charting tasks in the schedule.

6. Click Finish.

If you selected to Open a Blank Schedule:

1. You will be prompted to select your Project Information.


Select a project for the schedule. Selecting a project links the sched ule to your
central database and ensures proper file management.

To use an existing project , click the button next to the Name field to select the project
name. For more information, see Selecting a Project.

To create a new project , click New . The Project Quick Add form will open. You can
enter Project Information, Project Details, and Contact Information. Click the More
button to access the complete Edit Project form. For more information, see Creating
a New Project.

To edit an existing project , select a project from the pop-up menu and click Edit . The
Edit Project form will open. You can edit Project Information, Lender Information,
Additional Information, and Project Dimensions. For more information, see Editing a
Project.

2. Click Next.

3. Designate Working Days


Working days are active days in the schedule. Days marked as non-working days will
not be used in charting tasks in the schedule.

251
Printed Documentation

Use the checkboxes to designate Work Days .

To designate Holidays , check the box next to the appropriate holidays. Selected days
will not be used in charting tasks in the schedule.

4. Click Finish.

If you selected to Create a new Scheduling Framework:

1. You will be prompted to begin building your schedule framework.


First, create a group. Click the Add Group button, type the name of the group, and press Enter
on your keyboard.

Then, create tasks for the group. Click the Add Task button, type the name of the task, and
press Enter on your keyboard. Repeat until all tasks for that group have been entered. You
can enter more tasks in the schedule later.

Next, create additional groups and/or tasks.

Click Next when you are satisfied with the schedule framework. You can change this
framework and add or delete tasks for the schedule at any time. For more information, see
Modifying Projects, Modifying Tasks, and Modifying Subtasks.

2. Click Next.

3. Designate Working Days


Working days are active days in the schedule. Days marked as non-working days will
not be used in charting tasks in the schedule.

Use the checkboxes to designate Work Days .

To designate Holidays , check the box next to the appropriate holidays. Selected days
will not be used in charting tasks in the schedule.

4. Click Finish.

The new schedule will open. You are now ready to set the schedule dates and begin using
your project schedule.

Selecting a Project for a Master Schedule


ConstructionSuite organizes data by project. You should create a project for each job your company
works on, so all of your files can be stored appropriately. For example, if you are building a project for
the Jones family, your contracts, estimate, specifications, schedule, and other project data and
correspondence will be stored in the Jones Residence folder in the ConstructionSuite database.

For more information on using UDA Projects, see Using UDA Projects.

Select a project for a master schedule

1. Open ConstructionSuite and click on the Scheduling folder and select the type of
schedule you would like to open. (Options vary depending on versi on.)
2. Double-click on a Master schedule.
3. Click File > Save. The Save Form will open.
4. To select a project for the schedule, do one of the following:

To use an existing project , select the appropriate folder under Projects.

252
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

To create a new project , click the New Project [+] button . The Project Wizard form will
open. You can enter Project Information, Project Details, and Contact Information.
Click the More button on this window to access the complete Edit Project form.
5. If this schedule should be the primary schedule for your selected project, check the
box next to Primary File.
6. Click OK.

Creating and Using a Schedule Template


Once you have created a complete schedule, you may want to save the schedule as a template. A
template is a document with predefined settings and content that can easily be used to create similar
documents. You can save time by creating schedule templates for different project types and using
your template whenever you begin a new project.

All schedule templates can be accessed through the Scheduling tab of the ConstructionSuite system.

Save a schedule as a template

1. Open the schedule you want to save as a template.


2. Go to File > File > Save As Template. The Save As Template window will open.
3. Using the Folder tree on the left side of the window, select a folder under the
Scheduling grouping in which to save your template.
4. Type a descriptive name for the template in the Filename text box at the bottom of the
screen.
5. Click OK.
6. If the file was previously saved as a project schedule, you will be prompted to select if
you want to remove Custom Columns, Durations, Estimate Information, Notes,
Colors, Percent Complete, Predecessors, Reminders, or Resources before saving
the template. Click OK once you have made your selections.
7. The template will appear in the section you specified on the Scheduling tab. The
master schedule still exists in its original location.

 NOTE: ConstructionSuite is designed to automatically remove project designatio ns upon


saving a template. When you use the template, you will be prompted to select a project.

Use a template to create a schedule for a project

1. Go to the location where your template is saved.


2. Double-click the template file to use it for your new project schedule. A new schedule
will open.
3. Go to File > Save As and select a Project and location to save the schedule. Enter a
filename and check the box for Primary Schedule if you wish to make this primary.
4. Edit the schedule as needed for the new project. Changes will only be made to the
project schedule and will not affect the template.
5. Save the file again once you have made all changes.

Permanently modify a custom schedule template

1. Go to the location where your template is saved.

253
Printed Documentation

2. Right-click the template you want to modify and select Edit Template .
3. Edit the schedule template as needed. Any changes you make will affect the
template. Every new schedule created from the custom template will reflect these
changes, but schedules previously created from the template will not be affected.
4. Go to File > Save.

Importing Previous Schedules


Upgrade users from ConstructionSuite 2007 or later can convert their previous scheduling files to the
new format. This allows upgrade users to retain and reuse older schedules yet benefit from the
advanced features and increased speed of the new UDA Scheduling.

Import a previous UDA Schedule

1. Close all other applications. The update will take a few minutes to comple te.
2. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs >
UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
3. On the main interface, select Data > Import > UDA Database File.
4. Locate the schedule you would like to import and select Open.
5. The new schedule will open and UDA Scheduling will proceed with the update.
6. Wait until the update process is complete. When prompted, save the new schedule in
the appropriate project folder.

Overview of the Scheduling Structure

Understanding the Scheduling Structure


UDA Schedules are divided into two parts, schedule information and the Gantt chart.

Schedule information

Schedule information, displayed on the left side, includes important details about the scheduled tasks
including name, start date, end date, duration, predecessors, estimated value and more. You can show
or hide columns by right-clicking any column heading, by clicking on the Show/Hide Columns button
on the View Tab, or by using the Predefined Views option on the View Tab. For more information
about customizing the columns in view, see Showing and Hiding Columns in Scheduling.

Gantt chart

The Gantt chart, displayed on the right side, is a visual representation of the schedule information .
Years and Dates are shown at the top of the chart. Task bars - colored bars that represent the start
date, end date, and duration of the task - are displayed on the Gantt chart. Advanced options on the
Gantt chart include filtering by only milestones, only active tasks, only conflicts and more. You can set
these preferences by clicking on the Options button in the File tab.

Understanding the Schedule Information Columns


UDA Scheduling enables you to enter a variety of schedule information for your project. Depending on
your view settings, some of the columns listed below may be hidden. Modify information in any of these
columns by clicking in the appropriate cell and typing or selecting changes.

254
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

Column views

To show or hide columns, go to the View menu and click on either Show/Hide Columns, or choose the
Predefined Views option. For more information on customizing the view, see Showing and Hiding
Columns in Scheduling.

 Information
 ID shows the task number, lining the left of the screen.
 Icons will show an icon for the following: Status, Priority, Overdue, Inactive,
Scheduling Conflict, Notes, and Estimated Task, giving you a quick view of what's
needed with each specific task.
 Name shows the name of groups and tasks.
 Description allows you to enter a description of the group or task.
 Task Notes allows you to enter notes for a group or task.
 Field Notes allows you to enter notes for the field.
 Priority allows you to assign priority to a group or task: either Low, Medium, or High.
 Status allows you to assign status to a group or task: either to Steady, Running,
Waiting, Paused, or Done.
 Dates
 Start Date shows the scheduled start date for a group or task.
 End Date shows the scheduled end date for a group or task .
 Duration shows the number of work days (not calendar days) designated for a
task. For example, if you schedule a task from January 1 to January 20, and
designate a five-day work week, the duration of that task would be less than
20 days, the exact number depending on what day of the week the task
starts. You can also set the duration to zero days to create a milestone.
 Calendar Days shows the number of calendar days designated for a task. For
example, if you schedule a task from January 1 to January 20, and designate a five-
day work week, the duration of that task is 20 days.
 Predecessors allow you to designate a task that must be completed before the
selected task can begin. You can also customize your Predecessor Type for
more control over your critical path.
 Percent Complete allows you to enter the completion status for a task. Task
bars on the Gantt chart will appear shaded for the percent of the task
complete and the original color for the percent of the task left to be
completed.
 Remaining Duration shows the days remaining in each task, depending upon the
percentage complete.
 Reminders allows you to set Start Reminders , Planning Reminders , and
Custom Reminders that link into your ConstructionSuite database. For more
information, see Setting Start and Planning Reminders .
 Constraints
 Earliest Start Date will prevent a task from beginning before a certain date, ensuring
that changing predecessor tasks or tasks with the same resource won't cause
conflicts.
 Latest Start Date will prevent a task from beginning after a certain date, ensuring
that shifting predecessors or linked tasks will not cause the project to be delayed.

255
Printed Documentation

 Earliest End Date will prevent a task from ending before a certain date,
ensuring that other tasks have been completed and resources are available
before a task begins.
 Latest End Date will prevent a task from ending after a certain date, ensuring
that the project doesn't get delayed and resources are not double-booked.
 Resource Allocation
 Resources enables you to assign a contact from your contact database to a
task. For more information, see Assigning Resources in Scheduling .
 Resource Groups lists the name of the group association, if any, for the
selected resource.
 Estimate

 NOTE: Estimate information will only be present if you have synced a schedule with a
ConstructionSuite™ estimate. For more information, see Synchronizing a Schedule with an
Estimate .

 Classification will show the item designated as Material, Labor, Subcontractor,


Equipment, or Other. Classifications are useful in generating the Work Order
report and in synchronizing with UDA Estimating.
 Total Estimate shows the total estimated value for a task.
 General Notes shows general estimate notes.
 Field Notes shows field estimate notes.
 Bid Notes shows bid estimate notes.
 Custom Columns & Estimate Custom Columns allows you to enter additional
information in the schedule to fit your project needs.
 Gantt
 Color allows you to change the color of individual task bars on the Gantt
chart.
 Gantt Chart allows you to hide the Gantt chart or make it viewable. (Uncheck
to hide the Gantt Chart.)

Navigating the Schedule


Use these navigating methods to quickly find the information you need in complex or lengthy
schedules.

Jump to date

Use the Jump To Date option to navigate to different months in the Gantt chart. Jump To Date
makes navigating complex or lengthy schedules faster and easier.

1. In an open schedule, go to Jump To Date, located on the Tools tab.


2. Select the desired date in the drop down menu.
3. The Gantt chart will shift the schedule to the selected day.

Go to today

256
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

Use Go To Today to navigate to the current day’s date in the Gantt chart. Go To Today makes
navigating complex or lengthy schedules faster and easier.

1. In an open schedule, go to Tools > Go To Today.


2. The Gantt chart will shift the view to the current date, if that date has been scheduled
in the project.

Customizing the View

Showing and Hiding Columns in Scheduling


UDA Scheduling gives you access to advanced features designed to streamline your project schedules.
Select from a comprehensive list of available columns to put the features you need at your fingertips.

Show or hide columns in the schedule information

Depending on your project needs, you may want to show or hide columns in the schedule information.

1. To control which columns are in view, open a schedule and go to View > Show/Hide
Columns. The column names are divided into sections.
2. Use the checkboxes to select which columns you would like to view in the schedule
information. The boxes on the left represent the information displayed in the task view
and the boxes on the right represent the information shown on the Gantt chart.
3. Adjust the Column Width if desired by typing a number (in pixels) in the appropriate
space.
4. Click OK.

Show or hide columns with predefined views

Predefined Views contains select groupings of columns you can utilize for easy customization
of the schedule information view.

1. In an open schedule, go to View > Predefined Views.


2. Choose a predefined set from the list, either Standard, Task Info Only, or Gantt
Chart Only.

Standard will show ID, Icons, Name, Start Date, End Date, Duration, Predecessors,
and the Gantt Chart

Task Info Only will show all available columns but will not include the Gantt Chart.

Gantt Chart Only will show the Gantt Chart only and will not include any informational
columns.

Customized View Options in OnPlan Scheduling


You can customize your views of OnPlan schedule information by choosing between 1, 2 or 4 week
views, using filters, selecting predefined views and utilizing additional show/hide options.

257
Printed Documentation

Schedule View

1 Week View will give you a view of only the tasks between today and one week from
today, making it easy to concentrate on a narrow scope of imminent tasks.

2 Week View will give you a view of only the tasks between today and two weeks from
today, making it easy to view and share with subcontractors for your two week look
ahead meetings.

4 Week View will give you a view of only the tasks between today and four weeks from
today, making it easy to view and share with subcontractors, clients, etc. for your four
week look ahead meetings.

Show All Activities will show all activities within the schedule and will undo the
selection of the one, two or four week view buttons, as well as any other filters
selected.

Predefined Views

Standard will show ID, Icons, Name, Start Date, End Date, Duration, Predecessors,
and the Gantt Chart

Task Info Only will show all available columns but will not include the Gantt Chart.

Gantt Chart Only will show the Gantt Chart only and will not include any informational
columns.

Show/Hide Options

If you are working with a long or complex schedule, you may want to temporarily hide tasks or
activities, filter to view only selected parts of the schedule, or utilize other view options. On the View
Tab in OnPlan Scheduling, the show/hide section is automatically set to show all. However, if you
would like to hide certain tasks, activities, etc., you can simply click on the corresponding button to filter
the schedule view. (You can tell if your button is on because the color changes between on/off.) Your
options include:

Show/Hide Options

Hide Completed Activities will show/hide all activities marked 100% complete.

Hide Future Activities will show/hide all activities set for future dates.

Only Show Critical Path will show/hide all activities that are not connected with a critical path.

Show All Activities will show all activities in the current view, removing any filters and
selections.

Only Show Milestones will show only activities/tasks set as milestones.

Estimated Duration Tasks will show/hide only the activities or tasks that have an estimated
duration.

Active Tasks will show/hide tasks that are marked as inactive.

Resource Conflicts will only show tasks with assigned resources who are in conflict with each
other, which is a great way to ensure you haven't overbooked your resources.

258
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

Filter By Options

Filter by Status will filter your schedule to show only those tasks with a designated status. You
can mark a task's status as None, Steady, Running, Waiting, Paused, and Done.

Filter by Priority will filter your schedule to show only tasks with designated priorities. You can
mark a task's priority as None, Low, Medium, and High.

Filter by Resource will filter your schedule by Resources. For example, if you have assigned
the cabinet install section of the schedule to be completed by California Cabinetry, Inc., y ou can
filter your schedule to only show those tasks assigned to California Cabinetry.

Filter by Resource Group will filter your schedule by Resource Group. For example, if you
have assigned the foundation section of the schedule to be completed by multip le resources
who are part of the Concrete Group., you can filter your schedule to only show those tasks
assigned to members in the Concrete Group.

Collapse/Expand Views

Collapse All View will collapse your schedule so only groups are shown. For example, if you
have created a Foundation Group, which has six tasks within the group, when Collapse All is
active, you will only see Foundation Group, and the associated tasks will be hidden.

Expand All View will expand to show your complete schedule, including both groups and their
associated tasks.

Using Zoom to View the Schedule


You can use zoom in to get a close-up view of your schedule or zoom out to see more of the schedule
at a reduced size.

1. In an open schedule, go to View tab and click the Zoom In or Zoom Out buttons, which
will zoom in or zoom out in small increments until you've reached your desired zoom level.
2. In the bottom right of an open schedule, you'll also see a + and - toolbar, which you
can drag to adjust the zoom as well.
3. The Timeline Units button allows you to set your timeline markers to Days, Weeks,
Months, or Years.

Scheduling for Projects

Selecting and Modifying Projects in Scheduling


To keep your data organized, UDA Scheduling sorts schedules and other crucial information by project.
Selecting a project for a schedule links your schedule to the project database, which contains client,
contact, lender, and other information specific to each project.

For more information on using UDA Projects, see Viewing Project Information.

Select a project for a schedule

1. When you save a new schedule, you will be prompted to select a project.
2. To select a project for the schedule, do one of the following:

To use an existing project , select the appropriate project name from the navigation
tree, give the schedule a Filename. If you would like to set the new schedule as the
primary schedule for the project, check the Primary File box. For more information,
see Selecting a Project .

259
Printed Documentation

To create a new project , click the New Project [+] button at the top of the window. The
Project Wizard will open. You can enter project information, additional information,
and associate contacts with the project. Once created, select the project and give the
schedule a Filename. For more information, see Creating a New Project .
3. Click OK. You have selected a project for the schedule.

Modify the project selection

After you have selected a project for the schedule, you may decide that you want to designate a
different project instead.

1. In an open schedule, go to File > Save As .


2. To select a project for the schedule, do one of the following:

To use an existing project , select the appropriate project name from the navigation
tree, give the schedule a Filename. If you would like to set the new schedule as the
primary schedule for the project, check the Primary File box. For more information,
see Selecting a Project .

To create a new project , click the New Project [+] button at the top of the window. The
Project Wizard will open. You can enter project information, additional information,
and associate contacts with the project. Once created, select the project and give the
schedule a Filename. For more information, see Creating a New Project .
3. Click OK. You have selected a different project for the schedule.

Modifying Tasks in Scheduling


Whether you start with a master, sample, or blank schedule, you have full control over the task list.
Customize groups and tasks to fit your project and business needs.

Rename a task

1. Double-click on a task name. The Edit Scheduled Task form will open.
2. Type a new task name in the subject box. Click Save.

Insert a new task

1. In the task list, right-click the task name in the row above where the task should be
inserted.
2. Select Add Task. Type the name of the new task in the line that appears. Press
Enter to finalize the new task.

Delete a task

1. Right click a task name.


2. Select Delete. The task will be removed.

Delete multiple tasks

260
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

1. Click and drag in the task list to highlight multiple tasks, or click the first task, hold
shift on the keyboard, and click the last task in the list. All tasks in between will be
selected.
2. Right-click and select Delete , or go to Task > Delete.
3. Click Yes to confirm deletion.

Move a task

1. Select a task by clicking on the ID. The task is selected when the row is highlighted.
2. Drag the task up or down to move the task to the desired location.

Indent task (convert to subtask)

1. Right-click the task name.


2. Select Indent.
3. The task will become a subtask.

Outdent task (convert to group)

1. Right-click the task name.


2. Select Outdent.
3. If the task is at the outermost (group) location, outdent will not affect the task. If the task is
currently within a group, it will outdent one level at a time, turning it into a group if there are
currently tasks below the selected task. Outdent will move the task until at the outermost
location.

Activate or deactivate a task

You can activate or deactivate tasks to indicate the task status. All tasks with start dates are
automatically active, and tasks without start dates are inactive until you enter a start date or manually
activate the task.

1. Right-click the task name.


2. Select Activate or Deactivate .

Activate or deactivate multiple tasks

1. Click and drag in the task list to highlight multiple tasks, or click the first task, hold
shift on the keyboard, and click the last task in the list. All tasks in between will be
selected.
2. Right-click and select Activate or Deactivate .

Delete inactive tasks or subtasks

1. Go to Tools > Delete All Inactive Tasks .


2. All inactive tasks, subtasks, and blank rows will be deleted.
3. Click Yes to confirm deletion.

261
Printed Documentation

Setting Schedule Dates


Flexible UDA Schedules allow you to set and adjust schedule dates on the Gantt chart and/or on the
schedule information. Use both techniques as needed to create and update your schedule.

You will set schedule dates using tasks. Schedule dates and other information for groups and projects
will be calculated from the tasks within the group.

Modify or set schedule dates using the schedule information

In the schedule information columns, you can set Start Dates, End Dates, Durations, and
Predecessors for each task. If these columns are not shown in the schedule information, right click
any column header and select them from the list that appears.

1. To set or change start dates , double-click the start date cell for a task and select a
date from the calendar button in the Edit Scheduled Task window. You can then set
an end date and the duration will be calculated for you, or you can set the duration
and the end date will be set for you.
2. To set or change end dates , double-click the end date cell for a task and select a date
from the calendar button in the Edit Scheduled Task window. The duration will be
calculated for you.
3. To set or change the duration , click the duration cell for the task and type the number
of work days for the task. You can also change the duration by using the up and down
arrows. For more information, see Designating Working Days .
4. To set a milestone , double-click the task and click the Milestone checkbox in the Edit
Scheduled Task form. A milestone will be charted for the start d ate and the duration
will be 0 days. Use milestones to designate goals, inspections, or other events that
are not scheduled for a number of work days.
5. To set a predecessor , click the predecessor cell for a task and type the ID for the
preceding task in the dialog box. For more information, see Using Predecessors to
Schedule Dates .

 NOTE: Click the F5 button on your keyboard to refresh your schedule as needed.

Modify or set schedule dates using the Gantt chart

Visualize and create your schedule directly on the Gantt chart with click and drag task bars. On the
Gantt chart, you can set Start Dates, End Dates, and Durations.

1. To set start and end dates on the Gantt chart, drag the task to the date that will be the
start date for that and drag the bar out to the end date for that task. UDA Scheduling
will automatically enter the appropriate dates and durations in the schedule
information columns.
2. To change the duration , click the last cell of the task bar and drag the bar in or out to
the end date desired.
3. To adjust start dates and end dates , click in the middle of the task bar and slide the
bar to the right or left. The duration for the subtask will remain the same.

Modify or Shift Schedule Start Date

If your project has to be pushed back, instead of changing every date individually

262
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

simply use this to change your project start date, which will affect all tasks
connected with predecessors.

1. Go to Project > Shift Project Start Date.


2. The Shift Start Date form will open, showing your current start date. Either select a
specific date you wish to change your start date to, or select a number of days or
weeks you wish to push the schedule forward or back, and click OK. Your schedule
will be adjusted accordingly.

Inserting Milestones in Scheduling

Use milestones to designate goals, inspections, or other events that are not scheduled for a
number of work days.

To set a milestone

1. In an open schedule, click in the schedule where you would like to insert a milestone.
2. Go to Task > Insert Milestone . A milestone with a zero-day duration will appear at the
bottom of the group that you selected. If no group was selected, the milestone will
appear at the bottom of the schedule.
3. Rename the milestone, if desired, by clicking on the cell in the task list and typing a
new name.
4. You can also move the milestone within the list by highlighting the milestone and then
dragging it up or down within the task list.

To change a task into a milestone

1. In an open schedule, double-click the task you wish to turn into a milestone. The Edit
Task Form will open.
2. Check the Milestone button on the task tab. A milestone will be charted for the start
date with a zero-day duration.

Creating a Critical Path Using Predecessors


Using predecessors maximizes schedule efficiency by setting the subtask order so each task may
begin as soon as possible or progress in the ideal order. When you set predecessors in your schedule,
you are creating a string of dependent tasks called a critical path. With a fully defined critical path, you
can easily account for changes that occur in the project with just a few clicks.

A predecessor will indicate that Task 2 needs to begin a certain number of days before or after Task 1
is completed. If the start date or duration is changed for a task in the critical path, your schedule will
automatically adjust all dependent tasks accordingly.

Set a predecessor

1. In an open schedule, determine which task needs to be completed for the next task to begin.
You will set a predecessor for the second task. For example, you might set a predecessor of
Electrical Labor for Electrical Rough-In Inspection.

2. Click the Predecessor cell for the second task. You can select the row with a single click,
which will show by highlighting the row, and then single-click inside the predecessor cell to

263
Printed Documentation

begin in-line editing. Double-clicking the predecessor cell will open the Edit Task form,
allowing you to add or delete predecessors as well.

3. In the predecessor cell (if in-line editing) or the predecessor dialog box (if editing within Edit
Task form), enter the ID for the first task (preceding task). Task ID numbers are listed in the
left most column of the schedule information.

4. Click Enter (if in-line editing) or OK (if editing within the Edit Task form) . UDA Scheduling will
set the start date for the second subtask as the next working day after its predecessor is
completed, or according to the lag time you specified.

 NOTE: UDA Scheduling will also prompt you to automatically designate predecessors
when using Click and Drag Task Bars to schedule a task immediately before or after another
subtask. To click and drag task bars, simply click the task bar you wish to drag, and move it
to hang over the task bar you want to be set as the predecessor.

Set a lag time for a predecessor

Setting a lag time will indicate that the subtask needs to start a specified number of work days before
or after its predecessor's end date.

1. In an open schedule, determine which task needs to be completed for the next task to begin.
You will set a predecessor for the second task.

2. Click the Predecessor cell for the second task

3. In the predecessor dialog box, enter the ID for the first (preceding) task. Task ID numbers are
listed in the ID column, which is numbered on the left of the task name.

4. Double-click the predecessor cell to open the Edit Task form, and you will see the assigned
predecessors. If none, you can [add new]. In the lag time column, use the up or down arrow to
select a positive number of days to schedule a task to start after its predecessor’s end date, or
a negative number of days to schedule a task to start before its predecessor’s end date.

5. Click SAVE.

Set sequential predecessors

If your tasks are in the order in which they should be completed, you can create a complete critical path
quickly and easily by setting Sequential Predecessors. This feature will assign a predecessor for the
task immediately preceding the second task in the task list.

1. Highlight all tasks for which you would like to set sequential predecessors. You can select all
tasks in the schedule with Control + A. To deselect, single-click in an empty space in the
gantt chart.

2. Click the Set Sequential Predecessors button on the Task tab, or right-click in the highlighted
area and select Set Sequential Predecessors. UDA Scheduling will assign predecessors for
all selected subtasks.

3. To remove sequential predecessors, highlight all tasks for which you would like to remove the
predecessors. Then, click Clear Data > Clear Predecessors, located on the Tools tab.

 NOTE: UDA Scheduling offers multiple tools for defining and analyzing predecessor and
critical path relationships, including Show Critical Path . Plus, with the Baseline Scheduling
feature, you will be able to compare the original schedule to the actual s chedule.

Clearing Information in Scheduling

264
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

You can clear specific information, such as durations, notes, % complete and resources,
among others. This may be useful when adapting a schedule from a prev ious project for a
new project.

Clear Data
To clear data, click on the Tools > Clear Data. From the Clear Data dropdown,
you'll see multiple options to clear data within your schedule. This will be a quick
option for you to remove all information related with a specific column within the
schedule.

Clear All will clear all information listed in the schedule except for the Name, Start
Date, End Date, and Duration for all tasks.

Clear Durations will clear durations for all tasks, auto setting durations to 1 day tasks.

Clear Notes will clear notes for all tasks.

Clear Percent Complete will clear % complete for all tasks.

Clear Resources will clear resources for all tasks.

Clear Predecessors will clear predecessors for all tasks.

Clear Estimate Information will clear estimate information for all tasks.

Clear Custom Columns will clear custom column information for all tasks.

Clear Baselines will clear baselines for the schedule.

Clear Reminders will clear reminders for all tasks.

Clear Colors will clear all custom colors assigned to tasks and revert all coloring to
the selected color scheme.

Clear Constraints will clear constraints for all tasks.

To remove data for a single cell or task, edit task information with in -line text editing or by
double-clicking the task ID and editing within the Edit Task Form.

Setting Reminders in Scheduling


Keep your project on track with Scheduling Reminders. Among the leading causes of project delays a re
missing materials, late workers, and miscommunication. Protect yourself from these and other
unforeseen delays by using the powerful reminder features in OnPlan Scheduling.

New features for reminders enable you to create multiple custom reminders, customize reminder
messages to fit your project needs, automatically notify resources of upcoming events, and quickly set
reminders for multiple subtasks.

 NOTE: Before reminders can be set, you must save the schedule. This ensures that all
schedule Activities are recorded in the database.

265
Printed Documentation

Set planning or start reminders in a schedule

1. In an open schedule, double-click on a task and select the Reminders tab.


2. Click [add new] for either a Planning, Starting, or Custom Reminder.
3. A new reminder will appear in the window. Edit the below settings.

Reminder Information Tab


Use the up or down arrows to select the number of calendar days prior to the start
date you wish to send the reminder.

Select the time of day you wish to send the reminder.

Edit the reminder message text.

Notify Resources Tab


If no resources are designated, click [add new] to add a resource to the task.

To notify resources by text message, check the SMS box. To notify resources by
email, check the Email box.

Notify Users Tab


If no users have been assigned, click [add new] to assign a user to the task.

To notify users by text message, check the SMS box. To notify users by email, check
the Email box.

4. Click Save. The number of reminders you have set for that task will appear in the
Reminders column.

Setting Task Information in Scheduling


Task Information allows you to associate information with a specific task. Options include Task
Information, Task Notes, Field Notes, Images, Image Notes, and Estimate Details.

Set task information

1. Right-click on the Task Name and go to Task Information . You can also double-click
in the name cell, which will open the Edit Task form.
2. Select the appropriate tab:
Task Tab
Task displays start date, end date, duration, % complete, priority, status, type description, and
checkboxes to designate the task as estimated, ASAP, milestone, or inactive. On this screen,
you can also set reminders and change the bar color.

Constraints Tab
Constraints allows you to select your constraints for the selected task, including earliest start
date, latest start date, earliest end date and latest end date.

Notes Tab
Task Notes allows you to enter notes specific to each task. Time Stamp enables you to enter
your initials and mark the date and time the note was entered.
Field Notes allows you to enter notes documenting your on-site progress. Time Stamp
enables you to enter your initials and mark the date and time the note was entered.

266
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

Resources Tab
Resources displays the resources assigned to the selected task. You can add or remove
resources, as well as send email and text messages from this tab.

Assign To Tab
Assign To allows you to assign the task to an individual user within ConstructionSuite. You
can add or remove assignments and send email or text messages from this tab.

Predecessors Tab
Predecessors allows you to add, edit, or remove predecessors and lag time from this tab.

Reminders Tab
Reminders gives you a list of already created reminders, and gives you the oppo rtunity to
create new Planning Reminder, Starting Reminder, or Custom Reminders.

Custom Tab
Custom allots for three custom tabs to include information of your choice.

Estimate Information allows you to view your synchronized estimate information, including
estimate details, notes, and custom fields. This tab will only be visible if the schedule has
previously been synchronized with an estimate. For more information, see Sync a Schedule
with an Estimate.

3. Type information in the appropriate fields.


4. Click Save.

Assigning Resources in Scheduling

Track and manage resources with ease using UDA Resource Allocation . Beyond providing a
direct link between the contact database and UDA Estimates and Schedules, UDA Resource
Allocation enables you to avoid conflicts, automatically send reminders, generate reports,
and be warned of expiring insurance and certificates (in select versions) for assigned
resources in your project schedule.

 NOTE: Resource Allocation is available in Pro versions and above of ConstructionSuite.


Certificate Tracking is available in Premier versions and above.

Assign a resource in scheduling

1. In an open schedule, right-click in the Resource cell for a task and select Set
Resource. You can also double-click in the resource cell, which will open the
Resource tab on the Edit Task form.
2. Click [add new] and select a contact by one of the following methods:
Grouped sorts contacts by groups. Expand the folder tree to view contacts in each group.

Recent shows the most recent contacts you have accessed.

Alphabetical sorts contacts alphabetically. Click on a letter to show the list of contacts
beginning with that letter. Only letters that have contacts listed are active.

Search searches the entire contact database. Locate a contact by typing any part of the
contact's name in the search box.

3. Click on the desired contact's name. The following information appears for each
contact, enabling you to better manage and allocate your resources:

267
Printed Documentation

Contact Details displays name, address, phone number, and email for selected
contact.

Contact Activities highlights calendar days in red when the selected contact is
currently scheduled.

Activities Assigned to Contact lists tasks that occur on the date(s) you are attempting
to schedule the selected contact.

4. Once you are satisfied with your choice of contact, click OK.
5. If the contact is scheduled for another task at the same time, you will be notified of
the conflict. Click OK on the message to continue scheduling the contact, or Cancel
to select another contact. You will also be notified if the resource's certificates are
invalid or close to expiring.

 NOTE: If a contact is scheduled for more than one task on the same date, his or her name
will appear in red in the Resource column. For a complete listing of scheduling conflicts, go to
Reports > Scheduling Conflict Report .

Clear a resource for a subtask

1. In an open schedule, double-click in the resource cell for the contact you would like to
clear. The Edit Scheduled Task form will open.
2. On the Resources tab, select the resource you would like to delete and select
Remove at the bottom of the window.
3. Click Save.

Add contacts from UDA Scheduling

1. In an open schedule, click on the ConstructionSuite Tab.


2. Click the New Contact button to launch the Contact Quick Add form.
3. Click Save & New to save the information and create another new contact, or click
Save & Close to save the information and close the form.

Using Resource Groups in Scheduling


When an assigned resource has a group association in the main contact database, the group name will
appear in the Resource Group column of your schedule information. For example, if you assign John
Smith to the Plumbing Labor task in the schedule, and you have associated John Smith with the
Plumbers group, John Smith will appear in the Resource column, and Plumbers will appear in the
Resource Group column for that task.

You can use resource groups to sort your schedule tasks and to filter the Scheduled Tasks and Work
Order Report.

To sort the schedule by resource groups

1. In an open schedule, click on the View tab, then select the Filter By Resource Group
and select your preferred resource group . Only resource groups currently present in the
schedule will be available for selection.
2. The schedule will now only show tasks for the selected groups.
3. To view the full schedule again, click on the View tab and select Show All Activities..

268
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

For more information about filtering reports by contact group, see Creating Scheduled Tasks Reports
and Creating Work Orders.

Setting Options in UDA Scheduling

Designating Working Days in Scheduling


Designate working days and holidays to customize your schedule according to the demands of the
project.

1. In an open schedule, go to Tools > Options and select the Weekends and Holidays
tab.
2. Select the days of the week that are work days.
3. To designate holidays, select the holidays that will not be scheduled as work days.
4. Exceptions to your workday and non-workday rules can be added in the Exceptions
tab of the Options window.
5. Click OK.

Setting Scheduling Options


The Settings tab controls the Gantt chart display preferences, new task behavior, scheduling toolbars,
and other options.

Select scheduling settings

1. In an open schedule, go to Tools > Options > Settings.

2. Customize your schedule by selecting the options to create the most efficient environment for
scheduling your projects.

Display on Gantt Chart

 Task Names displays the task names on the Gantt chart at the end of the task bar.
 Show Resources displays the names of assigned resources on the Gantt chart at the
end of the task bar.
 Show Dollar Amount displays the estimated dollar amount [from a synchronization
with the project estimate] on the Gantt chart at the end of the task bar. You can also
select whether or not to include tax and markup from the estimate.
 Show Users displays the users assigned to each task at the end of the task bar.

Filter Settings

 Show Estimated Duration Tasks will display only tasks that have an estimated duration as
opposed to a concrete duration.
 Only Show Milestones will display only the tasks that are designated as milestones.
 Active Tasks will only show tasks that are active.
 Only Show Conflicts will only display tasks that are assigned to overbooked resources.
 Filter Critical Path only shows tasks that are included in the schedule's critical path.
 Show Completed Activities will ensure that completed tasks remain visible on the
schedule.

269
Printed Documentation

 Show Future Activities will show all activities, not just ones that are in progress or
have been completed.
 Show Baseline will display an outline of the baseline schedule once you have
selected to create a baseline.

 NOTE: Additional filter options such as Contact, Group, Status, Priority, Date
Range and Week View filters can be accessed from the Filter By tab in the options
window.

Additional Settings

 Show Resource Conflict Prompts will prompt you when you attempt to schedule a resource
that is already booked for the selected day.
 Show Predecessor Violation Prompts will prompt you when you attempt to move a task to a
place that violates predecessor relationships.
 Show Predecessor Creation Prompts will prompt you to create a predecessor relationship
when you move the start date of a task to the end date of another task.
 Auto-Save will automatically save your schedule for you at designated intervals
depending on your Auto-Save settings.
 Show Group Lines will display the links between task names on the task list
information.
 Show Linkages will display predecessor relationships between tasks on the Gantt
chart.
 Critical Linkages and Taskbars will turn the task bars involved in the critical path
red to better display the critical path.

Setting a Color Scheme in Scheduling


You can change colors on the schedule information and on the Gantt chart to fit your corporate identity.

Setting a color scheme

1. In an open schedule, select the Project tab.


2. Select a predefined color scheme in the Gantt Chart Styles section of the toolbar.

Setting colors individually

You can also change the colors for individual bars on the Gantt chart.

1. Display the Bar Color column by going to View > Show/Hide Columns and selecting
Bar Color .
2. Click the bar color cell for the task you want to modify.
3. Select a color from the color selection window.

Working with Critical Path Tools

Creating and Using Baseline Scheduling

270
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

With baseline scheduling , you can compare original and actual scheduled dates for your
project, enabling you to better track and manage the progress of your proj ect resources and
schedules.

To set a schedule baseline

1. Create a schedule with a fully defined critical path. For more information on creating
a critical path, see Creating a Critical Path using Predecessors .
2. Within a schedule, go to the Project tab, and select Set Baseline . You will be
prompted to label your baseline. Light gray bars representing baseline tasks will
appear on the Gantt chart. If tasks are shifted on the schedule, the gray bars will
remain in place unless you clear or reset the baseline.
3. When you're ready, go to the Reports tab and click Baseline Schedule Report to
compare original versus actual scheduled dates. For more information, see Creating
Baseline Schedule Reports in Scheduling .

Shifting the Project Start Date in Scheduling


Shift Project Start Date enables you to shift a project start date forward or backward to accommodate
a change in plans or to model different scheduling scenarios.

Shift project start date

1. Go to the Project tab, and click Shift Project Start Date .


2. Shift the schedule to a specific date or by a particular time frame.

To shift to a specific date, select To a specific date , click the Calendar button, and
select the date.

To shift by a number of days or weeks, select Days or Weeks . Click the up arrows to
move the start date to a later date, or the down arrow to move the start date to a earlier
date. Select the number of days or weeks.

3. Click OK. UDA Scheduling will automatically move schedule groups and tasks to
earlier or later dates to accommodate the shift. Durations, predecessors, task
information, etc. will be preserved. Only start dates and end dates will change to
accommodate the shift.

Compressing a Schedule
When using predecessors, you can use the compress schedule function to eliminate unnecessary
gaps in your schedule. If you move the end date of a task to an earlier date, the schedule will
automatically adjust dates of the tasks on the same critical path according to their predecessor
settings.

To Compress a Schedule

1. In an open schedule, click on the Tools tab, and click Compress Schedule.
2. The schedule will refresh and adjust to eliminate gaps where possible.

Showing the Critical Path


Using predecessors maximizes schedule efficiency. You will often have a string of tasks dependent on
each other, creating a critical path. You will automatically see the critical path if it is present within

271
Printed Documentation

your schedule. You can use Only Show Critical Path button on the View tab in order to view only the
string of dependent tasks. Showing the critical path will allow you to better analyze your resources and
save time when managing long or complex schedules. You can also h ighlight the taskbars in the critical
path by going to Tools > Options and selecting Critical Linkages and Taskbars.

Reporting with Scheduling

Creating Reports in UDA Scheduling

UDA Scheduling offers a comprehensive set of reports and documents that can be
automatically generated from your project schedules. These reports are available through the
Reports menu, making it easy for you to locate and compile the reports yo u need.

Available reports in UDA Scheduling:

 Scheduled Tasks Report


 Scheduling Conflict Report
 Cash Flow Report
 Work Order
 Status Report
 Earned Value Report
 Baseline Schedule Report
 List Notes

Creating Scheduled Tasks Reports

The Scheduled Tasks Report allows you to produce a project management report that cross-
references information throughout your project database, providing the most comprehensive
look at your company's projects.

Create a Scheduled Tasks Report

1. In an open schedule, click on the Reports tab and select Scheduled Tasks Report.
2. The Scheduled Task Report form will open.
3. Select the Activity Grouping:
Project will create a separate group in the report for each project.

Resource will create a separate group in the report for each resource or contact group.

Date will sort the report by date.

 NOTE: These groupings can also be directly selected from the Reports tab by selecting
the corresponding grouping in the Scheduled Tasks section.

3. Select the Activity Ordering . This will organize tasks within the grouping selected
above.
Project will sort the schedule information by project.

Resource will sort the schedule information by contact.

Date will sort the schedule information by date.

272
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

4. Click Next.
5. Set your Activity Filtering options to narrow the scope of your report, if desired.
Project enables you to designate all projects or select a particular project or project group.

Resource enables you to designate all contacts or select a particular contact or contact group.

Date enables you to specify a time frame for the tasks included in your report.

6. Click Finish. The report will open in UDA OnPoint.


7. Go to File > Save to save the document. Select a destination to which you would like
to save the document and click OK.
8. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.

UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
9. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.

Creating a Scheduling Conflict Report

Keep your schedule progressing smoothly by ensuring that your resources are allocated
efficiently. The Scheduling Conflict Report provides you with a comprehensive overview of
any contacts scheduled for more than one task at a time, so you can avoid schedule delays
due to overbooked resources.

Create a Schedule Conflict Report

1. In an open schedule, go to the Reports tab and select Scheduling Conflict Report .
2. Choose whether you would like to generate the report by Project or by Contact .
Selecting the Project option will only list conflicting tasks for a single project

Selecting the Contact option will list schedule conflicts for that contact across all projects.

4. Click OK. The report will open in UDA OnPoint.


5. Go to File > Save to save the document. Select a destination to which you would like
to save your document.
6. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.

UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout Tab.

Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to customize
and organize your report information.

Creating a Cash Flow Report

273
Printed Documentation

Keep track of your company cash flow and financial information with UDA Cash Flow
Reports. These reports allow you to create a spreadsheet of your cash flow for entire projects
or for a specific date range. Advanced preferences and settings allow you to select the time
frame, frequency and pricing options for the report, enabling you to create a completely
customized report.

Create a Cash Flow Report

1. In an open schedule, go to the Reports tab and select Cash Flow Report .
2. Select your report options. This includes Date Range, Frequency and Options.
The Date Range can be set by choosing to either filter the report by project or to filter by a
specified date range.

Frequency determines how your cash flow finances will be divided. Interval options include
weekly, bi-weekly and monthly.

Options allow you to select whether you would like to include sales tax, line item markup
and/or cost percentages in your report.

3. Click OK. Select a destination to which you would like to save your document. The
report will open in UDA OnPoint.
4. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.

UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue. Revise this
text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by clicking the Blue to
Black button on the Page Layout Tab.

Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to customize
and organize your report information.

Creating Work Orders in Scheduling


UDA Scheduling makes it easy to communicate with everyone involved in your projects. Creating
Work Order reports ensures that your subcontractors show up on time and prepared to get the job
done right. With improved options you now have more control than ever over creating these essential
reports.

Create a Work Order

1. In an open schedule, go to the Reports tab and select the Work Order icon. The work
order form will open.
2. Choose how you would like to compile the report:
Resource lists all the contacts assigned to subtasks in your schedule. You can create a
separate work order for each resource, or include all resources in one report.

Group will filter a work order by Resource Group.

Date Range enables you to select a time frame for which you would like to create the work
order. Use the Calendar buttons to the right of the date fields to select the desired dates.

Classification creates a work order based on the designated classification.

274
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

 NOTE: You can use multiple filtering options for each report. For example, you
could create a report for the resource Joe's Framing, with a date range of August 12
through August 28, and only for subtasks classified as Material.

3. Select which information you would like to include in your report:


Percent Complete displays the percentage of the task that is complete.

Resources lists the assigned contacts.

Estimated Figures lists the estimated value for tasks if you have synchronized the schedule
with an estimate.

Line Item Notes will include subtask notes.

Gridlines will display the information in a grid format.

4. Type any notes in the Custom Notes dialog box and click OK. The report will open in
UDA OnPoint.
5. Go to File > Save to save the document. Select a destination for your save and select
OK.
6. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.

UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.

Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to customize
and organize your report information.

Creating Status Reports in Scheduling

If you have taken advantage of the percent complete feature, you can create a status report
of completed tasks, unfinished tasks, and overdue tasks. Use this report to keep your
schedule progressing efficiently throughout the entire project duration.

 NOTE: You can designate percent complete for a task in UDA Scheduling by typing the
percentage in the % Complete column. For more information see Understanding the Schedule
Information Columns .

Create a Status Report

1. In an open schedule, click on the Reports tab and select the Status Report button.
2. Choose which tasks to include:
Completed tasks are tasks marked at 100% complete.

Unfinished tasks are tasks that are not 100% complete but have an end date scheduled afte r
the current day's date.

Overdue tasks are tasks that are marked as less than 100% complete and have an end date
before the current day's date.

3. Select the information you would like to display in the report.


Percent Complete displays the percentage of a task that is complete.

275
Printed Documentation

Resources lists the assigned resources.

Estimated Figures lists the estimated value for tasks if you have synchronized the schedule
with an estimate.

Line Item Notes will include task notes.

Gridlines will display the information in a grid format.

4. Type notes in the Custom Notes dialog box.


5. Click OK. Select your document options and the report will open in UDA OnPoint.
6. Go to File > Save to save the document. Select a destination for your save and select
OK.
7. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.

UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.

Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to customize
and organize your report information.

Creating Earned Value Reports

Predict your company's expected earning based on the percentage complete for each task.
To create an Earned Value Report, you must have synchronized your schedule with an
estimate and also have entered percentages in the % Complete column. If you have not
entered percentages, all values will remain 0 in the report.

Create an Earned Value Report

1. In an open schedule, go to the Reports tab and click on Earned Value Report button.
2. Select the information you would like to display in the report.
Percent Complete displays the percentage that is complete.

Resources lists the assigned resources.

Estimated Figures lists the estimated value for tasks if you have synchronized the schedule
with an estimate.

Line Item Notes will include task notes.

Gridlines will display the results in grid format.

3. Click OK. The Earned Value Report will open in a UDA OnPoint Document.
4. Go to File > Save. Select a destination for your save and select OK.

5. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.

UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout Tab.

276
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to customize
and organize your report information.

Creating Baseline Scheduling Reports


With baseline scheduling, you can compare the original and actual scheduled dates for your project,
enabling you to better track and manage the progress of your project resources and schedules.

In order to create a Baseline Schedule report, you must have set a baseline in your schedule. For more
information, see Using Baseline Scheduling.

Create a Baseline Schedule Report

1. In an open schedule, click on the Reports tab and select the Baseline Schedule Report
button.
2. The Baseline Report form will open, requesting you to choose a baseline from the
drop down menu. Click OK.
3. Select your project details and the report will open in UDA O nPoint.
4. Go to File > Save to save the document. Select a destination for your save and select
OK.
5. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.

UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout Tab.

Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to customize
and organize your report information.

Creating a Notes Report


With a notes report, you can generate a document with all of your task notes or field notes from your
schedule, allowing you to view essential project information together in one place.

Create a Notes Report

1. In an open schedule, click on the Reports tab and select the List Notes button.
2. The List Notes Report form will open. Select your Note Type and whether you would
like to filter your report by Resource and/or Date Range.
3. Click OK.
4. Select your project details and the report will open in UDA OnPoint.
5. Go to File > Save to save the document. Select a destination for your save and select
OK.
6. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.

UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout Tab.

277
Printed Documentation

Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to customize
and organize your report information.

UDA Scheduling Integration

Creating a New Estimate from the Schedule


Take advantage of advanced integration between OnPlan Scheduling and UDA Estimating to create an
estimate from your project schedule. When you create an estimate from the schedule, your schedule
framework of groups and tasks will import directly into an estimate as categories and subcategories.
Plus, your schedule notes, start date, end date, and duration will also be imported into the estimate.

Create a new estimate based on the schedule

1. In an open schedule, go to File > New Estimate .


2. OnPlan Scheduling will generate a new estimate based on your sch eduling groups
and tasks. The new estimate will open.
3. As you develop your estimate, take advantage of integration capabilities and
synchronize the estimate with the schedule if desired. For more information, see Sync
with Estimate .
4. Use UDA Estimating to continue developing a comprehensive estimate for the
project. For more information, see UDA Estimating .

Synchronizing a Schedule with an Estimate


OnPlan Scheduling allows you to share project data by synchronizing a UDA Estimate with a Schedule
for the same project. If the Total Estimated dollar amount is greater than zero for an inactive task,
Scheduling will automatically activate that task.

After synchronizing an estimate and schedule:

 From Estimating , you can view Scheduling Start Date, End Date, Duration, Percent
Complete, Task Notes, and Field Notes.
 From Scheduling , you can view Task Cost, Classification, Tax, Markup, Total
Estimate, General Notes, Field Notes, and Bid Notes.

Sync the schedule with the project estimate

1. In an open schedule, click Sync With Estimate on the File tab.


2. Click Browse to locate and open the schedule you want to synchronize with your
estimate.
3. Check the box next to Send cost information to the schedule, Send schedule
information to the estimate, and/or Sync resources between the estimate and
schedule, if desired.
4. Select overwrite options from the dropdown.
5. Click OK.
6. UDA Scheduling will update tasks and subtasks with the available estimating
information.

278
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

View the synchronized information

1. Double-click the task that you want to view estimating information for.
2. In the dialog box, click the Estimate Information tab to view information on the
schedule.

 NOTE: You can also go to View > Show/Hide Columns and select to view Estimate
information columns in the estimate.

Exporting a Schedule
You can export your entire schedule into Microsoft Project, Oracle Primavera, or Oracle SureTrak,
including the task list, start dates, end dates, durations, and predecessors. Or, you can choose to
export the schedule as a PDF.

Export a schedule

1. In an open schedule, click on the File Tab. Select Export Schedule and choose one
of the following:

Export as PDF will instantly create a read-only PDF of your schedule for easy
sharing.

Export as Image will create a bitmap (.bmp) file that contains an image of your
schedule.

Oracle Primavera Export will prompt you to select a location to save the .mpx file,
compatible to import to Oracle Primavera.

Oracle SureTrak Export will prompt you to select a location to save the .mpx file,
compatible to import to Oracle SureTrak.

Microsoft Project Export will prompt you to select a location to save the .mpx file,
compatible to import to Microsoft Project.

2. Select Save. If installed on your computer, the designated program will open the
OnPlan schedule. You can now modify the schedule in Oracle Primave ra, Oracle
SureTrak, or Microsoft Project as needed.

Saving and Sending Schedules

Saving a Schedule

UDA Schedules offer sophisticated integration with multiple aspects of the ConstructionSuite
system. As you create and modify your schedule, you should save it periodically to ensure
that all changes are recorded in the database so they can be reflected in the Construction
Calendar, ConstructionSuite Reminders, and Contact-related features.

Save the schedule for a project

1. In an open schedule, go to File > Save As or select Save As on the File Tab . The Save
Document window will open.

279
Printed Documentation

2. The default save location will be the folder for the Project you selected in the Project
Select form.

 WARNING: Do not change this location unless you want to associate the file with a
new project. Saving a file in a different project folder will strip the file of all project -
related information and associate the file with the new project. Also, if you se lect a
folder under the Templates grouping, your schedule will be saved as a template and
will lose all project-specific information as well.

3. Change the Filename , if desired.


4. Click OK.
5. If this will be the Primary schedule for the project, check the box next to Primary File .
See the next section for more information about Primary and Inactive schedules.
6. Click OK. A copy of the schedule for the current project will be saved. If you are
saving the schedule from a template, the original template will still be available.

Save a schedule as a template

1. Open the schedule you want to save as a template.


2. Go to File > File > Save As Template. The Save Document window will open.
3. Using the Folder tree on the left side of the window, select a folder under the
Template grouping in which to save your template.
4. Type a descriptive name for the template in the Filename text box at the bottom of the
screen.
5. Click OK.
6. If the file was previously saved as a project schedule, you will need to select if you
want to remove Custom Columns, Durations, Estimate Information , Notes, Colors,
Percent Complete, Predecessors, Reminders , or Resources before saving the
template. Click OK once you have made your selections.
7. The template will appear in the section you specified on the C ontracts tab. The
master schedule still exists in its original location.

To learn more about scheduling templates, see Creating and Using a Schedule Template .

 NOTE: ConstructionSuite is designed to automatically remove project designations upon


saving a template. When you use the template, you will be prompted to select a project.

Understanding Primary and Inactive Schedules


If desired, you can create multiple schedules for a single project but must designate one of the
schedules as the Primary schedule. Information from your Primary schedule, such as project duration,
activities, and reminders will be displayed in the ConstructionSuite interface. Any other schedules will
be marked as Inactive but will still have full functionality.

 NOTE: There are two ways to designate a Primary schedule: when you save the file, or by
right-clicking on the file in the ConstructionSuite interface.

Set primary schedule status through the Save function

 The first time you save a schedule for a project, you will see a Primary File checkbox
on the Save As dialog box.

280
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

 If this box is checked, the schedule will be marked as the primary.


 For all other schedules saved to this project, the Primary File option should not be
selected unless you want to change your Primary schedule designation.

Change schedule status through the ConstructionSuite interface

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click on the Projects tab and select a project from the list.
3. Click on the Files section header. All files for the selected project will be listed.
Primary files will have a checkmark on the icon.
4. To make an Inactive schedule the Primary schedule for the project, right -click on the
file and choose Set as Primary.
5. Click OK to confirm your new Primary schedule. All information in the interface for this
project will reference the new Primary schedule.

Creating Read-Only Schedules


With UDA Scheduling, you can create read-only copies of your schedule to send to clients,
subcontractors, or suppliers, allowing you to provide essential project information to people who do not
have ConstructionSuite. As long as recipients have Adobe Reader (a free program) installed on their
computers, they will be able to view the schedule electronically but not make any changes.

Create a read-only schedule

1. Go to File > Export to PDF.


2. Select the location to save the read-only file and click Save .

Exporting a Schedule to ConstructionOnline


TotalCare members are able to export a schedule directly to Construction Online for easy access on-
the-go.

Export to ConstructionOnline

1. In an open schedule, go to the File tab.


2. Click Save/Publish to ConstructionOnline .
3. Select whether to publish to ConstructionOnline Scheduling or Save to
ConstructionOnline as a PDF file.
4. Click Save.
5. The schedule will be uploaded.

Sending a Schedule via Email


You can send a schedule via email as a read-only attachment. Sending documents as email
attachments to clients, suppliers, and subcontractors allows you to quickly communicate information
you need for your projects. The recipient will not be able to make any changes to the schedule but will
be able to view the read-only schedule. (ConstructionSuite does not have to be installed in order to
view read-only schedules.)

Send a schedule via email

281
Printed Documentation

1. In an open schedule, go to File > Export Schedule .


2. Choose to Export as PDF..
3. Select the location to save the read-only file and click Save .
4. Compose an email to send to a client or team member and attach the read-only file to
the email.
5. The recipient will be able to open the attachment and view the schedule, but will not
be able to make any changes.

Printing Schedules

Printing Schedules
In addition to the reports offered in UDA Scheduling, you can also print your schedule to give to clients,
subcontractors, and lenders.

Print selected areas

1. Click and drag across the schedule information or Gantt chart t o select the cells you
want to print.
2. Go to File > Print > Print Selection .
3. Print Preview will open, enabling you to adjust your print view as necessary.

Print selected months

1. Go to File > Print > Print Selected Months .


2. Select a Start Date and End Date. Click OK.
3. Print Preview will open, enabling you to adjust your print view as necessary.
Page layout
Page layout options allow you to customize the printing of your schedule so that it prints in a
view most suitable to your needs.

1. Go to File > Print > Page Layout


2. Zoom options allow you to either choose a zoom percentage, opt to zoom to best
fit, or select custom page dimensions on which to print. You can also select your
paper size from this screen.
3. Header and Footer tabs allow you to choose a custom header or footer for your
schedule. Select the tab for either Header or Footer, as well as whether you would
like to insert it on the right or left. Use the Page Number, Date and Time buttons
along with the Additional Fields dropdown menu to insert auto-populating header
and footer fields.
4. Use the Preview button to pull up a print preview of your custom printing options.

Sample Schedule Categories and Subcategories

UDA Scheduling - Commercial Master

282
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

Planning
Architectural Services
Engineering Services
Permits
Construction Financing
Consulting

Property Costs
Acquisition Costs
Other

Site Work
Site Clearing
Excavation
Excavation Support and Protection
Backfilling
Erosion and Sedimentation Control

Foundation
Footings
Foundation and Substructure
Slab Foundation

Structural Systems
Steel Structure & Erection
Steel Materials
Applied Fireproofing

Concrete
Floor Slabs, Stair & Elevator Core

Interior Framing
Framing Labor
Wall Framing Materials
Ceiling Framing Materials

Exterior Doors

283
Printed Documentation

Exterior Doors
Overhead Doors and Installation
Exterior Doors-Misc

Glass and Glazing


Glass Curtainwall Systems
Windows

Electrical Systems
Electrical Labor
Electrical Fixtures
Electrical Misc
Underground Utilities

Plumbing Systems
Plumbing Labor
Plumbing Fixtures
Natural Gas
Water Service
Water & Sewer Line
Sewer Service

HVAC Systems
HVAC System
Environmental Control

Membrane Roofing
Roofing Labor
Roofing Materials

Insulation and Gypsum Wallboard


Thermal Protection – Insulation
Gypsum Wallboard
Acoustical Tile Ceiling

Exterior Veneer
Brick Labor

284
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

Brick Materials
Brick Cleaning
Stucco / EIFS
Stone Veneers
Exterior Veneer-Misc

Cabinetry and Casework


Lobby Reception
Restrooms

Interior Doors and Trim


Interior Doors
Interior Trim Labor
Interior Trim Materials
Interior Columns

Conveying Systems
Elevators

Stairs
Metal Stairs and Handrails

Floorcovering
Vinyl Flooring
Carpet

Tile, Marble, Slate


Tile Flooring Labor
Tile Flooring Materials

Interior Finishes
Paints and Coatings
Wallcoverings

Door Hardware
Door Hardware Labor
Door Hardware Materials

285
Printed Documentation

Restroom Hardware
Restroom Hardware Labor
Restroom Hardware Materials
Mirrors
Restroom Specialties

Equipment and Appliances


Appliance Labor
Appliances

Site Improvements
Final Grading
Concrete Pads and Walks
Concrete Drives/Walks Materials
Stormwater System Labor
Stormwater System Materials
Curb and Gutters
Concrete Curb/Gutter Materials
Asphalt Drives Labor
Fountains
Site Improvements-Misc

Landscaping
Landscaping
Irrigation

Exterior Areas & Finishes


Exterior Columns
Exterior Steps
Exterior Hand Rails
Concrete Unit Paving
Exterior Areas and Finishes-Misc

Special Construction
Mail Center
Detection and Alarm

286
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

Smoke Alarms
Fire Suppression
Data Networking

Construction Clean Up
Clean Up – Daily
Clean Up – Final

Project Insurance
Builder’s Risk Insurance
Project Liability Insurance
Workman’s Compensation
Performance Bond
Project Insurance-Misc

Temporary Facilities
Temporary Phone
Temporary VPN
Temporary Utilities
Sanitary Facilities
Project Identification
Temporary Facilities
Temporary Security
Temporary Barriers and Enclosures

Miscellaneous
Rental Equipment
Miscellaneous

Supervision
Supervision
Punchlist Allowance

UDA Scheduling - Light Commercial Master

287
Printed Documentation

Planning
Design Services
Permits
Lot Costs
Construction Financing

Project Insurance
Builder’s Risk Insurance
Project Liability Insurance
Workman’s Compensation
Performance Bond
Project Insurance-Misc

Jobsite Facilities
Project Phone
Construction Utilities
Portable Restrooms
Signage
Portable Jobsite Office

Demolition
Demolition Labor
Demolition Removal
Hazardous Material Abatement

Foundation
Site Work
Footers Labor
Footers Materials
Footers Inspection
Foundation Labor
Foundation Materials
Foundation Inspection
Concrete Slab Labor
Concrete Slab Materials
Slab Inspection

288
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

Foundation-Misc

Framing
Framing Labor
Floor System Materials
Wall Framing Materials
Ceiling Framing Materials
Roof Framing Materials
Roof Decking Materials
Fascia & Soffit Materials
Framing-Trusses
Framing Inspection

Metal Building Structure


Erection Labor
Pre-Engineered Structure
Metal Building-Misc

Ext. Windows & Doors


Windows
Exterior Doors
Windows & Exterior Doors-Misc

Electrical Systems
Electrical Labor
Electrical Rough-In Inspection
Electrical Misc
Underground Utilities

Plumbing Systems
Plumbing Labor
Plumbing Rough-In Inspection
Natural or Propane Gas
Water Service
Water & Sewer Line
Sewer Service
Septic Tanks

289
Printed Documentation

Septic Tank Inspection

HVAC System
HVAC Labor
HVAC Rough-In Inspection
HVAC Materials

Fireplaces & Trim


Prefabricated Units
Masonry Fireplace Labor
Masonry Fireplace Materials
Fireplace Inspection
Trim Surround
Mantle
Chimney Detail
Fireplace-Misc

Roofing
Roofing Labor
Roofing Materials

Insulation & Drywall


Insulation
Insulation Inspection
Drywall Labor
Drywall Materials

Exterior Veneer
Brick Labor
Brick Materials
Brick Cleaning
Siding Labor
Siding Materials
Stucco / EIFS
Stone
Exterior Veneer-Misc

290
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

Cabinetry & Countertops


Cabinetry
Countertops

Interior Trim & Stairs


Interior Doors
Interior Trim Labor
Interior Trim Materials
Interior Columns
Stair System Labor
Stair System Materials

Tile & Ceramics


Tile Flooring Labor
Tile Flooring Materials
Tub/Shower Tile Labor
Tub/Shower Tile Materials

Interior Finishes
Paint Labor
Paint Materials
Wallcoverings
Interior Paneling

Door & Closet Hardware


Door Hardware Labor
Door Hardware Materials
Closet Shelving

Bath Hardware
Bath Hardware Labor
Bath Hardware Materials
Mirrors
Shower Doors
Bath Specialties

Appliances

291
Printed Documentation

Appliance Labor
Appliances

Set Fixtures
Electrical Fixtures
Water Heaters
Plumbing Fixtures
HVAC Fixtures & Units
Overhead Doors & Installation

Site Improvements
Final Grading
Concrete Drives/Walks Labor
Concrete Drives/Walks Materials
Stormwater System Labor
Stormwater System Materials
Concrete Curb/Gutter Labor
Concrete Curb/Gutter Materials
Asphalt Drives Labor
Asphalt Drives Materials
Landscaping Labor
Landscaping Materials
Irrigation System
Retaining Walls
Site Improvements-Misc

Exterior Areas & Finishes


Deck Labor
Deck Materials
Concrete Patio Labor
Concrete Patio Materials
Porch Labor
Porch Materials
Exterior Columns
Exterior Steps
Exterior Hand Rails
Shutters

292
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

Mailbox
Exterior Areas & Finishes-Misc

Specialty Options
Central Vacuum
Security System
Intercom System
Stereo System Prewire
Computer Network
Specialty Options-Misc

Floorcovering
Hardwood Flooring Labor
Hardwood Flooring Materials
Vinyl Flooring Labor
Vinyl Flooring Materials
Carpet Labor
Carpet Materials

Construction Clean Up
Clean Up – Daily
Clean Up – Final

Miscellaneous
Rental Equipment
Miscellaneous

Supervision
Supervision
Punchlist Allowance

Final Inspections
Final Inspection
Certificate of Occupancy

293
Printed Documentation

UDA Scheduling - Remodeling Master

Planning
Design Services
Permits
Lot Costs
Construction Financing

Project Insurance
Builder’s Risk Insurance
Project Liability Insurance
Workman’s Compensation
Performance Bond
Project Insurance-Misc

Jobsite Facilities
Project Phone
Construction Utilities
Portable Restrooms
Signage
Portable Jobsite Office

Demolition
Demolition Labor
Demolition Removal
Hazardous Material Abatement

Foundation
Site Work
Footers Labor
Footers Materials
Footers Inspection
Foundation Labor
Foundation Materials
Foundation Inspection
Concrete Slab Labor

294
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

Concrete Slab Materials


Slab Inspection
Foundation-Misc

Framing
Framing Labor
Floor System Materials
Wall Framing Materials
Ceiling Framing Materials
Roof Framing Materials
Roof Decking Materials
Fascia & Soffit Materials
Framing-Trusses

Ext. Windows & Doors


Windows
Exterior Doors
Windows & Exterior Doors-Misc

Electrical Systems
Electrical Labor
Electrical Rough-In Inspection
Electrical Misc
Underground Utilities

Plumbing Systems
Plumbing Labor
Plumbing Rough-In Inspection
Natural or Propane Gas
Water Service
Water & Sewer Line
Sewer Service
Septic Tanks
Septic Tank Inspection

HVAC System
HVAC Labor

295
Printed Documentation

HVAC Rough-In Inspection


HVAC Materials

Fireplaces & Trim


Prefabricated Units
Masonry Fireplace Labor
Masonry Fireplace Materials
Fireplace Inspection
Trim Surround
Mantle
Chimney Detail
Fireplace-Misc

Roofing
Roofing Labor
Roofing Materials

Insulation & Drywall


Insulation
Insulation Inspection
Drywall Labor
Drywall Materials

Exterior Veneer
Brick Labor
Brick Materials
Brick Cleaning
Siding Labor
Siding Materials
Stucco / EIFS
Stone
Exterior Veneer-Misc

Cabinetry & Countertops


Cabinetry
Countertops

296
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

Interior Trim & Stairs


Interior Doors
Interior Trim Labor
Interior Trim Materials
Interior Columns
Stair System Labor
Stair System Materials

Tile & Ceramics


Tile Flooring Labor
Tile Flooring Materials
Tub/Shower Tile Labor
Tub/Shower Tile Materials

Interior Finishes
Paint Labor
Paint Materials
Wallcoverings
Interior Paneling

Door & Closet Hardware


Door Hardware Labor
Door Hardware Materials
Closet Shelving

Bath Hardware
Bath Hardware Labor
Bath Hardware Materials
Mirrors
Shower Doors
Bath Specialties

Appliances
Appliance Labor
Appliances

Set Fixtures

297
Printed Documentation

Electrical Fixtures
Water Heaters
Plumbing Fixtures
HVAC Fixtures & Units
Overhead Doors & Installation

Site Improvements
Final Grading
Concrete Drives/Walks Labor
Concrete Drives/Walks Materials
Stormwater System Labor
Stormwater System Materials
Concrete Curb/Gutter Labor
Concrete Curb/Gutter Materials
Asphalt Drives Labor
Asphalt Drives Materials
Landscaping Labor
Landscaping Materials
Irrigation System
Retaining Walls
Site Improvements-Misc

Exterior Areas & Finishes


Deck Labor
Deck Materials
Concrete Patio Labor
Concrete Patio Materials
Porch Labor
Porch Materials
Exterior Columns
Exterior Steps
Exterior Hand Rails
Shutters
Mailbox
Exterior Areas & Finishes-Misc

Specialty Options

298
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

Central Vacuum
Security System
Intercom System
Stereo System Prewire
Computer Network
Specialty Options-Misc

Floorcovering
Hardwood Flooring Labor
Hardwood Flooring Materials
Vinyl Flooring Labor
Vinyl Flooring Materials
Carpet Labor
Carpet Materials

Construction Clean Up
Clean Up – Daily
Clean Up – Final

Miscellaneous
Rental Equipment
Miscellaneous

Supervision
Supervision
Punchlist Allowance

Final Inspections
Final Inspection
Certificate of Occupancy

UDA Scheduling - Residential Master

Planning

299
Printed Documentation

Design Services
Permits
Lot Costs
Construction Financing

Project Insurance
Builder’s Risk Insurance
Project Liability Insurance
Workman’s Compensation
Performance Bond
Project Insurance-Misc

Jobsite Facilities
Project Phone
Construction Utilities
Portable Restrooms
Signage
Portable Jobsite Office

Foundation
Site Work
Footers Labor
Footers Materials
Footers Inspection
Foundation Labor
Foundation Materials
Foundation Inspection
Concrete Slab Labor
Concrete Slab Materials
Slab Inspection
Foundation-Misc

Framing
Framing Labor
Floor System Materials
Wall Framing Materials
Ceiling Framing Materials

300
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

Roof Framing Materials


Roof Decking Materials
Fascia & Soffit Materials
Framing-Trusses
Framing Inspection

Ext. Windows & Doors


Windows
Exterior Doors
Windows & Exterior Doors-Misc

Electrical Systems
Electrical Labor
Electrical Rough-In Inspection
Electrical Misc
Underground Utilities

Plumbing Systems
Plumbing Labor
Plumbing Rough-In Inspection
Natural or Propane Gas
Water Service
Water & Sewer Line
Sewer Service
Septic Tanks
Septic Tank Inspection

HVAC System
HVAC Labor
HVAC Rough-In Inspection
HVAC Materials

Fireplaces & Trim


Prefabricated Units
Masonry Fireplace Labor
Masonry Fireplace Materials
Fireplace Inspection

301
Printed Documentation

Trim Surround
Mantle
Chimney Detail
Fireplace-Misc

Roofing
Roofing Labor
Roofing Materials

Insulation & Drywall


Insulation
Insulation Inspection
Drywall Labor
Drywall Materials

Exterior Veneer
Brick Labor
Brick Materials
Brick Cleaning
Siding Labor
Siding Materials
Stucco / EIFS
Stone
Exterior Veneer-Misc

Cabinetry & Countertops


Cabinetry
Countertops

Interior Trim & Stairs


Interior Doors
Interior Trim Labor
Interior Trim Materials
Interior Columns
Stair System Labor
Stair System Materials

302
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

Tile & Ceramics


Tile Flooring Labor
Tile Flooring Materials
Tub/Shower Tile Labor
Tub/Shower Tile Materials

Interior Finishes
Paint Labor
Paint Materials
Wallcoverings
Interior Paneling

Door & Closet Hardware


Door Hardware Labor
Door Hardware Materials
Closet Shelving

Bath Hardware
Bath Hardware Labor
Bath Hardware Materials
Mirrors
Shower Doors
Bath Specialties

Appliances
Appliance Labor
Appliances

Set Fixtures
Electrical Fixtures
Water Heaters
Plumbing Fixtures
HVAC Fixtures & Units
Overhead Doors & Installation

Site Improvements
Final Grading

303
Printed Documentation

Concrete Drives/Walks Labor


Concrete Drives/Walks Materials
Stormwater System Labor
Stormwater System Materials
Concrete Curb/Gutter Labor
Concrete Curb/Gutter Materials
Asphalt Drives Labor
Asphalt Drives Materials
Landscaping Labor
Landscaping Materials
Irrigation System
Retaining Walls
Site Improvements-Misc

Exterior Areas & Finishes


Deck Labor
Deck Materials
Concrete Patio Labor
Concrete Patio Materials
Porch Labor
Porch Materials
Exterior Columns
Exterior Steps
Exterior Hand Rails
Shutters
Mailbox
Exterior Areas & Finishes-Misc

Specialty Options
Central Vacuum
Security System
Intercom System
Stereo System Prewire
Computer Network
Specialty Options-Misc

Floorcovering

304
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling

Hardwood Flooring Labor


Hardwood Flooring Materials
Vinyl Flooring Labor
Vinyl Flooring Materials
Carpet Labor
Carpet Materials

Construction Clean Up
Clean Up – Daily
Clean Up – Final

Miscellaneous
Rental Equipment
Miscellaneous

Supervision
Supervision
Punchlist Allowance

Final Inspections
Final Inspection
Certificate of Occupancy

305
Chapter 15: UDA Contracts
About UDA Contracts
Protect Your Business. In an industry where possibilities for misunderstandings and
miscommunication thrive, few things are more essential to protecting your business than
professionally-authored construction contracts and forms. Utilize the comprehensive library of industry -
standard construction contracts to take control of your projects and ensure seamless communication
between you and your subcontractors, suppliers, and clients.

Limit Your Liability. Endorsed by the industry and updated regularly by construction experts and
attorneys, UDA Contracts address the latest critical needs and trends in construction. Comprehensive
contracts include clauses that cover scope of work, permits, insurance, arbitration, change orders,
finish schedules, project allowances, sales agreement, toxic mold, hazardous materials, termination,
and more.

With UDA Contracts, you can :

 Leverage a comprehensive set of 170+* contracts and forms that you can customize
to fit your project needs.
 Communicate project standards and expectations to clients and subcontractors with
professionally-authored legal documents.
 Ease disputes and lessen legal expenses with industry-standard arbitration clauses.
 Import your own construction contracts with the UDA Custom AutoDocs Wizard .
 Connect your documents to the ConstructionNet CRM system to automatically insert
contact and project information.
 Employ UDA Document Management to take advantage of automated features such as
styles, letterheads, and more.

Making Integration Work for You. All UDA Contracts link to the ConstructionSuite™ database,
enabling you to create connections across your documents, projects, and contacts. With a complete
library of more than 170* contracts and forms for Residential, Remodeling, and Light Commercial
projects, UDA Contracts integrates superior Document Management features and new ConstructionNet
CRM technology to provide the most dynamic construction contracts available.

*ConstructionSuite Standard versions include 130+ contracts and forms for Residential and
Remodeling projects. Pro versions and above include specialized contracts and forms in addition to the
130 included in ConstructionSuite Standard.

Using UDA Contracts

Appropriate Use for Contracts


This Software is not meant to be, nor does it constitute, legal or business advice. None of the
contracts, forms, or templates should be used without appropriate customization and advice from
properly licensed legal counsel familiar with the law that may apply to your circumstances. Sample
estimates and costbook data are provided for reference purposes only, and it is advised that you
confirm item costs with your vendors before calculating project estimates. UDA takes no responsibility
for the applicability of these or any materials for the particular transaction you will be undertaking. UDA
Technologies, Inc. will not be liable for any special, incidental, or consequential damages or lost profits
arising in tort, negligence, contract, or otherwise in connection with the use in any manner of the
contents of these materials.

Opening Contracts

307
Printed Documentation

ConstructionSuite provides a comprehensive library of professionally-authored contracts and


forms that you can customize to fit your project and business needs.

Open a contract

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs >
UDA Technologies, Inc > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click the Contracts & Docs tab.
3. Click the contracts folder for the type of contract you need. Options will vary
according to your version.
4. Double-click the contract you need for your project. To review a complete list of
contracts, see the contract lists at the end of this chapter.
5. The Document Management Wizard will launch. For more information, see Using the
Document Management Wizard .

Using the Document Management Wizard


When you open any new ConstructionSuite document, the Document Management Wizard will
launch, making it easy to import contact and project information directly into your contracts, forms, and
reports. You can also automatically add a letterhead graphic and easily create correspondence
documents such as Transmittals, Fax cover sheets, Envelopes, and Memos.

 NOTE: You can launch the Document Management Wizard any time a document is open. To
access the wizard, click the Document Wizard button on the Document Management Toolbar.

1. Select contact.

Click the button next to the contact selector box to designate a contact for your document.

To use an existing contact from your database, use the pop up menu to select the
contact name.

To create a new contact, click New Contact at the top of the window. The Contact
Quick Add form will open. You can enter Name and Email information, Phone Numbers,
and an Address for the contact.

To edit a contact, select a contact name from the pop up menu and click Edit. The
Edit Contact form will open. You can edit a variety of information related to the contact
from this window. Use the buttons on the left or the tabs at the bottom of the screen to
navigate the form.

2. Select project.

Click the button next to the project selector box to designate a project for your document.
Selecting a project links the contract to your central database and ensures proper file
management.

To use an existing project, use the pop up menu to select the project name. To view
the project folder, click the folder button. For more information, see Selecting a Project.

To create a new project, click New. The Project Quick Add form will open. You can
enter Project Information, Project Details, and Contact Information. Click the More
button to access the complete Edit Project form. For more information, see Creating a
New Project.

308
Chapter 15: UDA Contracts

To edit an existing project, select a project from the pop up menu and click Edit. The
Edit Project form will open. You can edit Project Information, Lender Information,
Additional Information, and Project Dimensions. For more information, see Editing a
Project.

 NOTE : If you entered Company Information in the Initial Configuration


wizard (after installing ConstructionSuite), your company information will be
automatically imported into the document.

3. Insert letterhead graphic

Check the box next to Insert Letterhead Graphic if you would like to include your company
letterhead in the document.

Click the Options... link and select the Letterhead tab to designate how you would like
Document Management to handle the letterhead graphic for each document.

 NOTE : You can customize the letterhead graphic by using the Letterhead
drop-down menu on the Document Management Toolbar.

4. Select additional documents

You can select additional documents such as transmittals or memos to supplement your client
correspondence. Additional documents will automatically include the contact, project, and
company information where appropriate. Edit the documents to fit your project needs.

Transmittal: a list of the documents included in your correspondence that enables you
to indicate the status of the documents, such as Approved or For Your Approval

Fax: a professional fax cover sheet document

Envelope: a document you can use for printing a business letter size envelope

Memo: a professional memo document

 NOTE : You can permanently modify any of the Additional Document


Templates by using the Templates drop-down menu on the Document
Management Toolbar.

Revising Contracts for a Project


Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete information as necessary
to fit your project. ConstructionSuite identifies text specific to each project by formatting it in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs. When you are finished editing the document, you can
change all text to black with the click of a button.

ConstructionSuite documents now have an advanced Style Selector that enables you to easily switch
between four predefined styles. If you change the style of the contract, however, you may need to
check the document to ensure accurate spacing.

Contracts include all the features of UDA Document Management, which eliminates data entry tasks
by connecting documents to your central ConstructionSuite database. Document Management also
includes additional automated features designed to enhance the functionality and appearance of your
documents. Take advantage of Document Management for your contracts with the features listed
below.

Learn how to use UDA Document Management.

309
Printed Documentation

 About UDA Document Management


 Using the Document Management Wizard
 Using Standard Document Management Templates
 Using Password Protection in Document Management
 Enabling or Disabling Tip of the Day
 Showing and Hiding the Document Wizard
 Setting Letterhead Options
 Auto-setting Activities in Document Management
 Designating the Default Document Style
 Selecting a UDA Document Style
 Creating a Letterhead in Document Management
 Editing Headers and Footers in Document Management
 Inserting a Signature in Document Management
 Inserting Watermarks in Document Management
 Selecting Paper Size in Document Management
 Changing All Text to Black in Document Management
 Creating Custom AutoDocs

Saving Contracts
Always save your contract or form to the appropriate location as soon as you comp lete the Document
Management Wizard. If you plan to reuse the exact contract for future projects, you can save the
customized contract as a document template.

Save the contract or form

1. In an open contract, go to File > Save As .


2. The default location for the contract will be the folder for the Project you selected in
the Document Management Wizard. If you select another Project in the Save
Document window's Folder tree, the contract will reflect the new project's information.
3. The default name will be the project name and the name of the contract. Change this
by typing a new name in the Filename box, if desired.
4. Click OK. A copy of the contract for the current project will be saved, and the master
contract template will still be available in ConstructionSuite for future projects.

Creating and Using Document Templates

With Document Management, you can save a substantial amount of time by creating custom
templates. Any modifications that need to be made to a document each time it is used can be
easily saved in a new template, so you don't have to spend time making the same changes
over and over again.

Save the document as a template

1. Open the document you want to save as a template.


2. Go to File > Save As . The Save Document window will open.

310
Chapter 15: UDA Contracts

3. Using the Folder tree on the left side of the window, select a folder under the
Template grouping in which to save your template.
4. Type a descriptive name for the template in the Filename text box at the bottom of
the screen.
5. Click OK. The template will appear in the section you specified on the Contracts tab.

 NOTE: ConstructionSuite is designed to automatically remove project designations upon


saving a template. When you use the template, you will be prompted to select a project.

Use a template to create a document for a project

1. Go to the location where your template is saved.


2. Double-click the template file to use it for your new project document.
3. Go to File > Save As . The default location will be the folder for the Project you
selected in the Document Management Wizard.
4. Edit the document as needed for the new project. Changes will only be made to the
document for the project and will not affect the template.
5. Save the file again once you have made all changes.

Permanently modify a custom document template

1. Go to the location where your template is saved.


2. Right-click the template you want to modify and select Edit Template .
3. Edit the document template as needed. Any changes you make will affect the
template. This means every new document created from the custom template will
reflect these changes, but documents previously created from the template will not be
affected.
4. Go to File > Save.

Importing Previous Contracts


Upgrade users can convert their previous files to the new format. This allows upgrade users to retain
and reuse older contracts yet benefit from most of the advanced features and increased speed in UDA
Contracts.

 NOTE: If your old UDA Contract has a letterhead, when you open the imported contract,
you may be prompted by Microsoft Word to update links. Click No. Manually delete the old
letterhead and insert a new letterhead using the new UDA Document Management system.
You may also choose remove the letterhead before importing the document.

Import a previous UDA Contract

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click on Contracts Tab and select a folder you'd like to import files to.
3. Simply drag your previous documents and drop them into the folder of your choice.
Once you've dragged and dropped these files, they will be accessible from that folder
location within ConstructionSuite.

311
Printed Documentation

 IMPORTANT : Documents created in previous versions will benefit from most of the new
functionality in ConstructionSuite. However, there may be some features that are not
available for older documents.

Accessing California Contracts and Forms

UDA ConstructionSuite includes contracts and forms designed to meet the strict
requirements of the Contractors State Licensing Board (CSLB). These documents are
available in every ConstructionSuite version and are automatically visible on the
ConstructionOffice tab for users who have selected California as the state in the Company
Information.

The specialized California content can be accessed by clicking on the Contracts & Docs
Tab and selecting the Contracts & Docs folder. Both the California Notices and Forms folder
as well as the Home Improvement folder all contain specialized content for California. If these
documents are not visible, you can easily turn on the option.

Access California contracts and forms

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs >
UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. On the main interface, go to Tools > Options > Specialized Content . The Specialized
Content form opens.
3. Select California Contracts and Forms .
4. Click OK.
5. Access the specialized content by clicking on the Contracts & Docs tab and selecting
the Contracts folder.

UDA Contracts Listings

UDA Contracts
Construction Contracts

C01 Fixed Amount Contract


Fixed Amount Construction Contract
C02 Cost Plus Contract - Percentage
Cost Plus Percentage Construction Contract
C03 Cost Plus Contract - Fixed Fee
Cost Plus Fixed Fee Construction Contract
C04 Construction Sales Agreement
Sale of New Construction
C05 Under Construction Sales Agreement
Sale of Project currently under Construction

312
Chapter 15: UDA Contracts

C06 Construction Sales Agreement - As Is


Sale of Project As Is
C10 Small Project Proposal
Proposal for Small Project

Real Estate Contracts and Forms

RE01 Real Estate Sales Agreement


Real Estate Sales Contract
RE02 Real Estate Sales Agreement - Agency
Real Estate Sales Contract with Agent
RE03 Real Estate Land Sales Agreement
Real Estate Land Sales Contract
RE04 Real Estate Land Sales Agreement - Agency
Real Estate Land Sales Contract with Agent
RE05 Real Estate Brokerage Disclosure
Broker Disclosure Agreement
RE06 Purchaser's Expense Sheet
Purchases Expense Tracking Sheet

Conditions & Addenda

CA01 General Conditions


General Conditions for Construction Contracts
CA02 Project Allowances
Construction Allowances
CA03 Finish Schedule - Exterior
Exterior Finish Selection Schedules
CA04 Finish Schedule - Interior
Interior Finish Selection Schedules
CA05 Payment Schedule
Construction Draw Schedule
CA06 Proposal Request for Change Order
Issued to request a price change in work
CA07 Itemized Proposal for Change Order

313
Printed Documentation

Itemized Proposal Request


CA08 Change Order - Fixed Contract
Fixed Price Change Order
CA09 Change Order - Cost Plus
Cost-Plus Change Order
CA10 Certificate of Substantial Completion
Owner/Contractor Sign-Off
CA11 Inspection Check List - Punch List
Inspection Check List
CA12 Limited Warranty
General Warranty Provided by Contractor
CA13 Mold Disclosure Statement
Disclosure statement regarding toxic mold growth

Subcontractor Contracts
Contracts between Contractor or Owner and Subcontractor.

S01 Subcontractor Contract - General

S02 Site Work and Grading

S03 Septic Tank

S04 Crawlspace Foundation

S05 Basement Foundation

S06 Slab Foundation

S07 Waterproofing and Dampproofing

S08 Framing

S09 Metal Framing

S10 Fascia and Soffit

S11 Electrical

S12 Plumbing

S13 HVAC Systems

314
Chapter 15: UDA Contracts

S14 Insulation

S15 Gypsum Wallboard

S16 Exterior Finish - Brick

S17 Exterior Finish - Siding

S18 Exterior Finish - Stucco

S19 Exterior Finish - EIFS

S20 Exterior Finish - Vinyl Siding

S21 Exterior Finish - Metal Siding

S22 Paint

S23 Roofing

S24 Roofing - Metal

S25 Roofing - Tile

S26 Roofing - Slate

S27 Roofing - Cedar Shakes

S28 Fireplace

S29 Fireplace - Masonry

S30 Cabinetry

S31 Countertops

S32 Finish Carpentry

S33 Tile and Stone Work

S34 Vinyl Flooring

S35 Carpet

S36 Hardwood Floors

S37 Wallcoverings

S38 Door Hardware

315
Printed Documentation

S39 Closet Hardware

S40 Bath Hardware

S41 Shower Doors

S42 Garage Doors

S43 Metal Work

S44 Concrete Drives and Walks

S45 Pavers - Clay

S46 Pavers - Stone

S47 Pavers - Concrete

S48 Retaining Walls

S49 Irrigation

S50 Pool Construction

S51 Landscaping

S52 Landscape Maintenance

S53 Membrane Roofing

S54 Fences and Gates

S55 Brick Cleaning

S56 Acoustical Ceiling

S57 Interior Furnishing

S58 Pre-Engineered Metal Building

S59 Fire Suppression

Subcontractor Forms

SG01 Subcontractor Payment Guidelines


Based on completion percentages

316
Chapter 15: UDA Contracts

SG02 Listing of Subcontractors


Listing Index of Subcontractors and Suppliers
SG03 Subcontractor Change Order - Fixed
Fixed Price Change Order
SG04 Subcontractor Change Order - Cost-Plus
Cost-Plus Change Order
SG05 Subcontractor Back Charge
Charge to Subcontractor to meet Contract Obligations
SG06 Notice of Request for Bid
Request for bid from Subcontractor
SG07 Subcontractor Insurance Listing
Listing of Subcontractor Insurance Coverage

Draw Requests & Lien Forms

F01 Draw Request - Fixed Contract


Draw Request for Fixed Contract
F02 Draw Request - Cost Plus
Draw Request for Cost Plus Contract
F03 Affidavit for Release of Mechanics Liens
Certification of Lien Waivers
F04 Affidavit for Payments of Debts & Claims
Certification of Payment for Services
F05 Lien
Notification of Claim for Services
F06 Lien Waiver
Release of Lien and Future Claims
F07 Warranty Deed
Deed for Sale of Property
F08 Record of Payments
Listing of Payments
F09 Request for Price - Materials
Quote for Materials and Prices
F10 Purchase Order
Written request to order goods or services

317
Printed Documentation

F11 Conditional Waiver Upon Progress Payment


Release for Progress Payment effective only after Progress Payment has cleared
the Bank
F12 Conditional Waiver Upon Final Payment
Release of Final Payment effective only after Final Payment has cleared the Bank
F13 Unconditional Waiver Upon Final Payment
Release for Final Payment effective and enforceable at Signature
F14 Unconditional Waiver Upon Progress Payment
Release for Progress Payment effective and enforceable at Signature
F15 Stop Notice
Notice to Withhold Construction Funds
F16 Preliminary 20-Day Notice
Notice Prerequisite to Filing Claim of Lien and/or Stop Notice
F17 Notice of Right of Rescission
Owners Right of Cancelation

FHA, VA, FMHA Forms

5087 Outline Specification


92005 Description of Materials
92010 Equal Employment Opportunity Certification
92051 Compliance Inspection Report
92442 Construction Contract-Lump Sum
92442-a Construction Contract-Cost Plus
92442- Construction Contract-Cost Plus CA
a-ca
92442- Construction Contract-Lump Sum CA
ca
92443 Construction Contract Incentive Payment
92541 Builders Cert. of Plans, Specifications, and Site
92544 Warranty of Completion of Construction
92577 Request for Changes
92700 Maximum Mortgage Worksheet
203(Ik)
92900- Mortgage Credit Analysis Worksheet
ws
935.2 Affirmative Fair Housing Marketing Plan
9552 Post Closing Repair Requirements
9746-a Draw Request

318
Chapter 15: UDA Contracts

NOTE: ConstructionSuite includesFHA Forms in the official PDF File Format as distributed
from HUD. These forms can be filled in and printed from your computer directly. Since these
forms are in PDF (portable document format), you will need Adobe Acrobat Reader. You can
download the reader for free at www.adobe.com .

UDA California Contracts

Specialized contracts for builders and homeowners in California.

California Notices

CF01 Joint Control Addendum


Addendum for Control Agreement/Escrow Instructions
CN01 Notice of License Information
Disclosure of CA State Licensing Requirements
CN02 Notice Required for Lien Contracts
Notice regarding contracts secured by a lien
CN03 Notice to Owner
Notice to Owner Regarding Mechanics’ Liens
CN04 Notice of Right to Cancel
Notice of Owner’s Right of Contract Cancelation
CN05 Stop Notice
Notice to Withhold Construction Funds
CN06 Notice of Completion
Notice establishing legal construction completion date
CN07 Notice of Cessation
Notice establishing legal date when construction work has ceased for a continuous
30-day period
CN08 Preliminary 20-Day Notice
Notice Prerequisite to Filing Claim of Lien and/or Stop Notice
CN09 Notice of Nonresponsibility
Owner’s Claim of Nonresponsibility
CN10 Notice of Right of Rescission
Owner’s Right of Cancelation

California Waivers

319
Printed Documentation

CW01 Conditional Waiver Upon Progress Payment


Release for Progress Payment Effective Only After Progress Payment has Cleared
the Bank
CW02 Conditional Waiver Upon Final Payment
Release for Final Payment Effective Only After Final Payment has Cleared the
Bank
CW03 Unconditional Waiver Upon Final Payment
Release for Final Payment Effective and Enforceable at Signature
CW04 Unconditional Waiver Upon Progress Payment
Release for Progress Payment Effective and Enforceable at Signature

California Home Improvement Contracts

RA01 CSLB Home Improvement Contracts


Guidelines from the California Contractors State License Board
RCS00 Sample California Remodeling Contract
Sample contract for a typical remodeling project in California
RCS01 Fixed Contract Amount
Home improvement fixed amount contract
RCS02 Cost Plus Percentage
Home improvement cost plus percentage contract
RCS03 Cost Plus Fixed Fee
Home improvement cost plus fixed fee contract
RCS04 General Renovation Fixed Amount
Home improvement general renovation fixed amount
RCS05 General Renovation Cost plus Fee
Home improvement general renovation cost plus fee
RCS06 General Renovation Cost plus Percentage
Home improvement general renovation cost plus percentage
RCS10 Home Improvement Checklist
Checklist for home improvement for California contractors

UDA Remodeling Contracts


These specialized contracts and forms for Remodeling and Renovation are available in all versions of
ConstructionSuite:

320
Chapter 15: UDA Contracts

Remodeling Contracts

R01 Remodeling - Fixed Contract Amount


Fixed Price Remodeling Contract
R02 Remodeling - Cost Plus Percentage
Cost Plus Percentage Remodeling Contract
R03 Remodeling - Cost Plus Fixed Fee
Cost Plus Fixed Fee Remodeling Contract
R04 Remodeling - General Renovation Fixed Amount
Fixed Fee for General Renovation
R05 Remodeling - General Renovation Cost Plus Fee
Renovation Cost Plus Fixed Fee
R06 Remodeling - General Renovation Cost Plus Percentage
Renovation Cost Plus Percentage

Construction Management Contracts


These specialized contracts and forms for Construction Management are available in ConstructionSuite
Pro versions and above:

CM01 Construction Management - Fixed Fee


Contract to Manage Construction
CM02 Construction Management - Cost Plus
Cost Plus Contract to Manage Construction

Architectural Contracts and Forms


These specialized contracts and forms for Architects are available in ConstructionSuite Pro versions
and above:

A01 Architect-Owner - Design Services


Design Services Contract between Architect & Owner
A02 Architect-Owner - Design & Construction Management Services
Design and Construction Management Services Contract between Architect &
Owner
A03 Architect-Owner - Renovation Project
Renovation Design Services Contract between Architect & Owner
A04 Architect-Engineer Services
Contract between Architect and Engineer
A05 Architect-Consultant Services
Contract between Architect and Consultant

321
Printed Documentation

A06 Interior Space Planning


Interior Design Services Contract
A07 Design Services- Square Foot & Hourly Fee
Contract for Services by Square Foot. plus an Hourly Fee for Additional Work

AC01 General Conditions


General Conditions for Design Contracts
AC02 Scope of Services
Scope of Services for Design Contracts
AC03 Change Order
Change Order for Design Services
AC04 Design Professional's Lien
Lien Notice for Design Professionals

Architectural Notes
These detailed notes for construction documents are available in ConstructionSuite Pro versions and
above:

Detailed Notes for Construction Documents


Assembly Notes
Design Criteria
Dimension Plan
Dimension Plan CMU
Electrical Plan
Elevation Notes
Elevation Notes CMU
Foundation Plan
Framing Plan
Framing Plan CMU
General Notes
Mechanical Notes
Nailing Schedule
Nailing Zone
Plumbing Notes
Roof Framing Plan
Roof Framing Plan CMU
Roof Framing Plan CMU - Trusses
Timber Trusses

322
Chapter 15: UDA Contracts

Design-Build Contracts
These specialized contracts and forms for Design-Build Professionals are available in
ConstructionSuite Pro versions and above:

DB01 Design-Build Fixed Contract


Fixed Contract for Design-Build Services
DB02 Design-Build Cost Plus Percentage
Contract for Design-Build Services
DB03 Design-Build Cost Plus Fee
Cost Plus Fee Contract for Design-Build Services

323
Chapter 16: UDA Document Management
About UDA Document Management.
Communication is Key. Save time and increase accuracy with UDA Document Management, the
powerful component that works with all of your ConstructionSuite™ documents such as Estimates,
Schedules, Contracts, Specifications, and Reports. Advanced yet intuitive features enable you to
integrate your documents with the powerful ConstructionSuite project management system.

Create Professional, Customized Documents. Every UDA document comes with the ability to be fully
customized to fit your project needs. Use the Document Management Wizard to import contact
information for any vendor, supplier, subcontractor, lender, or client, and quickly connect all documents
to the ConstructionSuite™ database. Then, put a professional polish on your documents with easy -to-
use features such as styles, letterheads, watermarks, and more.

With Document Management, you can:

 Customize any ConstructionSuite document such as Contracts, Specifications, Proposals,


Reports, and more.

 Connect documents to projects and contacts for better organization and tracking.

 Put a professional face on your documents with features like automated styles, letterhead,
signatures, and watermarks.

 Launch automated Memos, Fax Cover Sheets, Transmittals, and Envelopes through the
Document Management Wizard.

 Track document creation and editing with Transaction Logging.

 Send documents to clients using auto-email feature.

 Password protect documents for ultimate security.

Create Your Own Custom Documents. Use the Custom AutoDocs wizard to create a fully-automated
construction letter, contract/form, or a custom document in a few simple st eps. The Custom AutoDocs
wizard is linked with your ConstructionSuite database, allowing you to easily import project and contact
information.

Making Integration Work for You. By selecting a project for your document, you've already taken one
step toward integrating it with the dynamic ConstructionSuite database. Take integration one step
further by creating additional connections between your documents and ConstructionSuite. From the
Document Management Toolbar, you can add Contacts, assign new Activities, create new To Dos, and
launch documents or document templates from any project Workflow.

Using Document Management Features

Using the UDA Document Management System


UDA Document Management eliminates data entry tasks by connecting documents to your central
database and includes additional automated features designed to enhance the functionality and
appearance of your documents.

 About UDA Document Management


 Using the Document Management Wizard
 Using Standard Document Management Templates
 Using the Proposal Wizard in Document Management

325
Printed Documentation

 Using Password Protection in Document Management


 Showing and Hiding the Document Wizard
 Setting Letterhead Options
 Auto-setting Activities in Document Management
 Designating the Default Document Style
 Selecting a UDA Document Style
 Creating a Letterhead in Document Management
 Editing Headers and Footers in Document Management
 Inserting a Signature in Document Management
 Inserting Watermarks in Document Management
 Selecting Paper Size in Document Management
 Changing All Text to Black in Document Management
 Creating Custom AutoDocs

Using the Document Management Wizard


When you open any new ConstructionSuite document, the Document Management Wizard will
launch, making it easy to import contact and project information directly into your contracts, forms, and
reports. You can also automatically add a letterhead graphic and easily create correspondence
documents such as Transmittals, Fax cover sheets, Envelopes, and Memos.

 NOTE: You can launch the Document Management Wizard any time a document is open. To
access the wizard, click the Document Wizard button on the ConstructionSuite tab.

1. Select contact.

Click the button next to the contact selector box to designate a contact for your document.

To use an existing contact from your database, use the pop up menu to select the
contact name.

To create a new contact, click New. The Contact Quick Add form will open. You can
enter Name and Email information, Phone Numbers, and an Address for the contact.

To edit a contact, select a contact name from the pop up menu and click Edit. The
Edit Contact form will open. You can edit a variety of information related to the contact
from this window. Use the buttons on the left or the tabs at the bottom of the screen to
navigate the form.

2. Select project.

Click the button next to the project selector box to designate a project for your document.
Selecting a project links the contract to your central database and ensures proper file
management.

To use an existing project, use the pop up menu to select the project name. For more
information, see Selecting a Project.

To create a new project, click New. The Project Quick Add form will open. You can
enter Project Information, Project Details, and Contact Information. Click the More
button to access the complete Edit Project form. For more information, see Creating a
New Project.

326
Chapter 16: UDA Document Management

To edit an existing project, select a project from the pop up menu and click Edit. The
Edit Project form will open. You can edit Project Information, Lender Information,
Additional Information, and Project Dimensions. For more information, see Editing a
Project.

 NOTE : If you entered Company Information in the Initial Configuration


wizard (after installing ConstructionSuite), your company information will be
automatically imported into the document.

3. Insert letterhead graphic

Check the box next to Insert Letterhead Graphic if you would like to include your company
letterhead in the document.

Click the Options... link and select the Letterhead tab to designate how you would like
Document Management to handle the letterhead graphic for each document.

 NOTE : You can customize the letterhead graphic by using the Letterhead
drop-down menu on the Document Management Toolbar.

4. Select additional documents

You can select additional documents such as transmittals or memos to supplement your client
correspondence. Additional documents will automatically include the contact, project, and
company information where appropriate. Edit the documents to fit your project needs.

Transmittal: a list of the documents included in your correspondence that enables you
to indicate the status of the documents, such as Approved or For Your Approval

Fax: a professional fax cover sheet document

Envelope: a document you can use for printing a business letter size envelope

Memo: a professional memo document

 NOTE : You can permanently modify any of the Additional Document


Templates by selecting any of the document types from the Tools tab and
clicking Edit..

Using Standard Document Management Templates


UDA Document Management provides standard templates for transmittals, fax covers, envelopes, and
memos to help you produce professional correspondence with ease. These templates will automatically
include the contact, project, and company information where app ropriate. Template documents will
save to the appropriate project location, providing a complete record of documentation and
correspondence.

Using templates

1. Open any UDA document, contract, or form.


2. The standard document management templates can be found in the Tools tab.
3. Select the arrow below each template style and select New to create a new template,
or Edit to edit the current master template.

Fax opens a professional fax cover sheet document.

327
Printed Documentation

Envelope opens a document you can use for printing a business letter size envelope.

Transmittal opens a transmittal document that lists the documents included in the
correspondence and the status of the documents, such as Approved or For Your
Approval.

Memo opens a professional memo document.


4. Selecting Custom AutoDoc will launch the UDA Custom AutoDocs Wizard, allowing
you to create your own letters, contracts, forms, and custom documents with full
document management capabilities.
5. Revise and format the document to fit your needs.

Permanently modify a ConstructionSuite document template

If you are logged in to ConstructionSuite as an administrator, you can revise and format the master
copies of the templates to fit your company needs.

Modify templates only if you want to permanently change a template and access the modified
template every time you use Document Management. Any modifications you make to the master
templates will overwrite the standard templates provided with ConstructionSuite.

IMPORTANT: Do NOT use Modify Template to make changes to a document that you will only use
once.

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click the Contracts & Docs tab.
3. Click Report Templates in the folder tree on the left side of the interface.
4. Right-click on the template you wish to permanently modify.
5. Select Edit Template . The template will open in UDA OnPoint™.
6. Make any necessary changes to the template.
7. Click Save, and then Close File in the File Tab on the toolbar. You will now be able to
access the modified templates from Contracts & Docs tab in ConstructionSuite.

Using the Proposal Wizard in Document Management


Create a professional construction proposal for a customer directly from your UDA Estimate. Use the
Proposal Wizard to import contact and project information, specify a scope of work and any special
conditions, and easily define allowances and options for your project.

Create a proposal

1. From the ConstructionSuite interface, go to File > New > New File > New Proposal .
2. After you have read the introduction and selected your proposal template style, click
Next.
3. Select Contact and Project Information using the selector buttons, and select desired
additional options at the bottom of the wizard.
Letterhead Graphic will automatically insert a letterhead on your proposal.

Select Transmittal, Fax, Envelope and/or Memo if you want to launch these documents after
completing the wizard.

328
Chapter 16: UDA Document Management

4. Click Next.
5. Select your Layout Option from one of the default ConstructionSuite™ layouts or a
custom layout if you have created one.
6. Click Next.
7. Check to include the Scope of Work and any Special Conditions for your project. If you
have a scope of work or special conditions already entered for the project, the text
will automatically be imported into these fields.
For a limited scope project, type the Scope of Work. For other projects, type a reference to
the specifications you will attach to the end of the proposal.

Type any Special Conditions. Special conditions are typically conditions specific to each
project that you want to make sure the client is aware of. For example, to ensure the client
fully understands what to expect, you may want to describe certain services that will not be
included in the project.

7. Click Next.
8. Check to include Base Price if desired . The total base price is calculated from your
estimate. If the price includes lot and property costs, select Base Price Includes
Lot/Property Costs at the bottom of the window.
9. Check to include Markup in Allowances if desired.

9. Click Next.
10. If you have dimensions associated with your project, use the checkboxes to indicate
which dimensions you would like to include in your proposal. Click [add dimension] to
define more dimensions for your project.
11. Click Next.
12. Select whether you would like to include a Project Totals Report in your proposal
and select your Project Total options.
Use the checkboxes to select which items to include in the Project Totals report, as well as the
Company Overhead and Margin style and whether you would like the Project Totals in a table.

13. Choose which components to include in Total Cost and if you would like to include
any notes.
Use the checkboxes to select whether Estimated Cost, Sales Tax or Line Item Markup
should be included. You may also select if you would like to include notes, and if so which
kinds.

14. Click Next.


15. Select if you would like to include any additional reference lists.
16. Click Finish. The proposal will open in UDA OnPoint.
17. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.

UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
18. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.

329
Printed Documentation

 NOTE: You can also create a proposal directly from UDA Estimating . This proposal will
include the estimated total as well as the base price and project allowances and options from
your project estimate.

Using Password Protection in Document Management


You can control access to your ConstructionSuite documents with password protection.

Apply password protection

1. In an open document in OnPoint, select the Tools Tab and click Lock button and you
will be prompted to enter a password.
2. Type the case-sensitive password in the dialog box and click OK.
3. Re-type the password to confirm and click OK.
4. Go to File > Save to save the document. Next time it is opened, users will have to
enter the correct password to view and edit the document.

 WARNING: If you lose or forget the password, it cannot be recovered. You cannot open a
password protected document without the correct password.

Remove password protection

1. Open the password protected document and enter the correct password.
2. Click the Unlock button on the Tools Tab in OnPoint.
3. Go to File > Save to save the document. Your will not need to enter a password the
next time the document is opened.

Setting Document Management Options

Showing and Hiding the Document Wizard


The Document Management Wizard is designed to link your contacts and projects with your
ConstructionSuite documents, so you spend less time entering names, addresses, and other essential
information. By default, the Document Management Wizard will appear every tim e you open a contract,
form, report, or other document.

Show or hide the Document Management Wizard

1. In an open document, click the Options button on the File Tab in the top toolbar.
2. On the Document Wizard tab, use the checkbox next to Enable Document Management
Wizard to turn the feature on or off. If the box is unchecked, the Document
Management Wizard will not appear when you open a ConstructionSuite document.
3. Click OK when done.

Setting Letterhead Options


The Document Management Wizard is designed to link your ConstructionNet contact and project
database with your ConstructionSuite documents, so you spend less time entering names, addresses,
and other essential information. By default, the Document Management Wizard will appear every time
you open a contract, form, report, or other document.

Set letterhead preferences

330
Chapter 16: UDA Document Management

1. In an open document, click the Options button on the File Tab of the top toolbar.
2. On the Letterhead tab, choose from the following options:
Always Insert will automatically add the letterhead graphic to any ConstructionSuite
document.

Never Insert will not add the letterhead graphic to your documents unless you manually insert
it using the Letterhead drop-down menu.

Ask before inserting will prompt you to add the letterhead graphic each time you open a
document.

3. Click OK when done.

Auto-setting Activities in Document Management


With Document Management, you can create a custom activity associated with your project document.

Set activity preferences

1. In an open document, click the Options button on the File Tab of the top toolbar.
2. On the Activities tab, choose from the following options:
Always Create will automatically open the New Activity window when you save a document.

Never Create will enable you to close a document without setting a new activity.

Ask before creating will give you the option of setting a new activity when you save a
document.

3. Click OK when done.

Enabling and Disabling AutoSave

AutoSave options enable you to control the save sequence for your UDA documents.

Set AutoSave options

1. In an open document, click the Options button on the File Tab of the top toolbar.
2. On the AutoSave tab, choose from the following options:
Disable AutoSave: If this box is checked, UDA will not automatically save your documents. If
this box is not checked, UDA will automatically save your documents.

AutoSave Your Documents: Enables you to select a regular interval (between 1-30 minutes)
for UDA to save your documents.

3. Click OK when done.

Designating the Default Document Style


Document Management styles control the font face, font size, character style, and color. Instead of
changing the style each time you open a document, you can select which one of the four styles
Document Management should use by default.

Change the default style

331
Printed Documentation

1. In an open document, click the Options button on the File Tab of the top toolbar.
2. On the Other tab, use the drop-down menu to select your choice for default style.
3. Select any other styling options and click OK when done.

Change the default style for autopopulating fields

1. In an open document, click the Options button on the File Tab of the top toolbar.
2. On the Fields tab, select your options for autopopulating fields using the checkboxes.
3. Select the default font size and color for autopopulating fields and click OK when
done.

Customizing Document Appearance

Selecting a UDA Document Style


With Document Management, you now have even more control over the appearance of your
documents. With four built-in style sets that define the font face, font size, character style, and color of
your text, you can select a style that best fits your business.

Change the document style

1. In an open document, go to the Home Tab, and select one of the available styles to
change the document style.
2. Select between Normal, Classic, Traditional, and Modern.

 NOTE: Instead of changing the style each time you open a document, you can select
which one of the four styles Document Management should use by default. To learn more
about styles, see Designating the Default Style .

Creating a Letterhead in Document Management


Put the finishing touch on your documents with a customized letterhead. Easily create, insert, and edit
your company's letterhead with UDA Document Management.

Insert letterhead

1. In an open document, select the Page Layout Tab.


2. Select Add Letterhead from the toolbar. Your letterhead will be inserted on the first
page of your ConstructionSuite document.

Delete letterhead

1. In an open document, select the Page Layout Tab.


2. Click on the Delete Letterhead button from the menu that appears. Your letterhead will
be deleted from your ConstructionSuite document.

Customize letterhead

1. In an open document, click the Edit Letterhead button on the Page Layout Tab.
2. ConstructionSuite will open a master template with the letterhead displayed.

332
Chapter 16: UDA Document Management

3. Edit and format letterhead as desired.


4. Click Save on the File Tab and close the document . This letterhead will be used
whenever you choose to insert a letterhead in a ConstructionSuite document.

 NOTE: You will need to re-insert the letterhead graphic in the current document to
see new customizations.

6. ConstructionSuite will automatically update the letterhead graphic in all documents,


including previously saved documents.

Editing Headers and Footers in Document Management


You can edit the headers and footers using Document Management.

1. In an open document, select the Insert tab.


2. Select between Header, First Page Header, Footer, and First Page Footer by clicking
the down arrow and selecting one of the following:

Add: In any ConstructionSuite Template, the headers and footers are active by
default so there will not be a need to add headers and footers.

Delete: To remove headers and footers completely, select delete.

Activate: If the headers and footers are not yet viewable, select Activate and you can
begin editing them on the page.

Deactivate: To hide headers and footers, select Deactivate.

3. When you are finished editing, double-click outside of the header and footer area to
begin working in the rest of the document.

 NOTE: Headers and Footers are different on the first page than on subsequent pages of
the document. It is standard to not have Headers or Footers on the first page of a document.

Inserting a Signature in UDA Documents


You can automatically insert a signature in any ConstructionSuite document.

1. In an open document, select the Page Layout tab then click the Sign Document
button.
2. Enter information in the pop up menu and click OK.

Inserting Watermarks in Document Management


You can insert a watermark in any ConstructionSuite document. Watermarks, text that appears behind
the main text in the document, are typically used to denote information such as urgent or
confidential.

Insert a watermark

1. In an open document, select the Page Layout tab then click the Watermark button on
the toolbar.

333
Printed Documentation

2. Choose Text Watermark or Custom Watermark . If you choose Text Watermark , select
the type from the drop-down menu. If you choose Custom Watermark, type the
watermark text in the dialog box.
3. Click OK.
4. The watermarked document will open in a Print Preview screen. To print a version of
the document with the watermark, select Print while in the Print Preview screen.

Watermark options

1. In an open document, select the Page Layout tab then click the Watermark button on
the toolbar.
2. Click Options .
3. Select the Alignment as Left, Center, or Right.
4. Select the Rotation as Diagonal, Horizontal , or Vertical .
5. Select the Watermark Font style from the drop down.
6. Select the Watermark Color from the color palette.
7. Click OK.

Selecting a Paper Size in Document Management


You can choose letter (8.5 x 11 inches) or legal (8.5 x 14 inches) size paper for your documents.

1. In an open document,select the Page Layout tab then click the Margins and Paper
button on the toolbar.
2. In the Paper section, the Format dropdown will enable you to select the different
paper sizes. Typically you will select Letter or Legal.
3. Click OK. The document will automatically reformat to fit the new paper size.

Changing All Text to Black in Document Management


ConstructionSuite identifies text specific to each project by formatting it in blue. Revise this text to
meet your project needs. When you are finished editing the document, you can change all text to black
with the click of a button.

Change all text to black

1. In an open document, select the Page Layout tab then click the Blue to Black button
on the toolbar.
2. Click Yes in the dialog box if you are sure you are ready to change all of the text to
black.

 NOTE: : To avoid oversights, finish editing the document before you change all text to
black.

Using ConstructionNet with Document Management

Editing Contact and Project Information in Document Management

334
Chapter 16: UDA Document Management

You can edit contact and project information using the Document Wizard. All information associated
with contacts and projects is stored in the ConstructionSuite database and can be accessed within all
ConstructionSuite applications. For more information about editing contact and project information, see
Using the Document Management Wizard.

Edit contact and project information in Document Management

1. In an open document, click the Document Wizard button on the toolbar, located in the
ConstructionSuite tab. The Document Management Wizard will open.
2. Edit or create a contact.
To edit a contact, select a name from the pop up menu and click Edit. Enter desired
information in the Edit Contact form and click Save & New or Save & Close to save the
information.

To create a new contact, click New and enter contact details in the Contact Quick Add form.
Click Save & New or Save & Close to save the information.

3. Edit or create a project.


To edit a project, select a project name from the pop up menu and click Edit. Enter desired
information in the Edit Project form and click Save & New or Save & Close to save the
information.

To create a new project, click New and enter project details in the Project Quick Add form.

Update field codes

Once you have signed a contract for a project, you will most likely not want any changes to be made to
the document, including changes in contact, project, and company information. After you save a
contract, form, or report, the document is locked, meaning that any fields that pull fro m the database
such as Owner, Contractor, Project, and Lender information, will not change without explicit instruction.

When you make changes in the ConstructionSuite database to contact, project, or company
information, these changes will not be registered in previously saved documents until you click the
Refresh Fields button.

To refresh contact, project, and company information in a document

1. Open the document.


2. Click the Refresh Fields button on the Page Layout Tab on the top toolbar.
3. Go to File > Save to save any changes.

Creating a New Contact from Document Management

With tight integration between ConstructionNet and Document Management, you can create
contacts directly from the Document Management toolbar. Since contacts fields in Document
Management are stored in the ConstructionSuite database, any new contacts or changes
made to contacts will be reflected in the database.

Create a new contact from Document Management

1. In an open contract, document, or form, click the New Contact button on the toolbar,
located in the ConstructionSuite tab. The Contact Quick Add will open.
2. Enter contact information.

335
Printed Documentation

3. Click Save & New to save contact information and create another contact, or click
Save & Close to save the information and close the Contact Quick Add window.

Creating a New Activity from Document Management

Activities are items that need to occur at a specific time such as an appointment or meeting.
These items are stored in your Activities list on the Today Summary tab and can also be
accessed on the Calendar tab.

Create a new activity from Document Management

1. In an open contract, document, or form, click the New Activity button on the toolbar,
located in the ConstructionSuite tab. The New Activity window will open.
2. Enter Activity Information .
Subject: Type a Subject for your Activity. The text entered in this field will appear in your
Activities list on the main interface and in the calendar.

% Complete: Enter a percentage, if desired.

3. Enter Activity Details .


Type: Designate the activity as a Meeting, Telephone Call, Vacation, Personal, or create a
custom type. The icon for the selected type will appear in the main interface and in the
calendar.

Start and End Times: Designate a date and time for your activity. If the event will last all day,
check All Day Event.

Contact: Select a Contact for the activity.

Project: Select a Project for the activity.

Priority: Choose a Priority status for the activity.

Description: Type a description, if desired.

Quick, Planning, and Start Reminders: Use the drop-down menus to set reminders. Quick
Reminders can be set for anywhere between five minutes and two hours before the start of
the activity. Planning and Start Reminders are set for a number of days in advance. You can
set multiple reminders for an activity. For more advanced reminder options, click on the
Reminders tab.

Reminders tab options:

1. Click the [add new] link under the type of reminder you would like to create.

2. Select between Simple Reminder and Specific Date.

Simple Reminder enables you to select a time frame (in days or weeks) before the
start of the activity. You can also set a time of day to be reminded.

Specific Date allows you to use the calendar to choose which day you would like to be
reminded. You can also set a time of day for this option.

3. Type a Reminder Message. Designate if you would like to Show Popup Message
and/or Send Email to Client.

4. Click OK to save information and close the New Activity window.

Creating a New To Do from Document Management

336
Chapter 16: UDA Document Management

To Dos are items that have a due date but do not have a specific time or duration associated
with them. These items are stored in your To Dos list on the Today Summary tab and can
also be accessed on the To Dos tab.

Create a new To Do from Document Management

1. In an open contract, document, or form, click the New To Do button on the toolbar,
located in the ConstructionSuite tab. The New To Do window will open.
2. Enter To Do Information.
Subject: Type a Subject for your To Do. The text entered in this field will appear in your
Activities list on the main interface and in the calendar.

3. Enter To Do Details .
Details: Type any desired information for the To Do.

Due Date: select a due date for the To Do.

Related Contact: Select a Contact for the activity.

Related Project: Select a Project for the activity.

Percent Complete: Select a percent, if desired.

Assign: Choose a ConstructionSuite user to assign the To Do to, if desired.

Created By/Modified By will automatically populate based on the user that is currently logged
in when the to do is created or modified.

4. Click OK to save information and close the New To Do window.

Using Custom AutoDocs

Creating Custom AutoDocs


Use the Custom AutoDocs Wizard to create a fully-automated construction letter, contract/form, or a
custom document in a few simple steps. The Custom AutoDocs wizard is linked with your
ConstructionSuite database, allowing you to easily import project and contact information.

If you are using the Custom AutoDocs Wizard to create a document that you plan to reuse often, its
best to create a template. A template is a document with predefined settings and content that can
easily be used to create additional documents.

If you are using the Custom AutoDocs Wizard to create a document you plan to use only once, you
may want to create a project file for a project. If you decide later that you want to reuse this document
often, you can save it as a template.

Create a document or template with the Custom AutoDocs Wizard

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs >
UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Go to File > New > New File > New Custom AutoDoc .
3. Select the Document Format.
Unformatted Document will enable you to create the most customized document. You will
have the option to include any company, project, and contact information fields on the next
page of the wizard.

337
Printed Documentation

Formatted Contract will enable you to create a contract or form, or a customized contract or
form template.

Formatted Letter will enable you to create a letter or a customized letter template.

4. Click Next.
5. Select which automated fields to include. Once inserted in the document, these fields
will link into the ConstructionSuite database to automatically insert company, project,
and contact information.
If you choose to create an Unformatted Document, you will notice that the available fields
are divided by tabs at the top for Contact, Project, and Company. Use the >>(double arrow) to
include all fields in a tab, or click on individual field names and use the > (single arrow) to add
fields one by one.

If you choose Formatted Contract, enter a heading at the top of the screen, then select
predefined field groupings for your document such as Owner, Contractor, Project, and Lender.

If you choose Formatted Letter, check which Company and Contact fields you would like to
include in your document.

6. Click Next.
7. Select a file type.
Project File will create a single file to be used for a project. Click the button next to the
destination field to select the appropriate project. This option is best if you are creating a
document you plan to use once. If you decide later that you want to reuse this document often,
you can save it as a template.

Template will create a template file in the ConstructionSuite system. Click the button next to
the destination field to select a designation folder. This option is best if you are c reating a
document you plan to reuse often. A template is a document with predefined settings and
content that can easily be used to create additional documents based on that template.

8. Type a name for the file.


9. Select an action.
Save and open the document will save the file in the destination you specified and open the
document in UDA OnPoint™.

Save the document, do not open will save the file in the destination you specified.

11. Click Finish.

Once you have created a template with the Custom AutoDocs wizard, you can use it ju st like a regular
document template in the ConstructionSuite system. See Creating and Using Templates in
Document Management for more information.

Customizing Contact Fields in Custom AutoDocs


Documents in the ConstructionSuite system have a predefined selection of automated fields for the
Owner, Contractor, Project, and Lender that pull information from the main database. With UDA
Custom AutoDocs, you can select additional fields, depending on your business and project needs.

For example, you may want to use the home address for a client instead of the business address. The
business address is the primary address for all contacts, but you can use their home address instead
by inserting the Home Address field under Contact Fields from the Custom AutoDocs toolbar.

To do this, select the field you would like to replace, and then click on Contact Fields located under
the ConstructionSuite tab in UDA OnPoint, and insert the replacement field.

338
Chapter 16: UDA Document Management

Using UDA Custom AutoDocs streamlines your workflow and eliminates data entry tasks. Since the
information fields are linked to the ConstructionSuite database, you will be able to edit or update
contact information and access that new information from Document Management.

Use Custom AutoDocs toolbar to insert fields

1. Open a contract, form, or document.


2. In the document, click the place on the page where you want the information fields to
be inserted. You can move and format this information later as needed.
3. On the Document Management toolbar, located in the ConstructionSuite tab, click
Contact Fields , Project Fields , or Company Fields .
4. Use the drop-down menu to select the information field(s) you want to insert. Review
the list below as needed. Document Management will insert this information in the
document.

Contact Fields

Contact fields reference ConstructionSuite Contacts. You can edit this information from the
ConstructionSuite interface. Contact fields include:

Primary Info

 Contact Primary City

 Contact Primary Country

 Contact Primary Email

 Contact Primary Fax

 Contact Primary Full Address

 Contact Primary Mobile

 Contact Primary Pager

 Contact Primary State

 Contact Primary Street

 Contact Primary Telephone

 Contact Primary Web Address

 Contact Primary Zipcode

Work Info

 Contact Work City

 Contact Work Country

 Contact Work Email

 Contact Work Fax

 Contact Work Full Address

339
Printed Documentation

 Contact Work Mobile

 Contact Work Pager

 Contact Work State

 Contact Work Street

 Contact Work Telephone

 Contact Work Web Address

 Contact Work Zipcode

Home Info

 Contact Home City

 Contact Home Country

 Contact Home Email

 Contact Home Fax

 Contact Home Full Address

 Contact Home Mobile

 Contact Home Pager

 Contact Home State

 Contact Home Street

 Contact Home Telephone

 Contact Home Web Address

 Contact Home Zipcode

Lead Info

 Contact Lead Details

 Contact Lead Expiration

 Contact Lead Quality

 Contact Lead Value

Billing Address

 Contact Billing City

 Contact Billing Country

 Contact Billing Full Address

 Contact Billing State

340
Chapter 16: UDA Document Management

 Contact Billing Street

 Contact Billing Zipcode

Shipping Address

 Contact Shipping City

 Contact Shipping Country

 Contact Shipping Full Address

 Contact Shipping State

 Contact Shipping Street

 Contact Shipping Zipcode

General Info

 Contact Company

 Contact File As

 Contact First Name

 Contact Last Name

 Contact Quality

Additional Info

 Contact Anniversary

 Contact Birthday

 Contact Children

 Contact Department

 Contact Description

 Contact Gender

 Contact Job Title

 Contact Marital Status

 Contact Middle Name

 Contact Nickname

 Contact Pets

 Contact Salutation

 Contact Spouse

 Contact Suffix

341
Printed Documentation

 Contact Tax ID

Project Fields

Project fields reference the ConstructionSuite database. You can edit this information in Project
Information in the Document Management Wizard. Project fields include:

Project Address

 Project Primary Full Address

 Project Primary City

 Project Primary Country

 Project Primary State

 Project Primary Street

 Project Primary Zipcode

Client Info

 Project Client City

 Project Client Country

 Project Client Email

 Project Client Fax

 Project Client Full Address

 Project Client Name

 Project Client State

 Project Client Street

 Project Client Telephone

 Project Client Zipcode

General Info

 Project Actual Cost

 Project Base Estimate

 Project Committed Cost

 Project Scheduled End Date

 Project Estimated Value

 Project Invoiced Amount

342
Chapter 16: UDA Document Management

 Project Name

 Project Number

 Project Scheduled Duration

 Project Scope of Work

 Project Special Conditions

 Project Scheduled Start Date

Lender Info

 Project Lender City

 Project Lender Country

 Project Lender Email

 Project Lender Fax

 Project Lender Full Address

 Project Lender Name

 Project Lender State

 Project Lender Street

 Project Lender Telephone

 Project Lender Zipcode

Additional Info

 Project Directions

 Project Lot Number

 Project Development

 Project General Notes

 Project Parcel Number

 Project Survey Number

Project Dimensions

 Custom dimensions will appear in this list if you have defined them for your project.

Company Fields

Company fields reference the information stored in ConstructionSuite. Go to Tools > Configuration >
Information on the main interface to edit this information.

343
Printed Documentation

Primary Address

 Company City

 Company Country

 Company Email

 Company Fax

 Company Full Address

 Company State

 Company Street

 Company Zipcode

Business Address

 Company Business Full Address

 Company Business City

 Company Business Country

 Company Business State

 Company Business Street

 Company Business Zipcode

Billing Address

 Company Billing Full Address

 Company Billing City

 Company Billing Country

 Company Billing State

 Company Billing Street

 Company Billing Zipcode

Shipping Address

 Company Shipping City

 Company Shipping Country

 Company Shipping Full Address

 Company Shipping State

 Company Shipping Street

 Company Shipping Zipcode

344
Chapter 16: UDA Document Management

Additional Info

 Company License Number

 Company Mobile

 Company Name

 Company Phone

 Company Country

 Company DBA

 Company Federal Tax ID

 Company Local Tax ID

 Company Notes

 Company State Tax ID

 Company Web Address

Saving and Sending Documents

Creating and Using Document Templates

With Document Management, you can save a substantial amount of time by creating custom
templates. Any modifications that need to be made to a document each time it is used can be
easily saved in a new template, so you don't have to spend time making the same changes
over and over again.

Save the document as a template

1. Open the document you want to save as a template.


2. Go to File > Save As . The Save Document window will open.
3. Using the Folder tree on the left side of the window, select a folder under the
Template grouping in which to save your template.
4. Type a descriptive name for the template in the Filename text box at the bottom of
the screen.
5. Click OK. The template will appear in the section you specified on the Contracts tab.

 NOTE: ConstructionSuite is designed to automatically remove project designations upon


saving a template. When you use the template, you will be prompted to select a project.

Use a template to create a document for a project

1. Go to the location where your template is saved.


2. Double-click the template file to use it for your new project document.
3. Go to File > Save As . The default location will be the folder for the Project you
selected in the Document Management Wizard.

345
Printed Documentation

4. Edit the document as needed for the new project. Changes will only be made to the
document for the project and will not affect the template.
5. Save the file again once you have made all changes.

Permanently modify a custom document template

1. Go to the location where your template is saved.


2. Right-click the template you want to modify and select Edit Template .
3. Edit the document template as needed. Any changes you make will affect the
template. This means every new document created from the custom template will
reflect these changes, but documents previously created from the template will no t be
affected.
4. Go to File > Save.

Sending a Document Via Email


You can send a document via email as a read-only attachment. Sending documents as email
attachments to clients, suppliers, and subcontractors allows you to quickly communicate information
you need for your projects. Recipients will not be able to make any changes to the document, but they
will be able to view the file as long as they have Microsoft Word installed (ConstructionSuite does not
have to be installed in order to view read-only documents).

Send an estimate via email

1. In an open document, click on the Send as email attachment button on the Tools tab
in UDA OnPoint. An email will open with the read-only document attached.
2. Enter desired information and click Send.

346
Chapter 17: UDA Financing
About UDA Financing
Begin with confidence. Obtaining construction loans is a critical and essential step for your projects.
To give you every advantage when presenting your company and project to a financial institution, UDA
Financing includes a powerful collection of proven financial tools. Choose from a variety of financing
forms and spreadsheets designed for construction professionals, and deliver a winning loan proposal
customized for your specific project needs.

 Choose the forms and spreadsheets that best fit your project
 Give your loan proposals an extra touch of professionalism with Document
Management tools that unite proposals with your corporate image
 Create customized loan proposal templates and quickly update proposals for new
projects with Document Management tools

A winning team. Use UDA Financing as part of the ConstructionSuite™ system for a powerful,
integrated approach to financing. Utilize all the capabilities of ConstructionSuite to create a thorough
and complete package.

 Supplement UDA Financing with Specifications , Estimating , and Marketing Tools to


create a solid loan proposal
 Know your costs with UDA Estimating so you can create an informed
and comprehensive loan proposal that addresses all your needs
 Eliminate data entry tasks with financing documents connected to your contact and
project database
 Access, update, and utilize stored data available within all Const ructionSuite
applications

Professional loan applications. With integrated Document Management tools for UDA Financing, you
can create professional loan applications with ease.

 Customize the appearance of your financing forms to match your corporate image and
project marketing information
 Enjoy advanced formatting features like headers and footers , signatures , watermarks ,
and more
 Create a company letterhead and automatically insert the letterhead in all of your
financing documents
 Add security for sensitive information with password-protected documents

Appropriate Use for Financing


This Software is not meant to be, nor does it constitute legal or business advice. None of the contract s,
forms, and templates should be used without appropriate customization and advice from properly
licensed legal counsel familiar with the law that may apply to your circumstances. Sample estimates
and costbook data are provided for reference purposes only, and it is advised that you confirm item
costs with your vendors before calculating project estimates. UDA takes no responsibility for the
applicability of these or any materials for the particular transaction you will be undertaking. UDA
Technologies, Inc. will not be liable for any special, incidental, or consequential damages or lost profits

347
Printed Documentation

arising in tort, negligence, contract, or otherwise in connection with the use in any manner of the
contents of these materials.

Opening Financing
UDA Financing provides forms and spreadsheets designed to help you create winning loan proposals.

Open Financing

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs >
UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click the Contracts & Docs tab in the left sidebar.
3. Click the Documents section and then the Financing folder.
4. Double-click the Financial Forms or Financial Spreadsheets folder to view the
contents.
5. Double-click the financing form or spreadsheet you need for your project. To review a
complete list of financing forms and spreadsheets, see the lists at the end of this
chapter.

Revising Financing Forms and Spreadsheets


Choose the forms and spreadsheets that best fit your loan application. You can review a complete list
of financing forms and financing spreadsheets.

Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete information as necessary
to fit your project. Text specific to each project is formatted in blue, making it easy to change critical
information in your documents. Revise this text to meet your project needs. Change blue text to black
when you are finished editing the forms.

Financing documents include all the features of UDA Document Management, which eliminates data
entry tasks by connecting documents to your central ConstructionSuite database. Document
Management also includes additional automated features designed to enhance the functionality and
appearance of your documents.

Learn how to use UDA Document Management.

 About UDA Document Management


 Using the Document Management Wizard
 Using Standard Document Management Templates
 Using Password Protection in Document Management
 Enabling or Disabling Tip of the Day
 Showing and Hiding the Document Wizard
 Setting Letterhead Options
 Auto-setting Activities in Document Management
 Designating the Default Document Style
 Selecting a UDA Document Style
 Creating a Letterhead in Document Management
 Editing Headers and Footers in Document Management
 Inserting a Signature in Document Management
 Inserting Watermarks in Document Management

348
Chapter 17: UDA Financing

 Selecting Paper Size in Document Management


 Changing All Text to Black in Document Management
 Creating Custom AutoDocs

Saving Financing Forms and Spreadsheets


Always save your financing document or spreadsheet to the appropriate location before you begin
editing. If you want to create a template from the form or spreadsheet, follow the instructions for
creating a template.

Save a Financing document or spreadsheet

1. Go to File > Save As .


2. Using the Folder tree on the left side of the window, select a folder under the Project
grouping in which to save your document or spreadsheet.
3. Click OK. A copy of the document or spreadsheet will be saved in the project folder,
and the master template will still be available for future projects.

Save the Financing document or spreadsheet as a template

1. In the document or spreadsheet, go to File > Save As. The Save Document window
will open.
2. Using the Folder tree on the left side of the window, select a folder under the
Template grouping in which to save your template.
3. Type a descriptive name for the template in the Filename text box at the bottom of
the screen.
4. Click OK. The template will appear in the section you specified on the Contracts tab.

Listing of Financial Forms

FF01 Cover Sheet


Project Proposal Cover Sheet
FF02 Table of Contents
Project Proposal Table of Contents
FF03 Client Reference List
Listing of Past and Present Clients
FF04 Supplier Reference List
Listing of Past and Present Suppliers
FF05 Subcontractor Reference List
Listing of Past and Present Subcontractors
FF06 Banking and Professional Reference List
Listing of Past and Present Professional References
FF07 Loan Request Summary Letter
Letter summarizing Financial Information to accompany Loan Documents
FF08 Schedule of Business Debt

349
Printed Documentation

Schedule of Company’s Outstanding Business Debts

Listing of Financial Spreadsheets

FS01 Balance Sheet


Itemized Statement of all Company Assets and Liabilities
FS02 Cash Flow Statement
Statement Reflecting Changes in Financial Position
FS03 Income Statement
Income Statement for a Company
FS04 Personal Financial Statement
Personal Financial Statement for an Individual
FS05 Monthly Balance Sheet
Itemized Statement of all Company Assets and Liabilities by Month
FS06 Monthly Cash Flow Statement
Statement Reflecting Monthly Changes in Financial Position
FS07 Monthly Income Statement
Month by Month Income Statement for a Company
FS08 3-Year Balance Sheet
3-Year Itemized Statement of all Company Assets and Liabilities
FS09 3-Year Cash Flow Statement
Statement Reflecting Changes in Financial Position over 3-Year Period
FS10 3-Year Income Statement
3-Year Income Statement for a Company
FS11 5-Year Balance Sheet
5-Year Itemized Statement of all Company Assets and Liabilities

350
Chapter 18: UDA Specifications
About UDA Specifications
Define projects with clarity and accuracy. When you're managing multiple projects, you can't be on
every job site every step of the way. Ensure that the job gets done according to your expectation s by
effectively communicating project details to everyone involved. With ConstructionSuite™ you can
launch the Specifications Wizard and easily navigate, select, and customize 70 -100 pages of detailed
specifications to create comprehensive specification books.

With UDA Specifications, you can:

 Protect your bottom line with comprehensive specifications to ensure that your
estimate covers the entire project scope.
 Effortlessly define methods, materials, and finishes to ensure that the project is
completed according to your expectations.
 Establish a complete understanding with your clients, vendors, and subcontractors
with clear and accurate specifications.
 Start with templates for Residential, Commercial, and Development, and customize
specifications with the easy-to-use Specifications Wizard .
 Create wizard templates to reuse specification sets for each project type.
 Build confidence and win more bids by including detailed specifications in your
proposal package.

Developed with Details in Mind. Authored by seasoned construction professionals, UDA


Specifications provides detailed definitions of construction methods, materials, and finishes that should
be included with every construction contract to fully define the scope of your agreement and reduce
misunderstandings between contractors, owners, buyers, and building officials. Packed with over 300
categories based on the 16-division CSI MasterFormat, UDA Construction Specifications make it easy
to ensure clear communication with your customers, suppliers, and subcontractors.

Making Integration Work for You. UDA Specifications ties in with the advanced Document
Management system and enables you to assign projects and contacts to your spec books - keeping
your project information organized. Plus, you can use UDA Specifications in conjunction with UDA
Estimating, Scheduling, and the automated Proposal to compile impressive bid packages that cover
the entire scope of the project and avoid costly oversights or disruptive miscommunications.

Appropriate Use for Specifications


This Software is not meant to be, nor does it constitute legal, or business advice. None of the
contracts, forms, or templates should be used without appropriate customization and advice from
properly licensed legal counsel familiar with the law that may apply to your circumstances. Sample
estimates and costbook data are provided for reference purposes only, and it is advised that you
confirm item costs with your vendors before calculating project estimates. UDA takes no responsibility
for the applicability of these or any materials for the particular transaction you will be undertaking. UDA
Technologies, Inc. will not be liable for any special, incidental, or consequential damages or lost profits,
arising in tort, negligence, contract, or otherwise, in connection with the use in any manner of the
contents of these materials.

Opening Specifications

351
Printed Documentation

ConstructionSuite provides numerous methods for you to assemble a comprehensive specifications


book for your project. Start with the Specifications Wizard to easily select and edit specifications to
include in your book.

Open specifications

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs >
UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click the Contracts & Docs tab.
3. Click the Documents templates .
4. Click the Specifications folder.
5. Double-click the Specifications Wizard icon to launch a wizard that will help you
navigate, select, and edit specifications.

Using the Specifications Wizard

The UDA Specifications Wizard provides a convenient way to view, select, and edit
specifications for a project. When you have completed the wizard, your customized
specifications document will open in Microsoft Word, so it's easy to make any final changes
to fit your project needs.

Launch the Specifications Wizard

1. If you have not already done so, open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon
or by going to Start > Programs > UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click the Contracts & Docs tab.
3. Click the Documents templates .
4. Click the Specifications folder.
5. Double-click on Specifications Wizard .
6. Use the drop-down menu to select a template on which to base your specifications
book.

 NOTE: If you have created a custom wizard template before, you can rename or
delete the template using the buttons on the screen.

7. Click Next.
8. Select who the document is for.
To use an existing contact from your database, use the contact selector button to choose a
contact from your database.

To create a new contact, click New. The Contact Quick Add form will open. You can enter
Name and Email information, Phone Numbers, and an Address for the contact.

9. Select a project for the specifications book. Selecting a project links the document to your
central database and ensures proper file management.

To use an existing project, use the project selector button to designate a project. For more
information, see Selecting a Project.

To create a new project, click New. The Project Quick Add form will open. You can enter
Project Information, Project Details, and Contact Information. Click the More button to access
the complete Edit Project form. For more information, see Creating a New Project.

352
Chapter 18: UDA Specifications

 NOTE: If you entered Company Information in the Initial Configuration Wizard


(after installing ConstructionSuite), your company information will be automatically
imported into the document.

10. Select Options.


Select Insert Letterhead Graphic if you would like to include your company letterhead in the
document.

Click the Options... link to designate how you would like Document Management to handle the
Tip of the Day, Document Wizard, Letterhead graphic, Activities, Styles, AutoSave and more.

 NOTE: You can customize the letterhead graphic by using the Letterhead drop-
down menu on the Document Management Toolbar.
11. Select additional documents such as transmittals or memos to supplement your client
correspondence. Additional documents will automatically inclu de the contact, project, and
company information where appropriate. Edit the documents to fit your project needs.

Transmittal: a list of the documents included in your correspondence that enables you to
indicate the status of the documents, such as Approved or For Your Approval

Fax: a professional fax cover sheet document

Envelope: a document you can use for printing a business letter size envelope

Memo: a professional memo document

12. Click Next.


13. Preview and select specifications.
Use the list in the left column to navigate between the Divisions. A list of categories for each
division will be listed in the Level window.

Specifications that are checked in the Level window will be included in your project.

Preview and edit individual specifications by clicking on the name in the Level window and
editing the text below. UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text
in blue. Revise this text to meet your project needs. You can also edit and format the
specifications document once you have completed the wizard.

Continue previewing, selecting, and editing individual specifications using the Division and
Level windows.

14. Click Next.


15. Select how you would like to save your specifications settings so that you can easily
access custom documents in the future.
If you started with a default template, you will only be able to save your changes as a new
template. To do this, check the box next to Save as New Template and type a descriptive
name for the template in the text box.

If you started from a custom template, you can select either Save as Current Template or
Save as New Template. If you are creating a new template, type a descriptive name for the
template in the text box.

If you do not save your selections, only the text from the original template will be available the
next time you open the wizard.

17. Click Finish to launch the specifications document in UDA OnPoint.

353
Printed Documentation

Revising Specifications for a Project


Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete information as necessary
to fit your project. ConstructionSuite identifies text specific to each project by formatting it in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs. Change blue text to black when you are fi nished editing the
specifications.

ConstructionSuite documents have an advanced Style Selector that enables you to easily switch
between four predefined styles. If you change the style of the document, however, you may need to
check the document to ensure accurate spacing.

Specifications documents include all the features of UDA Document Management, which eliminates
data entry tasks by connecting documents to your central ConstructionSuite database. Document
Management also includes additional automated features designed to enhance the functionality and
appearance of your documents. Take advantage of Document Management for your specifications with
the features listed below. To learn more about UDA Document Management, see Using the UDA
Document Management System.

Learn how to use UDA Document Management.

 About UDA Document Management


 Using the Document Management Wizard
 Using Standard Document Management Templates
 Using Password Protection in Document Management
 Showing and Hiding the Document Wizard
 Setting Letterhead Options
 Auto-setting Activities in Document Management
 Designating the Default Document Style
 Selecting a UDA Document Style
 Creating a Letterhead in Document Management
 Editing Headers and Footers in Document Management
 Inserting a Signature in Document Management
 Inserting Watermarks in Document Management
 Selecting Paper Size in Document Management
 Changing All Text to Black in Document Management
 Creating Custom AutoDocs

Saving Specifications Documents


Always save your specifications to the appropriate location as soon as you have completed the
Specifications Wizard. If you plan to reuse the exact specifications for future projects, you can save the
specifications book as a document template.

Save the specifications

1. In the document, go to File > Save As . The Save Document window will open.
2. The default location for the document will be the folder for the Project you selected in
the Document Management Wizard. If you select another Project in t he Save
Document window's Folder tree, the document will reflect the new project's
information.

354
Chapter 18: UDA Specifications

3. A default name will appear in the Filename box. Change this by typing a new name, if
desired.
4. Click OK. A copy of the specifications for the current project will be saved, and the
master specifications template will still be available for future projects.

Creating and Using Document Templates

With Document Management, you can save a substantial amount of time by creating custom
templates. Any modifications that need to be made to a document each time it is used can be
easily saved in a new template, so you don't have to spend time making the same changes
over and over again.

Save the document as a template

1. Open the document you want to save as a template.


2. Go to File > Save As . The Save Document window will open.
3. Using the Folder tree on the left side of the window, select a folder under the
Template grouping in which to save your template.
4. Type a descriptive name for the template in the Filename text box at the bottom of
the screen.
5. Click OK. The template will appear in the section you specified on the Contracts tab.

 NOTE: ConstructionSuite is designed to automatically remove project designations upon


saving a template. When you use the template, you will be prompted to select a project.

Use a template to create a document for a project

1. Go to the location where your template is saved.


2. Double-click the template file to use it for your new project document.
3. Go to File > Save As . The default location will be the folder for the Project you
selected in the Document Management Wizard.
4. Edit the document as needed for the new project. Changes will only be made to the
document for the project and will not affect the template.
5. Save the file again once you have made all changes.

Permanently modify a custom document template

1. Go to the location where your template is saved.


2. Right-click the template you want to modify and select Edit Template .
3. Edit the document template as needed. Any changes you make will affect the
template. This means every new document created from the custom template will
reflect these changes, but documents previously created from the template will not be
affected.
4. Go to File > Save.

Specifications Categories

Division 1 General Requirements

355
Printed Documentation

01000 Purpose
01002 Instructions
01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls
01510 Temporary Utilities
01511 Temporary Electricity
01514 Temporary Heating, Cooling and Ventilation
01515 Temporary Lighting
01517 Temporary Telephone
01518 Temporary Water
01520 Construction Facilities
01523 Sanitary Facilities
01530 Temporary Construction
01540 Construction Aides
01542 Construction Scaffolding and Platforms
01550 Vehicular Access and Parking
01560 Temporary Barriers and Enclosures
01570 Temporary Controls
01580 Project Identification
01600 Product Requirements (Scope of Work)
01630 Product Substitution Procedures
01640 Owner Furnished Products
01700 Execution Requirements
01712 Local Conditions
01740 Cleaning
01760 Protecting Installed Construction
01903 Hazardous Materials Abatement
01904 Hazardous Materials Removal and Disposal

Division 2 Site Work

02000 General
02200 Site Preparation
02220 Site Demolition
02230 Site Clearing
02240 Dewatering
02250 Shoring and Underpinning

356
Chapter 18: UDA Specifications

02260 Excavation Support and Protection


02262 Cofferdams Development
02300 Earthwork
02301 Earthwork for Structures and Pipelines Development
02302 Earthwork for Roadways Development
02310 Grading
02311 Final Grading
02312 Rough Grading
02315 Excavation
02316 Backfilling
02316.5 Backfilling for Pipelines Development
02317 Select Borrow
02320 Excavation and Fill
02330 Embankment Development
02362 Termite Control
02370 Erosion and Sedimentation Control
02373 Gabions Development
02378 Riprap Development
02400 Tunneling, Boring, and Jacking Development
02410 Tunneling Development
02413 Rock Excavation Development
02425 Tunnel Linings Development
02500 Utility Services
02510 Water Distribution Development
02513 Fire Protection Requirements Development
02530 Sanitary Sewers Development
02536 Pre-cast Concrete Manholes Development
02540 Septic Tank
02620 Subdrainage Development
02621 Foundation Drainage Piping
02625 Retaining Wall Drainage Piping
02630 Storm Sewers and Drain Systems Development
02631 Manhole and Catch Basin Construction Development
02634 Pre-cast Concrete Manholes Development
02635 Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe Development
02660 Ponds and Reservoirs Development
02740 Flexible Pavement—Asphalt Pavement

357
Printed Documentation

02742 Athletic Bituminous Pavement Development


02750 Rigid Pavement—Concrete Driveway Commercial &
Entrance Development
02751 Concrete Pads and Walks
02765 Pavement Marking Commercial &
Development
02770 Curbs and Gutters
02775 Sidewalks Commercial &
Development
02780 Clay Unit Pavers
02781 Asphalt Pavers
02782 Brick Pavers
02783 Interlocking Concrete Unit Paving
02784 Stone Unit Pavers
02790 Athletic Surfacing
02795 Porous Paving
02800 Site Amenities
02812 Drip Irrigation
02813 Lawn Sprinkling and Irrigation
02815 Fountains
02820 Fences and Gates
02821 Chain Link Fences
02822 Ornamental Metal Fences and Gates
02823 PVC Fences and Gates
02824 Wire Fences and Gates
02825 Wood Fences and Gates
02830 Retaining Walls
02850 Bridges/Footbridges
02870 Sculpture/Ornamental
02890 Traffic Signs and Signals Development
02900 Landscaping
02915 Mulch
02917 Soil Preparation
02919 Topsoil
02923 Seeding and Soil Supplements
02924 Sodding
02930 Exterior Plants
02932 Plants and Bulbs

358
Chapter 18: UDA Specifications

02935 Plant Maintenance


02936 Fertilizer

Division Concrete
3
03000 General
03050 Concrete Specifications
03100 Concrete Formwork, Reinforcement, and
Materials
03210 Reinforcing Steel
03220 Welding Wire Mesh
03230 Anchor Bolts
03300 Footings
03301 Slab Foundations
03302 Poured Concrete Basement Walls
03303 Expansion Joints
03350 Concrete Finishing
03400 Precast Concrete Commercial &
Development
03500 Cementitious Decks and Underlayments
03540 Cementitious Underlayments
03600 Grouts

Division Masonry
4
04000 General
04060- Mortar and Masonry Grout
70
04080 Masonry Anchorage and Reinforcement
04090 Masonry Accessories
04211 Brick
04220 Concrete Masonry Units (CMU)
04931 Brick Cleaning
04400 Exterior Stone Detailing
04810 Crawlspace/Basement Foundations
04813 Masonry Veneer

359
Printed Documentation

04850 Stone Veneers


04880 Masonry Fireplace
04881 Masonry Chimney

Division Metals
5
05000 General
05100 Structural Metals
05210 Steel Joists Commercial &
Development
05300 Metal Decking Commercial &
Development
05310 Steel Decking Commercial &
Development
05400 Cold-Formed Metal Framing Commercial &
Development
05500 Architectural Metal Fabrication
05520 Metal Stairs and Hand Railings
05521 Pipe Handrails
05700 Ornamental Metal
05715 Fabricated Spiral Stairs

Division Carpentry
6
06000 General
06100 Rough Carpentry
06110 Wood Framing
06130 Heavy Timber Construction
06160 Sheathing
06162 Wood Sub-floors
06180 Structural Laminated Beams
06200 Finish Carpentry
06220 Millwork - Interior Trim
06400 Custom or Pre-fabricated Woodwork
06410 Interior Cabinetry
06411 Cabinet Hardware
06415 Countertops

360
Chapter 18: UDA Specifications

06420 Interior Wood Paneling


06460 Stairs
06600 Plastic Fabrications

Division Thermal and Moisture Protection


7
07000 General
07100 Waterproofing & Dampproofing
07130 Felt
07200 Thermal Protection—Insulation
07240 EIFS (Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems)
03050 Stucco System
07460 Siding Exterior
07300 Shingles, Roof Tiles and Roof Coverings
07311 Composite/Asphalt Shingles
07313 Metal Shingles
07317 Slate Shingles
07318 Cedar Shake Shingles
07320 Tile Roofing
07321 Clay Roof Tiles
07322 Concrete Roof Tiles
07323 Metal Roof Tiles
07410 Metal Roofing
07460 Siding Exterior
07500 Membrane Roofing Commercial &
Development
07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal
07630 Termite Shield
07714 Gutters and Downspouts
07720 Roof Accessories
07920 Caulking and Sealants

Division Doors, Windows, & Glazing


8
08000 General
08100 Doors

361
Printed Documentation

08100 Exterior Doors


08180 Metal Screen and Storm Doors
08210 Interior Doors
08310 Attic Access Door
08360 Garage Door/Overhead Door
08400 Sliding Glass Doors
08500 Windows
08582 Screens
08722 Thresholds
08710 Door Hardware
08600 Skylights
08750 Window Hardware
08830 Mirrors
08850 Glass Block
08800 Other Glazing

Division Finishes
9
09000 General
09250 Gypsum Wallboard
09300 Tile, Marble, Slate
09500 Ceiling Finishes
09510 Acoustical Ceilings Commercial &
Development
09513 Acoustical Tile Ceilings Commercial &
Development
09600 Floor Finishes
09640 Wood Flooring
09650 Vinyl Flooring
09680 Carpet
09700 Wall Finishes
09720 Wallpaper and Wallcoverings
09740 Interior Paneling
09900 Paints and Coatings
09911 Exterior Walls
09912 Interior Walls
09930 Interior Wood

362
Chapter 18: UDA Specifications

09970 Galvanized Metal


09971 Steel and Iron
09980 Masonry, Concrete, or Stucco

Division Specialties
10
10000 General
10300 Prefabricated Fireplace
10300 Prefabricated Chimney
10550 Postal Specialties
10810 Toilet Accessories Commercial &
Development
10820 Bathroom Accessories
10822 Tub and Shower Doors
10830 Laundry Accessories
10900 Closet Specialties

Division Equipment
11
11000 General
11451 Appliances
11453 Attic Access Stairs

Division Furnishings
12
12000 General
12940 Window Treatments
12941 Blinds
12942 Curtains & Drapes
12943 Interior Shutters
12494 Shades

Division Special Construction


13

363
Printed Documentation

13000 General
13120 Pre-engineered Metal Buildings Commercial &
Development
13150 In-ground Concrete Swimming Pools
13850 Detection and Alarm
13854 Smoke Alarms
13900 Fire Suppression

Division Conveying System


14
14000 General Commercial &
Development
14200 Elevators Commercial &
Development
14420 Wheelchair Lifts Commercial &
Development
14560 Laundry Chute Commercial &
Development

Division Mechanical
15
15000 General
15100 Plumbing
15410 Plumbing Fixtures
15530 Gas Furnace
15700 Heating, Venting, and Air Conditioning
15720 Air-conditioning Unit
15740 Electric Heat Pump Systems
15770 Floor Heating
15810 Ducts and Diffusers
15900 HVAC Instruments and Controls

Division Electrical
16
16000 General
16100 Electrical
16120 Conductors and Cables

364
Chapter 18: UDA Specifications

16130 Raceway and Boxes


16140 Wiring Devices
16440 Panel Boards
16500 Light Fixtures
16520 Street Lighting Development

ConstructionSuite Additional Tools


Take advantage of advanced tools designed to increase your productivity and maximize your time.

ConstructionSuite Additional Tools

 UDA Document Management


 UDA Developer Tools
 UDA ProjectBackup
 UDA ProjectSync
 UDA SyncCenter
 UDA Marketing Tools

365
Chapter 19: UDA Planning
About the UDA Planning Guide

The UDA Planning Guide assists clients as they plan construction projects for their home.
With sections that assess the client's needs, expectations, and requirements for the project,
the UDA Planning Guide helps ensure that you cover all the bases before proceeding with
the project.

Opening and Saving the UDA Planning Guide

Customize and distribute the UDA Planning Guide as part of your client correspondence.

Open the Planning Guide

1. Open ConstructionSuite™ by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start >


Programs > UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite.
2. Click the Contracts & Docs tab.
3. Select the Documents section and click on the Planning folder.
4. Double-click the icon for the UDA Planning Guide.
5. The Planning Guide will open in UDA OnPoint™ and the Document Wizard will
launch. For more information see Using the Document Management Wizard.

Save the Planning Guide

1. In the open document, go to File > Save As.


2. The document will be saved in the folder of the project you selected in the Document
Management Wizard. If you would like to save the document under a different project,
select that project name in the Save As dialog box.
3. The default name for the file will consist of the document type and the selected
project. You can change this by typing a new name in the Filename box, if desired.
4. Click OK. A copy of the document will be saved for the current project and the master
template will still be available in ConstructionSuite™ for future projects.

 NOTE: If you want to save the UDA Planning Guide as a template, select a folder under
the Template grouping in Step 2 above. This will change the file type to template. For more
information about document templates, see Creating and Using Document Templates.

367
Chapter 20: UDA LEED Resources
About UDA LEED Documents

LEED Standards. Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Green Building
Rating Systems define and facilitate the global adoption of sustainable green building and
development practices through the creation and implementation of universally understood
and accepted tools and performance criteria. LEED is the nationally acc epted standard for
the design, construction and operation of high performance green buildings.

About UDA LEED Rating Systems

Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Green Building Rating Systems
define and facilitate the global adoption of sustainable green building and development
practices through the creation and implementation of universally understood and accepted
tools and performance criteria. LEED is the nationally accepted standard for the design,
construction and operation of high performance green buildings.

What's Included in LEED Rating Systems

Core and Shell

 Precertification Process
 Version 2.0

Existing Buildings - Operations and Maintenance

 Changes to the LEED for Existing Buildings Rating System

Healthcare

 GGHC Version 2.2

Homes

 Affordable Housing
 LEED for Homes Pilot Rating Systems
 LEED for Homes Projects
 LEED for Homes Rating System
 LEED Help
 Overview of Initiative for Affordable Housing
 REGREEN Residential Remodeling Guidelines
 The Green Home Guide

LEED Rating System Drafts

 LEED for Neighborhood Development 2010

369
Printed Documentation

 LEED for Retail Commercial Interiors 2010


 LEED for Retail New Construction 2010

Neighborhood Development

New Construction

 LEED for Multiple Buildings


 Version 2.0
 Version 2.1
 Version 2.2

Retail

 Draft Versions of LEED for Retail - Commercial Interiors


 Draft Versions of LEED for Retail - New Construction

Schools

About LEED Version 3

Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Green Building Rating Systems
define and facilitate the global adoption of sustainable green building and development
practices through the creation and implementation of universally understood and accepted
tools and performance criteria. LEED is the nationally accepted standard for the design,
construction and operation of high performance green buildings. The LEED Version 3 Folder
contains updated information from LEED Version 3.

What's included in LEED Version 3

Credit Weightings

 LEED 2009 - Weightings Tool

Rating Systems Technical Advancements

 Commercial Interiors
 Core and Shell
 Existing Buildings Operations and Maintenance
 New Construction
 Schools

Regionalization

 Regional Priority Credits

v3 FAQ's

370
Chapter 20: UDA LEED Resources

About Energy Star


Energy Star Guidelines play a significant role in Green Building Certification of all types of
buildings. ConstructionSuite Green versions now include a comprehensive listing of the latest
guidelines and standards for maximizing the efficiency and energy ratings of your residential,
commercial and industrial projects.
What's included in Energy Star
Buildings & Plants
 Commercial Building Design
 Green Buildings
 Guidelines for Energy Management
 Tools and Resources Library
Home Improvement
 For Contractors
 Home Performance with Energy Star
LEED
New Homes
 Benefits for Homeowners
 Energy Star New Homes Features
News Room
Partner Resources
 About Energy Star
 Energy Star Training Center
 New Home Industry
Products
 Federal Tax Credits for EE
 Heating and Cooling

371
Chapter 21: UDA Developer Tools
About UDA Developer Tools
Successfully Plan, Design, and Build Your Community. Consistency and quality are key elements
in producing successful real estate developments, and UDA ConstructionSuite™ Corporate and
Network include a specialized set of tools to help you plan, design, and build your com munity.

Increase Property Values. Before you take on a large or multi-phase development, you need to make
sure you have the right tools in place to ensure your success. Comprehensive documentation for
property development such as Covenants, Standards, and Specifications can save you hundreds of
hours in the planning stage and help increase your property values and lot marketability.

Property development content includes :

 Developer Application Forms


 Residential Standards and Covenants
 Homeowners Documents
 Homeowner and Commercial Association Documents
 Commercial Covenants, Bylaws, and Articles of Incorporation
 Condo, Golf, Ski, and Timeshare Covenants and Forms

Expert Tools for Property Development. Leverage the Property Development Content for your
projects, and then take advantage of the new Aggregate Reporting system to amplify your Property
Development power with ConstructionSuite.

Opening and Saving Property Development Documents


Customize and distribute any of the documents in the UDA Developer Tools as a part of a complete
project management system.

Open the document

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite.
2. Click the Contracts & Docs tab.
3. Click Developer Tools in the Contract Templates window.
4. Click the folder you wish to open.
5. Double-click the document to open it. The document will open in UDA OnPoint™ and
the Document Management Wizard will launch. For more information, see Using the
Document Management Wizard .

Save the document

1. In an open document, go to File > Save As .


2. The document will be saved in the folder of the project you selected in the Document
Management Wizard. If you would like to save the document under a different project,
select that project name in the Save As dialog box.
3. The default name for the file will consist of the document type and the selected
project. You can change this by typing a new name in the Filename box, if desired.

373
Printed Documentation

4. Click OK. A copy of the document will be saved for the current project, and the
master template will still be available in ConstructionSuite for future projects.

 NOTE: If you want to save the document as a template, select a folder under the Template
grouping in step 2 above. This will change the file type to template. For more information
about document templates, see Creating and Using Document Templates .

List of Developer Tools


Property development content is included in ConstructionSuite Corporate and Network
versions.

DF01 Application for New Construction


Permission Request for New Construction
DB02 Application for Design Review
Submission to Architectural Review Committee for Approval of Plans
DF03 Material Specs and Colors
Submission to Review committee for Approval of Exterior Materials,
Specifications, and Color
DF04 Application for Tree Cutting Permit
Permission Request to Cut Down or Remove Trees on Property
DF05 Application for Garage or Addition
Permission Request to Build a Garage or Addition
DF06 Miscellaneous Permission Request
Permission for Miscellaneous Construction on Property

Residential Documents
Standard Covenants
Architectural Standards
Beachfront Covenants
Lakeside Covenants
Mountainside Covenants
Homeowners Articles of Incorporation
Homeowners Association Bylaws

Commercial Documents
Commercial Covenants
Commercial Bylaws
Commercial Articles of Incorporation

374
Chapter 21: UDA Developer Tools

Condo, Golf, Ski, and Timeshare Covenants and Forms


Condominium Covenants
Golf Membership Covenants for Condominiums
Golf Membership Covenants for Timeshare Condominiums
Condominium Timeshare Covenants
Timeshare Deposit Form
Timeshare Management Contract
Timeshare Rental Contract
Golf Course Property Covenants Addendum
Ski Slope Property Covenants Addendum
Golf Membership Covenants for Residential Development

375
Chapter 22: UDA Personnel Management
About Personnel Management
Customize each template for your personal business needs and properly run your Personal Business
by using the expertly crafted documents and forms that range from Employee Ma nual and Safety
Manual to Contract Laborer Agreement and Employee Drug Testing Policy.

What's Included in Personnel Management

Employment Manual

 Employee Manual

 Employee Manual-Summary

 Receipt of Employee Handbook

 Subcontractor Employee Manual

 Subcontractor Manual-Summary

 Receipt of Subcontractor Manual

 Harassment Policy

 Receipt of Harassment Policy

 Receipt of Harassment Policy-Sub

Human Resources

 Employment Agreements

 Employment Agreement

 Employment Verification Form

 NonDisclosure Agreement

 Sales Non-Compete Agreement

 Confidentiality Agreement

 Project Confidentiality Agreement

 Severance Agreement

 Contract Laborer Agreement

 Applicant Drug Testing Policy

 Employee Drug Testing Policy

 Interviewing and Reviews

 Interview Questions

 Phone Interview Questions

377
Printed Documentation

 Employee Performance Review

 Employee Self Review

 Employee Improvement Plan

 Interview Do's and Don'ts

 Employee Application

 Job Descriptions

 Construction Supervisor

 Project Manager

 Sales Manager

 Office Manager

 Letters

 Employment Offer Letter

 Employment Offer Letter 2

 Rejection Letter

 Termination Letter

 Termination Letter-Friendly

 Welcome Letter

 Standard Forms

 Transfer of Contract

 Disciplinary Corrective Action Form

 Vacation-Sick Request

 Employee Attendance Record

 Emergency Sick Leave

 Sick Leave Donation Authorization

 Change of Personal Information Form

 Time Sheet

 Help Wanted

 New Hire Checklist

 Authorization Agreement for Direct Deposit

 Employee Exit Interview

 Expense Report

 Subcontractor Checklist

 Notice of Continuation of Benefits Required under Federal Law

378
Chapter 22: UDA Personnel Management

Operations

 Tool Inventory List

 Project Tool Inventory

 Transmittal

 Purchase Order

 Loss Report

 Incident Report

 Articles of Incorporation

 Billing Worksheet

 Equipment Lease

 Acknowledgement of Equipment Lease

 Meeting Agenda

 Invoice

 Promissory Note

 Personal Loan Guarantee

 Schedule of Business Debt

 Job Site Sign in Sheet

 Material Inventory List

 Petty Cash Log

 Petty Cash Advance Report

 Personal Injury Report

 Meeting Notes

 Proof of Insurance Form

 Loan Summary Letter

 Projected Monthly Income

 Mileage Report

Safety Manual

 Safety Manual

 Safety Manual Summary

 Subcontractor Safety Manual

 Subcontractor Manual Summary

 Receipt of Employee Safety Manual

 Receipt of Subcontractor Safety Manual

379
Printed Documentation

 New Employee Health and Safety

 Safety Meeting Report

 Property Damage Report Form

 Jobsite Safety Inspection

 Vehicle Accident Report Form

 Personal Injury Report

 Proof of Insurance Form

380
Chapter 23: UDA Property Management
About Property Management
Set standards for all of your property developments using expertly crafted templates for Architectura l
Covenants, Building Guidelines, Design Standards, Landscape Requirements, and Conditions and
Restrictions for quality Neighborhood and Community Real Estate Development.

What's Included in Property Management

Applications and Notices

 3-Day Notice to Pay Rent or Quit

 30-Day Notice to Terminate Tenancy

 90-Day Notice to Renew Lease Agreement Form

 Application to Rent or Lease

 Disclosure of Lead-Based Paint

 Rent Payment Notice Form

 Student Application to Rent or Lease

Checklists

 Cleaning Checklist for Tenants

 List of Furnishings Agreement

 Move Out - Closing Statement

 Move-In Move-Out Checklist

Forms and Agreements

 Assignment of Lease by Lessee

 Assignment of Real Estate Purchase and Sale Agreement

 Confirmation of Lease Agreement

 Damage Complaint Form

 Escrow Statement

 Exclusive Authorization to Lease Agreement - Broker

 Exclusive Right to Sale Contract

 General Easement Agreement

 Lease Agreement Renewal Request

 Property Management Agreement

 Quit Claim Deed

 Right of First Refusal

381
Printed Documentation

Lease Agreements

 Lease Agreement for Furnished

 Residential Lease Agreement

 Residential Lease Agreement - Broker

 Residential Lease Agreement - Option to Purchase

 Residential Lease Agreement - Option to Purchase - Broker

 Short Term Lease Agreement

 Student Residential Lease Agreement

 Student Residential Lease Agreement by Room

 Student Residential Lease Agreement with Parent Co-Sign

 Week to Week Rental Agreement

382
Chapter 24: UDA Marketing Tools
About UDA Marketing Tools
UDA Marketing Tools offer simple and effective marketing handouts, letters, brochures, newsletters
and postcards to help you generate clients, increase sales, and build your business.

Stand out from the competition with these professionally designed, easy-to-use marketing
templates:

 Brochures and Newsletters


 Client Letters
 Marketing Handouts
 Postcards
 Press Releases
 Thank You Letters
 Sample Marketing Campaigns

Marketing Tools Brochures and Newsletters

About Marketing Tools Brochures and Newsletters


Brochure and newsletter templates offer builders, contractors, and construction p rofessionals effective
literature for advertising and describing their companies and accomplishments.

 Using Brochures and Newsletters


 Recommended Image Dimensions and Resolution
 List of Brochures and Newsletters

Using Brochures and Newsletters


A variety of brochures and newsletters are available. Choose the brochure or newsletter that best fits
your needs.

Open a brochure or newsletter

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click the Contracts & Docs tab.
3. Click the Marketing Tools folder.
4. Click the Brochures and Newsletters folder.
5. Double-click the brochure or newsletter document that best fits your needs.
6. The Document Management Wizard will launch. For more information, see Using the
Document Management Wizard .

Save a brochure or newsletter

1. In an open brochure or newsletter, go to File > Save As .

383
Printed Documentation

2. You will be prompted to save this file in a location on your computer, outside of
ConstructionSuite. Please note the location of your save, so you may access these
files again at a later time.
3. Click Save. A copy of the document will be saved for the current project, an d the
master template will still be available in ConstructionSuite for future projects.

Revise a brochure or newsletter

Review each section of the brochure or newsletter for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete information
as necessary to fit your project. UDA identifies text specific to each project by formatting it in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs. Change blue text to black when you are finished editing
the postcard.

Format a brochure or newsletter

Brochures and newsletters are formatted with 11 point Times New Roman font and 1 inch margins, with
a large margin on the first page to accommodate a letterhead. If you decide to change the font or font
sizes, check the document for correct spacing.

Brochures and newsletters include approximate 3/8”-1/2” margins. Confirm that your printer can print
that close to the page’s edge. Adjust margins accordingly.

Customize brochures and newsletters by inserting photographs and artwork of your project.

Recommended Image Dimensions and Resolution


Images used in the marketing handouts are standard sizes, so you can easily interchange or replace
them for promoting your specific project. Listed below are recommended image dimensions and
resolutions.

Photographs or Artwork

 Size of image
5" wide x up to 4" high
 Resolution
Photographs: 300 dpi or higher
Color artwork or drawings: 300 dpi or higher
Black and white artwork or drawings: 300 dpi or higher

Floor Plans

 Size of Image
3.35" wide x up to 2.5" high
 Resolution
Color plans: 300 dpi or higher
Black and white plans: 300 dpi or higher

Company Logo

 Size of image
1.2" wide x up to 2" high

384
Chapter 24: UDA Marketing Tools

 Resolution
Color logo: 300 dpi or higher
Black and white logo: 300 dpi or higher

List of Brochures and Newsletters


Brochures and newsletters are available in four color schemes. Styles for both completed projects and
new construction are available. Choose the color scheme and style that best fits your company or
create your own color scheme and style by customizing the marketing handout templates.

Style One - Tri-fold Brochure


The tri-fold company brochure is an 8 1/2" x 11" three-fold brochure, allowing you to add photos,
artwork, drawings, and text about your company, products, and services. The template contains four
sections to describe your company, including About Company, Company Overview, Awards and
Recognition, and Listen to What Our Clients Say.

CB11 BW Brochure
Black and white color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
CB12 Natural Brochure
Natural earth tones color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
CB13 Red Brochure
Red, black, and gray color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
CB14 Retro Brochure
Green and purple color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.

Style Two - Bi-fold Newsletter


The bi-fold company newsletter is an 11" x 17" two-fold template, allowing you to add photos, artwork,
drawings, and text about your company, products and services. This format can be used as a monthly,
quarterly or seasonal update, keeping the community aware of your progress. The template contains
sections to describe the various fields of construction you are involved in, such as custom homes,
remodeling, renovation, planning, design, and development.

CB21 BW Newsletter
Black and white color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
CB22 Natural Newsletter
Natural earth tones color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
CB23 Red Newsletter
Red, black, and gray color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
CB24 Retro Newsletter
Green and purple color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.

Marketing Tools Client Letters

385
Printed Documentation

About Client Letters


Client letters are a starting point for builders and construction professionals who wish to bring in more
clients and generate business. Client letters are a professional way to establish client relationships and
set your company apart.

 Using Client Letters


 List of Client Letters

Using Client Letters


A variety of client letters are available. Choose the client letter that best fits your needs.

Open a client letter

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click the Contracts & Docs tab.
3. Click the Marketing Tools folder.
4. Click the Client Letters folder.
5. Double-click the letter that best fits your needs.
6. The Document Management Wizard will launch. For more information, see Using the
Document Management Wizard .

Save a client letter

1. In an open letter, go to File > Save As .


2. You will be prompted to save this file in a location on your computer, ou tside of
ConstructionSuite. Please note the location of your save, so you may access these
files again at a later time.
3. Click Save. A copy of the letter will be saved for the current project, and the master
template will still be available in ConstructionSuite for future projects.

Revise a client letter

Review each section of the client letter for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete information as necessary
to fit your project. UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in b lue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs. Change blue text to black when you are finished editing
the client letter.

Client letters can be mail-merged with a list of potential client names and addresses. To begin using
mail merge, In an open Client Letter go to Mailings > Start Mail Merge > Step by Step Mail Merge
Wizard.

Format a client letter

Client letters are formatted with 11 point Times New Roman font and 1 inch margins, with a large
margin on the first page to accommodate a letterhead. If you decide to change the font or font sizes,
check the document for correct spacing.

List of Client Letters


CL01 Client Survey

386
Chapter 24: UDA Marketing Tools

Questionnaire given to clients for assessment of company’s service


CL02 New Business or Service
Letter announcing new business opening or new business service offered
CL03 Business Event
Letter announcing upcoming business event
CL04 New Office Location
Letter notifying clients and community of new office location
CL05 New Project Started
Letter announcing the start of a new project
CL06 New Project Completed
Letter announcing the completion of a new project
CL07 Project In Progress
Letter updating a client on the construction progress of their home
CL08 Client Follow-Up
Follow-up letter to potential client
CL09 Client Reference List
List of past clients and references
CL10 Holiday Season Letter
End of the year, company overview letters keep clients and professionals
updated on the growth and accomplishments of your business.

Marketing Tools Marketing Handouts

About Marketing Handouts

Marketing handouts offer builders, contractors, and construction professionals effective


methods for advertising and highlighting the features of a new home or project.
 Using Marketing Handouts

 Recommended Images Dimensions and Resolution

 List of Marketing Handouts

Using Marketing Handouts


A variety of marketing handouts are available. Choose the marketing handout that best fits your needs.

Open a marketing handout

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite.
2. Click the Contracts & Docs tab.
3. Click the Marketing Tools folder.
4. Click the Marketing Handouts folder.

387
Printed Documentation

5. Double-click the marketing handout that best fits your needs.


6. The Document Management Wizard will launch. For more information, see Using the
Document Management Wizard .

Save a marketing handout

1. In an open document, go to File > Save As .


2. You will be prompted to save this file in a location on your computer, outside of
ConstructionSuite. Please note the location of your save, so you may access these
files again at a later time.
3. Click Save. A copy of the document will be saved for the current project, and the
master template will still be available in ConstructionSuite for future projects.

Revise a marketing handout

Review each section of the marketing handout for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete information as
necessary to fit your project. UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text
in blue. Revise this text to meet your project needs. Change blue text to black when you are finished
editing the marketing handout.

Marketing handouts can be mail-merged with a list of potential client names and addresses. To begin
using mail merge, in an open Marketing Handout go to Mailings > Start Mail Merge > Step by Step
Mail Merge Wizard.

Format a marketing handout

Marketing handouts are formatted with 11 point Times New Roman font and 1 inch margins, with a
large margin on the first page to accommodate a letterhead. If you decide to change the font or font
sizes, check the document for correct spacing.

Marketing handouts include approximate 3/8”-1/2” margins. Confirm that your printer can print that
close to the page’s edge. Adjust margins accordingly.

Customize marketing handouts by inserting photographs and artwork of your project.

Recommended Image Dimensions and Resolution


Images used in the marketing handouts are standard sizes, so you can easily interchange or replace
them for promoting your specific project. Listed below are recommended image dimensions and
resolutions.

Photographs or Artwork

 Size of image
5" wide x up to 4" high
 Resolution
Photographs: 300 dpi or higher
Color artwork or drawings: 300 dpi or higher
Black and white artwork or drawings: 300 dpi or higher

Floor Plans

 Size of Image
3.35" wide x up to 2.5" high

388
Chapter 24: UDA Marketing Tools

 Resolution
Color plans: 300 dpi or higher
Black and white plans: 300 dpi or higher

Company Logo

 Size of image
1.2" wide x up to 2" high
 Resolution
Color logo: 300 dpi or higher
Black and white logo: 300 dpi or higher

List of Marketing Handouts


Marketing handouts are available in four color schemes. Styles for both completed projects and new
construction are available. Choose the color scheme and style that best fits your company or create
your own color scheme and style by customizing the marketing handout templates.

MH50 Standard Features


Complete the form and copy onto the back of handouts to provide more
information on a project's highlights and features.
New project under construction
You can use this marketing handout to showcase a complete project. Includes a sample photograph of
the project.

MH11 BW Marketing Handout


Black and white color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
MH12 Natural Marketing Handout
Natural earth tones color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
MH13 Red Marketing Handout
Red, black, and gray color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
MH14 Retro Marketing Handout
Green and purple color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.

Completed projects

You can use this marketing handout to generate sales on a new project under construction. Includes a
plan of the project.

MH21 BW Marketing Handout


Black and white color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
MH22 Natural Marketing Handout
Natural earth tones color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
MH23 Red Marketing Handout

389
Printed Documentation

Red, black, and gray color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
MH24 Retro Marketing Handout
Green and purple color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.

Marketing Tools Postcards

About Marketing Tools Postcards

Postcards offers builders, contractors, and construction professionals effective templates for
advertising and highlighting the features of new or existing projects and services.

 Using Postcards

 Recommended Images Dimensions and Resolution

 List of Postcards

Using Postcards

A variety of postcards are available. Choose the postcard that best fits your needs.

Open a postcard

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start >


Programs > UDA Technologies > UDA ConstructionSuite.

2. Click the Contracts tab.

3. Click the Marketing Tools folder.

4. Click the Postcards folder.

5. Double-click the postcard that best fits your needs.

6. The Document Management Wizard will launch. For more inform ation, see Using the
Document Management Wizard .

Save a postcard

1. In an open document, go to File > Save As.

2. You will be prompted to save this file in a location on your computer, outside of
ConstructionSuite. Please note the location of your save, so you m ay access these
files again at a later time.

3. Click Save. A copy of the document will be saved for the current project, and the
master template will still be available in ConstructionSuite for future projects.

Revise a postcard

390
Chapter 24: UDA Marketing Tools

Review each section of the postcard for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete information as
necessary to fit your project. UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting
the text in blue. Revise this text to meet your project needs. Change blue text to black when
you are finished editing the postcard.

Postcards can be mail-merged with a list of potential client names and addresses. To begin
using mail merge, open an OnPoint document and go to Mailings > Start Mail Merge > Step
by Step Mail Merge Wizard.

Format a postcard

Postcards are formatted with 11 point Times New Roman font and 1 inch margins, with a
large margin on the first page to accommodate a letterhead. If you decide to change the font
or font sizes, check the document for correct spacing.

Postcards include approximate 3/8”-1/2” margins. Confirm that your printer can print that
close to the page’s edge. Adjust margins accordingly.

Customize postcards by inserting photographs and artwork of your project.

Recommended Image Dimensions and Resolution


Images used in the marketing handouts are standard sizes, so you can easily interchange or replace
them for promoting your specific project. Listed below are recommended image dimensions and
resolutions.

Photographs or Artwork

 Size of image
5" wide x up to 4" high
 Resolution
Photographs: 300 dpi or higher
Color artwork or drawings: 300 dpi or higher
Black and white artwork or drawings: 300 dpi or higher

Floor Plans

 Size of Image
3.35" wide x up to 2.5" high
 Resolution
Color plans: 300 dpi or higher
Black and white plans: 300 dpi or higher

Company Logo

 Size of image
1.2" wide x up to 2" high
 Resolution
Color logo: 300 dpi or higher
Black and white logo: 300 dpi or higher

List of Postcards

391
Printed Documentation

Postcards are available in four color schemes. Styles for both completed projects and new
construction are available. Choose the color scheme and style that best fits your company or
create your own color scheme and style by customizing the postcard templates.

Completed projects
You can use this postcard to generate sales of a complete project. Includes a plan of the
project.

PC11 BW Postcard
Black and white color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
PC12 Natural Postcard
Natural earth tones color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
PC13 Red Postcard
Red, black, and gray color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be
added.
PC14 Retro Postcard
Green and purple color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.

New project under construction


You can use this postcard to showcase a new project under construction. Includes a sample
photograph of the project.

PC21 BW Postcard
Black and white color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
PC22 Natural Postcard
Natural earth tones color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
PC23 Red Postcard
Red, black, and gray color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be
added.
PC24 Retro Postcard
Green and purple color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.

Marketing Tools Press Releases

392
Chapter 24: UDA Marketing Tools

About Marketing Tools Press Releases

Press releases are a simple and effective method for advertising special events, the
start/completion of new projects, or other important business events.

 Using Press Releases


 Public Relations Tips
 List of Press Releases

Using Press Releases

A variety of press releases are available. Choose the press release that best fits your needs.

Open a press release

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click the Contracts & Docs tab.
3. Click the Marketing Tools folder.
4. Click the Press Releases folder.
5. Double-click the press release that best fits your needs.
6. The Document Management Wizard will launch. For more information, see Using the
Document Management Wizard.

Save a press release

1. In an open document, go to File > Save As .


2. You will be prompted to save this file in a location on your computer, outside of
ConstructionSuite. Please note the location of your save, so you may access these
files again at a later time.
3. Click Save. A copy of the document will be saved for the current project, and the
master template will still be available in ConstructionSuite for future projects.

Revise a press release

Review each section of the press release for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete information as
necessary to fit your project. UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text
in blue. Revise this text to meet your project needs. Change blue text to black when you are finished
editing the press release.

Format a press release

Press releases are formatted with 11 point Times New Roman font and 1 inch margins, with a large
margin on the first page to accommodate a letterhead. If you decide to change the font or font sizes,
check the document for correct spacing.

Public Relations Tips

Do

393
Printed Documentation

 Work to build relationships and connections with reporters and editors


 Demonstrate your passion about your business and current projects
 Point to key differences between your company and the competition
 List professional references and past clients who can support the quality of your
performance

Don’t

 Make projections about revenue, potential clients, or future projects


 Be combative or defensive
 Go directly after your competition
 Be offended by the casual approach of some reporters

Listing of Press Releases


PR01 New Hire
Press release announcing new company hire
PR02 New Business or Service
Press release announcing new business or new service offered
PR03 Business Event
Press release announcing upcoming business event
PR04 New Office Location
Press release notifying public of new office location
PR05 New Project Started
Press release announcing the start of a new project
PR06 New Project Completed
Press release announcing the completion of a new project

Marketing Tools Thank You Letters

About Marketing Tools Thank You Letters

Thank you letters show your appreciation to those working for you and around you and are
excellent ways to build and continue good working relationships with past clients, bankers,
realtors, architects, and the business community.

 Using Thank You Letters


 List of Thank You Letters

Using Thank You Letters

A variety of thank you letters are available. Choose the thank you letter that best fits your
needs.

Open a thank you letter

394
Chapter 24: UDA Marketing Tools

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click the Contracts & Docs tab.
3. Click the Marketing Tools folder.
4. Click the Thank You Letters folder.
5. Double-click the letter that best fits your needs.
6. The Document Management Wizard will launch. For more information, see Using the
Document Management Wizard .

Save a thank you letter

1. In an open letter, go to File > Save As .


2. You will be prompted to save this file in a location on your computer, ou tside of
ConstructionSuite. Please note the location of your save, so you may access these
files again at a later time.
3. Click Save. A copy of the document will be saved for the current project, and the
master template will still be available in ConstructionSuite for future projects.

Revise a thank you letter

Review each section of the thank you letter for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete information as
necessary to fit your project. UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the t ext
in blue. Revise this text to meet your project needs. Change blue text to black when you are finished
editing the thank you letter.

Thank you letters can be mail-merged with a list of client names and addresses. To begin using mail
merge, in an open Thank You Letter go to Mailings > Start Mail Merge > Step by Step Mail Merge
Wizard.

Format a thank you letter

Thank you letters are formatted with 11 point Times New Roman font and 1 inch margins, with a large
margin on the first page to accommodate a letterhead. If you decide to change the font or font sizes,
check the document for correct spacing.

Listing of Thank You Letters

Thank You Letters are available for six different scenarios. Choose the letter that best fits
your situation or create your own format and style by customizing the Thank You Letter
templates.

TL01 Realtor Reference


Letter thanking realtor for referring client.
TL02 Architect Reference
Letter thanking architect for referring client.
TL03 Banker Reference
Letter thanking banker for referring client.

395
Printed Documentation

TL04 Past Client Reference


Letter thanking past client for referring client.
TL05 Realtor Sale
Letter thanking realtor for selling home/project.
TL06 Thanks for Bid Opportunity
Letter thanking potential client for allowing company to bid on project.

Marketing Tools Sample Marketing Campaigns

About Sample Marketing Campaign


Sample Marketing Campaigns provide a listing of the recommended letters and literature for the
effective advertising and marketing of your business services. Gain new clients and new jobs with
comprehensive marketing campaigns.

Press Releases
Sending press releases to local newspapers will update the public on upcoming events and
company news.

Client Letters
Sending letters to potential clients will update them on upcoming events and company news.

Postcards
Use postcards to advertise and highlight the features of new or existing projects and services.

Marketing Handouts
Keep copies available at new projects for visitors and potential clients. Distribute literature at
special events and with regular mailouts to generate continuing interest and sales leads .

Thank You Letters


Use to thank past clients, real estate agents, and other professionals fo r referring your
company.

Get Started with Sample Marketing Campaigns

As an example, we have selected red as the main color for marketing handouts, brochures, and
newsletters in the following campaigns. Alternative colors and styles are also available.

 Basic Marketing Campaign


 Comprehensive Marketing Campaign
 Name Recognition and Generating New Clients

Basic Marketing Campaign


This Basic Marketing Campaign is designed to promote your projects usin g six of the most popular
tools.

Press PR06 New Project Completed


Releases
Send at the completion of new project

396
Chapter 24: UDA Marketing Tools

Client CL06 New Project Completed


Letters
Mail to list of potential clients to advertise
new homes for sale and/or to generate
client interest
Postcards PC23 Red Postcard
Red, black, and gray color scheme
Additional photographs and artwork can
be added
Marketing MH23 Red Marketing Handout
Handouts
Red, black, and gray color
scheme. Additional photographs and
artwork can be added. Includes detailed
description of the project and list of
features.
MH50 Standard Features
Complete the form and copy onto the back
of handouts to provide more information
on a project’s highlights and features
Brochures CB23 Bi-fold Red Newsletter
&
Newsletters Red, black, and gray color scheme.
Additional photographs and artwork can
be added

Comprehensive Marketing Campaign


At the beginning of a new construction project, use these letters and mailouts to advertise future
projects and generate potential sales leads.

Press PR05 New Project Started


Release
Send at the start of a new project
PR06 New Project Completed
Send at the completion of new project

Client CL05 New Project Started


Letters
Mail to list of potential clients to advertise
new homes that will be for sale and/or to
generate client interest in your company
CL06 New Project Completed
Mail to list of potential clients to advertise
new homes for sale and/or to generate
client interest
Postcard PC23 Red Postcard
Red, black, and gray color scheme
Additional photographs and artwork can
be added
Marketing MH23 Red Marketing Handout
Handouts
Red, black, and gray color

397
Printed Documentation

scheme. Additional photographs and


artwork can be added. Includes
description of the project and list of
features.
MH50 Standard Features
Complete the form and copy onto the back
of handouts to provide more information
on a project’s highlights and features
Brochures CB13 Tri-Fold Red Brochure
&
Newsletters Red, black, and gray color scheme.
Photographs and artwork can be added
CB23 Bi-fold Red Newsletter
Red, black, and gray color scheme.
Additional photographs and artwork can
be added
Thank You TL01 Realtor Reference
Letters
Letter thanking realtor for referring client
TL02 Architect Reference
Letter thanking architect for referring
client
TL03 Banker Reference
Letter thanking banker for referring client
TL04 Past Client Reference
Letter thanking past client for referring
client
TL05 Realtor Sale
Letter thanking realtor for selling home or
project
TL06 Thanks for Bid Opportunity
Letter thanking potential client for allowing
company to bid on project

Name Recognition and Generating New Clients

To maintain or increase company name recognition, generate clients, and keep the
community updated regarding new projects and accomplishments.
Press PR01 New Hire
Releases
Press release announcing new company
hire
PR02 New Business or Service
Press release announcing new business
or new service offered

398
Chapter 24: UDA Marketing Tools

PR03 Business Event


Press release announcing upcoming
business event
PR04 New Office Location
Press release notifying public of change
in office location
Client CL02 New Business-Service
Letters Letter announcing new business opening
or new business service offered
CL03 Business Event
Letter Announcing Upcoming Business
Event
CL04 New Office Location
Letter Notifying Clients and Community of
new Office Location
CL08 Client Follow-up
Follow-Up Letter to Potential Client
CL10 Holiday Season Letter
End of the year, company overview letters
keep clients and professionals updated on the
growth and accomplishments of your
business.
Marketing MH23 Red Marketing Handout
Handouts
Red, black, and gray color scheme. Additional
photographs and artwork can be
added. Includes detailed description of the
project and list of features.
MH50 Standard Features
Complete the form and copy onto the back of
handouts to provide more information on a
project’s highlights and features
Brochures & CB13 Tri-Fold Red Brochure
Newsletters
Red, black, and gray color scheme.
Photographs and artwork can be added
CB23 Bi-fold Red Newsletter
Red, black, and gray color scheme. Additional
photographs and artwork can be added

399
Chapter 25: UDA SyncCenter
About UDA SyncCenter
Desktop. Laptop. It's all there. You need your data at the office and on the go, and you need it to be
updated and correct. Although the primary means of sharing information when you purchase additional
licenses is to have multiple users log in to a single database, UDA SyncCenter has you covered when
it's necessary to work outside the office network.

With UDA SyncCenter, you can:

 Synchronize information on your desktop and laptop computers, so that you have the
data you need whether you're at the office or the job site.
 Choose which projects to synchronize and what computers to include.
 Synchronize on demand for instantaneous information sharing.
 Schedule daily or weekly synchronizations to ensure that each computer always has
the latest information.

 IMPORTANT : To synchronize, all computers must be connected through a local area


network.

UDA SyncCenter in action. Synchronizations performed through UDA SyncCenter can cross
reference the following types of information, depending on the selections you m ake when
setting your preferences. The following syncs can be completed from the UDA SyncCenter:

UDA ConstructionSuite Sync

 Project Sync will allow you to sync projects and all related information between
multiple licenses of ConstructionSuite, including project information, files, project-
related contacts, project-related activities, project-related certificates, project-related
reminders, and project-related to do's.
 Contact Sync will allow you to sync contacts and all related information between
multiple licenses of ConstructionSuite, including contact information and contact -
related certificates.
 Activity Sync will allow you to sync unassigned activities between multiple licenses
of ConstructionSuite.
 To Do Sync will allow you to sync unassigned to dos between multiple licenses of
ConstructionSuite.
 Template Sync will allow you to sync templates between multiple licenses of
ConstructionSuite.
 Costbook Sync will allow you to sync costbooks and all related information between
multiple licenses of ConstructionSuite.

Microsoft Outlook Sync

 Contact Sync will allow you to sync contacts and all related information between
Microsoft Outlook and ConstructionSuite.
 Activity Sync will allow you to sync activities and all related information between
Microsoft Outlook and ConstructionSuite.

401
Printed Documentation

 To Do Sync will allow you to sync to dos and all related information between
Microsoft Outlook and ConstructionSuite.

Intuit QuickBooks Sync

 Contact Sync will allow you to sync contacts and all related information between
QuickBooks and ConstructionSuite.

ConstructionOnline Sync

 Contact Export will allow you to sync contacts between ConstructionSuite and
ConstructionOnline.
 Project Sync will allow you to sync projects and all related files between
ConstructionSuite and ConstructionOnline.

 NOTE: "Project-related" means that the applicable feature (Contact, Activity, Certificate,
Reminder, or To Do) is directly linked to a project. "Contact-related" means that the certificate
is specifically assigned to a contact (such as an insurance or bo nd certificate). All other
information that is not listed above will not be synchronized between computers. This
includes any Activities or To Dos without project relations and the Items Database .

Opening SyncCenter
UDA SyncCenter can be accessed at any time from the ConstructionSuite interface.

Open SyncCenter

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite.
2. On the main interface, open SyncCenter by going to Data > SyncCenter. SyncCenter
will open.
3. Select the sync you would like to perform by clicking on the arrow beside the sync
name. You can also view your saved syncs and scheduled syncs from the U DA
SyncCenter.

Performing a Sync

UDA SyncCenter is now more powerful than ever, giving you a multitude of options from
which to choose. Set your synchronization preferences using the QuickSync form to ensure
that the project information across all of your computers stays up-to-date.

Define project synchronization preferences

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. On the main interface, open SyncCenter by going to Data > SyncCenter. SyncCenter
will open.
3. Select the sync you would like to perform or schedule by clicking on the arrow beside
the sync name.

402
Chapter 25: UDA SyncCenter

4. If you are syncing between ConstructionSuite databases, use the Sync With
dropdown menu to select a computer with which to synchronize.
5. Designate Sync Direction Options.
Send and Receive Information will synchronize projects on both computers, ensuring that
they both have the same project information.

Send Information will export project and associated information from your computer to the
other database. Use the checkboxes to select which aspects of the program you would like to
synchronize.

Receive Information will import project and associated information from the other computer
into your database.

4. Designate Priority Options.


Most recently edited has priority will use the most recent information to overwrite older
information in either database.

Local Server has priority will give priority to your computer and overwrite information in the
other database without regard to which was edited most recently.

Remote Server has priority will give priority to the other database and will overwrite
information on your computer without regard to which was edited most recently.

4. Depending on the sync you are performing, you will have the option to sync all information or
only designated information.
Projects will give you the choice to Sync All Projects or Sync only Selected Projects.

Contacts will give you the choice to Sync All Contacts or Sync only Selected Contacts.

Activity will give you the choice to Sync All Activities or Sync only activities between the
following dates. Select a Start and End Date from the drop-down.

To Do will give you the choice to Sync All To Dos or Sync only To Dos between the following
dates. Select a Start and End Date from the drop-down.

4. Click Next.
5. If you selected to Sync Only Selected Projects, Contacts, Activities, or To Dos, you
will be taken to the Selection Screen where you are able to select the pr ojects,
contacts, activities, or to dos you would like to sync.
6. Click Next.
7. If you selected to Sync All, you will be taken to the Sync Confirmation Page. On the
confirmation page, you have the option to review information and go back. You also
have the ability to schedule the same sync from the Confirmation Page. For more
information, see, Scheduling a Synchronization .
8. If all information is correct, click Sync Now. The sync will then take place and a
progress box will explain the status of the sync. Once completed, you'll be taken back
to the UDA SyncCenter. If you have completed all syncs necessary, click Close, and
you'll be taken back to ConstructionSuite.

 NOTE: Once begun, the sync operation cannot be cancelled.

Scheduling a Sync
If you choose to synchronize between computers rather than sharing a single database, you should
perform frequent and regular synchronizations between databases to ensure that everyone is working

403
Printed Documentation

with the most up-to-date information. With UDA SyncCenter, you can schedule synchronizations on a
daily or weekly basis.

Schedule a sync

1. On the main interface, open SyncCenter by going to Data > SyncCenter. UDA
SyncCenter will open.
2. Select the sync you would like to perform or schedule by clicking on the name under
Saved Syncs.
3. If there are no saved syncs, follow the instructions and determine your sync
preferences until you reach the UDA SyncCenter Confirmation Page.
4. On the confirmation page, in the Sync Setting section, you can save the settings of
this sync to perform later by typing a name in the Sync Name box.
5. On the confirmation page, in the Sync Setting section, you can also schedule the
sync to run automatically at regular intervals. Once the sync is named, you are able
to check the box beside Enable Scheduled Sync. Select a Start Time from the drop
down menu, and determine if you would like a Daily or Weekly Sync, or the number of
days between syncs.

1. Click Save Sync.

Synchronizing Projects on Demand


It's never been easier to go mobile and stay connected to the information you need. Using an on -
demand synchronization before you take your mobile computer in the field ensures that you always
have the most updated information. And, when you return, you can perform another synchronization to
keep all of your team members up-to-date on any changes.

Synchronize projects on demand

1. On the main interface, open SyncCenter by going to Data > SyncCenter. SyncCenter
will open.
2. If you have not already done so, select your synchronization preferences. See
Defining Synchronization Preferences in the previous section for more information.
3. Click Sync Now to perform the synchronization.

 NOTE: Once begun, this operation cannot be cancelled.

Using the Daisy Chain Technique for SyncCenter


The preferred method of sharing database information when you have multiple lice nses of
ConstructionSuite is to have all users log in to a single (primary) database. However, each licensed
computer of ConstructionSuite has its own database, making it easy for you and your employees to
take advantage of the ConstructionSuite system while out on a job site.

If you have more than one employee who takes a laptop into the field, you could use the Daisy Chain
Technique to ensure that the primary and all user's databases get updated with new information.

Scenario
Brad's company has four licenses of ConstructionSuite, with two computers set up on a network in the
office and two laptops that his project manager and lead carpenter use in the field. While working in the

404
Chapter 25: UDA SyncCenter

office, all of the employees log in to the primary database on Brad's computer, so everyone has access
to the same data.

Before Brad's project manager and lead carpenter go out to their job sites, they each open SyncCenter
and use the Sync Now feature to update each laptop's ConstructionSuite database. That way, they
both have a complete copy of the central database on their laptops.

While out in the field, the project manager makes changes to the Johnson Residence schedule, and the
lead carpenter enters materials into the Anderson Residence estimate. After returning to the office ,
they use the Daisy Chain technique to update all computers.

First, the project manager connects to the lead carpenter's laptop and performs a synchronization
using SyncCenter. Now the carpenter's laptop has the updated Johnson Residence schedule and the
project manager's laptop has the updated Anderson Residence estimate.

Then, the lead carpenter performs a synchronization between his license of ConstructionSuite and the
primary ConstructionSuite database on the office network, which updates the primary database and
transfers any changes that were made to ConstructionSuite files in the office to the carpenter's
database.

To ensure that the project manager's database gets updated with any changes made on the office
database while he was away, another synchronization is performed between the primary database and
the database on the project manager's laptop. Now all ConstructionSuite databases have been updated
using the Daisy Chain Technique.

405
Chapter 26: UDA Backup
About UDA Backup
Protect Your Valuable Data. Each time data is lost, the average business loses about $4,000 as a
result of stopped work, technical support costs, and recovery time. Guard your company against
massive data and profit loss with a regular back up to removable media or another computer on the
network.

Back up. Rest easy. By utilizing UDA Backup, your entire ConstructionSuite™ database can be
archived and stored safely. Then, in the event of lost data, stolen comp uters, or hard drive failure, you
can rest easy knowing that your valuable project data and business information can quickly be
restored.

With UDA Backup, you can:

 Quickly back up your entire ConstructionSuite database, including project


information, files, contacts, and items.
 Know that your data is always protected by Scheduling automatic back ups to ensure
that your data is always protected.
 Recover quickly from data loss with simple import and restore options from backed up
database files.

Automatic Backups. A regular back up procedure adds protection for your database against computer
or hard drive failure, viruses, file corruption, crime, or other causes of data loss. To provide the most
protection, you should schedule regular backups and be sure to transfer your backup folder to a remote
or removable storage device. With the UDA backup utility, you can schedule a daily or weekly backup
to ensure that your data is always secure.

Creating a Backup
UDA Backup can be accessed at any time from the ConstructionSuite interface.

Create a Backup

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. On the main interface, open ProjectBackup by going to Data > Backup > Create
Backup . ProjectBackup will open.
3. Backup your files manually, restore lost files, or schedule a regular backup using the
instructions included in this section.

 NOTE: It is highly suggested that you regularly backup your ConstructionSuite program
and files to a location separate from your primary computer's hard drive. A designated
backup device, like an external hard drive, is the recommended tool for backup l ocations to
avoid losing your backups when a computer fails and cannot be repaired.

Backing Up Project Data


In just a few clicks, UDA Backup will create storage files for all of your val uable ConstructionSuite data.
Once the backup file is created, you should move it to an electronic storage device (such as a, CD,
DVD, USB device or External Hard Drive) to ensure that your files are fully protected.

407
Printed Documentation

Backup files

1. Create a folder on your computer in which to store backup files. (Right-click in the
area you would like to create a new folder and go to New > Folder. Name the folder
and press the Enter key on your keyboard.) This is the folder you will browse to later.

2. If you have not already done so, open Project Backup by clicking Data > Backup >
Create Backup on the main ConstructionSuite interface. Project Backup will open.
3. Click on the Backup tab.
4. In the Select a backup location area, click the Browse button. The Browse for Folder
window appears.
5. Use the expandable/collapsible folder tree to locate the folder you created in Step 1.
6. Select the folder and click OK.
7. Select your preferences for keeping previous backups and enabling backup
reminders.
8. Click the Backup button at the bottom of the screen to manually run a backup.
9. Once the backup is complete, transfer the folder that contains the backup files to a
safe location such as a CD, DVD, USB device, External Hard Drive or other
removable storage.

Restoring Data
In the event of lost data, stolen computers, or hard drive failure, you can easily restore your files and
information. Use the Restore function to completely recover your ConstructionSuite databas e.

Restore files

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. On the main interface, open ProjectBackup by going to Data > Backup > Restore
Backup . ProjectBackup will launch.
3. Click the Browse button. The Browse for Folder window appears.
4. Use the expandable/collapsible folder tree to locate the folder where your backup
files are stored.
5. Click on the folder to select it and then click OK.
6. Click the Restore button to import all of the files and information contained in the
backup folder.

Scheduling a Backup
A regular back up procedure adds protection for your database against computer or hard drive failure,
viruses, file corruption, crime, or other errors. To provide the most protection, you should schedule
regular backups and be sure to transfer your backup folder to a remote or removable storage device.
With the UDA backup utility, you can schedule a daily or weekly backup to ensure that your data is
always secure.

 NOTE: Before you schedule a backup, ensure that you have created a folder on your
computer to store the database backup. You can do this either on your Desktop or in a
Windows folder by right-clicking in the area you would like to create a new folder and going to

408
Chapter 26: UDA Backup

New > Folder. Name the folder and press the Enter key on your keyboard. This is the folder
you will browse to in Step 5.

Schedule a backup

1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. On the main interface, open ProjectBackup by going to Data > Backup > Restore
Backup .
3. Click on the Schedule tab.
4. Click Browse to locate the folder in which you would like to store the backup.
5. Select a backup interval. On average, Backups will not disrupt any work being done
on the computer, so a backup can be scheduled for any time the computer will be
running, even if it will be in use.
Manual Backups Only is the default setting.

Daily Backups at enables you to select a time of day that you would like to backup your files.

Weekly Backups at enables you to select a time of day and a day of the week that you would
like to backup your files.

7. Click the Schedule button at the bottom of the screen once you have made your
selections.

409
Chapter 27: ConstructionOnline™
ConstructionOnline™ Summary

Trusted by more than 100,000 active users, ConstructionOnline™ connects your entire
project team and prevents delays that can cost your company time and money. Share plans,
files, photos, videos and other information allowing for easy collaboration and providing your
clients an easy way to stay up-to-date with their projects. Manage every detail with powerful
tools such as Project Logging, Change Orders, Calendars and the world’s fastest Online
Scheduling, allowing you to organize and visualize all of your project tasks in one place.

Why ConstructionOnline?

Over the last year, ConstructionOnline has experienced explosive growth because it provides
construction professionals with a go-to place to store and share their files, plans, specs,
photos, and other construction related documentation, as well as reach out to clients with
features such as Change Orders and Option Selection. Whether using it as an online
planroom, an easy way to stay connected with current clients, or even as a presales tool to
attract potential clients, ConstructionOnline is becoming the new face of construction.
ConstructionOnline is unique with its incredibly rich feature set that includes the ability to
create a business profile, create multiple projects, invite fellow construction professionals to
be a part of those projects, control who sees and edits what by setting permissions, and even
receive notifications and updates to see what everyone's doing within each project.
ConstructionOnline is an easy, open platform that can be joined for free and tailored for
individual's business needs. ConstructionOnline only gets better with the additional family of
OnSite mobile Apps that provide instant access to all of these capabiliti es from the
convenience of your phone or iPad.

Learn more:

 Sign up for ConstructionOnline™


 ConstructionOnline SuiteLink
 OnSite Mobile Apps for iPhone, iPad and Android

SuiteLink™

Better Together. Get enhanced features when you use ConstructionSuite with
ConstructionOnline via SuiteLink. SuiteLink, included with a TotalCare membership, will
allow you to seamlessly upload and download information between ConstructionSuite and
ConstructionOnline. SuiteLink makes it easy to connect with your team and keep the m up to
date by directly connecting your ConstructionSuite data with your ConstructionOnline
account.

What is SuiteLink?

SuiteLink is represented by the bottom left box in the ConstructionSuite application. Online,
Weather, and Devices are three tabs that represent your capabilities within SuiteLink.

411
Printed Documentation

SuiteLink Online Tab

 SuiteLink Status will show as Online if you are connected to the internet and
have access to ConstructionOnline information. If you have not yet configured
your ConstructionOnline account or are experience connectivity issues with
the internet, your SuiteLink Status will say Offline.
 View Notifications will take you directly to the ConstructionOnline tab,
allowing you to see your notifications.

When you have new notifications, View Notifications will be replaced with (#)
New Notifications and a circle with number of new notifications you have to view
will appear on the Online Tab.

To confirm view of the notifications and remove the circle, click the (x) beside
the notification to remove from New Notifications List.

 View Announcements will take you directly to the ConstructionOnline tab,


allowing you to see your announcements. When you have new
announcements, View Announcements will be replaced with (#) New
Announcements.
 Launch ConstructionOnline will open ConstructionOnline in your default
internet browser.

Weather Tab

 When completing your company profile during the Initial Configuration, the zip
code you entered will automatically be used to set your weather tab. Once
set, your weather conditions will appear in the weather box, giving you
Today's Weather High, Low, and Conditions.
 If you did not set a zip code, you may click 'Click to set Location' and enter
the desired zip code.
 If you would like to change your zip code, you may click 'Change Location'
and enter in the desired zip code.

Start Using SuiteLink

Step 1: Get Connected.


To connect ConstructionSuite and ConstructionOnline via SuiteLink, you must first complete
your ConstructionOnline configuration. ConstructionOnline Configuration can be completed
during the Initial Configuration , or it can be done at a later time by going to Tools > Options
> ConstructionOnline > Account Configuration. If you are new to ConstructionOnline, you
may sign up here. Current users, enter in your email address and password and click OK and
your account is successfully configured.

Step 2: Syncing Contacts with ConstructionOnline.

Step 3: Transferring Files and Project Information from ConstructionSuite to


ConstructionOnline.

412
Chapter 27: ConstructionOnline™

Step 4: Accessing ConstructionOnline within ConstructionSuite


With SuiteLink, you will have instant and updated access to your Latest Notifications, Latest
Announcements, Recent ConstructionOnline Files, and Recent ConstructionOnline Photos,
all from within ConstructionSuite.

To launch ConstructionOnline, single-click the orange Launch ConstructionOnline button in


the bottom left SuiteLink box.

To access your ConstructionOnline information, click on the ConstructionOnline Tab (You


can also get to this screen by clicking on 'View Notifications' or 'New Announcements' in the
bottom left SuiteLink Status box):

 Latest Notifications will be in the top left and you can view, delete, and launch your
recent notifications from this area.

To remove a notification from the Latest Notifications list, single-click on the X beside
the notification you wish to delete. (These notifications will always be accessible from
your History.

To view a notification in ConstructionOnline, double-click on the notification text and


you will automatically launch a browser and be taken to your ConstructionOnline
notifications.

 Latest Announcements will be in the top right and you can view and launch your
recent announcements from this area.

To view an announcement in ConstructionOnline, double-click on the announcement


text or single-click on the announcement flag, and you will automatically launch a
browser and be taken to that announcement within ConstructionOnline.

 Recent ConstructionOnline Files will appear directly below the above sections, and
will allow you to view and launch your files from this area.

To view your file, single-click the file icon or double-click the file name and you will
automatically launch a browser in ConstructionOnline and be taken to your project files
within ConstructionOnline.

 Recent ConstructionOnline Photos will line the bottom of your screen, and you can
view and launch your recent photos from this area.

To view your photo, single-click on the image and you will automatically launch a
browser in ConstructionOnline and be taken to your photo gallery within
ConstructionOnline.

 NOTE: SuiteLink requires internet connectivity.

To enable SuiteLink, call your UDA Representative at 1-800-700-8321 to set up your


TotalCare account. Pricing options vary by product and are available in monthly and yearly
cycles. For more information on TotalCare pricing options, click here .

413
Printed Documentation

OnSite Mobile Apps

OnSite Mobile Apps are a new, award-winning family of mobile apps for iPhone, iPad and
Android that ties in with the industry's fastest growing web community, ConstructionOnline.
With OnSite Mobile Apps, users gain instant access to their construction files and are able to
keep the communication channel open, having the ability to comment on and share files with
their entire team from their phone or iPad. OnSite Mobile Apps are the first of their kind,
providing construction professionals with the ability to have instant access to their online
planroom, which could store anything from plans and specs to additional files and photos.
Most importantly, OnSite Mobile Apps keep those vital communicatio n tools open and
accessible so contracts and builders can stay connected to their clients, regardless of where
they are. Having the ability to open change orders, view schedules, or instantly access
specifications while on site are all incredibly convenient and vital tasks that, with instant
access available, makes the job that much easier for builders and contractors.

OnSite Photo

Capture and share professional photos in a snap. With OnSite Photo, you can create albums
in just seconds and then upload the photos directly to your account. Take photos from the
field or jobsite and upload them instantly so your team members and clients can view and
share comments. It's the perfect way to upload photos to ConstructionOnline from the
convenience of your mobile device.

OnSite Video

With convenient tap-to-start capabilities, you can record professional videos at the jobsite
and instantly upload them to share. OnSite video allows you to easily record, upload and
share videos through ConstructionOnline, providing a fantastic way to create and store video
records for your business and keep team members connected.

OnSite PlanRoom

OnSite PlanRoom lets you quickly review and share plans and construction documents on
your mobile device. OnSite PlanRoom is designed to synchronize with ConstructionOnline,
where you can easily upload and store your plans and construction documents. You can
easily view plans, specifications, correspondence, and other construction documents from the
convenience of your mobile device. Also, with OnSite Planroom you are able to view, add or
reply to comments on your plans, documents, and images, as well as recieve notifications of
who has uploaded, downloaded, updated, or commented on your account.

OnSite Files

This sleek and powerful app lets you access, review, and share important files from your
mobile device, from PDFs to Word documents and much more. With OnSite Files, you can
access your ConstructionOnline files to view, share and comment on from the convenience of
your mobile device

OnSite Dialog

OnSite Dialog provides effortless collaboration with real-time updates on the latest
information from your account from a mobile device. With OnSite Dialog, you can instantly

414
Chapter 27: ConstructionOnline™

see a live thread of project updates, make project announcements, respond t o client or
subcontractor questions, post comments and quickly access the latest information added to
their ConstructionOnline account.

OnSite Logging

With OnSite Logging, discover a faster, easier way to keep track of daily activity at the
jobsite. Enter notes, capture photos or record video to create a more complete project log.
OnSite Logging ensures that you will never have to scramble to find that missing paperwork
documenting a vital delivery or work delay. All of your project activity and files can be easily
recorded, organized by date and stored in a central location on ConstructionOnline.

OnSite ToDos

Supervise the progress of multiple projects, or focus on one in particular. With OnSite ToDos,
easily handle all of your assigned tasks to keep your team organized and on track. To Dos
are essential for keeping a project team organized, helping to ensure that projects are
completed on time and on budget. The centralized To Do list allows users to focus on a
specific project, or instead supervise the progress of multiple projects at once by organizing
tasks by completion status.

OnSite Calendar

Manage and organize all of your daily project activities, appointments and events into one
centralized calendar to have anywhere your work takes you. OnSite calen dar works with the
new ConstructionOnline Calendar system to offer users the power of managing and
organizing all of their project activities in one central calendar. The ability to plan ahead and
complete work as scheduled is vital to success in the indus try. Now with OnSite Calendar, it's
easier than ever to keep your key players up to date.

OnSite Punchlist

The new OnSite Punchlist is your comprehensive solution for managing multifaceted projects.
The OnSite Punchlist App gives you the ability to create, organize and manage detailed
project punchlists from the field or jobsite, allowing your entire team to coordinate more
efficiently. The app works with your ConstructionOnline Account and keeps you up to date
wherever your work takes you.

 NOTE: Additional Apps are currently in development. For the latest news on available
mobile apps, visit the OnSite Mobile Apps page on our website.

415
Chapter 28: Products and Services
ConstructionSuite Specialized Versions
Built with your needs in mind. UDA ConstructionSuite™ is available in specialized versions designed
to satisfy the needs of a variety of clients. Use this section as a detailed outline of the features and
content included in each version.

Residential Versions

 UDA ConstructionSuite Standard


 UDA ConstructionSuite Pro
 UDA ConstructionSuite Premier
 UDA ConstructionSuite Corporate
 UDA ConstructionSuite Network

Commercial Versions

 UDA ConstructionSuite CM Lite


 UDA ConstructionSuite CM Contractor
 UDA ConstructionSuite CM Catalyst
 UDA ConstructionSuite CM Developer
 UDA ConstructionSuite CM Enterprise

UDA ConstructionSuite Green

Residential Green Versions

 UDA ConstructionSuite Green Standard


 UDA ConstructionSuite Green Pro
 UDA ConstructionSuite Green Premier
 UDA ConstructionSuite Green Corporate
 UDA ConstructionSuite Green Network

Commercial Green Versions

 UDA ConstructionSuite Green CM Lite


 UDA ConstructionSuite Green CM Contractor
 UDA ConstructionSuite Green CM Catalyst
 UDA ConstructionSuite Green CM Developer
 UDA ConstructionSuite Green CM Enterprise

UDA TotalCare™ - Your Success is Our Goal

UDA TotalCare combines unlimited priority phone support, quarterly RS Means costbook
updates, product upgrades, and personalized online training to help you get the most out of

417
Printed Documentation

your ConstructionSuite investment. TotalCare members have direct access to UDA Senior
Product Support Engineers for answers by phone or email and full access to UDA web -based
resources, including remote assistance powered by Citrix technology. UDA TotalCare
provides users with the most important benefit of the peace of mind that they'll get the help
they need when it's most important. The benefits include:

Personalized Training

Make it easy to jumpstart your ConstructionSuite experience with personalized training. UDA
Technologies merges the next generation of online conferencing with the expertise of UDA
product specialists to offer the most in-depth training available for the ConstructionSuite
system.

As a member of the TotalCare community, you and up to 25 of your employees get access to
online, remote meeting capabilities that connect you to a live product specialist. To schedule
your free session, have your TotalCare Customer ID number ready and call 334.826.9035.

Updates and Upgrades

Extend your investment with upgrades of the ConstructionSuite system. Hundreds of new
features are engineered for each new release of ConstructionSuite, so you'll always benefit
from the most feature-rich project management system. Available upgrades are offered to
TotalCare members at no additional cost.

TotalCare Only Exclusive Features

Designed for TotalCare members only, these features include specialized tools such as new
UDA Weather Tracking, which offers ConstructionSuite Premier or Catalyst clients and above
the ability to automatically track weather conditions on each project.

ConstructionOnline SuiteLink™

ConstructionOnline SuiteLink lets you easily share project documents, change orders,
estimates, schedules, plans, and photos online with your entire project team including
owners, subcontractors, suppliers, and more. Just upload your project files to
ConstructionOnline and invite anyone you would like to view, contribute, and comment on
your shared project information. Now teamwork and communication have a new name -
ConstructionOnline.

Unlimited Priority Support

ConstructionSuite is designed to be easy to learn and easy to use, but when questions do
arise, you need answers right then. As a UDA TotalCare member, you'll have peace of mind
knowing that knowledgeable representatives are standing by to offer expert, personalized
service. You'll also benefit from priority call status, which quickly connects you to Senior
Product Support Engineers who work to lessen your downtime and get you back to business
fast.

TotalCare Plans and Pricing Options

ConstructionOnline™ Summary

418
Chapter 28: Products and Services

Trusted by more than 100,000 active users, ConstructionOnline™ connects your entire
project team and prevents delays that can cost your company time and money. Share plans,
files, photos, videos and other information allowing for eas y collaboration and providing your
clients an easy way to stay up-to-date with their projects. Manage every detail with powerful
tools such as Project Logging, Change Orders, Calendars and the world’s fastest Online
Scheduling, allowing you to organize and visualize all of your project tasks in one place.

Why ConstructionOnline?

Over the last year, ConstructionOnline has experienced explosive growth because it provides
construction professionals with a go-to place to store and share their files, plans, specs,
photos, and other construction related documentation, as well as reach out to clients with
features such as Change Orders and Option Selection. Whether using it as an online
planroom, an easy way to stay connected with current clients, or even as a pre sales tool to
attract potential clients, ConstructionOnline is becoming the new face of construction.
ConstructionOnline is unique with its incredibly rich feature set that includes the ability to
create a business profile, create multiple projects, invite fellow construction professionals to
be a part of those projects, control who sees and edits what by setting permissions, and even
receive notifications and updates to see what everyone's doing within each project.
ConstructionOnline is an easy, open platform that can be joined for free and tailored for
individual's business needs. ConstructionOnline only gets better with the additional family of
OnSite mobile Apps that provide instant access to all of these capabilities from the
convenience of your phone or iPad.

Learn more:

 Sign up for ConstructionOnline™


 ConstructionOnline SuiteLink
 OnSite Mobile Apps for iPhone, iPad, and Android

OnSite Mobile Apps

OnSite Mobile Apps are a new, award-winning family of mobile apps for iPhone, iPad and
Android that ties in with the industry's fastest growing web community, ConstructionOnline.
With OnSite Mobile Apps, users gain instant access to their construction files and are able to
keep the communication channel open, having the ability to comment on and share files with
their entire team from their phone or iPad. OnSite Mobile Apps are the first of their kind,
providing construction professionals with the ability to have instant access to their online
planroom, which could store anything from plans and specs to add itional files and photos.
Most importantly, OnSite Mobile Apps keep those vital communication tools open and
accessible so contracts and builders can stay connected to their clients, regardless of where
they are. Having the ability to open change orders, view schedules, or instantly access
specifications while on site are all incredibly convenient and vital tasks that, with instant
access available, makes the job that much easier for builders and contractors.

OnSite Photo

Capture and share professional photos in a snap. With OnSite Photo, you can create albums
in just seconds and then upload the photos directly to your account. Take photos from the

419
Printed Documentation

field or jobsite and upload them instantly so your team members and clients can view and
share comments. It's the perfect way to upload photos to ConstructionOnline from the
convenience of your mobile device.

OnSite Video

With convenient tap-to-start capabilities, you can record professional videos at the jobsite
and instantly upload them to share. OnSite video allows you to easily record, upload and
share videos through ConstructionOnline, providing a fantastic way to create and store video
records for your business and keep team members connected.

OnSite PlanRoom

OnSite PlanRoom lets you quickly review and share plans and construction documents on
your mobile device. OnSite PlanRoom is designed to synchronize with ConstructionOnline,
where you can easily upload and store your plans and construction documents. You can
easily view plans, specifications, correspondence, and other construction documents from the
convenience of your mobile device. Also, with OnSite Planroom you are able to view, add or
reply to comments on your plans, documents, and images, as well as recieve notifications of
who has uploaded, downloaded, updated, or commented on your account.

OnSite Files

This sleek and powerful app lets you access, review, and share important files from your
mobile device, from PDFs to Word documents and much more. With OnSite Files, you can
access your ConstructionOnline files to view, share and comment on from the convenience of
your mobile device

OnSite Dialog

OnSite Dialog provides effortless collaboration with real-time updates on the latest
information from your account from a mobile device. With OnSite Dialog, you can instantly
see a live thread of project updates, make project announcements, respond to client or
subcontractor questions, post comments and quickly access the latest information added to
their ConstructionOnline account.

OnSite Logging

With OnSite Logging, discover a faster, easier way to keep track of daily activity at the
jobsite. Enter notes, capture photos or record video to create a more complete project log.
OnSite Logging ensures that you will never have to scramble to find that missing paper work
documenting a vital delivery or work delay. All of your project activity and files can be easily
recorded, organized by date and stored in a central location on ConstructionOnline.

OnSite ToDos

Supervise the progress of multiple projects, or focus on one in particular. With OnSite ToDos,
easily handle all of your assigned tasks to keep your team organized and on track. To Dos
are essential for keeping a project team organized, helping to ensure that projects are
completed on time and on budget. The centralized To Do list allows users to focus on a
specific project, or instead supervise the progress of multiple projects at once by organizing
tasks by completion status.

420
Chapter 28: Products and Services

OnSite Calendar

Manage and organize all of your daily project activities, appointments and events into one
centralized calendar to have anywhere your work takes you. OnSite calendar works with the
new ConstructionOnline Calendar system to offer users the power of managing and
organizing all of their project activities in one central calenda r. The ability to plan ahead and
complete work as scheduled is vital to success in the industry. Now with OnSite Calendar, it's
easier than ever to keep your key players up to date.

OnSite Punchlist

The new OnSite Punchlist is your comprehensive solution f or managing multifaceted projects.
The OnSite Punchlist App gives you the ability to create, organize and manage detailed
project punchlists from the field or jobsite, allowing your entire team to coordinate more
efficiently. The app works with your ConstructionOnline Account and keeps you up to date
wherever your work takes you.

 NOTE: Additional Apps are currently in development. For the latest news on available
mobile apps, visit the OnSite Mobile Apps page on our website.

421
Glossary
A
AC Plywood: Finished Grade Plywood
ADA: Americans with Disabilities Act
ADJ: Adjustable
AFF: Above Finished Floor
Aggregate: Crushed gravel or rocks used in concrete mixture
AMP: Ampere
Anchor Bolt: A bolt set in concrete with the remaining attached to the bottom plate of the
wall
APA: American Plywood Association
Apron: A raised panel below the window sill
ASTM: American Society of Testing Materials
Atrium: An inner court that is open to the exterior, usually surrounded on all sides by a roof

B
Balcony: A projecting platform surrounded by a railing, that is either supported by columns
or brackets, or that is cantilevered
Baluster: A short post or pillar supporting the stair, deck, or porch railing
Base Moulding: Moulding at the bottom of a wall, located between the floor finish and wall
Basement: Lowest story or level, usually partially below ground level
Bay Window: An angular projection in the wall of a building, comprised of windows
Beam: A horizontal member supporting either a roof, ceiling, or floor joist
Bearing Wall: A wall which supports the load from walls, ceiling joists, or roof systems
Board and batten: Wide vertical wood siding with narrow pieces of trim that cover the joints
Bottom Plate: The horizontal structural member at the bottom of a framed wall
Bow Window: A circular projection in the wall of a building, comprised of windows
Breaker Box: Box containing circuit breakers that control the electric current
BTM: Bottom

C
Cantilever: A horizontal overhang, not supported underneath at its furthest point
Capital: The top of a column, can indicate a particular style
Casement Window: Window with the sash hung vertically, which swings outward on a hinge
Casing: The decorative trim around a window, door, or other opening
CD: Construction Documents

423
Printed Documentation

CDX Plywood: Exterior Grade of Plywood


Chair Railing: A moulding at chair back height
Clad Windows: Pre-finished wood, aluminum, or vinyl clad windows
Clerestory: exterior wall rising above an adjoining roof, usually containing windows
CMU: Concrete Masonry Unit
CO: Certificate of Occupancy
Cornice: Any projecting ornamental moulding at the top of a building or along a roof
Crawlspace: A foundation type, with Concrete Blocks (CMU) around the perimeter, typically
raised a minimum of 3 feet, with a wood framed floor system
Cricket: A roof structure used to divert water along a valley or around a chimne y
Crown Moulding: The decorative moulding at the top of a wall, between ceiling and wall
Curtain Wall: A non-load bearing exterior finish installed on a frame structure

D
Dentil Mould: A small square block pattern used in sequence, under a cornice
DH: Double Hung
DN: Down
Dormer: Created when placing a window opening vertically in a sloping roof, creating a roof
structure of its own
Double-hung Window: A type of window where both upper and lower sashes can be
lowered and raised
Dropped Ceiling: A false or decorative ceiling, installed below an existing ceiling; can be
used to hide mechanical ductwork and pipes
Drywall: A gypsum wallboard used for interior sheathing; commonly known as sheetrock
DTL: Detail

E
Eaves: The underside of a roof which overhangs a wall
EIFS: Exterior Insulation Finish System, Synthetic Stucco System
EXT: Exterior

F
Facade: The front elevation of a structure
Fanlight: A half circular transom window over a window or door
Fascia: Trim board that covers the ends of the rafters
Fenestration: Windows or openings in a wall surface
Flashing: Sheet metal used at a roof's seams and joints, exterior walls, and around a
chimney to keep water from penetrating the roof system
Flue: Venting for a fireplace or furnace

424
Glossary

Fluting: Small concave slits running vertically on the shaft of a column or trim
Footing: A concrete beam/pad poured below the finished grade which distributes and carries
the load of the structure
Footprint: Consists of a main floor's finished areas, garage and covered porches
Formwork: Forms for shaping concrete footings, slabs, walls, drives, walks, etc.
Foundation: Structure which supports a building
Foyer: A vestibule or entrance
FT: Foot
Furring Strip: A non-structural framing elements

G
Gable: triangular, vertical portion of a wall at the end of a pitched roof, popular in classical
architecture
GALV: Galvanized
Gazebo: A freestanding roofed structure usually open on the sides, often located in a yard or
park
Ground Fault Interrupter (GFI): A circuit within an outlet, to protect against potential
electrical shock in wet areas
Grout: Mortar used between tiles to secure and seal them in place

H
H: Height
HDR: Header
Header: A structural beam over a window, door or other opening
Hearth: The area in front of the fireplace, comprised of marble, tile or some other fireproof
material, usually 18" - 24" deep
Hip Roof: A roof with sloping ends and sides meeting at a ridge
HORZ: Horizontal
Hose Bib: An exterior water faucet
HVAC: Heating, Venting and Air Conditioning

I
INTERIOR: Interior

J
Jamb: The vertical member of a window or door frame
Joists: The horizontal structural members in framing a floor or ceiling system

425
Printed Documentation

Keystone: A wedge shaped detail at the top of an arch, window or door


Knee Wall: A partial-height wall, usually in an attic or vaulted space

L
Lanai: An exterior patio or veranda
Lath: A metal mesh typically used to hold plaster or stucco on walls
Lattice: A framework of wood, plastic, or metal, used to visually screen an area
LF: Linear Foot
Lite: A single pane of glass
Loggia: A roofed open gallery, usually on an upper level

M
Mantel: The decorative shelf above a fireplace
MAX: Maximum
MDF: Medium Density Fiber Board
MIL: Thousandths of an Inch
MIN: Minimum
MISC: Miscellaneous
Mullion: The large vertical member between two adjoining windows
Mutin: The horizontal and vertical strips that hold the panes of glass together in a window
sash

N
Newel: The top or bottom post of a stair rail
NFPA: National Fire Protection Agency
NTC: Not to Scale

O
OC: On Center
OSB: Oriented Strand Board; Structural Particle Board

P
Palladian Window: An arrangement of windows with a half round located above a
rectangular window, typically with mutins or grills
Pediment: The triangular end of a gable roof or doorway
Pier Masonry: Concrete or wood column used to support a floor, roof or porch
Pilaster: A decorative rectangular or circular column projecting out from a wall surface
Pitch: The angle of a roof, expressed in inches per rise over inches per run

426
Glossary

POLY: Polyurethane
Porte Cochere: A covered porch for automobiles to pass through
Portico: A roof supported by columns, usually at the main entrance
Pre-Fabricated: or assembled at an alternate location for ease of installation at the
construction site
Pressure Treated: Chemically treated lumber to resist rot in moisture prevalent situations
PSF: Pounds Per Square Foot
PSI: Pounds Per Square Inch
PT: Pressure Treated

Q
Quoin: A square stone or protruding brick pattern on the corner of a building

R
R-Value: The measurement of how insulation can slow down the transfer of hot and cold
temperatures; the higher the R-value the better the insulation
RAD: Radius
Rafters: Structural roof members
Retaining Wall: A vertical structure built to hold and restrict the movement of land, usually
made of concrete block, poured concrete, or brick, to hold and restrict the movement
of land
Ridge: The apex of a roof, where the rafters meet for support
Riser: The vertical area between two steps
Rough-in: Abbreviation for the mechanical systems of a home
Run: The horizontal distance covered by stairs

S
Sash: The framework of a window or door which holds the glass in place
SBCCI: Standard Building Code Congress International
Scale: In blueprints, or scaled drawings, the relationship of the documents to the actual size
of the building
SF: Square Feet
Sheathing: Exterior covering of a wall surface
Shoe Mould: Quarter round moulding installed at the base of a wall, usually between hard
floor surfaces and a base molding
Sill: The lowest horizontal member of a window which helps to support the bottom sash
Slab: Concrete foundation, serves as the base floor surface of a building
Soffit: The underside of the roof overhang
Span: The distance between walls or columns

427
Printed Documentation

SPF: Spruce, Pine, Fir


STD: Standard
STL: Steel
Stool: The bottom horizontal trim element at the inside of a window, resembling a small shelf
Studs: Vertically framing member of a wall
Sub-Floor: The plywood floor system attached to floor joists when framing a structure
SYP: Southern Yellow Pine

T
T: Thick
T&G: Tongue and Groove
Threshold: A strip of metal, stone, wood or other material placed at the base of an exterior
door
Top Plate: The horizontal member at the top of a framed wall
Tray Ceiling: A recessed area within a flat ceiling, usually at an angle
Tread: The horizontal surface of an individual stair step
Turret: A small tower on a corner of a building

U
UL: Underwriters Laboratory
UNO: Unless Noted Otherwise

V
Valley: The lower area where two roof planes meet
Vault: A ceiling which slopes to a point or arch
Veneer: Surface material, usually with no structural properties
VERT: Vertical

W
W: Wide or Width
Wainscot: Wood paneling, typically below a chair rail
Weephole: A small hole in exterior masonry construction for water to drain
WH: Water Heater

Z
Zone: A specific area in a HVAC or security system that allows different areas in a building to
be operated separately

428
Index
2 Cadsoft ........................................ 165, 166

2003 Contracts .................................... 311 Calendar

2003 Estimate ..................................... 135 Adding Entries .................................. 119

2004 Contracts .................................... 311 Changing Views ............... 119, 121, 122

2004 Estimate ..................................... 135 Construction Calendar ..... 113, 118, 119,
120, 121, 122, 123
7
Print ................................................. 120
702 Form ..................................... 245, 247
Synchronize ............................. 122, 123
703 Form ..................................... 245, 247
Categories ....................... 46, 47, 145, 151
A
Certificates ................ 76, 78, 79, 104, 106
Activities .. 67, 98, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117,
336 Change Order Management 153, 155, 156

Actuals ................................................ 241 Change View .........................................23

AIA .............................................. 245, 247 Check In ................................................73

Application for Payment ............... 245, 247 Check Out .............................................73

AppointmentSync ................................ 123 Company Information ...................... 26, 33

Appropriate Use ...... 8, 132, 307, 347, 351 Company Overhead ............................. 148

AutoSave............................................. 331 Construction Today Summary ................35

B ConstructionSuite Interface....................13

Backup .................................. 32, 407, 408 Contacts

Baseline Scheduling ............................ 270 Contact Group ....................................91

Bond Certificates ........................... 78, 105 Contact Information ............................92

Brochures .................................... 383, 385 Customizing the View .........................95

C Deleting .............................................94

CAD Integration ........................... 165, 166 Editing ................................................94

429
Printed Documentation

History ............................................. 100 Disclaimer .............................................. 9

Importing .................................. 109, 111 Document Management

Insurance Tracking ........................... 103 Custom Documents .................. 337, 338

New Contact ........................ 89, 94, 335 Customizing Appearance . 332, 333, 334

Relationship ............................. 108, 109 Emailing ........................................... 346

Understanding ........................ 89, 93, 96 Password ......................................... 330

Contracts Setting Options ........................ 330, 331

Appropriate Use ............................... 307 Templates ........................................ 327

Architectural Contracts ..................... 321 Understanding .......................... 308, 325

California Contracts .......................... 319 E

Construction Management ................ 321 Editing Contacts and Projects .............. 334

Design-Build Contracts ..................... 323 Email ........................................... 281, 346

Document Management ................... 326 Envisioneer ......................................... 166

Editing .............................................. 309 Estimate

Importing .......................................... 311 Appropriate Use ....................... 131, 132

Opening ................................... 307, 312 Clearing ........................................... 153

Remodeling Contracts ...................... 320 Company Overhead ......................... 148

Residential Contracts ....................... 312 Contact groups ................................. 150

Saving .............................................. 310 Contacts........................................... 150

Costbook ............................. 41, 43, 44, 45 Creating Read-Only Copies .............. 181

Costs ....................................... 40, 41, 162 Customizing ............. 140, 142, 143, 145

Customize View .....................................23 Default Settings ........ 157, 158, 159, 160

D Exporting to MS Project .................... 162

Developer Tools .......................... 373, 374 Importing .......................................... 166

Dimensions ............................. 85, 87, 149 Line Item Markup ............................. 152

430
Index

Managing Change Orders 153, 155, 156 Renaming ..........................................71

Navigating ........................................ 140 Restoring Deleted ..............................72

New Estimate .... 132, 133, 134, 146, 278 Financing .................... 347, 348, 349, 350

Primary and Inactive ........................ 180 G

Printing ............................................ 181 Getting Started .......................... 11, 12, 25

Project Totals ................................... 136 H

Reports .... 166, 167, 168, 169, 171, 172, Handouts ............................................. 387
173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178
Help ....................................................... 7
Resources ........................................ 150
History ........................................... 69, 100
Saving .............................................. 179
HTML .................................................. 281
Synchronizing with Schedule .... 160, 161
I
Understanding .................................. 136
Import .................................. 109, 135, 242
EULA ...................................................... 1
Inactive Files ....................................... 280
Exporting
Install ....................................................11
Project Files .......................................74
Insurance Tracking
Schedule .......................................... 279
Certificate Expiration .................. 79, 107
F
Contacts..................... 77, 103, 104, 105
Files
Creating Certificates ...........................78
Copying files ......................................71
Projects ........................................ 78, 79
Deleting .............................................72
Invoice ................................................ 238
Deleting Files .....................................72
Items ........ 39, 40, 41, 42, 48, 49, 162, 163
Exporting............................................74
Items Database
File Properties ....................................74
Adding Items ......................................48
Files Tab View ...................................70
Adjusting Costs .......................... 41, 165
Importing ............................................75
Advanced Mode ............................... 163
Managing ...........................................73

431
Printed Documentation

Customizing ................................. 46, 47 Understanding .................................. 383

Filtering Items ....................................42 Master Estimate .. 134, 182, 187, 203, 209,
214
Modifying Costbooks ........ 41, 43, 44, 45
Master Schedule.......... 282, 287, 294, 299
Modifying Items ............................ 48, 49
Materials List ....................................... 177
Modifying Quotes ................... 49, 50, 51
Microsoft Project .................................. 279
Searching ...........................................42
Milestones ........................................... 263
Using Shortcuts ................................ 164
Mini Calendar ...................................... 121
Using with an Estimate ............. 162, 165
Modifying Categories and Subcategories
L ..........................................................46

Lead Management ....................... 101, 102 N

Leads .................................................. 102 Navigating ....................................... 16, 18

License Certificates ............................. 104 Networking ...................................... 31, 33

Light Commercial................................. 287 New Contact ........................................ 335

M New Project ...........................................55

Margin ................................................. 148 Newsletters ................................. 383, 385

Marketing Tools O

Brochures ................................ 383, 385 Outlook ................................................ 109

Client Letters .................................... 386 P

Handouts ................................. 387, 389 Primary Files ....................................... 280

Image Dimensions............ 384, 388, 391 Printing ....... 63, 87, 95, 102, 127, 181, 282

Marketing Campaign ........................ 396 Project Association ................................84

Newsletters .............................. 383, 385 Project Certificates ................................79

Press Releases ........................ 393, 394 Project Files ..........................................70

Sample Campaign ............ 396, 397, 398 Project Information .............................. 144

Thank You Letters ............................ 394 Project Numbering System ....................60

Project Solutions ................................. 322

432
Index

Project Totals Report ........................... 168 Setting Preferences .......................... 232

ProjectBackup ....................... 32, 407, 408 System Requirements ...................... 231

Projects Understanding .................................. 231

All Projects ............................. 61, 62, 63 Quotes ...................................... 49, 50, 51

Duplicating .........................................62 R

Editing ................................................57 Read-Only ........................................... 281

History ...............................................69 Read-Only Schedule ............................ 281

Modifying ...........................................61 Relationship Types .............................. 109

New Project .......................................55 Reminders ........................................... 265

Project Association83, 84, 107, 108, 109 Report

Selecting .................................... 58, 134 Allowances Report ........................... 172

Understanding ........................ 55, 58, 65 Baseline Schedule Report ................ 277

Viewing ..............................................57 Change Order Proposal Request ...... 156

ProjectSync ................. 401, 402, 403, 404 Classification Report ........................ 174

Proposal ...................................... 167, 328 Earned Value ................................... 276

Purchase Order ................................... 239 Entering Dates ................................. 262

Q Estimate Reports ..... 166, 167, 168, 169,


171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177,
QuickBooks . 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 237, 178
238, 239
Item Units Report ............................. 176
QuickBooks Integration
Materials List .................................... 177
Exporting to QuickBooks .. 232, 233, 234
Notes Report .................................... 171
Importing Actuals ............................. 241
Options ............................................ 173
Importing Transactions ..................... 242
Over Budget Report ......................... 169
QuickBooks Estimate ....................... 237
Project Totals Report ....................... 168
QuickBooks Invoice .......................... 238
Purchase Order ................................ 178
QuickBooks Purchase Order ............ 239
Report Wizard .......................... 166, 167

433
Printed Documentation

RFP ................................................. 176 New Schedule .................................. 250

RFQ ................................................. 176 Opening ........................................... 249

Schedule Conflict ............................. 273 Options .................................... 269, 271

Schedule Reports .... 272, 273, 274, 275, Printing ............................................ 282
276, 277
Reminders ....................................... 265
Schedule Template .......................... 253
Reports ..... 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277
Scheduled Tasks Reports ................ 272
Resource Allocation ................. 267, 268
Status Report ........................... 175, 275
Saving ...................................... 279, 280
Work Order ...................................... 274
Selecting Project ...................... 252, 259
Report Templates ..................................26
Sending via Email ............................ 281
Resource Allocation ............................. 150
Shifting Start Date ............................ 271
Restoring Deleted Files .........................72
Synchronizing .................................. 278
Restoring Projects ............................... 408
Task Information .............................. 266
S
Understanding .................. 249, 254, 256
Sample Data..........................................25
Working Days ................................... 269
Schedule
Zoom ............................................... 259
Appearance .............................. 259, 270
Search....................... 24, 61, 93, 117, 129
Clearing Information ......................... 264
Server Database....................................33
Color Scheme .................................. 270
Sidebar ................................................ 121
Critical Path ..................... 263, 270, 271
Specialized Versions ........................... 417
Customizing ..................................... 257
Specifications
Exporting.................................. 279, 281
Appropriate Use ............................... 351
HTML Version .................................. 281
Opening ........................................... 351
Importing 2003 or 2004 Files ............ 254
Revising ........................................... 354
Milestones ........................................ 263
Saving .............................................. 354
Modifying Tasks ............................... 260

434
Index

Specifications Wizard ....................... 352 To Do ...................... 68, 99, 125, 126, 127

Understanding .................. 351, 352, 355 Today Summary ....................................35

Subcategories ................. 46, 47, 145, 151 U

Synchronize .. 33, 112, 278, 401, 402, 403, Understanding Types ........................... 106
404
Users ....................................................31
System Requirements ............................ 6
Using Postcards .................................. 390
T
W
Takeoff ..................................................87
Watermarks ......................................... 333
Templates ..... 26, 134, 182, 187, 203, 209,
214, 282, 287, 294, 299, 310, 327, 345, Workflow ............................. 80, 81, 82, 83
355
Workgroup Server ............... 26, 31, 32, 33

435

S-ar putea să vă placă și